A
Relation
of
a
Voyage
made
to
the
East-Indies
by
Christopher
Fryke
,
one
of
the
Surgeons
to
the
E.
India
Company
,
from
the
year
1680.
to
the
year
1686.
CHAP.
I.
The
Author
gives
an
account
of
his
mighty
desire
to
travel
.
Of
his
Country
and
Profession
.
He
sets
out
on
his
Travels
,
and
passing
first
thro'
several
Countries
of
Europe
,
he
comes
at
length
to
Amsterdam
:
Where
he
makes
his
application
to
the
East-India
Company
to
be
admitted
into
their
service
,
and
is
accordingly
chosen
one
of
the
Surgeons
.
The
manner
of
his
setting
out
on
his
Voyage
.
The
Orders
,
Laws
,
Castoms
,
&c.
that
are
constantly
observed
on
board
the
East-India
Fleet.
Reflections
on
the
Voyage
,
and
those
that
undertake
it
.
EVer
since
I
came
to
years
,
that
I
could
tell
my
own
inclinations
,
I
found
the
chiefest
of
my
desires
was
to
travel
and
to
see
strange
Countries
.
And
whilst
,
by
reason
of
my
youth
,
and
my
more
absolute
dependance
and
subjection
to
my
Parents
,
I
could
not
think
of
moving
in
person
;
yet
,
in
my
thoughts
,
I
was
often
transported
from
one
Country
to
another
:
And
by
the
help
of
Books
,
I
did
in
some
measure
enjoy
that
satisfaction
in
imagination
which
I
hoped
one
day
to
enjoy
in
reality
;
and
that
too
as
soon
as
might
be
;
for
the
more
I
read
Voyages
,
Journals
,
and
other
such
Books
,
which
gave
me
an
account
of
strange
Adventures
,
places
,
things
,
&c.
which
Men
had
met
with
in
those
more
distant
parts
of
the
World
;
the
more
my
desires
encreased
to
see
those
things
,
they
gave
so
pleasant
a
description
of
.
Nor
did
the
greatest
of
dangers
,
which
those
accounts
represented
to
me
,
so
much
affright
me
from
the
like
undertakings
,
as
the
joyful
deliverances
out
of
them
,
encouraged
me
to
trust
so
much
the
more
firmly
in
Divine
Providence
.
And
I
proposed
to
my self
so
much
the
greater
a
degree
of
satisfaction
,
in
as
much
as
I
might
be
induced
so
much
more
effectually
thereby
to
admire
the
great
power
and
wisdom
of
God
;
which
,
tho'
visible
enough
every
where
,
yet
are
more
conspicuous
in
those
wonderful
works
of
Nature
,
which
being
less
common
and
less
familiar
to
us
,
are
more
apt
to
raise
our
admiration
and
love
of
him
,
who
is
the
Creatour
of
them
all
.
As
soon
then
as
my
years
and
affairs
did
fairly
permit
me
,
I
prepared
my self
to
be
gone
,
and
to
spend
the
best
part
of
my
time
in
Travels
.
In
order
therefore
to
put
my
resolution
into
practise
,
I
set
out
from
home
in
the
year
1677.
on
the
28th
of
February
,
and
took
my
shortest
way
to
Vienna
,
the
chief
City
of
the
Empire
;
from
whence
I
went
and
took
a
view
of
most
part
of
Hungary
;
after
that
I
went
into
Bohemia
,
Moravia
,
Silesia
,
Saxony
,
and
other
Countries
adjacent
;
thence
I
went
into
Swisserland
,
where
I
spent
about
six
months
at
Zurich
.
But
my
earnest
desire
to
be
a
travelling
something
farther
would
not
permit
me
to
stay
,
and
afford
my self
much
ease
at
any
of
these
neighbouring
Countries
;
but
I
went
away
for
Baden
;
taking
a
Boat
that
carried
me
all
up
the
River
Limat
,
which
is
a
little
River
that
flows
from
the
Zurich-Zee
,
and
passes
thro'
the
Country
of
Zurichgow
,
and
below
Baden
runs
into
the
River
Aar
.
Above
Waldshut
I
took
a
Boat
on
the
Rhine
,
which
carried
me
all
down
that
River
to
Nimeguen
,
whence
I
went
by
Land
to
Utretcht
,
and
from
thence
by
Water
to
Amsterdam
,
where
I
arrived
about
Christmas
,
A.
D.
1679.
The
vastness
and
beauty
of
that
famous
City
,
and
my
being
a
stranger
there
,
made
me
not
a
little
to
stand
amazed
,
and
look
about
me
;
as
well
to
admire
the
rarities
,
that
offer'd
themselves
to
my
view
every
where
,
as
to
consider
whither
I
should
go
first
,
and
where
it
was
most
likely
I
should
meet
with
what
I
sought
after
,
which
was
,
a
fair
opportunity
of
undertaking
some
Voyage
to
the
East-Indies
.
While
I
stood
in
this
doubtful
manner
considering
what
I
should
do
next
,
a
good
Woman
(
in
all
appearance
)
observing
me
to
be
a
stranger
,
and
full
of
thoughts
,
askt
me
whom
I
wanted
,
or
whither
I
would
go
?
I
told
her
that
the
first
thing
I
was
to
see
after
,
was
a
Lodging
;
for
I
was
but
just
come
,
and
the
night
was
drawing
on
apace
:
But
withal
I
told
her
,
what
sort
of
one
I
wanted
,
for
I
had
not
much
money
left
:
Upon
which
she
very
compassionately
told
me
,
I
should
be
very
welcome
to
her
poor
Apartment
(
as
she
call'd
it
)
if
I
pleased
.
I
did
not
stand
long
to
consider
of
the
matter
,
but
took
hold
of
the
opportunity
,
and
went
straightway
with
her
to
her
house
:
Being
come
in
there
,
she
bid
me
stay
a
while
till
her
Husband
came
home
.
It
was
pretty
late
at
night
'
ere
he
came
;
being
abroad
at
work
,
a
Bricklayer
by
Trade
;
when
he
came
,
he
shewed
himself
very
courteous
;
and
being
all
sate
down
,
we
fell
a
talking
,
and
he
asking
me
several
questions
,
as
it
is
natural
to
do
to
a
stranger
,
and
amongst
others
,
to
what
intent
I
was
come
thither
:
I
told
him
the
truth
of
the
matter
,
and
the
only
thing
I
proposed
to
my self
was
,
to
find
an
occasion
to
go
to
the
East-Indies
;
and
begg'd
his
assistance
and
advice
the
better
to
go
about
my
design
and
to
compass
it
.
The
honest
Man
did
not
seem
a
little
surprized
at
my
design
,
and
endeavoured
by
all
means
he
could
to
dissuade
me
from
it
,
by
setting
before
me
all
the
dangers
I
was
to
run
,
viz.
of
hardships
,
excesses
of
heat
,
hunger
and
thirst
,
and
oftentimes
of
losing
life
it self
.
But
the
more
lively
he
presented
all
these
and
other
kind
of
dangers
to
me
,
the
more
eager
it
made
me
to
go
thro'
'em
,
and
the
more
it
established
me
in
my
resolutions
,
as
if
the
dangers
had
been
the
only
charm
that
drew
me
.
Which
my
honest
Landlord
observing
,
he
found
it
was
in
vain
to
attempt
to
turn
me
from
my
design
;
and
upon
that
turn'd
all
his
persuasions
into
a
friendly
promise
,
that
he
would
assist
me
to
the
utmost
of
his
power
;
and
he
accordingly
recommended
me
to
some
of
the
Chief
Men
of
the
East-India
Company
,
and
did
me
very
considerable
service
.
Having
in
this
friendly
manner
broke
the
Ice
for
me
,
and
prepared
some
of
the
Gentlemen
to
receive
my
applications
,
I
went
chearfully
to
wait
upon
them
my self
,
and
told
them
,
that
it
was
my
desire
to
be
employed
by
those
honourable
Members
in
any
service
suitable
to
my
profession
,
which
was
Physick
.
They
carefully
examined
the
reasons
that
induced
me
to
go
the
Voyage
,
and
advised
me
to
weigh
well
what
I
was
about
,
before
I
fixt
my
resolution
;
that
I
might
not
have
cause
to
repent
of
my
rashness
when
it
was
too
late
;
and
withal
they
told
me
that
I
must
expect
to
engage
my self
for
five
years
.
I
told
them
that
I
had
not
wanted
leisure
to
consider
of
it
,
and
that
I
was
fully
satisfied
of
the
reality
of
my
intention
,
and
that
there
was
no
danger
of
my
repenting
,
or
of
performing
with
any
regret
a
thing
I
had
resolved
upon
with
so
much
deliberation
.
At
which
they
were
very
well
satisfied
,
yet
could
they
not
chuse
but
wonder
to
find
me
,
who
was
but
a
Youth
,
so
undaunted
,
notwithstanding
the
dangers
,
which
they
themselves
represented
to
me
.
I
was
then
appointed
to
appear
before
the
Chief
Physicians
,
and
to
undergo
an
examination
;
which
I
accordingly
did
,
with
twelve
more
with
me
,
who
were
,
like
me
,
Candidates
to
serve
in
several
parts
,
out
of
all
which
there
were
but
six
to
be
chosen
,
three
being
designed
to
each
Ship
,
of
which
there
were
but
two
to
go
this
Voyage
.
Having
been
all
examined
,
we
retired
to
the
Hall
belonging
to
the
Hospital
,
where
we
were
order'd
to
wait
for
our
answer
.
The
expectation
and
hope
which
every
one
of
us
were
in
,
of
being
one
of
those
that
were
chosen
;
and
on
the
other
side
,
the
fear
of
ill
success
,
and
of
disappointment
,
made
us
all
very
uneasie
.
We
were
not
put
out
of
our
suspence
that
day
,
but
we
were
bid
to
come
again
and
make
our
personal
appearance
before
the
Commissioners
the
next
day
following
;
which
we
did
,
and
I
was
one
of
them
that
were
chosen
,
and
my
Post
was
assigned
me
aboard
the
Ship
called
the
(
Ternate
)
which
was
the
only
one
that
went
the
Voyage
in
company
with
the
Europa
.
I
was
not
so
very
uneasie
as
the
rest
were
during
the
time
of
our
suspence
,
because
I
was
prepared
against
all
disappointments
in
relation
to
my
particular
Profession
;
for
I
was
resolv'd
to
go
upon
any
account
rather
than
not
to
go
at
all
;
and
a
Man
so
resolved
may
easily
find
admittance
into
some
Post
or
other
.
And
indeed
I
utterly
despaired
of
success
as
to
my
being
chosen
for
a
Physician
,
being
I
was
so
very
young
,
and
the
number
of
the
Candidates
so
very
great
;
but
beyond
all
expectation
I
was
one
of
the
six
Persons
that
were
called
in
to
give
in
their
Names
,
tho'
indeed
I
was
but
the
last
of
them
:
And
being
all
order'd
to
stand
by
the
Secretary
,
we
were
every
one
askt
severally
the
second
time
whether
we
would
promise
faithfully
to
execute
our
Office
,
and
strictly
to
observe
all
and
every
the
Articles
enjoyned
by
the
Company
.
There
were
enter'd
with
the
other
Physicians
,
and
my self
a
Surgeon
for
each
Ship
,
and
to
each
of
them
a
Mate
,
who
serves
as
a
Barber
.
So
that
we
were
six
in
number
,
who
answering
all
in
the
affirmative
,
were
sworn
,
and
a
Declaration
was
made
to
us
of
the
several
Offices
we
were
all
accepted
into
,
and
what
Salary
each
of
us
was
to
expect
;
viz.
Each
Physician
was
to
have
42
Gelders
per
month
,
and
his
Table
,
and
a
Shoar
instead
of
it
6
Ricksdollers
.
The
Surgeons
28
Gilders
,
and
Diet
,
and
on
Shoar
3
Ricksdollers
.
The
Barbers
14
Gilders
a
month
,
and
their
Diet
,
and
on
Shoar
an
allowance
proportionable
to
the
others
instead
of
it
.
Then
we
all
subscribed
to
their
Articles
,
and
the
Cash-keeper
paid
us
two
months
Salary
before
hand
;
and
three
Dutch
Skillings
every
day
while
we
stayed
on
Shoar
;
which
was
eighteen
days
.
After
which
,
a
review
being
first
made
of
all
the
Ships
Crew
,
we
were
all
put
on
board
three
long
flat
Boats
(
which
are
for
that
purpose
,
and
tho'
small
,
yet
so
close
Deckt
,
that
in
a
rough
Sea
they
will
go
quite
under
the
waves
and
retain
no
water
)
they
carried
us
from
Amsterdam
to
Texel
,
where
the
two
Ships
,
bound
for
the
East-Indies
,
lay
.
Texel
is
a
Sea
Port
lying
on
the
open
Sea
,
about
16
miles
from
Amsterdam
;
we
had
a
very
fresh
gale
of
Wind
(
I
call
it
so
now
,
tho'
then
I
reckon'd
it
a
hard
Storm
)
but
it
was
not
fair
for
us
;
so
that
we
made
something
more
than
four
days
,
before
we
could
reach
Texel
:
Whither
being
come
,
and
having
nothing
to
do
but
to
Sail
,
I
will
in
the
mean
while
give
my
Reader
an
account
of
the
preparations
that
those
Ships
generally
make
for
this
great
Voyage
.
Before
they
go
off
from
Holland
,
they
take
a
general
review
of
every
person
that
belongs
to
the
Ship
,
and
each
Man
hath
two
months
pay
advanced
him
:
But
the
full
and
regular
pay
begins
only
after
they
are
passed
the
Tonnen
,
which
is
a
place
so
called
,
about
a
League
out
at
Sea
;
from
that
time
the
full
pay
is
to
continue
whether
the
Fleet
go
forward
,
or
is
forced
back
again
by
contrary
Winds
,
as
they
frequently
are
;
and
sometimes
kept
there
a
great
while
,
insomuch
that
in
the
Winter
they
are
laid
up
for
several
weeks
,
the
Water
being
frozen
all
about
them
,
so
that
they
cannot
stir
;
and
when
that
happens
,
they
do
sometimes
discharge
their
Ships
Crew
to
lessen
the
charges
which
would
otherwise
be
very
great
.
But
when
the
Wind
is
fair
,
and
the
Fleet
hath
been
two
or
three
days
under
Sail
,
then
there
is
distributed
to
each
person
,
little
and
great
,
5
Dutch
Cheeses
as
a
Present
from
the
Company
:
Then
must
all
and
every
Officer
,
Soldier
and
Mariner
,
make
his
appearance
upon
Deck
,
to
be
divided
into
their
several
Quarters
,
which
are
two
:
The
one
of
them
is
called
the
Prince's
Quarter
,
the
other
Count
Maurice's
.
Each
person
is
assigned
into
one
of
these
Quarters
,
in
which
he
is
always
to
be
found
on
any
occasion
;
and
there
he
is
to
keep
the
Watch
by
turns
.
And
that
all
may
know
to
what
part
every
Man
belongs
,
the
names
of
them
all
as
they
are
divided
is
affixed
to
the
Main
Mast
,
on
two
distinct
Tables
;
where
also
is
set
the
order
and
time
that
every
Man
is
to
watch
in
.
The
Prince's
Quarter
hath
the
first
turn
,
and
is
therefore
called
the
first
Watch.
There
is
a
Provost
,
whose
Office
it
is
to
call
them
together
,
and
to
set
the
Watch
;
each
Quarter
watches
four
hours
,
and
then
is
relieved
by
the
other
.
Count
Maurice's
Quarter
hath
the
second
Watch
,
and
is
also
called
the
Dog-watch
.
There
is
a
Bell
in
the
Ship
,
by
which
notice
is
given
them
of
the
time
.
It
is
rung
at
the
setting
of
the
Watch
,
and
with
a
loud
voice
charge
is
given
by
the
Provost
to
every
one
to
take
care
not
to
be
drunk
upon
pain
of
punishment
.
There
are
Hour-glasses
put
up
conveniently
for
him
that
stands
Centinel
,
and
the
Helms-man
to
see
;
and
as
soon
as
the
first
Glass
,
which
is
but
of
half
an
hour
,
is
out
,
they
strike
one
stroke
on
the
Bell
;
when
the
second
is
out
,
they
give
two
,
and
so
on
,
adding
one
for
each
half
hour
,
until
the
Bell
is
rung
again
.
Then
another
Officer
comes
and
calls
his
Men
together
out
of
his
Quarter
,
and
releases
the
other
.
There
is
likewise
one
Man
or
two
always
to
stand
on
the
Main
Top-Mast
head
;
but
the
Soldiers
that
go
to
the
East-Indies
are
always
free
from
that
service
,
tho'
in
their
return
from
thence
Home
,
that
duty
lies
upon
them
equally
with
the
Sea-men
.
Yet
(
if
they
can
afford
it
)
they
may
buy
it
off
with
a
matter
of
25
Ricksdollers
,
tho'
the
Voyage
should
be
a
year
in
compleating
.
When
there
are
a
great
many
sick
in
the
Ship
,
then
those
that
are
in
health
are
again
divided
,
that
they
may
have
the
duty
as
equally
shared
between
them
as
may
be
:
And
when
a
Storm
threatens
them
so
as
to
be
forced
to
hand
their
Sails
,
all
hands
must
be
at
work
and
help
;
and
so
likewise
when
the
Ship
is
forc'd
to
clap
upon
a
Wind
,
so
that
she
must
tack
every
two
hours
.
When
any
one
neglects
his
turn
,
or
is
negligent
in
his
duty
,
his
punishment
is
to
have
a
100
or
200
(
or
sometimes
more
)
blows
on
the
breech
with
a
Rope's
end
.
Every
one
that
doth
not
come
every
morning
and
night
to
the
Prayers
that
are
constantly
made
twice
every
day
,
loseth
for
that
day
his
portion
of
Wine
and
Brandy
:
There
is
a
Psalm
also
sung
every
night
,
and
for
that
purpose
a
Psalm
book
is
presented
by
the
Company
to
every
person
in
the
Ship
.
Smoaking
of
Tobacco
is
strictly
forbidden
at
night
below
Decks
,
to
prevent
any
mischief
that
might
be
caused
by
it
,
the
Beds
being
all
stuft
with
very
good
Cotton
;
but
every
where
else
it
is
allowed
:
And
there
is
a
great
square
Chest
with
a
Pin
in
the
middle
,
about
which
there
is
10
or
12
fathom
of
Match
,
where
any
one
may
light
his
Pipe
.
At
the
third
Watch
it
's
the
business
of
one
of
them
to
take
care
to
call
up
the
Cook
,
who
,
as
soon
as
Prayers
are
over
,
goes
about
the
Dinner
.
Three
Meals
a
day
are
allowed
to
all
,
and
immediately
after
Prayers
they
ring
the
Bell
,
then
every
one
comes
for
his
Quantum
of
Brandy
,
which
is
about
a
quartern
of
our
measure
.
Every
Saturday
each
Man
receives
five
pound
of
Biscuit
,
about
a
quartern
of
Oil
,
and
double
that
quantity
of
Vinegar
,
and
half
a
pound
of
Butter
,
which
a
man
must
husband
as
he
thinks
best
;
it
is
to
serve
for
the
whole
week
.
Three
times
a
week
are
Flesh-days
,
viz.
Tuesdays
,
Saturdays
and
Sundays
,
on
which
days
each
Man
hath
three
quarters
of
a
pound
of
Beef
or
Pork
,
but
most
of
it
is
so
salt
,
having
lain
in
the
Salt
it
may
be
five
or
six
years
,
that
when
it
is
drest
it
hardly
weighs
half
a
pound
.
As
for
the
Drink
:
At
the
setting
out
the
Beer
is
in
common
as
long
as
it
lasts
,
which
is
not
very
long
;
when
it
is
out
,
then
every
one
is
reduced
to
his
measure
of
Water
,
which
is
about
a
large
quart
to
a
Man
,
and
very
well
too
;
but
when
they
come
into
the
Indies
,
if
they
chance
to
be
commanded
away
to
any
other
parts
,
they
are
often
forced
to
be
satisfied
with
half
that
quantity
,
and
then
you
may
imagine
what
a
value
a
Man
sets
upon
his
Liquor
;
and
a
Man
may
as
well
steal
all
ones
money
,
as
a
drop
of
Water
from
any
one
.
There
is
a
very
great
severity
exercised
over
the
Malefactors
,
of
which
we
shall
have
occasion
to
speak
more
particularly
hereafter
.
In
the
mean
while
to
inform
the
Reader
of
the
general
Customs
,
they
are
as
follow
.
If
any
one
wounds
another
with
a
Knife
,
or
other
Weapon
,
he
is
forced
to
hold
up
his
hand
against
the
Mast
;
and
the
Barber
takes
a
Knife
,
and
strikes
it
thro'
his
hand
a
little
below
the
fingers
;
and
sometimes
as
the
fault
is
greater
or
less
,
thro'
the
middle
of
his
hand
,
and
there
he
leaves
if
sticking
in
the
Mast
;
so
that
the
Offender
must
pull
his
hand
thro'
if
he
designs
to
have
it
to
himself
again
.
He
that
strikes
an
Officer
,
or
Master
of
the
Ship
,
is
without
hopes
of
pardon
to
be
thrown
into
the
Sea
fasten'd
by
a
Rope
,
with
which
he
is
thrown
in
on
one
side
of
the
Ship
,
and
drawn
up
again
on
the
other
,
and
so
three
times
together
he
is
drawn
round
the
Keel
of
the
Ship
,
in
the
doing
of
which
,
if
they
should
chance
not
to
allow
Rope
enough
to
let
him
sink
below
the
Keel
,
the
Malefactor
might
have
his
brains
knockt
out
.
This
Punishment
is
call'd
Keel-halen
,
which
may
be
call'd
in
English
Keel-drawing
.
But
the
Provost
hath
this
Priviledge
more
than
the
other
,
that
if
any
one
strikes
him
on
Shoar
,
he
forfeits
his
hand
,
if
on
Board
,
then
he
is
certainly
Keel-draw'd
.
Part
of
the
Provost's
Office
is
diligently
to
observe
the
behaviour
of
the
Soldiers
,
&c.
and
to
see
that
they
be
exercised
every
day
by
some
disciplined
Soldiers
that
have
been
the
Voyage
already
.
Punishment
also
is
inflicted
by
his
orders
on
the
Soldiers
that
are
catch'd
at
Cards
or
Dice
,
which
are
strictly
forbid
;
but
Tables
and
Draughts
are
allowed
,
yet
must
they
not
play
at
them
for
Money
.
All
I
shall
add
concerning
the
manner
of
going
about
this
Voyage
,
is
by
way
of
directions
to
those
who
have
a
mind
to
undertake
it
.
There
are
occasions
enough
for
any
Man
among
the
Dutch
,
French
,
English
and
Portugueze
,
and
every
Man
must
take
his
choice
which
he
will
go
with
,
according
to
the
Nation
he
is
of
.
But
for
the
Dutch
(
if
not
for
the
others
too
)
the
best
way
is
to
go
to
Amsterdam
,
whence
a
Fleet
is
dispatched
three
times
every
year
,
which
for
management
of
their
affairs
at
Sea
yields
to
no
Sea-men
whatever
,
and
therefore
is
most
safe
and
convenient
;
they
go
off
about
June
,
September
and
December
.
But
they
will
hardly
receive
any
Passenger
,
as
such
;
and
therefore
for
his
admittance
,
he
must
enter
into
their
service
,
into
some
Post
convenient
for
him
,
at
least
for
the
Voyage
.
Indeed
when
one
comes
to
Great
Java
,
which
is
by
Batavia
,
one
may
quit
their
service
;
but
the
Rules
which
their
Articles
bind
a
Man
to
observe
,
makes
it
a
freedom
not
much
different
from
the
service
,
by
reason
of
the
great
restraint
the
Company
will
lay
upon
a
Man
.
For
first
,
He
must
oblige
himself
not
to
stir
out
of
the
Country
in
less
than
ten
years
time
:
Nor
must
he
Traffick
in
several
goods
,
as
he
would
desire
;
nor
with
such
Countries
as
would
please
him
best
:
For
he
is
only
permitted
to
deal
with
some
small
part
of
the
Country
,
at
the
Islands
of
Molucco
:
And
if
a
Man
transgresses
these
Injunctions
,
he
doth
not
only
forfeit
all
he
is
worth
,
but
also
his
honour
and
reputation
.
Those
that
design
then
to
give
themselves
up
wholly
to
the
service
of
the
Dutch
East-India
Company
,
must
bind
themselves
to
them
for
five
years
,
besides
the
Voyage
forwards
and
backwards
;
and
take
his
chance
for
what
part
of
the
Country
he
is
to
live
in
:
For
it
doth
not
lie
in
his
power
to
chuse
this
or
that
part
,
as
a
Man
might
wish
;
some
parts
being
so
much
more
healthy
than
others
are
,
and
some
much
more
advantageous
than
the
rest
;
for
that
he
must
take
his
Lot
as
it
falls
.
It
seldom
happens
too
,
that
any
one
is
removed
from
the
place
into
which
he
is
ordered
at
the
first
:
but
it
falls
hardest
of
all
upon
those
that
are
order'd
to
stay
all
the
while
at
Sea
on
board
;
tho'
indeed
it
is
more
profitable
for
him
.
Any
one
that
goes
thither
cannot
have
any
prospect
of
advancing
himself
much
,
unless
he
understands
Trade
very
well
,
and
the
Dutch
Tongue
;
and
hath
Friends
there
,
that
are
able
and
willing
to
help
him
.
For
when
the
Company
take
men
into
their
service
,
they
take
3
or
4
times
as
many
Men
as
they
have
Employments
for
,
and
out
of
them
they
employ
those
only
that
have
good
recommendations
.
Some
men
indeed
by
their
Industry
and
good
Fortune
,
or
rather
I
should
say
,
good
Providence
,
have
advanced
themselves
considerably
from
nothing
,
or
very
mean
beginnings
;
but
there
are
abundance
who
want
neither
parts
,
nor
industry
,
who
notwithstanding
do
not
move
a
step
towards
Preferment
all
the
while
they
stay
there
:
Which
hath
made
several
of
them
to
despair
,
and
betake
themselves
to
very
ill
courses
.
The
condition
of
life
wherein
a
Man
meets
with
least
disappointments
under
them
,
is
that
of
a
Soldier
;
where
he
hath
four
Ricksdollers
a
month
and
his
meat
;
tho'
the
latter
is
very
mean
and
sparingly
allowed
,
both
in
the
Ships
and
in
the
Garrisons
,
insomuch
that
it
is
a
very
hard
and
uncomfortable
employ
for
any
one
that
hath
any
thing
of
Education
.
The
Soldiers
receive
their
Pay
as
follows
;
one
half
of
it
is
paid
at
two
payments
in
one
year
;
and
that
not
in
full
,
but
one
part
in
Cloths
,
which
are
reckon'd
to
him
at
a
sufficient
high
rate
,
and
the
other
half
is
paid
him
when
he
is
come
home
again
.
He
receives
for
his
Subsistence
(
besides
his
pay
)
40
pounds
of
Rice
(
instead
of
Ammunition-bread
)
per
month
,
and
¾
of
a
Ricksdoller
.
Besides
,
all
the
Countries
where
the
Company
hath
any
footing
are
very
unhealthful
,
except
Cormandel
,
Batavia
,
and
some
few
others
,
and
most
very
ill
provided
with
necessaries
,
much
less
with
conveniences
,
for
life
.
The
Soldiers
that
remain
on
Ship-board
,
are
yet
worse
used
than
those
that
are
at
Land
,
and
by
reason
of
the
Foggs
they
are
often
in
,
are
more
subject
to
sickness
;
and
besides
,
both
there
and
on
Shore
,
there
is
more
severe
Justice
exercised
on
Offenders
than
in
Europe
,
and
a
small
matter
brings
a
Man
to
open
and
shameful
punishment
.
All
this
being
well
considered
,
I
presume
no
Man
can
be
very
fond
of
going
to
the
East-Indies
on
those
terms
,
unless
he
is
reduc'd
to
Poverty
,
or
driven
to
it
by
some
other
necessitous
occasion
.
But
my
advice
would
be
to
any
one
that
hath
a
mind
to
see
the
Indies
,
and
to
try
his
Fortune
with
freedom
,
to
go
among
the
English
,
who
with
more
honour
and
generosity
give
a
Man
the
liberty
to
advance
himself
,
or
to
pass
his
days
there
as
he
thinks
most
convenient
,
and
to
as
much
satisfaction
as
his
circumstances
will
permit
him
,
which
are
left
to
a
Man
to
improve
as
he
is
best
able
,
and
may
then
comfortably
enjoy
the
fruits
of
his
Labours
and
Industry
.
CHAP.
II.
Their
setting
out
on
their
Voyage
out
of
Texel
.
Come
to
the
Canary
Islands
.
Excessive
Heat
there
.
The
way
of
Burying
at
Sea
.
Sharks
very
dangerous
.
Many
fall
sick
in
their
Ship
.
They
pass
by
the
Island
of
St.
Paul
.
They
are
shipwreckt
by
the
false
Cape
de
bonn'Esperance
.
How
far
distant
that
is
from
the
right
Cape
,
so
called
.
Their
arrival
there
,
and
description
thereof
,
of
the
Lewen-bergh
.
A
fight
between
a
Lion
and
a
wild
Boar.
An
account
of
the
Inhabitants
both
Natives
and
Foreigners
,
&c.
A
Review
of
all
our
Ships
Crew
being
made
,
which
was
three
hundred
and
fifty
persons
,
on
the
last
of
May
1680.
We
weighed
Anchor
,
and
set
out
with
a
good
Wind
,
and
the
other
Ship
with
us
.
And
the
next
day
about
Sun-rising
we
passed
between
Dover
and
Calice
,
which
are
seven
Leagues
distant
from
each
other
.
The
same
day
five
Fly-boats
from
the
Maes
joyned
us
,
they
were
bound
for
Portugal
,
by
which
we
were
to
pass
.
The
third
and
fourth
day
we
still
had
France
on
the
left
of
us
,
and
kept
England
in
sight
on
the
right
,
and
sailed
successfully
,
save
that
one
of
the
Master's
Boys
going
to
ease
Nature
at
the
Ships
Stern
(
whereas
the
Bowgh
is
the
usual
place
)
dropt
into
the
Sea
;
and
tho'
we
hall'd
out
our
long
Boat
immediately
,
yet
the
Ship
sailing
so
very
fast
,
they
could
not
come
at
him
;
so
the
Boat
was
hoysted
in
again
.
The
Wind
continued
good
for
us
till
we
came
within
sight
of
the
Island
Salvagues
,
where
we
lost
our
Companion
the
Ship
Europa
,
which
had
steered
another
course
.
In
the
mean
time
the
common
Articles
which
are
to
be
observed
at
Sea
,
were
read
;
to
inform
every
one
of
his
duty
upon
all
accidents
and
occasions
;
and
also
what
allowances
every
Man
was
to
have
.
We
passed
by
the
said
Islands
,
tho'
with
a
contrary
Wind
,
which
obliged
us
to
tack
three
or
four
times
a
day
,
till
we
at
last
at
three
weeks
end
got
in
sight
of
the
Canary
Islands
,
and
with
a
side
Wind
at
N.
N.
E.
sailed
thro'
between
the
two
Islands
.
There
we
saw
that
vast
high
Hill
call'd
Pico
de
Canaria
,
or
the
Peak
of
Teneriff
,
which
is
of
such
an
incredible
height
,
that
none
in
the
World
is
to
compare
to
it
.
'T
is
admirable
to
see
,
how
far
it
stretches
it self
above
the
Clouds
.
It
was
at
that
time
so
excessive
hot
about
us
in
our
Ship
,
that
we
were
forced
to
have
a
sail
stretched
,
and
that
continually
kept
wetting
,
to
keep
us
a
little
cool
;
and
defend
us
from
the
Sun
's
piercing
Beams
:
And
yet
you
might
see
through
the
Clouds
,
the
top
of
that
mountain
covered
with
Snow
.
Here
our
Master
died
,
being
upwards
of
fourscore
Years
of
Age
,
and
having
made
three
Voyages
to
the
East-Indies
:
Upon
which
,
a
Council
being
called
,
one
Peter
Peters
was
chosen
in
his
Place
.
This
old
Gentleman
was
the
first
I
saw
buried
after
the
Sea-fashion
,
which
is
in
this
manner
:
They
take
the
dead
Body
and
tye
it
on
a
Board
,
and
fasten
two
Cannon-Balls
to
their
Feet
,
and
so
throw
them
over-board
,
just
as
Morning-Prayers
are
over
.
In
this
manner
they
served
the
Master
.
But
my
Comrade
had
not
all
this
pother
made
about
him
;
for
without
a
Salute
or
a
Cannon-Ball
he
was
barely
ty'd
to
a
Board
,
and
thrown
over
;
so
that
he
floated
a
great
while
.
This
Solemnity
gave
occasion
to
a
Dispute
among
some
of
our
Seamen
,
concerning
the
dead
Bodies
that
were
thus
thrown
over-board
;
some
affirming
,
That
when
they
were
loose
,
floating
upon
the
Water
,
you
might
turn
them
how
you
would
,
and
they
would
still
turn
again
,
with
their
Face
or
Head
towards
the
East
:
Upon
which
,
one
of
those
who
could
not
give
Credit
to
that
Opinion
,
went
down
(
the
Water
being
pretty
still
)
and
with
a
Pole
turned
the
Corps
about
,
which
immediately
turn'd
again
,
by
what
Cause
I
know
not
,
but
it
convinced
him
,
That
the
other's
Assertion
had
somewhat
of
Truth
in
it
.
Such
dead
Bodies
float
till
some
Shark
,
or
such
like
great
Fish
,
devours
them
:
But
I
do
suppose
they
spit
out
the
Plank
again
.
These
Sharks
we
as
often
call
Men-Eaters
in
Dutch
,
because
they
are
very
greedy
of
Mens
Flesh
.
They
have
a
large
Mouth
,
which
they
open
very
wide
,
and
Teeth
of
great
length
,
and
exceeding
sharp
,
which
shut
into
one
another
;
so
that
whatever
they
get
between
them
,
they
bite
clear
through
.
They
are
about
20
or
24
Foot
in
length
;
and
they
keep
about
the
Ships
in
hopes
of
Prey
;
but
are
much
more
frequent
in
the
Indies
,
than
in
the
Way
;
where
they
do
abundance
of
Mischief
among
the
Seamen
when
they
go
to
swim
,
as
we
afterwards
found
,
when
we
came
in
the
Road
near
Batavia
;
where
one
swimming
at
a
distance
from
the
Ship
,
a
Shark
came
up
to
him
,
and
drew
him
under
Water
,
and
we
never
could
hear
of
him
more
,
or
so
much
as
see
any
remnant
of
him
;
which
made
all
the
old
Seamen
wonder
,
who
said
,
They
never
knew
a
Shark
take
any
more
of
a
Man
,
than
a
Leg
,
or
,
it
may
be
,
a
good
Part
of
the
Thigh
with
it
:
But
for
this
Man
,
we
did
not
perceive
so
much
as
the
Water
bloody
.
Near
Japara
we
had
a
Man
,
who
had
lost
a
Limb
by
this
means
,
under
our
Hands
to
cure
;
and
he
lived
seven
Days
after
it
;
but
at
the
end
of
that
time
he
died
,
being
mightily
tortured
with
a
vehement
Cramp
.
Another
time
,
at
the
Isle
of
Onrust
,
about
eight
Leagues
from
Batavia
,
our
Ship
being
layed
up
to
mend
something
of
the
side
of
it
,
the
Carpenter
going
to
do
something
to
it
,
about
a
Knee
deep
under
Water
,
had
his
Arm
and
Shoulder
snap'd
off
.
I
took
him
and
bound
him
up
,
but
to
no
purpose
;
for
in
less
than
three
Hours
time
,
he
was
dead
.
But
now
to
return
to
my
Purpose
;
which
is
,
To
give
you
an
Account
of
our
Voyage
.
We
had
now
been
above
eight
Weeks
at
Sea
,
and
had
had
very
favourable
Winds
;
in
which
time
most
of
our
Provisions
of
Brandy
,
Cheese
and
Tobacco
,
being
consumed
;
and
the
Heat
daily
increasing
;
to
which
we
must
add
,
That
many
were
not
used
to
such
sort
of
Sea-Diet
(
and
that
at
last
we
could
hardly
get
neither
)
viz.
Bacon
as
salt
as
Brine
,
Gray-Pease
half
boyl'd
,
Grout
and
stinking
Water
:
Our
Ship
became
a
meer
Hospital
,
so
many
fell
sick
.
The
chief
Distempers
were
,
the
Dropsie
,
the
Bloody-Flux
and
Scurvey
.
Upon
this
the
sick
were
divided
from
the
rest
,
and
had
the
Larboard
side
allotted
them
,
which
is
the
side
on
the
left-hand
.
The
Starboard
was
for
the
others
.
Thus
we
continued
our
Course
,
till
we
reached
the
Island
call'd
,
The
Island
of
St.
Paul
,
which
we
left
about
30
Miles
off
on
the
left-hand
,
and
steered
our
Course
for
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
.
After
about
seven
days
sail
from
the
said
Island
of
St.
Paul
with
very
little
Wind
,
the
number
of
our
sick
increased
daily
,
and
the
distempers
that
now
reigned
most
,
were
the
Scurvy
,
and
the
Small-Pox
;
which
carried
off
almost
all
the
oldest
of
our
Men
,
but
the
younger
sort
quickly
recover'd
.
Many
were
light-headed
,
and
ailed
nothing
more
;
which
was
occasioned
,
as
I
presume
,
only
from
the
excessive
heat
we
suffer'd
,
as
we
passed
under
the
Line
,
and
came
to
the
other
side
of
the
Globe
.
In
this
dismal
condition
we
went
on
;
our
only
hope
being
that
we
should
not
be
long
ere
we
should
reach
the
Cape
Bonne
Esperance
,
or
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
.
But
our
hopes
were
strangely
frustrated
:
for
we
quite
lost
our
course
:
For
the
Snow
fell
so
mighty
thick
(
as
it
is
usual
about
Africa
)
that
our
Men
could
not
see
one
another
the
length
of
the
Ship
.
Then
our
Master
gave
Orders
that
one
should
go
up
the
Main
Top-Mast
head
,
and
keep
strict
watch
;
because
we
were
continually
in
expectation
of
coming
to
Land
.
Early
the
next
morning
I
got
me
above
Deck
,
and
went
to
take
my
allowance
of
Brandy
at
the
usual
place
:
After
which
my
Comrade
,
and
I
,
who
had
been
old
acquaintance
before
we
went
to
Sea
,
and
between
whom
an
inviolable
friendship
was
contracted
,
we
agreed
to
go
and
smoak
our
Pipes
,
and
fell
into
a
chearful
conference
about
our
approaching
Joy
of
setting
our
feet
on
dry
ground
.
While
we
were
thus
talking
,
we
heard
of
a
sudden
cry
of
Land
,
Land
,
which
mightily
increased
our
Joy
;
little
knowing
after
what
manner
we
were
drawing
nigh
to
the
Shore
.
But
we
quickly
saw
our
mistake
,
when
the
Master
upon
this
out-cry
,
comes
out
,
and
with
death
in
his
looks
crys
our
,
Oh
my
poor
Ship
!
we
are
all
undone
!
At
which
we
stood
in
amaze
,
not
knowing
what
to
say
,
or
to
take
in
hand
to
help
our selves
.
All
this
while
the
Ship
was
running
violently
to
shore
,
the
Wind
being
very
high
,
and
having
no
time
to
hand
our
Sails
,
we
were
forced
to
cut
the
Gears
,
upon
which
the
Wind
carried
off
our
Sails
over-board
,
with
such
a
violent
noise
,
that
one
would
have
thought
Heaven
and
Earth
were
coming
together
.
While
we
were
all
running
hither
and
thither
,
in
a
miserable
confusion
,
the
Ship
begun
to
crack
;
which
made
us
all
cry
out
with
a
loud
voice
,
to
Almighty
God
,
to
receive
our
poor
Souls
.
It
is
easie
to
imagine
what
a
dismal
condition
we
were
in
,
with
the
noise
the
Ship
made
,
and
the
crying
and
sighing
that
so
many
of
us
made
;
for
we
were
still
343
persons
on
Board
,
and
the
Ship
kept
still
cracking
more
and
more
,
till
at
last
the
After-part
broke
,
and
the
Sea
beating
in
violently
,
sunk
our
Stern
in
an
instant
.
None
now
expected
to
escape
,
and
we
saw
nothing
but
death
round
about
us
,
by
reason
of
the
depth
of
the
Sea
on
one
side
,
and
on
the
other
the
Shore
so
high
,
that
it
was
inaccessible
.
Yet
every
body
was
willing
to
try
what
they
could
do
;
and
to
prolong
their
lives
as
long
as
they
possibly
could
.
We
resolved
therefore
to
leap
into
the
Sea
;
and
,
if
possible
,
to
make
to
Shore
,
which
was
near
enough
to
us
,
if
haply
we
might
reach
it
:
But
we
foresaw
it
almost
impossible
to
come
to
it
,
by
reason
of
its
steepness
,
and
the
violent
beating
of
the
Waves
.
Thus
recommending
my self
to
Almighty
God
,
and
having
implored
his
pardon
and
assistance
,
I
committed
my self
to
the
Sea
,
and
strove
with
the
utmost
of
my
power
to
get
to
the
Rocks
.
I
toucht
them
twice
or
thrice
,
but
the
Waves
carried
me
off
again
;
by
this
time
some
of
our
Company
were
got
out
safe
,
and
they
could
not
help
us
any
otherwise
,
than
by
calling
to
us
,
and
advising
us
what
was
best
to
do
;
which
was
no
small
help
to
those
that
swom
:
for
the
directions
they
gave
from
the
Shore
,
was
a
great
guide
to
those
poor
people
who
were
still
in
the
Sea
,
and
whom
fear
made
so
insensible
,
and
so
hasty
,
that
they
could
not
of
themselves
think
to
take
the
advantages
they
might
have
done
,
had
they
been
less
terrified
.
After
I
had
been
carried
off
again
from
the
Rock
,
so
far
,
that
I
had
little
or
no
hopes
of
ever
recovering
it
again
,
it
pleased
God
that
I
was
thrown
on
again
,
and
I
luckily
struck
my
hand
into
a
claiy
part
of
it
,
and
thus
got
safe
to
shore
.
Seven
more
got
out
after
me
,
and
35
before
,
so
that
43
of
us
only
escaped
;
viz.
the
Master
,
the
Steers-man
,
two
Surgeons
besides
me
,
three
Carpenters
,
the
Cook
's
men
,
the
Swabber
,
the
Gunner
,
22
Sea-men
,
and
eight
Soldiers
.
The
rest
,
300
in
number
,
miserably
lost
their
lives
.
Here
we
all
fell
on
our
knees
,
and
returned
our
hearty
praise
to
the
merciful
God
who
had
so
bountifully
deliver'd
us
from
so
great
a
danger
;
after
which
we
went
to
look
a
little
about
us
;
but
none
of
us
knew
where
we
were
;
which
added
much
to
our
sorrow
;
besides
that
three
of
our
men
were
almost
dead
with
the
cold
caused
by
the
Sea-water
.
The
Ship
sunk
down-right
,
so
that
we
could
not
see
the
least
part
of
her
,
nor
had
we
saved
the
least
thing
about
us
.
Her
Cargo
was
worth
above
328000
Ricksdollers
in
ready
Cash
,
and
many
thousand
Gilders
in
goods
besides
,
which
were
all
lost
.
Finding
out
at
last
that
it
was
the
false
Cape
of
Good
Hope
we
were
got
upon
,
and
that
we
were
at
40
Miles
distance
from
the
right
one
,
where
the
Duth
Garrison
lay
;
we
were
forced
to
go
further
into
the
Country
,
which
was
the
more
tedious
,
by
reason
of
the
sick
men
we
had
with
us
.
We
knew
that
the
Country
had
good
store
of
admirable
fruits
,
which
we
wished
to
come
at
;
and
at
last
we
got
some
excellent
good
Water-Melons
,
which
served
us
for
Meat
and
Drink
.
In
this
poor
condition
we
saw
some
Hottentots
at
a
distance
,
whom
we
could
not
come
to
speak
to
;
for
they
run
away
from
us
.
But
it
was
to
fetch
some
of
them
that
could
speak
Dutch
;
and
when
we
had
made
our
case
known
to
them
,
they
immediately
went
and
acquainted
the
Governour
with
it
,
who
streight
sent
another
parcel
of
these
Hottentots
(
who
are
the
wild
Inhabitants
of
that
Country
)
together
with
several
Files
of
Soldiers
to
fetch
us
.
They
took
up
our
sick
men
,
and
carried
them
on
their
shoulders
upon
Beds
made
of
Reeds
;
and
we
were
comfortably
entertained
with
good
Canary
,
good
Rice
,
Bisket
,
and
all
sorts
of
excellent
fruits
;
all
which
were
extreamly
welcome
to
us
.
When
we
came
to
the
Cape
,
our
Master
and
the
Streers-man
went
immediately
before
the
Governour
,
to
clear
themselves
from
whatever
might
be
laid
to
their
charge
,
for
the
loss
of
the
Ship
,
and
of
so
many
mens
lives
;
and
there
alledg'd
,
that
it
could
not
be
imputed
to
their
negligence
,
or
want
of
due
care
;
but
that
it
was
the
good
pleasure
of
Providence
to
afflict
them
in
that
manner
.
After
which
we
were
all
lodged
within
the
Castle
,
and
furnish'd
with
the
usual
allowance
,
and
there
waited
for
the
Europa's
coming
;
which
was
no
less
than
three
weeks
:
So
that
we
gave
that
over
for
lost
too
,
fearing
it
had
undergone
like
fate
with
ours
.
What
observations
I
made
in
this
Country
,
during
that
time
of
our
stay
,
I
will
now
give
you
an
account
of
.
In
the
year
1650
a
Fort
was
built
by
the
Dutch
in
this
Cape
,
and
ever
since
all
the
shipping
that
comes
thither
,
whether
French
,
English
,
or
any
other
Nation
,
must
pay
Tribute
at
their
first
Landing
.
This
Land
,
for
its
situation
and
fruitfulness
,
is
very
commodious
for
all
that
go
from
any
part
of
Europe
to
the
East-Indies
,
for
refreshing
of
themselves
,
and
recruiting
of
Provisions
,
and
taking
in
of
fresh
Water
,
which
comes
out
of
the
Rocks
and
Mountains
of
the
Country
.
Within
the
Land
,
it
is
richly
adorn'd
with
abundance
of
Fruit-trees
;
but
near
the
Shore
,
there
are
few
,
or
none
,
by
reason
of
the
terrible
Winds
and
Hurricanes
,
that
beat
upon
it
in
a
fearful
manner
,
which
come
generally
down
from
the
Mountain
called
by
the
Dutch
Tafel-bergh
:
And
by
reason
of
these
stormy
Winds
,
this
Cape
goes
frequently
with
us
by
the
name
of
the
Storm
Cape
.
The
Dutch
,
that
are
there
in
Garrison
,
have
planted
good
Orchards
and
Gardens
,
which
afford
all
sorts
of
Sallads
,
Cabages
,
Turnips
,
Cowcumbers
,
and
all
sorts
of
Kitchen
Herbs
:
All
which
are
great
refreshments
to
those
that
come
from
Sea
.
And
likewise
the
free
Inhabitants
,
of
which
there
were
already
some
hundreds
when
I
was
there
,
have
Land
which
produces
good
Corn
,
Wheat
,
and
Oats
,
&c.
and
Vineyards
:
So
that
one
finds
there
plenty
of
good
Beer
,
Wine
,
excellent
Bread
,
and
such
sort
of
things
as
well
as
in
Europe
.
I
dieted
at
one
of
these
Free-men's
houses
,
and
I
had
a
very
good
Dinner
of
Meat
,
rost
and
boil'd
,
and
Fish
,
with
excellent
Sallad
,
and
Butter
,
and
Cheese
,
and
delicate
Beer
,
all
for
one
Skelling
,
(
which
is
but
six
pence
English
)
but
Wine
I
was
forced
to
pay
for
,
after
the
rate
of
half
a
Ricks-doller
the
quart
.
Besides
the
great
store
of
Fruits
which
are
common
in
Europe
.
There
is
great
plenty
of
admirable
Lemon
and
Orange
Trees
,
which
afford
a
very
beautiful
prospect
.
The
Haven
is
called
Tafel-Baey
,
which
is
to
say
,
Table-Bay
,
so
called
from
a
vast
Mountain
just
by
the
Shore
which
is
called
Tafel-bergh
,
in
English
Table-bill
,
from
its
figure
,
which
is
seemingly
square
and
flat
at
top
:
It
is
seen
a
vast
way
off
at
Sea
;
and
it
lies
about
five
Miles
from
the
utmost
point
of
the
Cape
;
between
which
,
lieth
the
Hill
Lewen-bergh
,
or
Lion's-bill
,
so
call'd
,
by
reason
of
its
resembling
a
Lion
in
shape
;
the
head
comes
quite
up
to
the
Table-hill
,
and
the
tail
comes
down
into
the
Sea
.
I
had
a
great
desire
to
go
up
to
the
top
of
that
Hill
e're
I
went
from
the
Cape
:
So
having
got
some
others
who
desired
it
too
,
we
got
leave
,
and
set
out
the
next
morning
early
.
It
is
about
a
Mile
distance
from
the
Castle
;
we
went
up
it
a
good
pace
for
a
matter
of
four
hours
,
and
yet
we
were
not
near
to
the
top
:
We
were
pretty
well
tired
,
and
more
afraid
of
being
too
long
about
it
,
and
of
being
belated
;
for
in
the
evening
it
is
extraordinary
dangerous
being
there
,
by
reason
of
the
wild
Beasts
that
then
come
abroad
;
so
we
e'en
resolved
to
go
back
again
to
get
in
by
day-light
:
For
we
thought
if
we
had
fallen
under
their
clutches
,
we
should
not
have
been
much
the
better
for
our
experience
:
And
besides
,
a
Cloud
came
over
us
which
wetted
us
to
the
Skin
,
whereupon
we
returned
back
streight
,
and
came
into
the
Castle
about
half
an
hour
before
night
;
so
that
we
could
not
compass
our
desire
,
nor
could
ever
yet
hear
of
any
one
that
had
been
up
to
the
top
of
it
.
Provision
is
here
so
plenty
,
that
the
Dutch
have
it
mighty
cheap
,
for
a
little
Copper-wire
,
for
Bracelets
,
for
Tobacco
,
and
for
any
such
trifle
;
so
that
a
large
Beast
doth
not
stand
a
man
in
more
than
a
conple
of
Shillings
.
There
are
a
great
many
Lions
and
wild
Boars
.
In
the
Governours
Hall
are
two
Lions
Skins
.
The
one
was
of
a
Lion
,
that
one
of
the
Hottentots
shot
with
his
Arrow
:
The
other
was
kill'd
by
a
Boar.
This
last
Creature
,
I
mean
the
Boar
,
hath
on
its
back
a
sharp
sort
of
Prickle
;
near
a
spang
long
,
and
so
hard
,
that
they
serve
many
Trades-men
for
Bodkins
.
And
the
Lion
falling
furiously
upon
this
Boar
,
the
Boar
struck
him
with
his
prickly
Bristles
into
the
belly
,
and
made
him
bleed
to
death
,
tho'
the
Boar
perished
likewise
in
the
fight
;
and
they
were
found
dead
by
one
another
,
and
both
their
Skins
were
hung
up
for
a
memorandum
.
Besides
these
,
there
are
many
Elephants
in
that
Country
,
and
a
sort
of
Beast
they
call
Bavians
,
the
same
we
call
Baboons
;
which
very
much
resemble
aged
Men.
Some
of
our
Men
had
orders
once
to
go
into
the
Wood
to
cut
down
part
of
it
.
Amongst
them
was
one
Comical
fellow
,
who
had
beaten
one
to
death
in
a
quarrel
at
Tirol
;
and
being
forc'd
to
fly
,
had
listed
himself
a
Soldier
in
the
East-India
Company
,
and
so
made
his
escape
.
He
staid
a
little
after
the
rest
to
ease
Nature
;
and
laid
his
Satchel
down
at
some
distance
from
him
;
we
saw
one
of
those
Baboons
coming
towards
him
,
which
made
us
stand
still
to
see
what
he
would
do
;
and
laying
hold
on
his
Satchel
,
away
he
went
with
it
,
and
robb'd
the
fellow
of
all
his
provision
of
Bread
,
and
Cheese
,
and
Tobacco
;
which
made
very
good
sport
for
the
rest
.
Ostridges
are
here
also
very
common
;
the
Eggs
whereof
are
very
good
to
eat
.
And
among
many
other
sorts
of
Birds
,
which
they
have
,
that
are
uncommon
with
us
,
there
are
a
sort
called
Sea-Ravens
;
but
of
these
there
hath
been
account
enough
given
by
several
Writers
.
In
the
Sea
,
all
round
this
place
,
one
may
see
abundance
of
great
Fish
called
North-Capers
,
but
none
of
them
are
catched
about
the
Cape
;
they
have
a
snout
like
that
of
an
Hog
,
thro'
which
they
throw
up
Water
as
high
as
an
house
,
and
in
such
a
quantity
,
as
to
fill
almost
a
small
Vessel
,
and
it
comes
down
like
a
violent
shower
of
Rain
:
They
are
always
to
be
seen
about
the
Cape
,
but
they
do
no
manner
of
harm
.
There
is
a
prodigious
quantity
of
other
sorts
of
Fish
,
both
in
the
Sea
,
and
in
the
Rivers
too
.
We
went
one
night
with
a
Net
to
have
some
sport
,
and
at
two
pulls
we
had
so
many
,
we
could
not
carry
the
tenth
part
of
'
em
.
The
Fish
we
caught
were
made
very
much
like
our
Carps
;
and
here
are
also
abundance
of
Tortoises
.
The
natural
Inhabitants
of
this
place
,
are
called
Hottentots
,
meer
Heathens
;
of
no
extraordinary
size
;
for
the
most
part
very
lean
,
and
meagre
;
their
Language
very
unpleasant
,
rattling
like
Turkies
when
they
speak
.
They
go
stark
naked
,
only
having
a
Sheeps
Skin
about
them
,
the
Tail
whereof
comes
before
their
Privities
.
When
a
Ship
is
new
come
in
,
assoon
as
the
Boat
lands
any
of
the
Men
,
they
get
in
as
it
comes
back
,
to
beg
Bisket
of
the
Sea-men
,
which
they
love
exceedingly
;
when
they
ask
for
it
,
they
cry
Broqua
,
which
signifies
Bread
.
It
is
their
custom
to
cut
out
one
of
their
Testicles
when
they
are
young
.
Their
chief
Ornaments
(
if
such
may
be
so
called
)
is
on
their
Legs
;
they
take
an
Ox
,
or
Sheep's
guts
,
and
thrusting
out
the
excrements
a
little
,
just
to
let
them
lye
close
and
flat
;
and
while
they
are
moist
,
they
wrap
them
about
their
Legs
,
and
there
let
them
stick
.
These
very
guts
is
part
of
their
food
too
;
for
just
in
this
same
pickle
,
they
broil
them
a
little
over
the
fire
,
and
eat
them
.
So
that
it
may
properly
be
said
,
that
they
are
meat
and
cloth
to
'em
:
But
to
see
them
use-it
either
way
,
might
very
probably
give
any
man
besides
them
,
a
vomit
.
They
use
to
besmear
their
body
with
all
manner
of
dirt
and
nastiness
,
which
makes
them
stink
worse
than
a
Goat
.
Upon
their
heads
they
stick
all
sorts
of
little
Sea-shells
,
and
small
Copper
Rings
,
that
come
from
Neurenbergh
,
which
the
Sea-men
bring
with
them
,
to
give
them
:
And
for
one
of
them
they
will
shew
you
some
of
their
Tricks
;
among
which
one
is
,
to
throw
a
Dart
or
long
Stick
,
with
which
they
'll
hit
within
the
compass
of
a
farthing
a
mighty
distance
off
.
As
for
their
Religion
,
little
can
be
said
of
it
,
their
Language
,
it
not
being
understood
by
any
,
that
ever
I
heard
of
.
They
use
commonly
to
get
together
near
to
the
Sea-shore
in
the
morning
by
Sun-rising
,
and
there
they
get
in
a
Ring
,
holding
each
other
fast
by
their
hands
,
and
dance
about
upon
the
Sand
,
looking
up
towards
Heaven
,
saying
something
in
their
Language
;
and
then
write
some
strange
unintelligible
characters
and
figures
in
the
Sand
,
and
so
depart
;
all
which
undoubtedly
is
intended
in
honour
to
some
Deity
.
I
have
asked
some
of
them
that
could
speak
a
little
broken
Dutch
,
what
thoughts
they
had
of
a
God
,
and
whom
they
believed
in
;
they
answered
,
that
they
thought
that
there
was
one
above
,
that
had
made
the
Hills
,
and
that
Sea
which
we
saw
,
and
all
that
was
in
them
;
and
that
Homage
was
due
to
him
;
but
I
could
not
learn
any
thing
further
.
They
are
very
good
Footmen
,
and
run
very
swiftly
,
which
make
the
Dutch
keep
always
a
Troop
of
Horse
there
,
to
catch
them
in
case
of
any
Insurrection
:
For
they
dare
not
trust
them
in
the
least
.
In
mischief
they
are
cunning
enough
,
tho'
wonderfully
stupid
in
any
thing
else
.
If
they
are
not
hungry
,
they
'll
not
work
,
tho'
you
would
beat
them
to
death
;
but
when
their
belly
incites
them
to
it
,
they
'll
work
like
Horses
.
It
is
not
safe
to
break
ones
word
with
them
;
and
if
one
should
not
give
them
what
was
promised
,
when
their
work
is
done
,
a
man
would
go
in
danger
of
his
life
.
Their
Habitations
are
most
on
green
Meadows
,
and
grounds
that
bear
sweet
Herbs
for
Pasture
for
their
Cattle
.
Their
Houses
are
made
of
Sea-Reeds
joyn'd
together
,
and
fastned
at
top
;
just
like
our
Hop-poles
,
when
they
are
laid
up
for
the
Winter
;
and
when
their
Cattle
hath
eaten
up
the
Pasture
all
about
them
,
then
they
remove
their
Houses
,
to
some
fresh
place
,
and
settle
there
again
for
some
time
.
As
to
what
belongs
to
those
we
call
Free-men
,
of
which
I
made
some
mention
before
,
they
are
such
of
our
Men
,
as
have
served
the
Company
in
the
station
of
a
Soldier
,
or
any
other
way
during
the
space
of
ten
or
twelve
years
,
and
then
desired
to
settle
there
,
to
trade
or
plant
,
which
they
may
then
do
,
paying
a
certain
sum
of
Money
,
and
all
Imposts
and
Customs
to
the
Company
.
These
have
dwelling-houses
built
after
a
manner
like
as
in
Holland
,
but
not
so
high
nor
so
fine
.
The
chief
Commodities
which
the
Company
trades
in
,
to
quit
the
Costs
of
their
Garrison
there
,
is
Sea-Dogs
,
which
are
catched
here
in
vast
quantities
.
They
boil
the
fat
out
of
them
,
and
the
Skins
are
hung
up
to
dry
,
which
they
send
afterwards
to
Holland
.
When
any
Ship
comes
there
,
an
Order
is
read
to
all
the
People
that
are
on
Board
,
forbidding
them
all
to
buy
any
thing
of
the
Hottentots
,
except
Ostridges
Eggs
,
and
other
like
trifles
.
All
Commodities
of
any
use
or
value
,
as
Rhinoceros
Horns
,
Elephants
Teeth
,
and
Sea-Dog
Skins
,
are
wholly
ingrossed
by
the
Company
.
Justice
here
is
very
severe
,
in
respect
to
any
of
these
Heathens
especially
;
one
instance
whereof
I
was
an
eye-witness
of
,
while
I
was
there
;
Three
of
them
having
ravish'd
a
Christian
Maid-servant
,
were
hung
up
by
the
heels
on
a
Gibbet
,
and
so
ended
their
lives
,
after
they
had
hang'd
there
about
thirteen
or
fourteen
hours
.
There
are
four
Seasons
of
the
year
here
,
tho'
in
a
quite
different
time
from
ours
:
For
our
Summer
is
their
Winter
;
and
in
September
,
which
was
the
time
I
was
there
,
it
was
their
Spring-season
.
Their
Winters
are
cold
,
and
always
foggy
and
misty
,
but
there
is
never
any
Frost
or
Snow
.
Thus
far
will
suffice
to
inform
the
Reader
of
the
nature
and
customs
of
the
Cape
de
Bona
Speranza
.
I
proceed
now
with
the
continuation
of
our
Voyage
.
CHAP.
III.
The
Author's
departure
from
the
Cape
,
in
the
Ship
called
the
Europa
.
They
met
with
a
most
violent
Storm
,
which
held
them
four
whole
days
about
St.
Maurice's
Island
.
Their
arrival
to
the
Streights
of
Sunda
,
then
to
Batavia
.
Description
of
the
City
,
and
Castle
;
and
of
the
Government
of
them
both
.
Customs
of
the
several
Inhabitants
there
;
especially
the
Chineses
.
Many
Crocodils
in
that
River
,
they
are
called
Caimans
by
the
Inhabitants
.
The
Author
present
at
the
catching
of
several
of
them
.
The
manner
of
it
.
Tygers
,
Apes
;
Coco-trees
,
Mangoes
.
Bislang
Figgs
.
AFter
we
had
spent
a
pretty
while
here
,
and
were
very
well
recovered
from
our
late
Affliction
,
we
prepared
our selves
to
be
gone
in
the
Europa
,
which
by
this
time
was
come
,
and
ready
to
sail
off
again
for
Batavia
;
and
with
the
first
fair
Wind
we
set
Sail
,
and
in
the
name
of
God
we
ran
out
of
Tasel-Bay
,
leaving
only
one
English
Fly-Boat
behind
us
at
the
Cape
,
which
was
come
thither
,
since
we
.
All
that
day
,
and
the
next
,
the
same
fair
Gale
continued
,
which
blew
us
along
so
briskly
,
that
on
the
next
day
we
were
got
out
of
sight
of
Africa
,
and
came
into
the
Main
.
We
had
this
brisk
and
fair
Gale
for
eight
days
together
,
which
carried
us
merrily
along
beyond
the
Island
called
St.
Maurice
,
about
which
place
men
seldom
fail
of
a
Storm
and
bad
Weather
;
so
that
it
was
no
small
joy
to
us
,
to
have
so
fairly
escaped
it
:
But
alas
!
our
joy
was
soon
palled
;
and
our
security
proved
very
deceitful
,
while
we
foolishly
took
the
measures
of
our
safety
,
more
from
the
Climes
and
Latitudes
we
were
in
,
than
from
His
Providence
,
to
whom
the
Winds
,
and
Seas
are
every
where
subject
;
for
when
we
least
thought
on
't
,
the
Sky
darkned
all
of
a
sudden
,
and
such
a
Hurrican
rose
upon
us
,
as
made
us
all
tremble
.
No
sooner
had
it
given
us
the
first
toss
,
but
our
Ship
out-did
almost
the
noise
of
it
,
with
the
dreadful
cracks
it
gave
,
insomuch
that
we
expected
nothing
but
to
sink
in
the
instant
.
All
the
while
the
Clouds
grew
darker
and
darker
,
and
the
Wind
increased
to
that
degree
,
that
we
could
not
hear
one
another
speak
.
The
Sea
gaped
so
hideously
,
that
it
could
not
be
thought
we
should
ever
escape
being
swallowed
up
;
our
Ship
sometimes
mounted
on
the
top
of
a
Wave
,
plunged
down
with
such
a
terrible
force
,
as
it
had
been
down
a
Precipice
,
that
we
expected
every
moment
to
be
overwhelmed
with
it
.
And
no
sooner
had
we
escaped
one
Gulph
,
but
we
were
raised
up
again
to
fall
into
another
.
All
this
while
,
what
with
the
Sea
dashing
in
upon
us
,
and
what
with
the
great
Gaps
that
were
in
the
Ship
,
we
were
so
full
of
Water
,
that
we
were
all
forced
to
pump
like
Slaves
,
for
three
days
together
;
all
which
yet
was
little
enough
.
I
for
my
part
,
who
little
thought
to
have
been
in
any
such
employment
,
yet
was
forced
to
fall
to
,
and
stick
to
it
for
four
hours
together
,
which
would
have
been
intolerable
to
me
at
any
other
time
:
But
on
such
occasions
a
Man
doth
not
much
stand
upon
Niceties
:
And
I
do
not
remember
that
I
was
so
much
as
tired
with
it
,
for
the
hopes
we
had
that
God
would
still
cast
an
Eye
of
pity
upon
us
,
and
relieve
us
out
of
our
misery
,
was
now
all
the
comfort
we
had
left
.
But
the
Weather
still
continued
,
or
,
rather
indeed
,
grew
worse
,
so
that
mounting
our
Ship
up
an
end
,
one
of
our
Carpenters
was
toss'd
out
of
his
Cabin
,
and
had
tumbled
directly
into
the
Sea
,
had
not
one
of
the
Sea-men
luckily
caught
hold
of
him
.
I
tryed
several
places
to
get
a
little
rest
in
,
and
,
amongst
others
,
I
got
in
by
some
Sheep
that
we
had
brought
from
the
Cape
with
us
,
which
I
found
almost
dead
,
never
a
one
of
them
being
able
to
stand
on
its
Leggs
.
Not
finding
my self
safe
there
,
without
holding
fast
by
the
Boards
,
which
was
very
tiresome
work
,
I
went
to
the
Gunner's
Room
,
where
the
Surgeons
Chests
always
lye
,
to
try
to
get
into
a
Hammock
:
But
all
the
Chests
there
were
turned
topsie turvy
,
and
in
such
a
confusion
,
that
I
could
not
get
to
the
place
I
designed
for
'em
;
so
I
sate
me
down
:
But
I
had
not
been
there
three
minutes
,
but
I
heard
a
low
broken
voice
just
breathing
out
the
Name
of
God
;
at
which
,
being
mightily
surprised
,
I
looked
and
found
our
Provost
,
an
old
Man
,
lying
under
those
Chests
that
were
jumbled
together
,
and
crusht
to
pieces
with
the
vast
weight
of
'
em
.
I
ran
up
to
acquaint
our
Master
,
who
in
the
hurry
took
little
notice
of
it
,
only
order'd
some
of
the
Men
to
throw
him
over-board
,
which
was
immediately
done
,
without
any
formalities
,
or
so
much
as
a
Plank
;
for
we
had
no
time
to
tye
him
to
one
,
as
it
is
usual
;
but
over
they
threw
him
,
cloaths
and
all
on
.
It
was
now
the
fourth
night
that
we
had
been
in
this
condition
;
and
that
we
gave
our selves
for
gone
every
moment
of
that
time
:
So
we
were
all
called
to
Prayers
,
and
every
one
got
out
upon
Deck
with
much
ado
,
and
held
fast
,
some
by
one
thing
,
some
by
another
,
to
hear
our
Minister
,
who
very
earnestly
sent
up
most
devout
Prayers
to
Heaven
,
that
God
would
in
his
mercy
deliver
us
;
or
,
if
it
were
his
good
pleasure
,
to
receive
our
poor
Souls
unto
himself
.
To
those
who
are
altogether
strangers
to
the
Sea
,
the
Affliction
we
were
in
is
altogether
unconceivable
;
and
for
my
own
part
,
tho'
I
have
been
oftentimes
in
great
dangers
by
Sea
and
by
Land
,
and
upon
many
occasions
have
,
with
Courage
enough
,
stood
before
the
Enemy
;
yet
did
none
of
these
dangers
ever
terrifie
me
comparably
to
this
,
where
death
doth
not
only
seem
sure
and
inevitable
,
but
comes
attended
with
all
the
Horrour
imaginable
,
and
drest
in
its
most
hideous
and
terrifying
shapes
.
But
by
how
much
the
greater
our
danger
was
,
so
much
the
more
admirable
was
the
power
and
goodness
of
God
towards
us
:
For
on
the
fourth
day
in
the
morning
the
Winds
fell
,
the
Air
became
serene
,
and
the
Sea
calm
,
which
restored
us
all
,
as
it
were
,
to
life
again
.
We
then
,
as
in
duty
bound
,
first
fell
to
praising
of
God
,
whence
our
help
came
;
and
with
Hymns
and
Psalms
to
rejoyce
in
him
for
his
goodness
,
and
our
miraculous
deliverance
.
After
which
we
went
to
set
things
to
right
about
us
,
and
to
mend
our
tattered
Ships
.
To
this
purpose
we
put
all
the
heavy
Cannon
on
one
side
of
the
Ship
,
to
raise
up
the
other
,
that
the
Carpenters
might
get
at
it
to
work
;
which
they
went
about
immediately
:
But
the
Calm
did
not
last
long
enough
for
them
to
do
half
what
we
wanted
.
We
had
a
brisk
Gale
,
which
was
very
fair
for
us
,
it
's
true
;
but
having
so
many
Leaks
unstopt
,
we
were
forced
to
keep
our
Pumps
going
continually
.
This
Wind
held
us
six
days
,
during
which
we
passed
the
Latitude
of
St.
Maurice
,
and
got
in
sight
of
St.
Paul
de
Amsterdam
;
which
we
left
about
sixteen
Miles
on
the
right
off
us
,
and
steer'd
right
upon
Great
Java
,
whereof
Batavia
is
the
chief
Town
.
In
all
this
time
we
had
a
great
many
of
our
Men
sick
,
and
seven
of
them
died
,
and
were
cast
over-board
.
The
Wind
being
so
fair
for
us
,
the
allowance
was
large
,
and
there
was
no
stint
of
any
thing
almost
:
Yet
we
wish'd
heartily
to
be
ashore
,
and
the
more
,
for
the
sake
of
our
Sick
:
But
we
wanted
more
than
a
hundred
Miles
sail
to
the
place
we
were
to
go
to
.
But
by
God's
assistance
we
reach'd
it
,
beyond
our
expectation
;
for
,
by
Sun-setting
,
a
Sailor
cryed
out
,
Land
;
which
caused
a
sudden
joy
amongst
us
all
;
and
the
Master
straight
presented
him
a
Ducat
,
or
two
Ricksdollers
,
two
Cheeses
,
and
a
Bottle
of
Canary
,
according
to
custom
.
Upon
this
we
fell
to
tricking
up
our selves
,
painting
our
Long-Boat
and
Shalloop
,
and
making
our
Ship
very
fine
:
We
fastned
our
Anchors
,
and
made
all
preparations
to
go
to
Shore
,
which
was
not
now
above
forty
Miles
from
us
.
By
the
next
morning
we
got
within
two
hours
sail
of
it
;
but
we
over-shot
it
by
above
thirty
Miles
on
the
Westward
of
it
;
so
that
we
were
forced
to
tack
about
to
the
East
;
and
after
some
days
sail
we
came
up
to
some
small
Islands
that
lye
within
five
Miles
of
Great
Java
;
there
we
cast
Anchor
immediately
,
hawl'd
out
our
Boat
,
and
went
on
Shore
,
to
fetch
some
Coco's
,
which
we
divided
among
the
rest
on
Ship-board
.
Three
days
after
this
,
we
came
into
the
Road
of
Sunda
,
wherein
a
great
many
little
Vessels
came
to
us
(
which
they
call
Prawen
,
which
sail
prodigious
swiftly
)
and
brought
with
them
several
sorts
of
fruits
,
as
Coco's
,
Pisang
Figgs
,
which
are
a
long
kind
of
Figg
,
Eggs
,
and
such
like
.
Lastly
,
On
the
last
day
of
November
we
arrived
safely
at
Batavia
,
where
we
cast
Anchor
before
the
Castle
,
having
lost
thirteen
of
our
Men
,
and
about
20
sick
still
aboard
.
Here
we
return'd
God
thanks
for
our
safe
arrival
;
embraced
each
other
heartily
,
and
discharged
our
Cannon
very
briskly
.
After
which
the
Master
taking
some
company
along
with
him
,
went
immediately
to
Shore
,
to
wait
on
the
General
,
who
was
the
Heer
John
Speelman
,
at
that
time
Governour
of
all
the
East-Indies
.
In
the
mean
time
the
Fiscal
came
to
our
Ship
,
to
take
a
view
of
all
the
Men
,
and
to
demand
all
their
Letters
:
After
which
the
Men
were
landed
,
and
the
Ship
unladen
:
The
sick
were
put
into
the
Hospital
,
and
those
that
were
in
health
marched
in
good
order
into
the
Castle
of
Batavia
;
where
being
drawn
up
before
the
Generals
Apartment
,
he
came
out
to
them
,
and
kindly
bad
them
welcome
;
and
ordered
the
Major
to
divide
them
amongst
the
Militia
;
but
first
they
had
three
days
freedom
given
them
to
rest
and
take
their
ease
:
After
which
they
were
obliged
to
gather
together
every
day
without
fail
on
a
place
appointed
for
them
to
exercise
,
until
they
were
well
vers'd
in
it
,
and
made
thorow-pac'd
Soldiers
of
,
and
fit
to
be
sent
on
any
Expedition
to
any
part
of
the
Indies
.
For
my
part
,
I
went
to
Shore
several
times
,
and
diverted
my self
very
well
,
until
I
received
an
Order
from
the
Surgeon
general
to
take
my
Post
in
a
small
Fort
,
about
a
Mile
or
somewhat
less
,
from
Batavia
;
where
I
found
an
Ensign
,
two
Serjeants
,
two
Gunners
,
to
eight
Pieces
of
Cannon
,
and
sixty
private
Soldiers
.
I
was
mighty
well
pleased
with
my
Station
here
;
the
Place
being
very
finely
and
advantageously
situated
,
with
the
Sea
on
the
one
side
,
and
a
very
pleasant
River
on
the
other
,
which
came
down
from
Batavia
,
upon
which
there
were
continually
a
great
number
of
Prawen
sailing
to
and
fro
with
Chineses
,
going
to
a
certain
place
,
about
half
a
Mile
from
thence
,
where
their
Mosque
is
,
wherein
they
sacrifice
at
several
times
in
the
year
to
their
Idol
,
called
by
them
Jasgin
,
and
by
the
Dutch
Josic
;
and
there
they
perform
all
their
Religious
Ceremonies
,
which
are
very
diverting
to
a
stranger
to
see
.
As
for
Batavia
,
the
City
and
Castle
are
as
well
worth
a
description
,
as
they
are
a
Man's
sight
:
And
truly
mine
was
ravisht
with
it
;
for
I
must
confess
,
that
I
think
them
yet
finer
even
than
Amsterdam
it self
.
It
is
five
or
six
Miles
in
compass
.
The
River
Jacatra
runs
thro'
most
Streets
of
the
Town
,
and
almost
encompasses
it
.
Upon
these
Canals
the
Inhabitants
have
the
conveniency
of
going
in
Boats
to
their
Gardens
and
Pleasure-houses
:
The
sides
of
them
is
wall'd
up
with
good
square
Stone
,
and
all
along
each
side
of
it
,
there
goes
a
Row
or
two
of
fine
Cedar
,
Coco
,
or
Figg
trees
,
where
the
Free-men
use
to
walk
at
night
under
a
most
pleasant
Shade
.
The
Castle
stands
toward
the
Sea
.
It
hath
four
Bastions
,
two
of
them
to
the
Sea
,
called
the
Ruby
and
the
Pearl
;
the
other
two
to
the
City
,
which
go
by
the
name
of
the
Saphir
and
the
Diamon
.
It
is
in
the
whole
exact
square
,
and
from
top
to
bottom
built
up
with
excellent
good
square
Stone
.
On
each
of
these
Bastions
are
sixteen
half
Culverins
planted
:
Besides
this
,
they
are
full
of
fine
Trees
,
such
as
Lemons
,
and
Mango's
,
which
makes
them
look
most
sweetly
.
While
I
was
there
,
there
was
a
third
Gate
built
to
the
Castle
,
which
before
had
but
two
.
One
of
the
Gates
looks
toward
the
Sea
,
thro'
which
the
Goods
come
in
from
the
Ships
into
the
Ware
houses
,
and
it
's
call'd
the
Water-Gate
.
The
other
goeth
into
the
City
,
which
therefore
they
call
the
City-Gate
.
In
the
middle
of
the
Castle
is
the
Generals
Apartment
,
and
over
against
it
are
the
Houses
of
two
of
the
Council-men
.
The
rest
,
(
which
are
four
more
)
live
in
the
City
.
The
Government
of
the
Indies
lies
upon
these
six
Men.
The
General
's
Retinue
is
not
very
sumptuous
:
He
had
but
twelve
Halbardiers
,
drest
much
after
the
manner
of
our
Yeomen
of
the
Guard
,
but
in
Red
and
Yellow
.
One
of
these
is
always
to
stand
Centinel
an
hour
before
his
Chamber
.
When
he
rid
out
,
he
was
attended
by
a
Troop
of
Cuirassiers
,
and
a
company
of
Foot-men
,
and
six
Halbardiers
.
But
all
this
is
nothing
to
his
Revenue
,
which
exceeds
that
of
several
Princes
of
Europe
.
There
are
in
the
Castle
many
other
Inhabitants
,
some
of
the
chief
Merchants
;
some
Assistants
,
and
Book-keepers
;
also
several
Handycrafts
men
,
as
Gun-Smiths
,
Lock-Smiths
,
Joyners
,
and
such
like
,
that
are
to
be
employed
in
any
Military
business
.
The
Soldiers
have
their
standings
under
the
Gates
,
and
on
the
Bastions
:
Sometimes
more
,
sometimes
less
,
as
they
have
occasion
to
send
them
abroad
,
or
call
them
home
again
.
Every
day
about
four
in
the
afternoon
,
they
must
come
to
the
Parade
,
and
pass
by
the
General
's
house
three
times
;
sometimes
he
comes
out
,
and
takes
a
view
of
them
,
to
observe
their
carriage
,
and
behaviour
,
and
to
see
whether
their
Arms
are
kept
in
good
order
.
When
any
one
neglects
the
Parade
,
he
must
expect
to
be
severely
punished
;
for
the
Military
Discipline
is
most
strictly
kept
up
there
.
If
any
one
should
chance
to
sleep
upon
Centry
;
for
the
first
time
,
his
punishment
is
to
be
loaden
with
heavy
Arms
,
for
some
days
;
the
second
time
he
is
whipt
;
and
the
third
time
it
is
death
,
without
remission
.
The
Castle
is
encompassed
with
very
wide
Grafts
or
Canals
;
over
one
of
which
there
is
a
fine
Stone-Bridge
of
one
and
twenty
Arches
,
that
goes
into
a
large
Field
,
which
is
called
the
Galgveld
,
that
is
,
the
Gibbet-field
;
where
Malefactors
are
executed
.
There
is
a
Gibbet
,
a
Wheel
,
and
a
Whipping-Post
;
all
which
are
frequently
made
use
of
.
Cross
this
Field
is
another
smaller
Bridge
,
(
where
a
Centry
always
stands
)
which
leads
to
the
chief
Street
of
the
City
,
which
is
called
the
Heere-straet
.
Within
the
City
are
Shops
for
all
kind
of
Merchandize
,
and
very
good
and
reasonable
Victualling-houses
:
The
Inhabitants
are
of
all
Nations
,
as
Amboineses
,
Malabarians
,
Mardigarians
,
&c.
bur
the
Chineses
,
being
the
chief
and
greater
part
,
I
shall
pass
by
the
others
,
and
give
you
some
account
of
them
only
.
They
exceed
all
the
others
by
far
,
in
cunning
and
policy
;
and
are
very
good
Mechanicks
;
and
there
are
of
them
of
all
Trades
,
excepting
Clock-work
,
or
Watch-work
,
and
they
dive
into
all
manner
of
Commerce
whatever
.
They
wear
most
commonly
White
or
Blew
.
Their
Coats
are
very
large
,
and
the
Sleeves
so
long
,
and
wide
,
that
they
fall
over
their
hands
.
Their
Breeches
likewise
of
the
same
colour
,
are
very
wide
,
and
come
down
to
their
feet
.
They
wear
a
sort
of
broad
Slippers
,
like
Hungarian
Shoes
:
But
they
are
only
made
of
Past-board
;
so
that
when
they
are
to
go
thro'
any
wet
or
dirt
,
they
take
their
Slippers
in
their
hands
;
then
wash
their
feet
at
the
next
Canal
,
and
wipe
'em
;
so
put
their
Slippers
on
again
:
But
in
bad
Weather
,
if
they
are
to
go
thro'
a
great
deal
of
dht
,
they
wear
woodden
Shoes
,
such
as
the
Country
People
do
in
France
.
They
are
very
neat
in
their
Hair
,
which
they
have
trimm'd
and
comb'd
every
week
by
their
Barbers
;
they
do
'em
up
with
a
Bodkin
,
and
stick
a
small
Tortoise-shell
Comb
in
it
behind
,
and
so
put
a
Coif
over
it
,
made
of
Horse-Hair
,
like
a
Net
;
so
that
at
the
first
,
a
stranger
would
take
their
Men
for
Women
.
Their
Hair
they
value
at
the
higest
rate
,
since
it
is
the
last
thing
they
will
stake
at
play
.
They
are
the
greatest
Gamesters
that
ever
were
known
;
insomuch
that
they
'll
play
away
their
Wives
and
Children
,
when
they
have
lost
all
their
Wealth
:
And
when
their
Houses
and
Family
are
lost
,
then
goes
the
very
Hair
off
of
their
heads
:
But
if
one
loses
that
,
he
loses
with
it
all
his
Credit
and
Reputation
,
and
is
lookt
upon
as
a
Slave
,
and
is
forced
all
his
life
long
to
work
and
sell
for
other
People
.
Their
Beards
are
very
extraordinary
,
both
for
their
length
,
and
thinness
.
I
have
seen
them
with
only
five
or
six
Hairs
on
their
chin
,
and
those
hang
down
to
their
feet
.
Their
Women
are
most
of
them
Slaves
,
bought
out
of
the
Island
Baly
and
Macassar
;
not
very
black
,
but
of
a
deep
tawny
;
short
and
very
well
sett
.
They
may
have
as
many
of
them
as
they
are
able
to
keep
.
When
a
Chinese
dies
,
his
Heir
sells
all
his
Wives
away
again
;
except
that
one
that
he
loved
best
,
who
is
by
his
Will
made
free
.
This
makes
them
Gentlewomen
,
and
their
Heirs
after
them
are
likewise
ennobled
.
Such
as
these
are
esteemed
as
the
right
Chineses
;
and
they
are
but
rare
in
the
Country
;
for
while
I
was
there
,
there
was
not
above
twenty
of
them
.
They
have
none
but
Sons
,
almost
;
it
is
rare
to
see
a
Daughter
in
a
Family
.
I
was
very
curious
to
know
whence
that
might
proceed
:
But
in
vain
did
I
imagine
many
things
,
to
be
the
natural
causes
of
it
.
But
being
intimate
with
one
of
them
,
the
cruel
and
barbarous
method
they
take
was
made
plain
to
me
,
which
is
,
that
they
destroy
their
Females
;
and
to
this
purpose
,
as
soon
as
their
Big
Bellies
begin
to
be
perceived
,
they
keep
within
doors
,
so
that
none
knows
of
their
being
delivered
,
unless
they
bring
forth
a
Male.
At
the
same
time
this
discovery
was
made
to
me
,
I
was
entrusted
with
the
life
of
the
discoverer
,
and
therefore
I
was
made
to
promise
all
the
secrecy
imaginable
.
Every
morning
their
custom
is
,
to
wash
their
Children
in
the
River
.
Their
Weddings
are
kept
openly
.
The
Men
and
Women
go
in
Procession
,
and
the
Relations
among
them
carry
all
their
Presents
to
the
Young
Couple
,
and
all
their
Riches
openly
before
them
.
Before
the
doors
,
where
they
are
to
have
their
Entertainment
,
is
a
fine
Scaffold
made
up
,
where
their
Musick
stands
,
which
consists
of
several
Instruments
peculair
to
the
Country
;
as
the
Gungumma
,
which
is
a
kind
of
Drum
,
and
a
sort
of
Musick
they
make
with
little
Bells
,
which
is
agreeable
enough
.
All
the
way
they
go
,
as
also
the
house
they
are
to
come
into
,
are
strowed
with
all
sorts
of
Greens
and
Flowers
:
Or
sometimes
they
go
by
Water
in
their
Prawen
,
on
the
Canals
that
run
thro'
the
City
,
with
their
Hair
down
about
their
Ears
,
or
hanging
down
in
the
Water
.
When
they
are
come
home
,
the
first
thing
they
do
,
is
to
sacrifice
to
their
Idol
;
which
is
done
after
this
manner
.
In
a
corner
of
the
Room
they
have
an
Altar
set
out
with
abundance
of
pretty
little
Trinkets
,
upon
which
is
an
Image
made
of
Clay
,
about
a
span
long
.
The
face
of
it
is
very
broad
,
with
a
large
pair
of
Eyes
;
it
is
black
,
and
painted
with
some
round
streeks
of
Red
;
a
vast
large
Nose
,
and
a
long
white
Beard
:
On
the
head
stand
two
Horns
painted
,
with
all
sorts
of
Colours
.
This
Image
they
call
Josgin
;
to
this
they
bow
,
and
make
many
salutations
;
clapping
their
hands
altogether
,
begging
it
to
keep
them
from
all
harms
,
and
to
take
care
that
no
evil
may
happen
to
them
.
They
own
that
there
is
a
powerful
God
,
that
hath
made
the
Heavens
and
the
Earth
:
But
they
say
,
that
he
is
of
a
good
nature
and
disposition
,
and
that
there
is
no
fear
of
harm
from
him
:
But
that
all
their
fear
is
from
the
Devil
,
whom
they
appease
by
their
Offerings
and
Prayers
under
the
shape
of
that
Image
:
Therefore
they
are
very
careful
to
please
him
,
and
will
not
sail
at
night
to
light
Candles
made
of
red
or
yellow
Wax
,
which
they
set
before
it
:
And
there
they
bring
Meat
and
Drink
,
and
all
sorts
of
Fruit
,
which
is
all
taken
away
the
next
day
,
and
then
it
is
eaten
by
the
People
of
the
house
,
and
other
fresh
Meat
set
in
the
room
of
it
.
But
to
return
to
their
Feasts
;
the
Men
and
the
Women
eat
always
apart
.
They
take
up
their
Meat
with
an
Instrument
made
of
two
pieces
of
Wood
,
which
go
cross
one
another
,
something
like
that
which
the
Gold-beaters
use
with
us
to
take
up
their
Leaves
of
Gold
or
Silver
,
which
they
use
very
dextrously
to
take
up
their
Meat
with
;
This
serves
them
instead
of
Forks
,
and
they
keep
them
very
neat
and
clean
.
They
sit
on
the
ground
cross-legg'd
:
And
if
at
any
time
they
do
sit
on
a
Chair
or
Stool
,
they
still
sit
down
with
their
Leggs
cross-wise
under
them
,
and
by
that
means
they
have
them
so
pliant
,
that
they
can
lay
them
on
their
Polls
,
with
as
great
nimbleness
and
ease
as
we
can
our
hands
.
But
now
to
make
an
end
of
the
Description
of
the
City
of
Batavia
.
That
is
likewise
encompass'd
with
a
strong
Wall
,
above
forty
paces
broad
,
and
Earth
thrown
up
against
it
.
The
Bastions
are
like
those
of
the
Sluys
,
built
with
large
cut
Stone
,
and
all
square
and
well
provided
with
Guard-houses
on
all
sides
of
it
,
where
the
Soldiers
have
their
Quarters
,
and
none
of
them
dares
to
be
absent
one
night
from
them
,
without
especial
leave
,
and
that
is
but
very
seldom
granted
.
Besides
this
,
there
are
Canals
on
each
side
the
Wall
all
round
.
The
Cannon
is
always
ready
to
turn
,
as
well
upon
the
City
it self
,
as
upon
an
Enemy
without
,
in
case
of
any
Insurrection
or
Disturbance
amongst
the
Inhabitants
,
which
are
of
all
Nations
.
So
that
to
be
the
better
prepared
,
if
such
a
thing
should
happen
,
every
Street
hath
a
Bastion
that
commands
it
,
from
whence
they
could
immediately
cut
off
any
Party
that
should
be
made
in
any
part
of
the
Town
against
the
Castle
.
The
same
care
hath
been
taken
,
and
the
like
provision
made
in
all
places
in
the
Indies
,
that
are
in
possession
of
the
Dutch
,
and
they
are
always
well
provided
with
Europeans
,
Christians
,
in
the
Service
of
the
Company
;
and
there
is
of
course
a
considerable
number
of
such
as
are
settled
there
,
and
are
married
,
some
to
European
,
and
some
to
Indian
Women
.
And
of
what
Nations
soever
they
be
,
they
are
permitted
to
keep
the
same
Religion
,
Manners
and
Customs
,
as
they
have
in
their
own
Country
.
The
Magistrate
consists
of
persons
that
are
in
the
Service
of
the
Company
,
and
of
Burghers
,
which
are
Free-men
;
made
such
after
they
have
spent
that
time
in
the
Company
's
Service
,
as
was
agreed
upon
betwixt
them
.
The
President
is
one
of
the
Council
,
but
cannot
direct
in
any
thing
of
moment
without
the
consent
of
the
General
.
Each
of
the
other
Nations
have
also
a
head
and
chief
of
their
own
:
But
when
there
is
any
thing
in
hand
that
concerns
the
Publick
;
or
if
they
cannot
agree
among
themselves
,
they
are
forced
to
appear
before
the
Magistrate
of
the
City
,
And
in
all
things
their
Government
is
very
well
and
prudently
established
.
The
four
chief
Gates
of
the
City
are
called
by
the
names
of
the
Utrecht
,
the
Delft
,
the
Rotterdam
,
and
the
New-Gate
,
so
called
,
on
the
out-sides
of
which
,
are
the
Suburbs
,
which
are
large
and
spacious
,
and
very
fine
,
and
inhabited
most
by
Chineeses
:
A
vast
number
of
which
have
been
forced
by
the
Wars
they
had
with
the
Tartars
to
retire
,
and
seek
a
Refuge
in
the
Indies
,
over
which
they
have
spread
themselves
:
And
especially
in
all
Maritine
Towns
,
where
they
are
fallen
into
Trades
and
Commerce
with
admirable
industry
and
success
.
The
River
Jacatra
is
no
small
Ornament
as
well
as
Advantage
to
Batavia
;
besides
which
,
it
is
beautified
with
abundance
of
very
fine
Orchards
,
Fruit-gardens
,
and
Pleasure-houses
,
which
are
very
neatly
contrived
and
kept
.
There
is
but
very
little
Rice
all
about
it
;
tho'
it
is
their
staff
of
life
.
And
,
as
in
all
the
other
parts
of
the
Indies
,
the
only
thing
that
serves
instead
of
Bread
;
but
yet
there
is
never
any
want
of
it
,
it
being
always
brought
in
great
quantities
,
and
the
City
sufficiently
furnish'd
with
it
from
Bantam
,
Japara
,
&c.
The
Rivers
thereabouts
are
much
pestered
with
Crocodiles
.
While
I
was
there
,
as
we
used
to
go
a
walking
in
the
Evenings
,
we
observed
one
of
them
for
several
nights
that
used
to
run
out
of
the
hedge
into
the
River
,
as
soon
as
it
spied
or
heard
us
coming
towards
him
:
Upon
which
a
desire
took
us
to
try
to
catch
him
if
we
could
;
which
we
did
in
this
manner
.
We
took
a
long
Rope
,
to
which
we
fastened
a
strong
double
Hook
,
full
of
beards
:
And
instead
of
arming
it
with
Wires
,
we
did
it
with
Packthread
;
which
being
loose
about
it
,
gets
in
between
its
Teeth
,
and
hinders
him
from
snapping
the
Hook
off
:
This
done
,
we
tyed
a
Dog
to
this
,
with
the
Hook
under
his
belly
:
And
setting
him
upon
a
Board
,
thrust
him
out
into
the
River
,
and
fasten'd
the
Cord
to
a
Tree
:
Quickly
after
,
the
Dog
fell
a
barking
and
howling
,
and
the
Crocodil
did
not
fail
to
come
to
him
;
and
very
greedily
swallowed
him
in
:
Upon
which
the
Hook
struck
into
his
Throat
,
and
had
him
fast
.
We
had
so
good
success
with
this
,
that
we
afterwards
caught
a
great
many
of
them
.
The
biggest
we
caught
was
twenty
seven
foot
long
;
and
when
we
opened
it
,
we
found
two
Steen-Bockiens
,
and
the
head
of
a
black
Boy
in
his
belly
.
We
were
forced
to
knock
him
on
the
head
with
great
Iron
Bars
,
after
we
had
fired
several
Muskets
upon
him
to
little
purpose
.
When
the
Soldiers
kill
one
of
these
Creatures
,
they
get
some
Blacks
to
carry
it
for
'em
to
the
General
;
who
immediately
gives
them
six
Ducatoons
,
for
their
pains
.
The
only
advantage
I
sought
for
,
was
to
have
some
of
their
Fat
,
it
being
very
good
for
several
operations
in
Physick
and
Surgery
.
The
Inhabitants
use
to
catch
them
with
Nets
;
which
is
very
dangerous
,
as
I
my self
have
seen
;
at
Bantam
,
on
such
an
occasion
,
a
Crocodil
bit
off
both
the
Leggs
of
a
Javan
;
yet
do
they
continue
that
way
still
,
and
go
often
to
catch
them
in
that
manner
.
Besides
these
Crocodils
,
there
are
abundance
of
other
sorts
of
Wild
Beasts
in
the
said
Island
of
Japatra
.
The
Fort
where
I
was
order'd
to
be
at
my
first
coming
,
was
very
near
to
the
Forest
,
and
just
in
the
way
to
it
,
from
Batavia
;
so
that
the
Huntsmen
coming
by
us
,
I
often
went
out
with
them
,
and
saw
them
catch
most
sorts
of
those
Wild
Creatures
that
the
Country
affords
,
It
will
not
be
amiss
to
give
the
Reader
an
account
of
some
of
'em
;
and
first
of
a
sad
accident
that
befell
the
Hunts-men
one
day
.
We
had
two
Hunts-men
that
were
made
free
by
the
General
,
and
had
the
liberty
to
go
abroad
for
that
purpose
,
to
catch
what
they
could
.
These
being
gone
one
day
to
get
some
game
for
the
General
;
which
was
commonly
Wild
Pigeons
,
and
other
sorts
of
Wild
Fowl
,
and
Wild
Boars
,
and
a
sort
of
Creature
they
call
Steen-Bockiens
,
which
is
made
much
like
a
Hare
,
and
differs
only
in
that
it
hath
small
Horns
,
and
the
Meat
of
'em
is
far
more
delicate
;
while
they
were
only
prepared
for
the
pursuit
of
things
of
this
kind
,
and
sat
down
to
rest
under
a
Tree
,
a
Tyger
fell
in
a
most
furious
manner
upon
them
.
They
were
pretty
much
used
to
be
followed
by
them
;
but
they
used
to
be
in
such
readiness
to
receive
them
,
that
they
were
the
death
of
them
whenever
they
did
but
offer
to
come
near
them
.
But
being
now
surprised
by
this
more
than
ordinary
fierce
Creature
,
coming
of
a
sudden
upon
them
:
It
was
as
much
as
the
one
could
do
to
lay
hold
of
his
Fowling-piece
,
while
the
other
had
nothing
to
defend
himself
with
,
but
his
lighted
Match
in
his
hand
;
which
he
shook
about
,
but
to
no
purpose
:
The
other
had
no
sooner
got
his
Gun
,
but
in
a
hurry
he
fires
upon
him
;
but
not
taking
good
aim
,
did
not
do
any
execution
,
but
what
served
to
enrage
him
the
more
;
him
the
Tyger
throws
down
under
him
;
and
seizing
the
other
by
the
hand
,
bit
off
three
of
his
Fingers
;
notwithstanding
which
,
he
luckily
seizing
his
Gun
,
fired
it
,
and
by
good
providence
laid
the
Tyger
flat
on
the
ground
.
Upon
this
he
bethought
himself
of
what
he
might
do
for
his
best
security
,
for
the
night
coming
upon
him
,
the
danger
increased
;
besides
that
he
was
now
alone
,
for
his
Companion
was
by
this
time
expired
,
being
miserably
torn
.
He
took
up
the
Corps
,
lest
it
should
become
a
prey
to
the
rest
of
them
;
and
climbing
into
a
Tree
,
drew
him
up
with
him
:
There
he
remained
in
great
fear
and
excessive
pain
caused
by
his
wound
.
When
he
had
been
there
a
while
,
there
came
a
couple
of
Wild
Boars
,
which
he
could
not
see
:
But
he
heard
them
scratch
and
tear
at
the
bottom
of
the
Tree
,
which
they
did
the
more
furiously
,
because
the
blood
of
his
dead
Companion
was
spilt
about
the
place
;
so
he
shot
upon
them
at
random
,
and
hit
one
of
them
,
so
that
he
fell
dead
some
few
paces
from
thence
.
The
day
being
come
,
and
the
Coast
clear
,
he
gets
down
,
and
leaving
his
dead
Companion
upon
the
Tree
,
the
Tyger
and
the
Wild
Boar
on
the
ground
,
comes
forthwith
to
our
Fort
to
me
,
to
have
his
hand
drest
:
Which
being
done
,
he
gave
us
the
account
of
this
Adventure
.
Our
Ensign
went
to
acquaint
the
Major
General
with
it
,
upon
which
Orders
were
given
immediately
to
a
Serjeant
,
to
go
with
six
Soldiers
,
and
six
Negro
Slaves
,
with
a
Bier
to
the
place
where
this
Slaughter
was
,
and
the
wounded
Hunts-man
went
with
'em
,
to
shew
them
the
place
.
There
they
found
all
according
to
the
Information
he
had
given
.
The
Man
was
brought
to
Batavia
,
and
decently
buried
in
the
Malaish
Church-Yard
;
and
he
that
was
come
off
,
had
for
a
Reward
twelve
Gilders
given
him
,
and
a
settled
Table
for
his
life
,
besides
his
former
Pay
,
and
withal
a
Corporal
's
place
.
On
the
other
side
of
the
Fort
,
is
almost
all
Woods
,
which
are
cut
down
every
other
Year
by
the
Soldiers
.
These
Woods
harbour
vast
numbers
of
Monkeys
,
which
make
there
such
a
strange
noise
,
that
one
would
be
amazed
to
hear
it
.
We
made
it
almost
our
daily
diversion
to
go
a
Hunting
after
them
;
and
we
used
to
catch
such
abundance
of
them
,
that
a
Man
might
have
one
of
them
for
a
Pipe
of
Tobacco
.
They
are
a
very
docile
sort
of
Monkeys
,
and
not
in
the
least
inferiour
to
those
that
are
brought
out
of
Africa
and
America
for
playing
of
Tricks
;
but
they
come
but
seldom
over
hither
,
being
very
tender
,
and
not
able
to
bear
the
change
of
Climates
,
nor
the
hardship
of
so
long
a
Voyage
:
For
at
my
return
I
took
a
couple
of
them
with
me
,
but
as
soon
as
ever
we
came
on
this
side
the
Tropick
,
where
we
begun
to
feel
a
change
of
Air
,
they
were
seized
with
the
Bloody-Flux
,
fell
lame
,
and
died
.
One
way
to
catch
them
was
,
by
taking
of
Coco-Nuts
,
which
are
very
plentiful
there
;
and
making
a
small
hole
in
'em
,
just
big
enough
for
'em
to
force
their
Paws
into
;
we
hung
them
up
all
about
the
Trees
where
they
came
.
As
soon
as
they
espyed
the
hole
,
they
wanting
to
get
at
the
Kernel
,
would
strive
hard
but
they
would
get
their
Paws
in
:
And
when
they
go
to
take
them
out
again
,
they
have
not
the
sense
to
squeeze
their
Claws
together
to
slip
their
Paws
out
,
as
they
had
to
get
them
in
:
Besides
that
,
the
surprize
which
the
person
causes
,
who
watches
them
,
makes
them
less
able
to
rid
themselves
of
their
Manacles
;
and
as
they
went
to
run
down
,
they
fall
with
the
very
weight
of
the
Nut
,
which
is
it
may
be
five
or
six
pound
weight
.
But
this
way
there
was
no
hopes
of
catching
any
more
than
one
at
one
time
;
for
when
the
others
see
one
of
their
company
thus
caught
by
the
Legg
,
they
won't
come
near
the
Coco-Nuts
all
that
day
.
I
went
out
once
for
a
fancy
after
them
with
a
Fowling-piece
,
but
I
found
it
impracticable
;
for
after
I
had
spied
one
of
them
,
and
got
my
Shoes
and
Stockings
off
,
because
the
place
was
a
kind
of
a
Moorish
ground
;
but
he
had
his
Eye
upon
me
too
,
and
led
me
such
a
dance
,
that
I
had
almost
stuck
in
the
Slough
,
for
want
of
minding
my
way
:
And
since
that
time
,
I
never
went
after
them
again
;
for
they
are
so
shy
,
that
it
is
almost
always
labour
lost
.
And
if
one
doth
happen
to
shoot
one
of
them
,
if
he
doth
not
kill
him
dead
upon
the
spot
,
they
'll
run
and
stop
up
their
wounds
with
grass
,
and
so
get
far
enough
from
you
,
tho'
they
drop
in
the
long
run
,
and
go
and
die
in
some
hole
where
you
cannot
get
at
'
em
.
My
chief
Recreation
was
to
take
a
walk
to
the
City
,
which
was
a
most
delicious
walk
indeed
,
all
along
shaded
with
fine
large
Coco-trees
.
Sometimes
I
took
a
Boat
,
and
went
to
the
Fort
Jacatra
;
where
lay
a
whole
Company
of
Soldiers
,
of
the
number
of
which
our
Men
was
a
sort
of
a
Detatchment
:
It
lies
about
two
Miles
more
to
the
South
,
and
is
the
chief
Pass
into
the
whole
Country
of
Java
,
in
the
direct
way
to
Japara
and
Kartiri
.
Near
this
Fort
flows
the
famous
River
Jacatra
(
from
which
the
Fort
had
its
name
)
which
thence
running
thro'
Batavia
,
empties
it self
into
the
Sea
about
half
a
Mile
below
it
.
There
are
by
the
Fort
three
Powder-Mills
upon
that
River
,
which
I
used
to
walk
to
frequently
,
being
very
well
worth
ones
sight
for
their
largeness
and
ingenious
contrivance
.
The
outward
parts
of
this
Country
,
and
that
for
a
considerable
way
within
too
,
are
very
well
cultivated
,
and
richly
set
out
with
abundance
of
fine
noble
Gardens
,
which
produce
all
manner
of
fruits
,
for
refreshment
and
for
sustenance
.
There
are
of
all
sorts
of
Figg-Trees
;
some
of
which
are
the
most
delicious
fruit
that
ever
was
tasted
:
So
that
with
its
lofty
Cedars
,
which
over-top
the
fruit-bearing
Trees
,
and
look
so
sweet
and
green
,
and
what
with
their
more
useful
Coco-Trees
,
and
other
fruit-trees
,
which
are
always
verdant
,
and
afford
a
cool
retreat
,
and
pleasant
shade
;
besides
that
their
fruits
are
all
of
them
most
delicious
,
I
think
truly
,
it
may
be
called
an
Earthly
Paradice
,
and
that
no
Country
in
the
World
can
out-do
it
for
gratifying
the
Eye
and
taste
.
But
of
all
the
fruits
that
the
East-Indies
produce
(
now
I
am
about
'em
)
I
think
it
will
not
be
amiss
to
give
you
a
description
of
three
of
the
chiefest
of
them
.
That
which
deserves
the
first
place
amongst
them
,
is
the
fruit
which
they
call
the
Manges
Tanges
;
of
the
bigness
of
a
common
Apple
;
the
shell
is
of
a
dark
brown
colour
,
in
which
are
contained
four
Kernels
,
of
a
flesh
colour
,
sticking
to
each
other
,
which
melt
like
Butter
upon
the
Tongue
,
and
of
so
fine
and
refreshing
a
taste
,
that
I
never
met
with
any
fruit
comparable
to
it
,
in
any
other
part
of
the
World
.
It
is
generally
served
up
at
the
greatest
Tables
,
as
the
most
delicious
Dish
that
can
be
made
;
drest
with
Sugar
,
Spice
and
Sack
,
and
put
into
fine
China
Dishes
.
It
is
also
a
most
pleasant
and
infallible
Remedy
against
the
Bloody-Flux
,
when
boiled
in
Water
.
The
Tree
that
bears
this
,
is
about
the
bigness
of
a
Mulberry-Tree
,
and
very
flow
of
propagation
:
For
when
you
have
planted
it
,
you
must
never
expect
to
see
it
bear
;
and
if
it
doth
chance
to
bear
any
fruit
within
the
life
of
him
that
planted
it
,
it
comes
to
nothing
;
but
withers
away
:
But
then
there
shoots
out
a
little
shoot
,
which
you
take
and
plant
very
carefully
,
and
that
becomes
your
Stock
.
The
next
to
this
is
the
Coco-Nut
.
The
Tree
is
all
smooth
and
even
from
the
bottom
to
the
very
top
;
where
the
Leaves
spread
themselves
all
in
a
fuff
,
and
the
Nutts
under
them
,
twenty
or
thirty
on
a
Tree
.
The
Country
people
have
a
pretty
Art
of
Tapping
these
Trees
,
with
long
Bamboe
Canes
,
that
will
hold
two
or
three
quarts
,
or
more
,
which
they
very
artfully
stick
into
the
Tree
,
and
let
them
fill
themselves
with
the
Juice
:
When
they
are
fill'd
,
they
put
it
into
Vessels
to
keep
,
or
else
they
go
away
with
it
to
Batavia
,
and
sell
it
fresh
there
,
as
it
comes
from
the
Tree
.
This
they
call
Suri
,
which
is
to
be
sold
at
the
Suri-houses
,
and
is
a
very
pretty
refreshing
Liquor
,
and
extream
pleasant
;
especially
when
the
Weather
is
very
hot
.
With
this
Liquor
they
make
the
best
Vinegar
,
and
their
Arack
or
Brandy
,
which
goes
far
beyond
our
best
Rhenish
Wine
for
strength
,
taste
and
colour
:
And
mixing
it
with
Water
and
Wine
,
with
Sugar
and
Lemon-Juice
,
it
makes
an
excellent
sort
of
Limonade
,
which
they
call
Massack
and
Burabols
,
but
sufficiently
known
in
English
by
the
name
of
Punch
.
The
Leaves
of
this
Tree
serve
the
Inhabitants
for
a
common
covering
for
their
Houses
,
and
keep
them
as
dry
as
our
Tiles
.
The
stalks
of
them
they
bind
together
,
to
make
Brooms
;
and
they
use
hardly
any
thing
else
throughout
all
India
.
The
outward
Coat
of
the
Nutt
is
good
to
make
Match
,
which
burns
better
than
that
we
use
in
Europe
▪
The
Sap
serves
for
Oyl
to
burn
.
The
Kernel
being
prest
,
yields
a
Milk
,
of
which
they
make
a
very
pretty
kind
of
Cheeses
;
and
it
is
good
for
several
other
uses
,
as
our
Milk
is
.
The
Shell
is
good
to
make
Cups
,
Spoons
,
&c.
It
would
be
too
tedious
to
relate
the
many
uses
every
part
of
this
Tree
is
good
for
:
Besides
that
,
it
hath
in
a
great
measure
been
done
already
by
other
hands
.
The
third
fruit
I
was
to
mention
,
is
the
Bissang-Figgs
,
which
is
mighty
common
amongst
them
;
and
so
cheap
,
that
when
a
Ship
comes
out
of
Europe
,
it
is
the
first
fruit
that
is
brought
to
'em
,
and
you
buy
it
for
a
trifle
;
notwithstanding
it
is
excellent
;
it
is
in
shape
pretty
much
like
our
Pine-Apples
.
The
Tree
is
somewhat
like
our
Elder-Tree
;
and
bears
all
the
year
in
abundance
.
The
Leaves
are
so
large
,
that
one
of
them
will
shelter
a
Man
from
the
Sun
and
Rain
,
being
about
two
Cubits
in
length
,
and
one
or
more
in
breadth
:
Which
makes
some
people
apt
to
believe
they
were
the
Leaves
which
Adam
and
Eve
made
their
Aprons
of
,
after
the
Fall
.
They
are
likewise
made
use
of
instead
of
Paper
to
pack
up
goods
.
These
I
have
only
taken
notice
of
,
as
being
the
most
considerable
fruits
of
the
Indies
,
and
must
pass
by
several
others
,
which
might
be
worth
a
description
,
both
for
their
excellency
and
variety
,
that
I
may
not
be
too
tedious
.
CHAP.
IV.
The
Author
is
removed
from
the
Fort
to
the
Hospital
of
Batavia
.
The
Hollanders
War
with
Bantam
.
An
account
of
that
Country
,
which
hath
been
very
mischievous
to
the
East-India
Company
,
occasioned
by
the
English
and
Danes
,
who
made
it
their
business
to
incense
the
King
of
that
Country
against
the
Dutch
.
Bantam
heretofore
under
the
Government
of
the
King
of
Japara
.
The
Dutch
spoil
Jacatra
and
Japara
,
and
wanted
an
opportunity
to
do
the
like
to
Bantam
,
which
offered
it self
by
a
falling
out
between
the
old
King
and
the
young
one
,
which
broke
out
into
a
bloody
War
.
The
Son
sends
to
the
Dutch
for
help
.
An
exact
account
of
that
Expedition
from
the
beginning
of
it
to
the
end
of
it
,
which
proves
very
advantageous
to
the
Dutch
.
HAving
been
now
four
months
in
this
little
Fort
,
an
Order
came
to
me
to
remove
from
this
place
,
to
take
the
care
of
the
Men
that
lay
sick
in
the
City
,
and
the
Hospital
,
which
was
very
welcome
to
me
;
not
but
that
the
Post
I
was
in
was
profitable
enough
,
and
very
genteel
,
and
the
place
extraordinary
pleasantly
scituated
:
But
it
being
a
token
of
the
respect
the
East-India
Company
had
for
me
,
and
withal
more
advantageous
,
I
accepted
of
the
Invitation
with
much
satisfaction
.
About
a
Fortnight
after
there
came
a
general
Order
for
all
that
were
in
the
Company
's
Service
,
to
make
their
Rendezvous
in
the
Execution-field
;
so
that
you
might
see
there
all
their
Forces
drawn
up
together
;
excepting
those
only
,
that
were
absolutely
necessary
to
stand
Centinels
at
the
Gates
and
Redoubts
.
And
indeed
a
finer
sight
of
that
kind
could
no where
be
seen
;
for
there
were
some
thousands
of
Europeans
,
which
were
all
very
lusty
,
tall
,
proper
,
well-chosen
Men
;
and
almost
as
many
of
other
different
Nations
;
as
Amboineeses
,
Malabars
,
Malayers
,
Mardikers
and
Balingers
.
These
were
all
mixt
into
several
Companies
,
which
had
their
own
respective
Officers
;
and
after
they
had
all
pass'd
Muster
,
they
took
the
Oath
of
Fidelity
in
the
presence
of
the
General
,
and
the
Council
.
After
which
the
General
made
a
very
Eloquent
Speech
to
'em
,
in
order
to
encourage
them
valiantly
to
prepare
themselves
for
the
Action
,
which
was
then
in
hand
;
and
to
make
his
Speech
more
truly
Rhetorical
and
perswading
,
he
gave
to
every
Man
a
month's
pay
gratis
.
Then
one
half
of
these
Men
were
order'd
to
march
toward
Bantam
,
and
to
Dangerang
,
which
is
a
Pass
to
it
,
which
they
found
very
well
fortified
.
The
other
half
march'd
thro'
the
Castle
to
the
Water-Gate
,
whence
they
were
carried
off
in
little
Praw's
,
or
small
Boats
,
on
Board
the
Men
of
War
,
that
lay
in
the
Road
,
about
half
a
League
from
thence
,
and
so
they
were
immediately
embarkt
.
And
the
Wind
blowing
then
just
full
East
,
as
fair
as
they
could
have
wish'd
,
they
straight
weighed
Anchor
,
and
steered
directly
to
the
Royal
City
of
Bantam
.
But
It
will
be
proper
to
give
you
some
account
of
that
place
,
before
I
go
any
further
,
and
to
acquaint
you
with
the
causes
and
motives
of
this
Undertaking
.
First
,
Then
you
must
know
,
that
this
large
Kingdom
of
Bantam
,
being
in
it self
of
great
strength
,
hath
of
late
much
improved
it self
,
by
the
numbers
of
Foreigners
that
are
come
thither
from
all
Nations
;
and
among
them
considerable
numbers
too
of
English
,
Danes
,
Spaniards
,
Portugueses
and
Dutch
,
which
hath
made
it
a
very
troublesome
and
dangerous
Neighbour
to
the
Dutch
East-India
Company
;
insomuch
that
their
Ships
that
came
from
Europe
,
or
any
other
places
thither
,
did
not
dare
to
come
by
the
Road
of
Bantam
;
but
were
forced
to
take
a
vast
compass
of
three
or
four
hundred
Miles
;
keeping
to
the
Northward
.
Moreover
,
the
King
of
Bantam
had
made
several
Attempts
upon
Batavia
,
both
by
Sea
and
Land
.
Tho'
he
was
always
forced
to
retire
with
great
loss
,
and
without
doing
us
any
great
damage
.
But
tho'
he
could
not
accomplish
his
desire
,
and
the
Company
could
not
fear
a
total
overthrow
;
yet
they
were
still
apprehensive
,
that
he
being
so
much
more
powerful
than
they
were
,
would
prove
very
fatal
to
them
in
the
end
,
and
by
little
and
little
bring
his
designs
to
perfection
.
Thus
they
were
always
very
uneasie
,
by
reason
of
their
troublesome
Neighbour
:
But
not
finding
themselves
able
to
declare
open
War
against
him
,
they
endeavoured
to
gain
him
by
Presents
,
and
a
specious
shew
of
Friendship
.
These
means
did
not
prove
altogether
unsuccessful
,
but
they
were
never
at
good
understanding
with
each
other
long
together
.
For
the
King
of
Bantam
,
besides
that
he
was
very
fickle
and
unconstant
in
his
Nature
,
having
so
many
Foreigners
about
him
,
who
were
no
Friends
to
the
Dutch
Interest
,
he
was
easily
perswaded
by
them
,
to
break
Friendship
with
the
Dutch
upon
the
least
occasion
.
And
this
the
English
and
Danes
were
the
chief
Instruments
of
,
who
made
there
a
considerable
Body
,
were
rich
,
and
enioyed
great
freedom
,
and
a
most
flourishing
Trade
;
so
that
they
with
ease
set
the
King
upon
us
,
in
hopes
of
rooting
the
Dutch
out
of
their
holds
.
The
Dutch
therefore
were
always
forced
to
be
upon
their
Guard
;
even
while
there
was
the
greatest
appearance
of
a
settled
Friendship
;
for
they
were
sufficiently
informed
,
that
he
was
always
contriving
how
he
might
at
once
fall
foul
on
them
,
and
drive
them
out
of
Batavia
:
Upon
which
,
they
on
the
other
side
,
resolved
to
countermine
his
designs
,
and
thought
it
the
best
Expedient
to
divert
him
from
that
Undertaking
,
by
finding
him
some
Employment
with
some
other
Neighbours
;
and
accordingly
made
it
their
business
to
create
an
ill
understanding
betwixt
him
and
the
King
of
Japara
,
hoping
that
the
silent
Fire
might
in
time
break
out
into
an
open
Flame
.
This
they
effected
at
length
;
but
it
proved
little
or
no
advantage
to
them
;
for
they
lay
so
far
asunder
,
that
it
never
came
but
to
a
few
little
Skirmishes
;
which
did
not
damage
him
much
,
nor
profit
them
:
So
that
they
fell
very
short
of
what
they
had
promised
themselves
;
for
they
were
fully
perswaded
that
the
Emperour
of
Japara
would
have
soon
been
induced
to
pursue
the
King
of
Bantam
,
with
the
utmost
vigour
;
especially
,
when
there
was
so
great
a
motive
to
spur
him
on
,
as
the
rejoyning
of
that
Kingdom
to
his
Empire
,
from
which
it
had
been
divided
.
The
Island
of
Great
Java
,
of
which
I
have
already
made
mention
,
did
likewise
belong
to
him
once
,
and
altogether
made
but
one
Empire
,
under
the
Dominion
of
the
Great
Mataran
,
but
now
it
is
divided
into
three
Kingdoms
,
to
wit
,
Japard
,
Bantam
and
Jacatra
,
or
Kartiri
;
of
which
(
i.
e.
Jacatra
)
the
present
Batavia
is
a
part
,
and
did
heretofore
belong
to
the
King
of
Jacatra
;
from
whom
the
Portugueezes
took
it
.
After
that
,
the
Spaniards
got
it
from
them
:
And
lastly
the
Dutch
from
the
Spaniards
.
Now
the
Dutch
,
having
all
this
while
made
several
Attempts
upon
the
King
of
Jacatra
,
which
had
proved
very
advantageous
to
them
;
they
at
length
subdued
him
:
Having
first
made
the
Emperour
of
Japara
unable
to
resist
them
,
or
to
stand
up
in
the
defence
of
his
Neighbour
;
over
whom
they
carried
a
total
Victory
a
little
before
I
came
to
Batavia
.
And
having
all
this
while
received
fresh
supplies
yearly
from
Holland
,
which
,
together
with
Germany
,
enjoyed
a
profound
Peace
,
and
therefore
could
,
and
did
constantly
furnish
them
with
large
Recruits
of
choice
good
Soldiers
:
The
Duth
East-India
Company
thought
they
might
be
able
to
cope
with
Bantam
,
and
accordingly
made
preparations
against
it
.
Now
while
these
things
were
in
agitation
,
and
they
big
with
the
design
and
hopes
of
infallible
success
,
the
fairest
opportunity
,
that
could
be
wish'd
for
,
offered
it self
to
them
unexpected
,
and
therefore
so
much
the
more
welcome
,
which
was
a
sudden
falling
out
between
the
old
,
and
the
two
young
Kings
of
Bantam
.
The
occasion
whereof
was
this
:
The
old
King
being
weary
with
the
Burden
of
the
Government
,
and
desirous
to
spend
his
remaining
days
in
ease
and
tranquility
,
made
over
his
Kingdom
to
his
younger
Son
;
the
eldest
having
dedicated
himself
to
a
spiritual
life
,
was
a
Bangerang
Babay
,
something
like
an
Archbishop
with
us
;
and
having
thus
invested
his
younger
Son
with
the
Regal
Power
,
he
retired
to
an
Old
Castle
called
Dortjasse
,
the
old
place
of
his
residence
,
about
four
Miles
from
Bantam
.
The
young
King
having
Reigned
some
years
,
his
People
began
to
grow
weary
of
him
,
specially
the
Nobles
,
the
Bourgerang
and
Kirria
;
and
they
made
their
Complaints
to
the
old
King
,
that
he
oppressed
his
Subjects
;
and
that
he
over-burden'd
them
with
his
Recreations
,
and
his
constant
Hunting
;
and
by
his
requiring
so
much
Attendance
and
Service
to
be
done
him
;
so
that
they
were
no
longer
able
to
bear
the
Yoke
.
He
did
not
Govern
as
other
Heathen
Kings
use
for
the
most
part
to
do
,
but
after
the
Model
he
had
taken
from
the
European
Countries
;
some
of
which
he
had
been
in
,
as
Constantinople
,
and
would
have
gone
to
France
,
England
,
Spain
and
Portugal
,
if
his
Law
had
permitted
him
;
and
as
far
as
that
had
given
him
leave
he
had
Travelled
,
viz.
in
Muscovy
,
Schiras
,
Ispahan
,
Japan
,
Siam
;
from
which
several
places
he
had
taken
those
Methods
of
Government
,
which
he
thought
most
convenient
to
introduce
into
his
own
Dominions
.
But
his
Subjects
being
dissatisfied
with
these
Innovations
,
conspired
at
last
together
,
and
Deposed
him
;
and
set
his
Brother
the
Bangarang
Babay
in
his
stead
.
Upon
this
the
Old
King
came
with
a
considerable
Retinue
,
and
his
Main
Guard
,
before
the
Castle
;
which
is
in
the
middle
of
Bantam
.
The
young
King
,
having
notice
of
this
,
commanded
the
Gates
to
be
shut
against
him
,
and
sent
to
know
what
he
wanted
.
The
old
King
sent
him
an
Answer
,
which
did
not
please
him
:
Upon
which
,
without
more
ado
,
he
gives
Orders
to
Fire
the
Great
Guns
from
the
Castle
upon
the
City
,
and
particularly
,
that
some
of
them
should
play
upon
his
Fathers
Quarters
;
against
which
sixteen
Pieces
of
Demi-Cannon
were
planted
,
which
were
fired
briskly
upon
him
by
his
positive
Orders
,
and
some
of
them
too
by
his
own
hand
.
Being
thus
satisfied
,
that
his
Fathers
Intentions
were
to
Depose
him
,
he
wholly
forgot
all
Duty
,
and
sent
him
word
by
one
of
his
Concubines
,
that
he
did
not
reckon
himself
now
bound
to
him
in
any
Bond
of
Duty
;
and
that
he
would
pay
him
no
other
Homage
,
but
Powder
and
Ball
,
which
he
would
not
spare
,
for
he
had
enough
of
it
,
and
that
should
be
at
his
service
.
Besides
the
Message
that
had
made
him
so
desperate
,
he
relied
much
upon
the
strength
of
the
Castle
,
which
was
very
well
fortified
with
very
good
Walls
,
lined
with
Earth
,
like
those
of
Batavia
,
and
very
strong
Bastions
upon
them
,
besides
very
large
Canals
round
them
,
with
Draw-Bridges
.
Neither
did
he
want
Provisions
or
Ammunitions
;
and
the
Bastions
were
provided
with
very
good
heavy
Cannon
.
But
the
number
of
his
Men
was
not
above
three
hundred
;
yet
with
them
he
had
resolved
to
stand
it
out
to
the
last
.
So
that
his
Garrison
was
not
so
considerable
as
his
Court
,
which
,
as
it
chiefly
consists
of
Women
,
according
to
the
general
Custom
of
Heathen
Princes
;
so
he
had
of
them
no
less
than
one
thousand
two
hundred
that
were
his
Concubines
.
With
this
continual
Firing
,
the
City
was
miserably
shatter'd
,
and
lookt
like
a
Wilderness
;
for
every
Man
had
got
away
that
could
,
and
all
the
English
and
Danes
,
together
with
the
Nobility
,
and
the
most
considerable
Inhabitants
,
went
over
to
the
old
King
.
And
having
formed
a
considerable
Body
,
they
went
and
besieged
the
Castle
;
raised
several
Batteries
,
and
planted
their
best
Cannon
upon
them
;
and
then
fired
briskly
in
their
turn
upon
the
Castle
.
Notwithstanding
all
these
preparations
,
the
young
King
remained
undaunted
,
and
only
applied
himself
to
get
supplies
and
support
abroad
;
and
by
Advice
of
two
Dutchmen
,
who
were
of
his
Party
,
and
who
had
formerly
run
away
from
Batavia
,
to
shelter
themselves
from
Justice
,
he
resolves
to
send
to
the
Company
of
Batavia
,
for
Assistance
.
One
of
these
Dutch-men
was
appointed
for
the
Negotiation
;
and
immediately
was
let
down
from
the
Wall
of
the
Castle
;
and
having
pass'd
the
Canals
in
a
little
Boat
,
that
used
to
lye
there
,
he
came
to
the
Enemies
Army
,
thro'
which
he
was
unavoidably
to
pass
;
but
he
being
very
ready
in
the
Javan
and
Malleish
Languages
,
having
been
fifteen
years
in
those
Countries
,
and
having
been
Circumcised
at
his
Abjuration
of
the
Christian
Religion
,
he
easily
pass'd
thro'
all
difficulties
,
and
came
to
the
General
at
Batavia
;
and
by
word
of
mouth
,
without
any
further
Credentials
,
delivered
his
Message
to
him
in
the
young
King's
name
.
This
was
an
opportunity
which
the
Dutch
had
long
wish'd
for
;
so
that
the
Messenger
needed
no
great
Rhetorick
or
Art
to
induce
them
to
take
it
by
the
forelock
.
But
immediately
Orders
were
dispatched
;
and
the
Forces
had
their
Rendezvous
appointed
.
I
my self
had
Orders
to
attend
the
Major
General
St.
Martini's
own
person
;
and
was
in
the
whole
Expedition
,
so
that
I
may
justly
speak
of
the
matter
,
and
be
the
more
particular
in
the
relation
of
it
.
The
Major
General
above
mentioned
,
commanded
the
whole
Fleet
;
and
one
Captain
Harzing
of
Cassel
had
the
whole
command
of
the
Land-Forces
.
Both
set
out
at
one
time
,
as
I
said
before
;
the
one
march'd
out
straight
upon
Dangerang
.
The
Fleet
went
directly
to
Bantam
.
Captain
Hartzing
was
forced
first
to
Attack
Dangerang
;
by
which
means
he
reckon'd
he
should
have
drawn
off
the
old
King
and
his
Army
from
Bantam
;
but
found
himself
very
much
mistaken
:
For
the
place
made
such
a
vigorous
Resistance
,
that
it
appeared
they
neither
wanted
necessary
Assistance
,
nor
Courage
.
We
lost
there
a
great
many
of
our
best
Men
,
insomuch
that
we
found
our selves
forced
to
Intrench
,
left
they
should
have
routed
us
quite
;
so
we
made
our
Lines
of
Approach
,
which
we
fortified
with
as
good
Pallisado's
as
we
could
,
and
so
secured
our selves
,
that
the
Enemy
could
not
come
at
us
.
In
the
mean
while
we
continued
our
Approaches
with
all
the
diligence
that
might
be
,
till
we
came
within
Musket-shot
of
the
Fort.
There
we
made
use
of
a
cover'd
way
,
with
which
we
came
up
close
to
the
Enemies
works
,
and
in
some
measure
within
them
:
And
having
finished
our
Mines
,
we
set
them
on
fire
,
with
a
resolution
,
that
as
soon
as
they
should
blow
up
to
any
purpose
,
we
would
assault
them
.
One
of
our
Mines
made
a
breach
that
three
or
four
Waggons
might
stand
abreast
in
.
Upon
which
it
was
order'd
we
should
immediately
enter
:
And
so
we
did
,
but
so
with
much
ado
,
that
we
had
reason
to
fear
,
we
must
have
retired
;
but
after
a
little
resistance
,
they
seeing
us
pour
in
so
thick
upon
them
,
took
their
heels
,
and
most
of
them
threw
down
their
Arms.
All
this
while
we
pursued
them
,
and
made
the
most
heavy
slaughter
amongst
them
that
ever
any
History
can
shew
.
For
,
the
Gates
of
their
Castle
,
or
rather
their
Doors
being
so
little
,
that
one
could
not
go
under
them
without
stooping
;
they
were
all
forced
,
almost
,
to
creep
thro'
them
one
by
one
;
and
as
they
were
all
in
a
cluster
,
and
unarm'd
,
to
the
number
of
near
five
thousand
,
we
fired
continually
upon
them
,
so
that
they
lay
like
heaps
of
Stones
one
on
another
,
which
made
the
most
dismal
fight
in
the
World
:
And
to
prevent
the
Air
being
infected
with
them
,
we
made
our
Blacks
to
carry
them
off
,
and
throw
them
in
the
River
Dangerang
.
Having
gotten
this
Post
,
we
fortified
our selves
in
the
best
manner
we
could
;
for
we
were
sure
that
we
should
not
enjoy
our
rest
there
long
;
and
that
we
were
to
be
upon
our
Guard
.
In
this
six
weeks
time
that
we
had
besieged
this
place
,
we
had
lost
a
great
many
Men
,
and
a
great
many
were
fallen
sick
by
reason
of
the
bad
Water
,
which
had
much
of
the
tast
of
Salt-peter
in
it
;
which
made
Captain
Hartzing
at
a
stand
,
whether
we
should
go
on
or
not
.
At
last
he
thought
it
best
for
us
to
stay
there
,
till
we
could
hear
of
the
safe
Arrival
and
Landing
of
our
Fleet
before
Bantam
,
which
we
did
in
a
few
days
after
.
Major
General
St.
Martini
being
come
before
Bantam
with
twenty
stout
Men
of
War
,
each
of
which
carried
between
four
and
five
hundred
Men
,
besides
a
hundred
Fire-ships
,
Tenders
,
&c.
gave
Orders
for
their
Landing
about
two
a
Clock
the
next
Morning
:
But
first
he
took
a
general
Review
of
the
Men
,
and
a
Gill
of
Brandy
was
given
to
every
one
of
the
Soldiers
;
and
after
that
six
and
thirty
of
the
lustiest
Soldiers
were
provided
with
a
good
quantity
of
Powder
;
and
some
hundreds
of
Sea-men
were
set
out
with
Pole-Axes
,
or
Hatchets
,
and
eight
or
nine
Hand-Granado's
to
each
Man
;
all
which
were
to
Land
with
the
Army
.
We
lay
within
Cannot-shot
of
the
Town
,
and
we
could
both
hear
,
and
see
,
the
old
King
,
who
kept
continually
firing
upon
the
Castle
;
and
he
had
raised
his
Batteries
above
the
tops
of
the
houses
that
were
in
the
City
,
so
that
the
Enemy
might
see
us
with
ease
;
so
they
immediately
prepared
to
prevent
our
Landing
,
and
for
that
purpose
order'd
the
Main
Body
to
march
to
the
Sea-shore
;
and
there
raised
Batteries
to
hinder
our
coming
any
nearer
.
In
the
mean
while
it
was
not
a
little
satisfaction
to
the
young
King
,
to
see
our
Fleet
so
near
at
hand
,
as
well
as
to
hear
of
our
Forces
by
Land
.
And
besides
,
it
gave
him
some
time
to
take
breath
,
and
freed
him
from
the
danger
he
was
in
continually
of
a
Storm
,
for
the
Walls
being
almost
all
down
.
But
now
the
Enemy
could
not
go
on
with
that
Design
,
having
enough
to
do
to
look
after
us
.
They
took
most
care
of
a
certain
place
,
where
they
thought
we
designed
to
Land
,
as
indeed
we
did
:
But
in
the
night
time
we
weighed
Anchor
,
with
all
the
stilness
that
might
be
,
and
saild
on
about
a
League
higher
;
and
drawing
as
near
to
the
Shore
as
we
could
possibly
,
we
let
fall
our
Anchors
again
.
Our
Cannon
on
Board
was
all
loaden
,
and
all
things
were
order'd
so
,
that
where-ever
we
Landed
,
we
might
fire
them
upon
the
Enemy
,
and
upon
the
City
.
The
Tenders
,
and
other
small
Vessels
were
all
Mann'd
immediately
for
Landing
;
some
with
a
hundred
Men
,
some
more
,
some
less
;
all
which
went
with
all
speed
to
Shore
.
The
Enemy
having
notice
of
this
,
were
ready
as
soon
as
we
,
but
had
not
time
to
raise
any
Batteries
there
against
us
,
or
to
fortifie
themselves
;
for
'
ere
the
day
begun
to
peep
,
we
had
got
all
things
ready
for
our
Landing
.
Major
General
St.
Martini
,
with
his
Life-guard
,
which
consisted
of
sixty
Men
,
and
the
Surgeons
,
came
into
my
Schappon
,
and
stood
ready
to
give
Order
for
the
Signal
,
by
Drums
and
Trumpets
,
for
the
whole
Body
of
our
Army
to
Land
all
together
:
But
the
Enemy
made
a
very
vigorous
Defence
;
and
being
advantageously
Posted
in
a
Wood
that
was
there
,
they
charged
us
after
so
terrible
a
manner
,
that
what
with
their
Fire
,
and
what
with
our
Great
Guns
,
that
played
all
this
while
cross-wise
upon
the
City
,
there
was
need
of
more
than
ordinary
Courage
to
stand
it
out
:
Besides
that
,
we
all
this
while
being
still
up
to
the
knees
in
Water
,
had
a
very
great
disadvantage
.
In
this
condition
we
Charged
them
for
three
hours
,
and
could
not
come
to
Land
all
that
while
;
at
last
five
of
our
Companies
were
quite
routed
,
and
of
the
twelve
Surgeons
that
we
brought
with
us
,
there
were
but
five
left
;
and
we
that
did
remain
,
were
not
able
to
do
any
great
feats
,
by
reason
that
we
all
this
while
stood
in
the
Water
.
When
we
saw
that
we
could
not
get
any
ground
,
we
got
some
small
Vessels
,
which
fetch'd
us
some
Haubitzes
,
(
which
is
a
kind
of
Field-Piece
to
load
with
small
Shot
,
)
with
which
we
rattled
so
upon
the
Javans
,
that
we
obliged
them
to
give
ground
enough
for
us
to
get
on
upon
dry
Land
;
and
at
last
we
forced
them
to
quit
the
Wood
,
and
to
to
retire
to
their
Breast-works
;
so
we
remained
Masters
of
the
Field
that
night
:
And
the
next
morning
at
break
of
day
,
we
marched
to
Attack
them
in
their
Intrenchments
.
The
Major
General
,
considering
that
the
Dutch
Companies
were
mightily
weakned
,
commanded
Captain
Jochem
,
who
led
the
Blacks
,
to
march
in
the
Front
;
and
he
sell
upon
them
straightway
with
admirable
Courage
and
Conduct
.
The
Major
General
behaved
himself
like
a
true
Soldier
,
and
gave
such
tokens
of
his
Invincible
Valour
,
Wise
Conduct
,
and
Indefatigable
Diligence
,
as
cannot
be
well
described
.
And
tho'
he
had
the
mis-fortune
to
have
two
of
his
Fingers
shot
off
from
his
right
hand
,
as
he
was
Riding
to
and
fro
to
give
Orders
,
he
could
hardly
afford
himself
time
to
have
his
hand
drest
;
and
I
had
no
sooner
done
,
but
he
straight
mounted
again
.
The
best
of
this
Engagement
was
,
that
most
of
the
Enemies
Bullets
flew
over
our
heads
.
But
I
found
that
they
did
not
all
of
them
take
the
same
course
,
and
was
a
little
surprized
,
when
talking
with
the
Sergeant
of
our
Company
,
and
jeering
them
for
not
being
good
Marks-men
,
a
Bullet
came
and
laid
him
dead
at
my
foot
.
In
the
mean
while
our
Men
made
but
little
on
't
:
And
the
Captain
was
not
able
to
do
any
thing
more
,
than
just
to
keep
his
ground
against
the
Enemy
.
Wherefore
the
Major
General
,
having
given
some
new
Orders
,
and
briskly
encouraged
the
Soldiers
,
by
telling
them
,
that
the
beating
the
Enemy
out
of
that
place
,
would
be
the
chief
part
of
their
work
,
and
the
sure
fore-runner
of
a
total
Victory
,
promising
to
the
three
first
that
should
break
into
the
Enemies
Camp
,
an
hundred
Gilders
,
two
Slaves
,
and
a
Pipe
of
Sack
for
a
Reward
;
and
having
by
such
like
Speeches
and
Promises
,
infused
,
as
it
were
,
new
Spirits
into
them
,
he
took
upon
him
the
Management
of
the
Front
himself
,
and
drawing
out
Captain
Bleutner
and
Captain
Winkler's
Companies
,
together
with
some
others
,
he
led
them
in
Person
;
fell
upon
the
Enemy
with
such
fury
,
that
we
soon
carried
the
day
;
for
he
had
so
animated
the
Soldiers
,
that
every
Man
was
worth
two
.
Our
Men
being
now
come
too
near
to
use
their
Muskets
,
took
their
Cutlaces
in
one
hand
,
and
their
Hand
Granado's
in
the
other
;
and
when
the
Blacks
saw
the
Dutch
drive
so
hard
upon
the
Enemy
,
they
took
such
heart
too
,
that
with
their
Sword
and
Buckler
they
poured
in
upon
the
Enemy
,
and
drove
all
before
them
:
So
that
the
Slaughter
we
made
of
the
King's
Army
in
this
place
,
was
nothing
less
than
that
of
Dangerang
.
The
Enemy
was
wholly
put
to
flight
,
and
left
most
of
their
Arms
behind
them
.
And
we
having
gained
that
Post
,
the
Admirable
gave
Orders
that
the
Ships
should
no
longer
Fire
upon
the
City
,
lest
we
our selves
might
receive
some
of
their
Shot
amongst
us
.
All
this
while
we
push'd
on
forward
to
their
Pallisado's
,
and
came
to
the
Forr
which
they
called
Speelwick
,
where
we
found
a
great
many
of
the
King's
Men
;
but
yet
most
of
our
Officers
found
that
we
should
quickly
become
Masters
of
it
.
We
sent
for
some
heavy
Cannon
from
our
Ships
,
and
batter'd
it
down
in
a
very
little
time
.
The
Seamen
forced
open
the
Gate
with
Hammers
and
Axes
,
and
so
enter'd
,
throwing
of
Granado's
:
But
all
the
Javaus
being
fled
,
we
became
Masters
of
it
,
without
any
further
opposition
.
This
served
our
purpose
mighty
well
,
and
saved
us
the
trouble
of
any
further
Entrenchments
,
except
a
few
Gaps
that
we
made
up
with
Wood
,
which
our
Blacks
cut
down
and
brought
to
us
.
Here
we
took
a
little
breath
,
and
rested
that
night
,
and
the
following
day
;
and
a
portion
of
Biscuit
,
Sack
,
and
Brandy
,
was
distributed
to
each
Soldier
in
the
Army
.
After
this
fine
Refreshment
,
the
Army
was
put
into
a
new
Order
,
and
the
Right
and
Left
Wings
formed
anew
,
and
provided
with
Field
Pieces
,
loaden
with
small
Shot
.
Then
we
march'd
against
the
Enemy
,
who
lookt
at
first
as
if
they
were
able
to
have
eaten
us
all
up
for
a
Breakfast
,
they
being
above
thirty
thousand
of
them
.
But
our
Officers
were
not
in
the
least
dismayed
at
their
numbers
,
but
very
couragiously
Attack'd
them
on
the
two
sides
of
'em
;
yet
taking
such
measures
,
that
we
could
joyn
together
again
at
any
time
.
I
must
own
,
I
never
expected
the
Dutch
should
have
escaped
a
total
overthrow
,
considering
the
vast
disproportion
of
Men
;
and
while
I
was
in
this
contemplation
,
on
a
sudden
the
Javans
sallied
out
upon
us
with
such
a
terrible
and
horrid
Out-cry
,
as
their
Custom
is
,
that
one
would
have
thought
it
had
been
a
Hurricane
,
rather
than
a
Body
of
Men
:
But
for
all
that
our
Men
stood
their
ground
bravely
,
and
gave
Fire
continually
upon
them
.
We
had
so
order'd
our
Army
,
that
behind
each
Rank
of
Musquetiers
we
had
a
Rank
of
Pikes
,
lest
they
should
break
in
upon
us
:
And
all
the
while
we
played
so
thick
upon
them
,
with
ten
or
twelve
Field-Pieces
,
that
they
fell
like
Bees
before
us
.
Our
other
Wing
observed
the
same
Order
;
and
we
at
last
joyned
together
again
into
a
Body
.
Having
sustained
this
for
near
3hours
they
sent
some
of
their
Muck
Speelers
amongst
us
,
which
are
a
sort
of
giddy
,
resolute
Fellows
,
that
are
ready
to
be
hired
upon
any
kind
of
Exploit
,
how
rash
and
mischievous
soever
it
be
;
be
it
to
stabb
a
Man
for
any
private
Affront
,
or
any
thing
else
of
that
kind
:
And
the
more
famous
Cut-throats
they
be
,
the
more
they
value
themselves
on
their
Reputation
of
being
such
.
Before
they
go
upon
any
such
sort
of
undertaking
,
they
eat
of
a
sort
of
Herb
which
they
call
Avion
,
which
for
a
time
makes
them
giddy
,
and
altogether
unsensible
of
any
danger
;
so
that
they
are
as
fool-hardy
,
as
they
are
dangerous
.
They
rnsht
in
upon
us
with
an
incredible
Fury
,
and
being
incapable
of
consulting
their
own
safety
,
they
came
running
head-long
against
our
Men
,
and
spitted
themselves
upon
our
Pikes
,
and
destroyed
themselves
without
doing
us
any
hurt
.
And
in
a
little
time
after
,
having
killed
several
thousands
of
the
King's
Party
,
we
utterly
routed
them
,
and
made
them
leave
all
their
Arms
behind
them
.
Upon
which
we
fell
from
fighting
to
plundering
.
After
this
,
the
Major
General
went
,
accompanied
with
his
Life-guard
,
and
others
,
to
the
Castle
,
where
the
young
King
was
;
who
immediately
upon
his
approach
,
opened
the
Gates
,
came
to
meet
him
,
and
with
all
the
humble
acknowledgment
fell
down
at
his
feet
,
and
afterward
embraced
him
,
with
all
the
demonstration
of
a
grateful
and
sincere
Affection
.
Before
this
,
the
Admiral
had
given
Orders
for
the
Army
to
Encamp
all
round
the
Castle
,
and
the
Gunners
to
be
ready
in
their
Posts
with
the
Artillery
,
which
consisted
of
above
three
hundred
Pieces
of
Cannon
.
After
this
the
Army
having
had
3
days
rest
,
and
all
the
refreshment
that
might
be
,
was
order'd
to
march
into
the
City
,
and
there
they
had
the
chief
Posts
in
their
hands
,
as
the
Boom
,
the
Speelwick
,
and
other
Bastions
,
and
the
rest
were
quartered
in
the
English
,
Danish
,
and
French
Quarters
.
Some
were
order'd
likewise
to
keep
Garrison
in
the
Castle
;
so
that
all
places
of
consequence
were
sufficiently
secured
,
in
order
to
make
the
whole
our
own
,
when
time
should
serve
a
little
more
commodiously
.
Here
I
received
Orders
to
repair
to
the
Hospital
,
where
I
had
five
Surgeons
under
me
.
But
there
being
so
many
sick
and
wounded
,
that
we
could
not
well
look
after
them
;
the
best
part
of
them
we
sent
to
Batavia
.
The
old
King
,
after
this
Overthrow
,
retired
with
his
shatter'd
Army
,
to
his
'
Fort
Dorjasse
,
where
having
made
ready
some
hundreds
of
Prawen
,
and
small
Vessels
,
he
resolved
to
be
revenged
on
us
:
And
having
the
conveniency
of
the
two
Rivers
,
Dorjasse
and
Bantam
,
which
run
from
that
Fort
into
the
Sea
;
he
Mann'd
them
in
order
to
go
as
far
as
Batavia
,
and
to
do
us
some
mischief
,
which
accordingly
he
did
.
For
being
come
into
the
Road
of
Batavia
,
they
set
fire
on
some
of
our
Ships
;
and
either
kill'd
the
Men
,
or
took
them
Prisoners
,
and
went
on
Shore
on
the
little
Island
call'd
Onrust
,
and
made
sad
Havock
of
the
few
Inhabitants
that
were
there
.
To
prevent
their
doing
any
further
mischief
,
some
of
the
largest
of
our
Men
of
War
were
straight
got
ready
,
besides
a
considerable
number
of
Prawen
,
and
small
Vessels
;
all
which
were
as
well
Mann'd
as
we
could
wish
:
And
with
these
we
went
in
search
of
the
Javians
.
In
this
Expedition
I
was
made
Captain
of
the
Ship
call'd
the
Europa
;
which
had
eight
hundred
.
Men
and
three
Surgeons
;
and
one
Captain
De
Ruiter
commanded
the
whole
Fleet.
We
straight
put
to
Sea
,
and
with
our
whole
Fleet
we
made
directly
to
Bantam
,
and
Dorjasse
,
the
two
Rivers
,
which
I
told
you
,
lay
so
conveniently
for
the
Javians
to
run
in
and
out
at
;
and
there
we
lay
,
to
cut
off
their
Pass
,
when-ever
they
should
attempt
to
come
in
there
for
shelter
.
Being
come
there
,
one
half
of
the
Fleet
was
order'd
to
stay
there
,
and
the
other
half
of
which
number
I
was
,
went
in
search
of
the
Enemy
.
The
next
morning
,
as
we
were
come
about
the
Island
call'd
the
Toppers
Hoadie
,
we
saw
them
about
a
League
off
of
us
,
with
more
than
a
hundred
Prawen
,
&c.
cruising
to
and
fro
.
Our
Admiral
De
Ruyter
judged
himself
strong
enough
to
Engage
them
;
so
having
call'd
a
Council
,
it
was
resolved
to
fall
upon
them
.
Upon
this
a
Gill
of
Brandy
,
(
the
best
thing
in
the
World
to
inspire
Courage
into
a
Dutch-man
)
was
given
to
every
one
of
them
:
And
we
were
divided
into
two
parts
,
with
Instructions
,
that
upon
the
Signal
given
,
we
should
fall
upon
them
all
together
.
All
that
day
we
lay
still
;
but
on
the
Evening
we
did
so
surround
our
Enemy
,
that
they
had
no
way
left
them
by
the
next
Morning
,
but
to
fight
their
way
thro'
us
,
or
else
be
forced
to
shelter
themselves
on
a
little
Island
call'd
Schlepse
;
but
that
being
not
above
a
League
in
compass
,
and
besides
,
so
barren
,
that
it
would
not
afford
them
any
Provision
or
Relief
;
they
were
necessitated
to
Attack
us
;
and
indeed
they
were
not
long
resolving
upon
it
,
having
four
times
at
least
the
number
of
Men
that
we
had
.
They
stood
to
the
Windward
off
us
;
so
that
having
that
advantage
too
over
us
,
they
came
very
briskly
upon
us
with
twenty
Prawen
well
Mann'd
,
and
with
forty
Double
Haekken
,
hoping
with
them
to
lay
fast
hold
of
our
greatest
Ships
first
,
and
so
to
board
them
,
and
then
the
smaller
would
easily
be
dispatched
.
The
Admiral
all
this
while
did
not
let
us
fire
one
Shot
,
and
had
order'd
a
kind
of
Breast-works
to
be
got
ready
upon
the
Deck
by
the
Main
Mast
,
and
under
Deck
in
the
Fore-castle
.
Our
Prawen
and
small
Vessels
kept
behind
us
,
ready
to
fall
upon
the
Enemy
,
when-ever
he
should
Attack
us
.
We
had
planted
some
of
those
Haubitzen
I
made
mention
of
before
,
behind
those
Breast-works
,
which
we
had
made
,
which
were
to
pour
small
Shot
upon
them
;
and
there
were
Men
ready
besides
these
with
their
Granado's
,
Fire-Pikes
,
&c.
to
give
them
a
welcome
at
their
entrance
.
All
this
while
the
Javians
continually
fired
upon
us
,
but
did
little
Execution
:
And
being
come
up
close
to
us
,
they
scaled
us
,
and
in
an
instant
our
large
Ships
were
filled
with
Javans
,
who
upon
their
Boarding
of
us
,
set
up
such
a
Huzza
,
or
rather
an
Out-cry
after
their
manner
,
that
it
made
the
Air
to
tremble
.
But
we
straightway
falling
to
our
works
,
opened
our
Breast-works
,
and
fired
our
small
Shot
upon
them
,
together
with
our
Granado's
;
so
that
never
were
Men
destroyed
after
that
rate
.
Those
that
were
still
coming
up
,
and
those
that
were
in
the
Prawen
,
we
swept
down
like
a
swarm
of
Bees
,
with
our
Fire-Pikes
,
and
other
Fire-arms
,
and
Hand-Granado's
,
into
the
Sea
;
all
that
remained
begun
then
to
Provide
for
running
off
.
But
out
Prawen
and
light
Vessels
followed
them
so
close
,
that
they
killed
infinite
numbers
of
them
,
and
took
up
some
that
were
fallen
into
the
Sea
,
and
made
them
Prisoners
;
who
we
immediately
hang'd
up
altogether
upon
the
said
Island
.
The
Sea
all
about
us
was
pure
Blood
,
and
we
were
all
in
a
Cloud
of
Smoke
,
tho'
we
had
not
fired
one
Great
Gun
.
There
was
no
less
than
two
hundred
and
sixty
of
the
Enemy
lay
dead
Aboard
my
Ship
the
Europa
.
The
dead
and
wounded
we
threw
one
with
another
over-board
;
which
caused
a
bitter
Out-cry
among
those
who
were
yet
sensible
,
or
but
slightly
wounded
.
After
this
great
Victory
our
Ships
came
all
together
again
,
and
upon
a
Review
,
we
found
our
loss
to
be
two
Masters
of
Ships
,
seven
Steers-men
,
eight
Officers
,
and
about
three
hundred
and
eighty
private
Soldiers
,
and
seven
hundred
of
our
Blacks
.
We
lost
two
Ships
,
the
Victor
and
the
Ameland
,
besides
eighteen
Prawen
,
three
Galliots
,
and
seven
Fire
Ships
;
all
which
were
burnt
.
But
of
the
Enemies
Ships
,
which
were
a
hundred
and
twenty
in
number
,
there
did
not
one
single
one
escape
;
their
Men
were
computed
to
have
been
24000.
CHAP.
V.
The
Fleet
comes
together
again
,
and
falls
upon
the
Javians
at
Sea
.
The
Author
is
order'd
to
Bantam
,
to
take
care
of
the
wounded
,
that
were
sent
thither
.
The
Council
resolves
to
pursue
the
Javians
.
Their
Malice
and
inveterate
Hatred
against
the
Dutch
.
Several
Skirmishes
with
them
.
The
Expedition
of
the
Dutch
from
Bantam
against
Dorjasse
,
which
was
the
old
King's
residence
.
A
Bloody
Fight
mantain'd
by
the
Dutch
against
the
Javians
,
with
a
great
loss
of
the
former
.
Some
Javian
Nobles
sent
to
desire
a
Peace
,
which
was
refused
.
The
Garrison
of
Dorjasse
set
fire
on
Dorjasse
and
fly
.
The
Dutch
plunder
what
was
left
of
it
.
The
Author
discovers
a
very
considerable
Treasure
buried
under
ground
,
but
receives
little
advantage
from
it
.
The
Admirals
Expedition
in
pursuit
of
the
Enemy
,
where
he
meets
with
an
unlucky
accident
.
HAving
put
our selves
into
a
pretty
good
posture
again
,
our
Men
had
all
the
Refreshment
that
could
be
,
with
great
plenty
of
Brandy
,
Sack
,
Biscuit
,
and
such
like
.
The
next
thing
we
did
,
was
to
dispatch
a
Ship
to
Batavia
,
to
carry
the
news
of
our
Victory
to
the
General
.
After
this
we
went
to
joyn
the
rest
of
our
Fleet
again
.
The
Javians
all
this
while
made
several
offers
to
come
out
of
the
River
Dorjasse
:
But
,
our
Fleet
lying
just
in
the
mouth
of
it
,
they
could
not
attempt
it
with
safety
;
but
were
forced
to
make
their
way
out
at
some
other
small
Rivers
;
so
that
some
of
them
came
in
sight
of
us
;
but
we
no
sooner
made
towards
them
,
but
they
retired
.
Yet
were
we
obliged
to
keep
Cruising
between
that
place
and
Batavia
,
to
prevent
their
doing
us
any
mischief
.
So
that
there
was
continually
some
little
Skirmish
with
them
;
but
never
any
Engagement
worth
speaking
of
.
In
a
matter
of
two
months
,
the
greatest
part
of
our
Ships
,
and
the
best
of
our
Men
,
were
sent
again
to
Bantam
,
the
rest
of
'em
kept
still
Cruising
before
Dorjasse
.
Being
come
to
Bantam
,
under
the
Command
of
Captain
Jochem
,
the
Men
were
put
on
Shore
,
and
Quarter'd
amongst
the
others
that
were
in
the
Fort.
It
fell
to
my
share
to
be
of
the
number
too
.
So
I
took
my
Lodging
in
the
Chineesen
Straet
,
where
I
was
very
commodiously
seated
for
my
business
.
There
were
also
two
Assistants
with
me
,
and
three
Under-Surgeons
,
who
were
Lodged
in
their
several
Quarters
,
for
the
better
looking
after
their
Patients
.
Those
were
obliged
to
come
to
me
ever
and
anon
to
give
me
an
account
of
those
they
had
under
their
hands
,
and
to
fetch
the
Remedies
,
which
were
all
in
my
custody
,
and
to
take
my
directions
.
Only
those
other
necessaries
,
as
Linnen
for
Plaisters
,
Arack
,
Sack
,
Salad
Oyl
,
and
such
like
,
were
to
be
fetched
from
the
Steward
,
who
had
them
in
keeping
;
but
they
were
never
delivered
without
I
sent
an
especial
Order
under
my
hand
.
The
number
of
our
Sick
and
Wounded
was
great
,
and
that
of
the
former
increased
,
by
reason
of
the
Flux
,
which
was
very
rief
among
them
:
And
some
were
seized
with
a
Lameness
in
all
their
Limbs
;
so
that
we
had
enough
to
keep
us
in
employment
.
All
this
while
we
were
making
all
preparations
for
carrying
on
the
War
with
utmost
vigour
,
both
by
Sea
,
and
Land
:
But
we
wanted
Men
;
wherefore
we
were
forced
to
stay
till
our
Recruits
came
from
Batavia
.
We
had
an
especial
Eye
upon
the
Royal
Fort
Dorjasse
;
for
we
saw
very
well
that
we
laboured
in
vain
,
while
that
stood
;
and
we
had
reason
to
think
,
that
if
we
did
but
once
ferret
them
out
of
their
strong
hold
,
we
should
not
find
it
difficult
to
give
them
a
total
Overthrow
.
I
must
confess
,
that
besides
the
pleasure
I
had
out
of
a
publick
love
for
my
Country
,
to
see
them
in
a
fair
way
of
overcoming
their
Enemies
,
and
enlarging
their
Territories
:
I
had
also
a
secret
satisfaction
to
see
that
they
were
the
Javians
that
were
the
Object
of
our
Conquests
;
they
being
the
most
faithless
,
treacherous
and
base
of
all
the
Indians
.
They
are
fit
for
all
manner
of
mischief
;
but
never
fit
to
be
employed
in
any
action
that
's
noble
or
generous
.
In
short
,
they
are
skill'd
in
nothing
,
but
in
cheating
,
filching
,
and
all
manner
of
knavery
.
I
have
often
found
it
to
my
cost
,
but
that
which
was
most
notorious
,
tho'
of
no
great
moment
,
was
the
trick
they
put
upon
me
at
my
first
coming
,
which
was
this
.
When
our
Ship
was
just
arrived
from
Europe
,
some
of
these
Javians
came
to
meet
us
,
as
it
is
their
usual
manner
to
come
and
meet
all
Ships
,
that
are
newly
come
in
,
to
welcome
them
,
and
to
sell
them
fruits
,
fresh
meat
,
and
other
refreshments
.
I
,
who
was
very
much
fatigued
with
my
long
Voyage
,
and
quite
tired
with
our
S●●
Provisions
,
was
not
long
a
fixing
upon
some
of
their
things
;
and
amongst
others
,
I
was
so
set
upon
some
fine
fresh
Fish
,
that
they
h●d
brought
with
them
,
that
I
was
resolved
I
would
have
it
at
any
rate
.
Their
way
is
to
Truck
for
some
of
our
Commodities
;
so
I
agreed
to
what
they
ask'd
me
for
the
Fish
,
which
was
some
Nails
,
Thread
and
Tobacco-Pipes
;
which
I
immediately
fetch'd
for
'em
,
and
gave
to
the
Javian
,
who
was
then
busie
about
something
that
others
had
bought
likewise
.
I
was
so
pleased
with
the
thoughts
of
the
rare
Feast
I
was
to
have
,
and
withal
in
such
haste
to
be
at
it
,
that
I
could
not
stay
any
longer
;
but
bidding
the
Fellow
leave
my
Fish
,
with
any
of
our
Men
,
I
ran
down
in
the
mean
while
into
the
Cook
's
Room
,
to
get
me
some
Water
hung
on
ready
,
and
I
think
never
went
so
chearfully
about
any
business
in
my
life
.
But
no
sooner
had
I
turned
my
back
,
but
the
Dog
push'd
off
his
Boat
,
and
went
off
with
my
Dish
of
Fish
,
and
left
me
to
Dine
on
my
Water
;
and
I
must
confess
,
that
from
that
time
I
could
never
have
a
hearty
love
for
one
of
the
Nation
.
It
was
a
sort
of
a
satisfaction
to
me
,
that
in
three
or
four
days
after
we
were
Landed
,
I
had
an
opportunity
to
be
revenged
on
a
Javian
,
which
I
never
let
slip
,
for
his
sake
,
when
ever
it
offer'd
it self
.
They
are
generally
very
great
lovers
of
Shooting
,
tho'
they
are
so
stupid
,
as
never
to
understand
it
as
they
should
do
:
And
as
I
was
one
day
Shooting
at
a
Mark
,
one
of
them
comes
up
to
me
,
and
wanted
mightily
to
have
a
Shoot
.
I
told
him
he
should
:
So
I
shot
,
and
loaded
again
with
a
double
Charge
of
Powder
,
and
a
vast
deal
of
Paper
,
which
I
took
care
to
ram
down
as
hard
as
ever
I
was
able
,
and
then
offer'd
it
him
:
He
very
joyfully
received
it
,
and
went
to
fire
it
:
But
the
Piece
recoiled
so
furiously
,
and
gave
him
such
a
knock
on
the
shoulder
,
that
down
fell
my
Booby
,
and
could
hardly
stir
his
Arm
for
a
fortnight
,
or
three
weeks
after
it
.
But
to
return
to
our
purpose
,
all
our
Affairs
were
in
a
very
good
posture
at
Bantam
:
And
there
was
a
very
good
understanding
between
the
young
King
,
and
our
Major
General
St.
Martin
.
But
the
Javans
were
ever
and
anon
upon
us
in
small
Bodies
,
and
came
quite
up
to
our
Rampiers
:
So
that
we
had
many
Skirmishes
with
them
;
but
so
inconsiderable
,
that
they
were
not
worth
the
speaking
of
.
One
would
admire
how
quickly
our
Recruits
were
made
at
Batavia
;
for
in
a
few
months
we
had
again
a
considerable
Army
on
foot
,
and
they
had
got
together
Men
from
all
parts
of
the
Indies
,
which
were
all
sent
to
us
with
speed
.
And
as
soon
as
they
were
got
together
,
it
was
resolved
to
go
directly
against
the
Royal
Fort
of
Dorjasse
.
Our
Major
General
St.
Martin
left
Captain
De
Ruyter
to
Command
Bantam
,
in
his
absence
,
and
himself
went
straightway
with
some
of
the
best
Ships
thither
;
and
in
some
days
after
sent
Orders
for
the
rest
of
the
Fleet
,
and
most
of
the
Men
to
follow
him
,
leaving
only
what
was
necessary
in
Bantam
for
the
security
of
the
Place
,
which
had
little
to
fear
from
the
Enemy
without
,
and
less
to
suspect
from
the
young
King
within
,
who
had
but
a
very
inconsiderable
number
of
Men
of
his
own
with
him
.
So
three
thousand
Men
were
order'd
to
be
imbark'd
and
of
that
Squadron
I
was
,
and
had
that
time
the
Command
of
the
Ship
call'd
the
Middleburgh
.
When
we
had
joyned
the
Major
General
,
we
made
together
a
very
fine
Fleet
;
and
indeed
such
a
one
,
as
had
never
been
seen
before
in
those
parts
of
the
World
.
For
we
had
there
fifty
two
fine
large
Men
of
War
,
besides
some
hundreds
of
Prawen
Fire-Ships
,
Tenders
,
small
Boats
,
&c.
Major
General
St.
Martin
,
soon
after
these
were
all
come
together
,
went
back
to
Batavia
;
and
we
continued
our
way
under
the
Command
of
the
General
and
Admiral
,
whose
name
was
Tack
.
As
soon
as
we
came
to
cast
Anchor
before
Dorjasse
,
the
Javians
got
together
in
prodigious
numbers
to
the
Sea
Shore
,
and
covered
the
ground
for
several
Miles
,
which
was
all
level
from
the
Sea
to
the
Fort
,
and
all
Fields
of
Rice
.
Just
by
the
Shore
were
several
Sconces
at
some
distance
from
each
other
:
Some
big
,
some
little
,
but
all
vastly
strong
,
being
all
made
with
a
double
Row
of
Trunks
of
Coco-Trees
,
that
were
set
very
deep
into
the
ground
,
and
the
space
fill'd
up
with
Earth
ram'd
down
very
hard
.
The
space
between
each
of
these
Sconces
,
was
all
Ditches
and
Rampiers
,
with
Pallisado's
.
The
Sconces
were
so
broad
,
that
two
or
three
Waggons
might
drive
abreast
upon
them
.
In
the
middle
of
them
within
,
were
the
dwellings
for
the
Soldiers
:
Some
of
them
were
built
up
square
,
and
flat
at
top
;
for
the
Soldiers
to
stand
there
and
fight
.
From
all
these
places
the
Javians
were
continually
firing
upon
us
,
but
to
little
purpose
,
because
we
were
far
enough
out
at
Sea
;
yet
were
we
near
enough
to
hear
them
make
many
hideous
Out-crys
,
and
to
see
their
Troops
hurry
from
one
place
to
another
.
In
the
mean
time
we
made
all
ready
to
Land
.
Admiral
Tack
going
all
the
while
from
one
Ship
to
another
,
to
give
Orders
to
the
several
Captains
.
Which
done
,
we
went
to
Prayers
,
and
then
the
usual
portions
of
Brandy
,
Sack
,
&c.
were
distributed
with
strict
Injunctions
to
be
all
ready
.
Presently
after
they
brought
us
some
Schappons
or
Pontons
,
which
is
a
flat
sort
of
Boat
like
a
Horse-Ferry-Boat
,
which
were
fenced
with
a
kind
of
Breast-work
;
and
four
Pieces
for
Small
Shot
to
each
,
and
to
these
,
Gunners
a
sufficient
number
,
with
some
Sea-men
,
with
Hand-Granado's
.
Then
went
in
the
Soldiers
.
After
this
manner
we
kept
our
Easter
,
which
was
now
come
,
but
was
none
of
the
merriest
for
us
.
The
third
day
after
Easter
,
we
unladed
seven
large
Ships
,
and
sunk
them
in
the
place
where
we
had
a
mind
to
Land
at
:
And
upon
them
we
raised
Batteries
,
upon
which
we
planted
above
forty
heavy
Pieces
of
Cannon
,
to
shelter
us
when
we
Landed
,
and
to
annoy
the
Enemy
and
their
Sconces
.
The
next
day
after
,
about
two
of
the
Clock
in
the
Morning
,
the
Signal
being
given
,
we
all
in
general
left
the
Ships
;
upon
which
I
went
down
into
the
Boat
with
the
other
Surgeons
,
which
were
above
seventy
in
number
,
upon
our
Vessel
,
which
was
attended
always
by
two
or
three
small
Boats
,
that
were
ready
in
case
of
any
wounded
,
that
they
might
carry
them
off
to
any
place
,
and
upon
ever
so
shallow
a
Water
.
All
this
while
we
kept
a
hideous
Shooting
with
our
great
Cannon
,
which
was
all
we
fired
;
under
the
shelter
of
which
we
drew
all
the
while
still
nearer
and
nearer
to
Land
,
from
whence
the
Enemy
kept
firing
very
hotly
upon
us
.
When
we
came
to
have
no
more
than
knee-deep
of
Water
,
we
got
out
;
and
then
our
Gunners
played
the
more
freely
from
their
Schappons
,
upon
the
Enemy
,
and
the
Sea-men
could
then
make
the
better
use
of
their
Hand-shells
.
In
this
manner
we
Charged
for
above
two
hours
,
and
lost
a
great
many
of
our
Men
:
Their
Sconces
lying
so
high
,
that
they
had
a
great
command
of
us
;
and
we
on
the
other
side
could
hardly
reach
them
.
Seeing
that
we
could
make
but
slow
progress
this
way
,
the
Council
of
War
met
and
resolved
to
fall
upon
their
Works
altogether
.
Upon
this
the
Front
marched
forward
directly
towards
the
Enemy
,
and
the
Sea-men
succeeded
in
our
place
,
landing
,
and
taking
possession
of
the
ground
,
which
the
Army
occupied
before
.
We
carried
some
of
their
Forts
by
Storm
in
a
few
hours
time
,
tho'
with
the
loss
of
a
great
many
of
our
Men.
As
soon
as
the
Javians
saw
that
they
had
lost
some
of
their
Holds
,
they
set
fire
in
most
of
the
others
,
and
betook
themselves
to
their
heels
,
but
did
not
quite
run
away
from
us
neither
;
for
they
kept
moving
in
the
Rice-fields
on
the
sides
of
us
,
with
a
resolution
to
charge
us
all
in
a
Body
.
We
had
yet
a
very
considerable
Army
,
tho'
nothing
in
comparison
to
theirs
;
but
we
having
by
this
time
got
together
our
Artillery
,
and
planted
it
very
advantagiously
,
we
were
ready
for
'
em
.
The
Admiral
gave
Orders
we
should
play
upon
them
with
our
Artillery
,
without
intermission
,
which
we
did
.
The
Armies
being
now
come
in
reach
of
each
other
,
the
Javians
fell
upon
us
with
the
greatest
fury
imaginable
;
the
manner
of
which
I
could
not
see
,
being
then
in
the
midst
of
our
Men
;
but
I
heard
their
usual
Out-cry
at
their
falling
on
.
Our
Army
opened
it self
to
the
right
,
and
left
;
and
then
our
Artillery
,
which
was
ready
for
'em
,
was
all
at
once
discharged
upon
them
,
which
made
a
hideous
Slaughter
amongst
them
.
After
which
our
Men
closed
in
again
,
while
it
was
charging
again
:
Our
Front
moving
always
with
movable
Pallisado's
before
them
,
which
was
a
very
great
defence
to
our
Men
,
and
enabled
them
to
keep
their
Order
the
better
.
All
this
while
,
tho'
thousands
of
their
Men
dropt
,
they
would
not
give
ground
an
Inch
,
nor
did
we
.
And
the
day
was
now
so
far
spent
,
that
we
were
both
forced
to
give
over
;
yet
were
we
wholly
set
upon
pursuing
the
Stroke
,
and
hoped
that
the
night
should
prove
rather
more
commodious
and
successful
,
than
the
day
had
done
.
As
soon
as
the
night
drew
on
,
we
begun
to
play
upon
them
with
our
Mortars
,
and
sent
such
a
quantity
of
Bombs
among
them
,
and
at
the
same
time
fell
on
one
of
their
Wings
so
furiously
,
that
we
gain'd
ground
;
and
pouring
our
Shot
so
thick
upon
them
,
we
put
them
into
such
a
consternation
,
that
they
were
not
able
to
defend
themselves
,
so
that
we
thought
of
nothing
more
,
but
to
prepare
to
pursue
them
;
but
they
did
not
design
to
put
us
to
that
trouble
;
for
we
could
hear
some
of
them
in
the
front
of
their
Army
cry
,
Dida
mou
boggel
ada
orang
Hollando
;
which
is
as
much
as
to
say
,
I
will
fight
no
longer
against
the
Hollanders
.
This
was
made
known
to
Admiral
Tack
,
and
further
confirmed
by
some
of
the
chief
Officers
of
the
Enemies
Army
,
which
the
Admiral
had
permitted
to
come
to
him
,
and
were
sent
to
parley
,
and
to
beg
him
to
grant
a
Truce
,
or
rather
make
a
Peace
.
The
Admiral
durst
not
do
any
thing
in
this
matter
of
his
own
accord
;
but
was
obliged
to
send
to
the
General
at
Batavia
,
who
sent
him
word
again
that
he
should
be
sure
not
to
hearken
to
any
Proposals
of
Peace
.
During
this
Suspension
of
Arms
,
I
conversed
much
with
those
Javian
Deputies
,
and
I
found
them
very
inquisitive
,
and
curious
to
know
what
our
Army
was
composed
of
;
whether
of
real
Men
,
or
of
Devils
in
humane
shapes
:
We
told
them
,
they
were
only
Men
,
but
brave
Men
,
and
most
Germans
;
and
indeed
they
behaved
themselves
with
such
inexpressible
Bravery
,
that
it
might
have
amazed
a
polite
,
and
well-disciplin'd
Nation
,
and
much
more
might
it
do
so
,
with
a
Barbarous
,
and
Heathenish
People
.
When
the
Admiral
had
received
his
Answer
from
the
General
at
Batavia
,
he
told
the
Deputies
that
the
Dutch
would
not
hear
talk
of
a
Peace
,
and
so
sent
them
away
;
and
bid
them
tell
the
old
King
,
that
they
would
now
have
as
little
regard
for
him
,
as
he
had
formerly
shewed
for
Batavia
.
Upon
which
our
Artillery
was
fired
again
,
and
we
charged
them
with
greater
fury
than
before
;
so
that
we
put
their
whole
Army
to
flight
,
which
they
took
directly
towards
Dorjasse
,
and
there
we
put
them
all
in
confusion
,
totally
routed
them
,
and
made
a
most
dreadful
Slaughter
amongst
them
.
We
did
not
pursue
them
as
we
might
have
done
;
for
we
thought
best
to
keep
together
,
and
to
continue
in
our
Entrenchments
,
while
we
made
all
the
preparations
requisite
for
a
more
effectual
pursuit
of
'em
,
and
in
order
to
Attack
the
said
Town
of
Dorjasse
.
Here
our
Men
rested
three
days
,
and
had
all
the
usual
Refreshments
;
and
in
that
time
our
Dead
were
buried
.
But
in
the
third
night
,
about
twelve
of
the
Clock
,
we
saw
the
City
of
Dorjasse
in
a
blaze
,
and
heard
the
blowing
up
of
some
of
their
Building
and
Fortification
,
great
pieces
of
which
fell
into
our
Camp
,
which
was
half
a
Mile
from
thence
;
all
which
was
very
agreeable
to
our
Admiral
,
and
to
our
Army
too
,
because
it
would
have
cost
us
a
great
many
brave
Men's
Lives
,
if
we
had
been
put
to
fighting
for
it
.
We
sent
immediately
a
Party
towards
the
place
,
to
see
what
they
were
doing
there
,
and
in
what
condition
they
were
.
But
when
they
came
near
to
the
place
,
the
old
King
withdrew
with
all
speed
,
and
passed
over
the
River
Dorjasse
,
with
all
his
remaining
Forces
;
and
fled
to
the
Blawe
Peperbergh
,
which
was
about
four
Leagues
from
thence
;
so
that
our
Men
found
Dorjasse
quite
empty
,
and
the
Coasts
all
clear
.
As
soon
as
the
Admiral
had
Advice
of
it
,
he
march'd
thither
with
the
greatest
part
of
the
Army
.
We
found
nothing
there
,
but
Houses
ruinated
;
most
of
them
still
smoaking
,
and
no
Inhabitants
,
but
a
vast
parcel
of
Ducks
and
Hens
,
flying
about
the
Streets
to
seek
a
habitation
;
which
our
Soldiers
were
very
glad
to
see
,
and
regaled
themselves
bravely
with
.
I
went
to
take
my
Rounds
in
the
City
,
and
as
I
came
near
to
a
parcel
of
Ducks
,
I
fired
amongst
'em
,
and
shot
a
good
many
of
'em
,
and
the
rest
ran
into
a
House
there
hard
by
:
So
I
followed
them
with
my
Fusil
in
my
hand
,
designing
to
knock
them
down
with
the
Butt
end
of
it
;
But
as
soon
as
I
came
within
the
doors
,
I
saw
an
old
Woman
sitting
on
a
Bedstead
with
a
naked
Kriz
in
her
hand
.
But
she
seeing
me
come
with
a
Gun
in
my
hand
,
fell
down
dead
for
fear
.
Our
Men
found
a
great
many
Javians
,
that
were
hid
in
corners
and
holes
,
who
could
not
flee
away
with
the
rest
,
being
exceeding
old
,
or
otherwise
disabled
.
Our
Soldiers
were
Quartered
upon
the
Bastions
.
The
Admiral
took
his
Quarters
in
the
middle
of
the
City
,
in
the
Court
of
the
Old
Palace
,
which
before
was
the
greatest
place
for
Trade
.
The
chief
of
my
care
was
,
to
see
if
I
could
not
get
some
Plunder
,
which
,
while
I
was
looking
for
,
about
the
Old
Palace
,
I
discovered
a
place
in
a
dark
Entry
,
which
was
not
Paved
firm
,
but
the
Stones
only
laid
loose
;
and
knowing
it
to
be
their
custom
to
bury
their
Treasures
in
time
of
danger
,
I
went
to
examine
the
place
more
narrowly
,
and
made
shift
to
dig
down
a
matter
of
two
foot
;
but
finding
nothing
but
a
few
Staefiens
or
Stiftiens
,
which
were
about
a
quarter
of
a
Yard
long
,
I
grew
weary
of
my
work
,
not
knowing
the
value
of
'
em
.
Those
I
got
I
gave
away
to
a
Free-man
,
who
went
privately
among
the
Free-men
,
and
sold
them
for
a
Crown
.
As
soon
as
ever
I
knew
the
worth
of
'em
,
I
went
in
all
haste
to
the
place
again
,
and
got
a
pretty
good
parcel
of
them
:
But
as
ill
luck
would
have
it
,
'
ere
I
could
carry
them
off
,
the
Admiral
,
who
was
come
to
take
a
view
of
the
Ruines
of
the
Palace
,
came
just
that
way
,
and
finding
what
it
was
,
engrossed
it
to
himself
,
and
sent
for
Men
immediately
to
dig
there
;
and
there
they
found
as
many
of
them
as
filled
eight
Waggons
,
which
were
sold
for
700000
Gilders
:
All
which
went
into
the
Admiral
's
Pocket
.
However
he
presented
me
with
a
hundred
Gilders
for
being
the
discoverer
.
In
the
mean
while
,
others
got
several
good
Booties
,
as
Persian
Quilts
,
and
Persian
&
China
Silks
,
with
many
other
rich
Furniture
and
costly
Garments
,
that
were
left
in
the
Palace
.
And
I
who
had
found
the
greatest
Booty
,
came
off
with
the
least
share
.
By
what
I
could
see
of
the
strength
of
this
place
,
it
is
certain
the
Javians
wanted
nothing
but
Courage
to
keep
us
out
;
for
if
that
had
not
been
wanting
,
they
might
have
defied
double
our
number
:
For
tho'
the
Town
was
four
or
five
Miles
in
compass
,
yet
there
was
but
two
Avenues
into
it
,
which
was
hardly
wide
enough
for
two
Carts
to
go
abreast
,
the
rest
being
all
Moorish
grounds
,
where
Rice
grew
,
but
where
no
Army
could
have
come
:
And
instead
of
a
Wall
,
the
Town
was
fenced
with
a
Line
of
Coco-Trees
set
close
to
one
another
,
and
filled
up
with
Earth
;
so
that
our
Cannon
would
never
have
been
able
to
batter
it
down
,
or
so
much
as
to
make
a
breach
in
any
part
of
it
.
The
Buildings
within
were
all
built
with
Bamboo-Canes
,
except
the
Palace
,
and
the
Noble-Mens
Houses
,
which
were
of
Stone
.
Upon
the
twenty
eight
Bastions
of
this
place
,
we
found
three
hundred
and
odd
large
heavy
Pieces
of
Cannon
,
tho'
most
of
'em
Iron
;
but
no
Powder
or
Bullets
;
which
gave
us
occasion
to
think
,
that
thro'
some
carelesness
the
Magazine
took
fire
,
and
so
set
fire
on
the
whole
Town
,
as
indeed
we
found
it
true
afterwards
,
by
the
account
which
some
of
the
Inhabitantss
gave
us
.
The
Fortification
of
this
place
,
was
so
strong
,
that
all
the
Canonading
in
the
World
could
never
make
a
breach
in
it
;
for
the
outside
of
it
was
all
of
Coco-Trees
,
set
as
close
together
as
might
be
,
and
behind
them
was
all
Earth
thrown
up
:
And
it
is
impossible
for
a
Bullet
to
batter
any
of
those
Trunks
of
Coco-Trees
,
being
of
so
spungy
a
nature
,
that
a
Bullet
will
stick
in
them
,
and
go
no
further
.
In
this
place
was
a
high
Hill
cast
up
by
the
King's
Order
,
and
a
few
Hutts
built
at
top
of
it
;
from
whence
he
used
to
go
,
and
spy
the
Army
when
it
lay
before
Bantam
,
and
take
a
prospect
of
the
Fleet
,
the
Country
lying
all
level
between
those
two
places
.
Two
Rivers
run
thro'
the
Town
,
the
little
,
and
great
,
Dorjasse
;
which
unite
their
Streams
a
little
below
the
Town
,
and
make
up
a
fine
River
.
It
runs
thence
thro'
the
pleasant
Vales
of
the
Blawen
Peper
Bergh
into
the
Sea
,
and
divides
the
Kingdom
of
Bantam
,
from
that
of
Batavia
,
or
Jacatra
,
all
along
in
its
course
.
When
we
had
laid
still
here
some
few
days
,
our
Admiral
went
out
with
some
Companies
to
visit
some
of
their
Negeryen
,
or
Villages
.
We
plunder'd
all
as
far
as
the
Plain
of
Banta
,
which
is
just
by
the
River
Bantam
,
and
leads
towards
Tangburang
,
a
Province
belonging
to
the
Kingdom
of
Bantam
.
Here
we
saw
some
Naekens
or
small
Boats
lying
on
the
other
side
of
the
River
;
but
neither
saw
or
heard
any
body
therebouts
.
The
Admiral
had
a
mighty
fancy
to
go
over
,
and
so
had
some
others
of
the
chief
Officers
:
Wherefore
he
offer'd
six
Rixdollers
to
any
that
would
venture
to
swim
over
and
fetch
some
of
those
Naekens
over
.
Tho'
the
River
was
about
a
mile
wide
,
yet
there
were
four
Seamen
that
proffered
themselves
immediately
,
and
several
Blacks
,
who
are
generally
excellent
swimmers
;
but
it
was
thought
sufficient
to
send
the
Seamen
only
,
and
two
of
the
Blacks
,
who
brought
over
six
Naekens
;
and
having
got
some
Oars
to
'em
,
they
went
with
them
,
and
fetch'd
all
the
others
,
which
were
twenty
and
odd
.
When
they
were
all
come
,
the
Admiral
went
into
one
of
'em
,
and
all
the
Boats
were
filled
with
Men.
When
we
were
got
over
,
we
found
nothing
but
whole
flocks
of
Hens
,
and
Ducks
;
so
that
our
Men
divided
themselves
,
some
one
way
,
and
some
another
,
to
see
if
they
could
find
any
Body
.
One
of
these
Parties
met
,
by
misfortune
,
with
a
parcel
of
Amboineeses
,
who
were
come
out
to
get
some
Coco-nuts
;
and
these
going
drest
like
Javians
,
our
Men
took
them
for
such
,
and
falling
upon
them
,
kill'd
some
of
'em
,
and
would
certainly
have
kill'd
more
,
had
not
another
party
of
ours
come
in
of
a
sudden
upon
the
back
of
these
poor
Amboineeses
,
who
hearing
them
cry
out
for
quarter
,
and
discovering
them
to
be
Amboineeses
,
put
a
stop
to
the
slaughter
,
and
prevented
further
mischief
being
done
.
We
were
all
well
provided
with
Powder
and
Ball
,
and
kept
on
to
the
end
of
the
Plain
;
where
we
found
some
little
Works
,
Redoubts
,
&c.
but
all
abandoned
.
In
one
of
them
were
four
or
five
pieces
of
Cannon
,
which
we
took
,
and
carried
over
the
River
,
and
from
thence
drew
them
to
Dorjasse
.
Our
Admiral
was
now
thinking
to
get
over
the
River
again
,
and
yet
desirous
to
know
what
was
become
of
the
Enemy
;
but
truly
his
curiosity
cost
us
very
dear
;
for
we
had
not
yet
reach'd
our
Boats
,
when
we
perceived
a
great
number
of
Prawen
,
full
of
Javians
,
making
towards
us
,
with
such
speed
,
that
we
could
hardly
get
our
Arms
ready
.
All
we
could
do
was
to
fire
upon
them
,
and
hinder
them
from
landing
just
in
that
place
.
But
they
past
by
us
quickly
,
and
came
to
another
landing-place
,
that
was
more
convenient
.
As
soon
as
they
had
got
hold
of
the
Shore
,
they
came
upon
us
in
a
trice
,
and
so
encompassed
us
,
that
we
had
no
way
left
but
to
yield
,
or
throw
our selves
into
the
River
.
The
first
of
these
could
not
please
us
,
and
the
latter
was
almost
as
dangerous
,
for
those
who
could
not
swim
very
well
,
so
that
they
who
had
little
or
no
hopes
of
swiming
over
,
resolved
to
stand
it
out
,
and
to
sight
to
the
last
drop
of
Blood
.
Our
Admiral
escaped
with
five
Boats
,
and
some
others
followed
them
as
fast
as
they
could
,
and
swam
over
after
them
.
I
,
for
my
part
,
finding
I
could
not
escape
death
,
if
I
staid
there
,
threw
away
my
Arms
,
and
my
Surgeons
Box
,
and
leapt
into
the
River
,
tho'
with
little
hopes
of
getting
over
;
however
it
gave
me
a
chance
for
my
Life
,
and
it
pleased
God
to
carry
me
over
safe
to
Shore
,
where
our
Men
were
got
,
and
stood
spectators
of
the
dreadful
slaughter
,
the
Javians
were
making
among
the
poor
Dutchmen
,
that
were
left
among
them
on
the
other
side
.
There
was
no
less
than
two
hundred
of
'em
,
who
were
all
cut
in
pieces
,
but
behaved
themselves
with
an
unparallel'd
bravery
,
as
Men
in
such
desperate
conditions
use
to
out-do
themselves
;
and
as
they
held
it
out
a
long
while
,
so
they
sold
their
Lives
at
the
dearest
rate
that
ever
men
did
.
The
Admiral
exceedingly
concern'd
at
this
sad
misfortune
,
and
desirous
to
revenge
the
loss
of
so
many
brave
Men
,
took
the
rest
who
had
made
their
escapes
,
and
marched
with
them
in
all
haste
to
Dorjasse
,
with
a
design
to
go
over
with
a
Body
of
Men
,
and
pursue
the
Enemy
.
It
was
upon
consideration
found
impracticable
,
being
we
had
no
way
of
passing
the
River
,
for
it
was
very
broad
every
where
,
and
we
had
not
above
three
or
four
small
Boats
:
So
that
we
were
forced
to
quit
our
designs
;
but
that
we
might
not
go
altogether
unrevenged
,
we
set
fire
to
all
that
remained
standing
in
Dorjasse
,
after
we
had
staid
three
or
four
days
in
it
.
The
main
Body
of
our
Army
continued
along
the
Sea
Coast
,
very
well
entrenched
,
under
the
Command
of
Captain
Harzing
;
while
the
Admiral
went
,
with
some
small
Ships
,
and
some
Men
,
down
the
River
Dorjasse
,
and
so
to
Bantam
by
Sea
.
CHAP.
VI.
The
Author
,
among
others
,
going
along
the
River
Tangburang
,
meets
with
several
Parties
of
the
Enemy
,
and
have
several
Skirmshes
with
them
.
The
Town
Anier
besieged
.
Bravely
defended
by
the
Javians
,
by
the
means
of
two
Renegade
Dutchmen
;
one
of
which
was
taken
,
and
immediately
hanged
.
Anier
plunder'd
and
sack'd
.
The
Author
shot
in
the
Leg.
The
whole
Country
brought
into
subjection
.
The
Young
King
's
base
dealing
with
some
of
the
Chief
Nobles
,
who
came
in
to
submit
themselves
to
him
,
notwithstanding
his
Gracious
Promises
to
them
.
An
end
of
the
Wars
.
The
danger
that
a
Man
exposes
himself
to
,
that
will
take
any
of
the
Indian
Commodities
for
his
own
private
Gain
.
An
instance
of
it
in
the
Author
himself
.
A
very
strange
and
barbarous
Grulty
committed
by
the
Javians
upon
some
Dutchmen
,
who
fell
into
their
Hands
.
They
are
discover'd
,
and
punish'd
after
the
most
cruel
manner
that
could
be
invented
.
The
manner
of
their
Death
.
AS
soon
as
we
were
come
upon
the
Road
of
Bantam
,
the
Young
King
came
to
meet
our
Admiral
,
and
to
thank
him
for
his
Signal
Services
;
and
after
some
Complements
passed
between
them
,
they
went
both
of
them
on
Shore
in
the
same
Boat
;
and
all
the
Men
got
ready
,
and
landed
soon
after
them
;
and
were
divided
among
the
rest
of
the
Soldiers
that
were
in
the
place
.
I
was
order'd
to
go
to
my
old
Post
in
the
Hospital
:
But
another
Order
came
,
not
long
after
,
to
me
,
to
get
ready
to
go
to
Captain
Ruiter
,
to
view
the
Country
along
the
River
Tangburang
,
which
runs
thro'
the
Province
of
that
Name
,
and
comes
by
Bantam
.
In
our
march
we
saw
very
pleasant
Negeryen
on
both
sides
the
River
,
tho'
all
without
Inhabitants
.
But
one
Night
as
we
were
very
silent
in
our
march
,
we
were
surprized
with
a
sudden
alarm
,
and
out-cry
in
one
of
the
neighbouring
Villages
.
We
were
not
very
much
corncerned
at
it
,
because
we
were
400
of
us
;
however
we
stood
all
to
our
Arms
,
and
moved
,
according
to
our
Captains
Orders
,
towards
the
Village
,
and
there
we
met
with
'em
upon
the
march
,
but
it
was
not
intended
against
us
.
Some
of
our
Front
only
could
fire
upon
them
,
yet
that
served
to
bring
down
several
of
the
Javians
;
but
the
Blacks
or
Amboineeses
,
of
which
we
had
a
Company
with
us
,
pursued
them
so
long
,
that
they
brought
us
seventy
Heads
of
'em
,
when
they
came
back
to
us
the
next
Morning
;
according
to
the
Custom
of
all
those
Nations
,
whether
they
fight
for
us
,
or
against
us
;
which
is
always
to
cut
off
the
Heads
of
as
many
of
their
Enemies
,
as
they
kill
,
and
to
bring
them
to
their
Commanders
,
as
tokens
of
their
Valour
.
Having
had
good
success
thus
far
,
our
Captain
was
for
moving
forwards
,
and
pursuing
our
good
Fortune
;
which
we
did
,
till
we
came
to
a
small
River
that
runs
into
Tangburang
:
There
we
found
some
Forts
,
and
some
Negeryen
,
well
provided
with
Men.
We
were
about
going
over
to
them
,
and
we
could
have
done
it
,
the
River
not
being
very
deep
;
but
our
Captain
did
not
think
it
safe
;
because
we
did
not
know
what
Numbers
there
might
be
of
the
Enemy
,
or
whether
they
might
not
lie
there
in
ambuscade
.
He
immediately
dispatch'd
some
of
our
Men
to
Bantam
,
to
Admiral
Tack
for
Recruits
;
and
according
to
his
desire
he
had
the
very
next
day
three
Companies
of
Dutch
sent
him
,
and
two
of
Blacks
,
that
were
Bandaneeses
.
With
this
Reinforcement
we
crossed
the
River
briskly
,
and
marched
directly
towards
their
Villages
and
Forts
:
But
we
had
not
marcht
long
,
before
our
Front
,
(
which
was
hardly
got
in
rightorder
,
after
passing
through
the
River
,
)
but
a
parcel
of
about
a
hundred
and
fifty
of
our
Men
fell
in
with
a
Party
of
near
four
hundred
of
the
Enemy
;
they
would
at
first
have
been
glad
to
have
been
a
little
farther
off
,
but
there
being
no
retreat
,
they
engaged
them
so
vigorously
,
that
they
killed
above
an
hundred
and
seventy
of
'em
,
and
wounded
several
,
and
made
the
rest
retire
to
Tangburang
.
As
we
pursued
them
,
we
took
some
of
them
,
who
had
deserted
the
others
,
and
hid
themselves
in
the
Woods
;
who
all
told
us
,
that
all
the
Enemies
Force
was
within
three
or
four
miles
of
us
,
and
more
than
eight
thousand
strong
.
That
it
was
the
same
Army
which
had
continually
been
commanded
by
the
Old
King
,
and
that
they
lay
there
in
order
to
hinder
our
coming
over
that
River
.
Upon
this
information
,
our
Captain
sent
some
Expresses
with
all
speed
to
Bantam
,
to
give
an
account
of
it
to
the
Admiral
,
who
,
without
delay
,
sent
some
hundreds
of
Men
more
,
and
some
Field-Pieces
likewise
.
Then
were
all
the
Officers
commanded
to
take
especial
care
,
that
all
their
Men
might
be
well
provided
with
Powder
and
Ball.
All
our
Body
was
divided
into
five
Parties
,
each
consisting
of
four
Companies
,
and
all
the
necessary
Orders
were
given
;
then
all
our
Army
went
to
Prayers
,
after
which
we
marched
straight
upon
the
Enemy
.
A
Lieutenant
with
fifty
Men
was
sent
out
before
,
to
sec
what
he
could
discover
of
the
Enemy
,
and
so
to
give
us
information
.
We
had
not
moved
half
an
hour
,
e're
we
had
an
account
that
the
Javians
were
coming
to
give
us
battle
,
and
that
they
were
eight
thousand
strong
.
All
our
Parties
put
together
,
made
but
four
thousand
;
yet
were
we
in
hopes
that
we
might
encompass
them
,
as
indeed
we
did
in
a
very
little
while
,
and
made
the
place
so
hot
for
'em
,
and
sowed
the
ground
so
thick
with
their
dead
Bodies
,
that
they
betook
themselves
to
their
Heels
,
and
fled
in
all
haste
to
Anier
,
which
is
a
strong
and
well-forfied
place
,
about
two
miles
from
thence
,
and
is
the
chief
Pass
into
the
Province
of
Tangburang
.
Wherefore
we
provided
our selves
immediately
with
Breast-works
,
to
secure
us selves
from
the
Enemies
sallies
.
Every
one
that
work
at
the
casting
them
up
,
had
a
Rix
Doller
as
a
present
.
The
next
day
,
when
we
had
hardly
finish'd
them
,
the
Enemy
made
a
sally
upon
us
,
which
turned
much
to
our
advantage
;
for
being
pretty
well
prepared
for
'em
,
we
made
shift
to
cut
off
seven
hundred
of
'em
,
and
took
some
of
'em
prisoners
,
whom
we
gave
quarter
to
for
six
or
seven
days
;
and
then
took
them
into
a
Wood
,
and
cut
them
in
pieces
.
The
next
night
we
raised
three
Batteries
,
upon
one
of
which
we
planted
four
large
Pieces
of
Cannon
,
that
were
sent
us
from
Bantam
,
together
with
two
thousand
Men.
These
were
loaden
immediately
with
Small
Shot
,
in
case
of
their
sallies
in
the
night
time
;
and
in
the
day
time
we
drew
'em
out
again
,
and
loaded
with
Bullets
,
to
send
into
the
Enemy's
Works
.
When
we
had
lain
here
about
six
days
before
the
Town
,
we
began
to
make
our
Lines
of
Approach
;
and
a
General
Assault
was
agreed
upon
.
In
three
days
time
we
put
it
in
execution
:
We
had
a
Water
to
go
over
,
which
we
passed
with
great
ease
,
by
means
of
some
Fascines
which
our
Blacks
cut
and
laid
for
us
;
but
we
found
so
brisk
a
reception
,
that
we
were
forced
to
retire
with
a
considerable
loss
of
Men
on
our
side
.
If
the
Enemy
had
made
the
best
of
their
opportunity
at
that
time
,
they
might
,
with
the
greatest
ease
imaginable
,
have
cut
most
of
us
off
,
and
raised
the
Siege
;
but
it
pleased
God
they
did
not
pursue
us
any
further
than
their
Works
:
And
this
was
owing
chiefly
to
some
English
,
who
were
amongst
them
,
and
who
persuaded
them
,
that
this
was
but
a
Sham-Assault
of
ours
,
and
not
the
Body
of
our
Army
,
and
that
that
lay
in
the
Trenches
to
cut
off
those
that
should
sally
out
;
which
if
they
had
done
,
they
would
have
utterly
routed
us
,
for
we
were
at
first
but
five
thousand
strong
,
(
reckoning
the
two
thousand
Men
sent
us
with
the
Cannon
)
and
of
them
we
had
above
an
hundred
killed
,
and
an
hundred
and
twenty
wounded
.
Notwithstanding
this
repulse
and
disadvantage
,
we
still
continued
in
our
Resolution
of
carrying
on
the
Siege
.
In
the
mean
while
our
wounded
Men
were
carried
to
a
place
about
a
mile
distant
from
us
,
where
there
were
ten
Surgeons
to
look
after
them
;
and
those
that
were
not
dangerously
ill
,
were
sent
to
the
Hospital
at
Bantam
,
and
with
them
Captain
Ruyter
sent
a
Letter
to
the
Admiral
,
to
desire
him
to
send
him
a
recruit
of
about
a
thousand
Men
;
telling
him
,
that
with
that
he
did
not
doubt
but
he
should
get
master
of
the
Town
in
a
short
time
.
Three
days
after
our
Assault
we
begun
still
to
make
good
our
Approaches
to
the
Town
,
being
our
number
of
Men
increased
;
and
being
come
pretty
near
to
it
,
the
Blacks
came
over
to
us
in
in
abundance
out
of
the
Town
.
We
did
not
receive
them
into
our
Army
,
but
posted
them
between
our
Lines
and
the
Town
:
However
,
this
gave
us
hopes
,
that
the
besieged
were
weary
of
us
.
Wherefore
we
begun
to
make
ready
some
Mines
,
which
being
finished
,
we
again
resolved
to
make
another
Assault
.
While
we
were
deliberating
on
these
matters
,
an
English
Man
,
with
his
Arms
,
came
over
to
us
out
of
the
Garrison
,
and
gave
us
a
good
account
of
their
condition
,
and
withal
told
the
Captain
,
that
the
Besieged
seem'd
now
to
wish
for
nothing
more
than
that
we
would
attempt
another
Assault
;
and
that
in
order
to
receive
us
,
they
had
pulled
down
the
Houses
in
the
Streets
,
and
levell'd
that
part
of
the
Town
;
that
they
had
guarded
all
Avenues
and
Streets
with
double
Pallisadoes
,
and
that
behind
them
they
had
planted
several
Pieces
of
Small
Shot
to
receive
us
:
And
likewise
that
they
had
laid
several
Mines
ready
to
blow
us
up
.
We
on
the
other
side
were
in
hopes
that
we
should
surmount
all
these
difficulties
.
We
mounted
Mortars
upon
our
Batteries
,
and
sent
such
a
number
of
Bombs
and
Granadoes
into
the
Town
,
that
we
thought
it
impossible
they
should
keep
within
it
long
,
and
so
it
proved
;
for
by
and
by
we
heard
a
sudden
Alarm
,
the
Besieged
having
a
mind
to
try
the
success
of
a
second
Sally
upon
us
.
But
we
,
who
were
well
prepared
for
'em
upon
all
accounts
,
did
send
such
shoals
of
Hand
Granado's
amongst
them
,
that
we
forced
them
to
retire
with
very
great
loss
,
and
all
the
while
we
pursued
them
to
the
very
Town
.
This
being
done
,
and
our
two
Mines
being
finished
,
and
having
laid
several
hundred
weight
of
Gun-powder
in
each
of
them
:
Orders
were
given
to
set
fire
to
'em
,
which
was
accordingly
done
:
And
in
an
instant
,
the
Mines
,
having
been
dug
very
deep
in
under
the
Town
,
(
as
we
might
do
easily
,
the
Town
being
scituated
pretty
high
,
)
we
saw
half
the
Town
in
the
Air
,
and
some
part
of
it
,
and
of
the
Men
came
tumbling
into
our
Camp
;
and
within
some
thousands
lost
their
Lives
at
that
one
blow
.
No
sooner
was
this
done
,
but
we
,
who
stood
all
ready
,
and
in
expectation
of
this
,
rusht
in
furiously
upon
them
,
while
they
were
in
this
confusion
and
disorder
,
and
put
all
to
the
Sword
that
came
in
our
way
,
except
those
that
we
saw
were
Europeans
.
Two
of
them
we
took
,
who
were
Dutchmen
,
that
had
deserted
the
Dutch
Company
,
but
these
we
immediately
hung
up
without
any
further
examination
,
as
it
is
the
constant
custom
,
which
the
Dutch
observe
when-ever
they
catch
any
of
their
Deserters
.
But
besides
that
they
deserved
this
death
by
Law
,
they
doubly
merited
this
from
us
;
for
knowing
that
there
was
no
pardon
to
be
expected
from
the
Company
,
they
had
been
great
instruments
of
the
obstinate
resistance
we
met
with
here
;
for
their
condition
being
desperate
,
so
was
the
advice
they
gave
to
our
Enemies
,
to
hold
out
longer
than
they
would
have
done
.
I
could
not
but
be
exceedingly
sorry
at
the
fate
of
one
of
'em
in
particular
,
being
one
of
my
intimate
acquaintance
,
and
who
came
over
with
me
from
Holland
.
He
was
of
a
very
good
Family
,
his
Father
was
an
eminent
Merchant
at
Bergen
in
Norway
.
Being
now
Masters
of
this
Pass
,
we
fortified
our selves
with
the
greatest
diligence
,
it
being
the
strongest
In-land
fortification
,
and
the
direct
Pass
from
Bantam
to
Batavia
by
Land
.
We
had
already
got
all
the
Sea-port
Towns
and
Forts
in
our
Hands
;
and
having
likewise
possessed
our selves
of
this
,
we
did
not
doubt
but
the
Javians
would
be
obliged
to
come
and
surrender
themselves
,
seeing
they
could
not
come
at
the
Sea
.
Yet
in
case
there
should
be
some
small
desperate
Parties
abroad
,
Captain
Ruyter
commanded
fifty
Men
to
go
and
stroul
a
little
about
the
Country
,
and
I
desired
I
might
be
one
with
'
em
.
We
marched
about
for
a
matter
of
an
hour
or
or
two
,
thro'
nothing
but
Woods
and
Coco-Trees
,
and
then
we
came
to
a
River
,
but
we
could
not
pass
it
;
so
we
continued
moving
along
the
side
of
it
till
night
;
and
then
not
meeting
with
a
conveniency
of
passing
the
River
,
we
took
up
our
lodging
there
that
night
;
but
for
fear
of
the
Enemy
,
we
hardly
durst
speak
or
stir
all
that
night
.
The
next
morning
early
we
heard
a
noise
not
very
far
from
us
,
and
we
began
to
fancy
,
that
we
might
insensibly
be
got
round
upon
our
Army
again
;
but
when
we
were
got
a
little
further
,
we
discovered
the
Enemy
on
the
other
side
of
the
River
,
as
busie
as
might
be
,
cutting
of
Coco-Trees
,
with
a
design
to
go
and
raise
some
new
Bachers
,
as
they
call
'em
,
that
is
,
Fortifications
.
The
River
was
very
narrow
,
but
very
deep
;
and
seeing
they
could
not
come
at
us
,
and
that
we
could
easily
retire
(
if
need
was
)
to
our
Army
,
which
was
but
a
mile
from
us
;
we
took
a
resolution
,
and
fired
so
briskly
amongst
them
,
that
we
fetch'd
several
of
'em
down
off
the
Trees
.
They
,
on
the
other
side
,
did
not
fail
tomake
good
use
of
their
English
Firelocks
,
and
to
give
fire
upon
us
;
so
that
four
of
our
Men
fell
.
Two
of
them
that
were
only
wounded
,
I
brought
away
,
and
appli'd
what
was
requisite
to
their
wounds
;
and
having
done
that
,
I
went
forward
to
overtake
the
rest
of
our
Men
;
but
I
was
no
sooner
come
up
to
them
,
but
I
my self
received
a
wound
in
my
Thigh
,
from
a
Black
,
that
was
upon
a
Coco-Tree
,
and
the
Ball
lodged
within
me
.
The
small
Skirmish
being
over
,
some
of
our
Men
took
me
up
,
and
carried
me
to
Anier
,
where
the
Army
was
;
and
from
thence
I
was
carried
to
the
Hospital
at
Bantam
.
There
I
was
the
daily
care
of
the
chief
Surgeon
of
that
place
,
who
was
a
very
able
Man
,
named
John
Hanss
a
Leydener
.
He
used
his
utmost
endeavours
to
get
the
Bullet
out
of
the
wound
,
but
all
in
vain
:
And
after
I
had
undergone
a
long
and
grievous
pain
,
and
had
all
the
Splinters
clear'd
out
,
we
were
forced
to
leave
the
Bullet
in
,
and
to
let
the
wound
heal
over
it
.
In
two
months
time
I
was
fully
recover'd
,
and
found
no
pain
;
nor
did
my
Bullet
ever
trouble
me
,
till
I
came
into
Holland
again
.
I
was
now
got
again
to
my
Employment
,
in
the
Hospital
that
was
committed
to
my
care
,
where
we
enjoy'd
our selves
with
great
security
:
Only
for
fear
of
the
worst
,
we
took
care
to
man
our
outward
Garrisons
,
and
to
fortifie
our
Frontier
Places
.
But
e're
three
Months
were
at
an
end
,
we
were
sufficiently
satisfied
that
there
was
no
great
need
of
fortifying
our selves
any
more
;
for
the
Javians
came
over
to
us
in
mighty
numbers
:
And
to
convince
us
of
their
sincerity
,
and
entire
submission
to
us
,
they
sent
us
some
hundreds
of
Carts
full
of
Musquets
,
Lances
,
Pikes
,
Bows
and
Arrows
,
and
other
Warlike
Instruments
.
After
this
,
some
of
their
Nobility
,
and
some
Persons
of
greatest
Note
,
who
had
great
Estates
in
those
parts
,
came
to
surrender
themselves
,
and
to
beg
for
Pardon
of
the
Dutch
Company
.
But
for
that
time
the
Company
thought
fit
to
leave
that
to
the
discretion
of
the
Young
King
,
who
pretended
himself
willing
to
receive
them
graciously
,
and
to
pardon
all
that
was
past
.
But
he
having
got
some
of
'em
into
his
power
,
he
forgot
his
Royal
Word
,
and
commanded
some
of
them
to
be
cast
to
Tygers
,
some
to
Venemous
Serpents
,
some
to
be
strangled
,
others
were
drown'd
,
others
had
their
Throats
cut
by
his
especial
Command
;
and
all
variously
and
miserably
put
to
death
.
Things
being
come
to
this
pass
,
the
Company
thought
it
was
high
time
to
put
a
stop
to
such
Barbarity
:
And
therefore
they
acquainted
him
with
their
resentment
of
this
his
base
dealing
,
and
made
him
sensible
of
the
great
imprudence
,
as
well
as
baseness
he
had
been
guilty
of
;
seeing
he
ought
to
have
been
glad
,
to
have
seen
these
Persons
come
to
submit
themselves
to
him
,
and
furnish
him
with
Subjects
which
he
was
now
like
to
want
;
and
that
so
he
might
have
his
Towns
and
Cities
once
again
raised
,
and
filled
with
Inhabitants
.
The
rest
of
them
that
came
in
,
being
hereupon
more
civilly
used
,
and
kindly
treated
;
insomuch
that
in
the
eighteen
Months
time
that
I
was
there
,
all
the
Places
were
rebuilt
,
and
made
finer
than
they
were
before
.
For
then
the
Chineeses
,
who
are
willing
to
be
under
the
Dutch
Government
,
came
and
settled
there
in
greater
numbers
than
ever
.
For
as
they
love
to
live
among
the
Dutch
,
because
of
the
Priviledges
they
give
them
;
so
the
Dutch
are
very
glad
of
their
company
,
because
where-ever
they
are
among
them
,
they
cause
a
brisk
Trade
,
which
turns
to
the
advantage
of
the
Dutch
,
as
well
as
of
the
Chineeses
themselves
.
The
Country
being
now
again
pretty
well
Peopled
with
Neighbours
and
Forreigners
,
and
by
the
coming
in
of
the
Javians
;
I
thought
it
high
time
to
look
about
me
,
and
to
try
to
recruit
my
Pockets
,
which
were
now
very
low
,
all
Provisions
being
exceeding
dear
;
and
I
had
had
no
opportunity
in
a
great
while
to
get
a
Farthing
by
my
Profession
,
any
other
than
what
my
Salary
brought
me
in
.
So
I
applied
my self
to
the
Javians
,
among
whom
I
thought
there
might
be
a
great
many
wounded
,
and
accordingly
I
found
pretty
much
practice
amongst
'
em
.
With
all
this
help
I
made
shift
to
live
handsomly
enough
,
but
truly
it
was
as
much
as
I
could
do
:
For
considering
the
scarcity
there
was
,
and
the
great
fatigues
I
had
born
,
as
well
as
the
rest
,
I
thought
it
the
prudentest
way
to
look
after
my
Health
,
and
to
afford
my self
what
my
Constitution
required
,
rather
than
pinch
my self
,
and
contract
a
fit
of
Sickness
,
as
several
,
and
indeed
most
People
do
,
who
go
over
to
the
Indies
with
no
other
design
but
to
enrich
themselves
at
any
rate
.
Tho'
,
by
the
by
,
after
all
the
pinching
,
saving
and
scraping
together
,
that
is
not
so
easily
done
,
as
People
imagine
:
For
nothing
is
more
common
than
the
vulgar
opinion
,
that
there
's
no
more
to
be
done
to
get
an
Estate
,
than
just
to
go
to
the
Indies
;
from
whence
they
reckon
they
may
come
home
with
a
burden
of
Gold
,
Pearls
and
Diamonds
,
as
if
it
was
but
picking
them
up
and
come
away
.
But
it
may
be
worth
the
while
,
seeing
we
are
speaking
of
this
Vulgar
Error
,
to
shew
that
these
pretious
things
are
so
far
from
being
thus
easie
to
come
at
,
that
it
is
even
a
very
dangerous
thing
to
attempt
to
carry
off
any
of
those
things
,
if
a
Man
hath
got
any
of
them
in
his
possession
.
I
my self
went
once
to
Amboyna
,
and
got
intimately
acquainted
there
with
a
Sergeant
,
that
had
lived
about
nineteen
years
in
that
Country
,
and
was
an
Overseer
over
several
Blacks
,
that
work
in
Press-Mills
.
We
came
to
trucking
at
last
,
and
I
exchanged
some
of
my
Cheese
,
Tobacco
,
&c.
for
for
some
Oyl
of
Cloves
;
of
which
I
purchased
seven
Bottles
of
near
two
Quarts
a
piece
.
This
exchange
of
ours
was
to
be
kept
as
secret
as
any
Robbery
one
should
commit
in
Europe
,
for
both
our
Lives
lay
at
stake
.
Fortune
favour'd
me
so
far
,
that
I
came
away
undiscover'd
,
and
brought
'em
safe
into
the
Road
of
Batavia
;
where
I
began
to
have
some
hopes
of
running
it
ashoar
,
and
pleased
my self
with
the
thoughts
of
what
it
would
yeild
me
among
the
Chineeses
,
and
the
English
.
But
I
reckon'd
without
my
Host
there
;
for
no
sooner
was
I
got
into
the
Boat
,
in
order
to
get
to
Shoar
,
with
one
of
our
Seamen
,
whom
I
had
made
privy
to
the
business
,
and
who
understood
that
Trade
,
but
the
Fiscael
made
towards
us
with
his
Caffers
.
The
Seaman
had
so
contrived
the
business
,
that
the
Bottles
were
under
water
well
stopt
,
and
tied
to
a
Cord
;
but
when
we
found
the
Caffers
came
directly
to
us
,
the
Seaman
who
stood
ready
with
a
Knife
in
his
hand
,
cut
the
Cord
,
and
dropt
the
Bottles
into
the
Sea
.
The
Caffers
were
immediately
with
us
,
who
searched
our
Boat
very
narrowly
,
and
then
with
their
Hooks
groped
all
round
the
outside
:
They
found
nothing
but
the
end
of
a
Cord
,
which
made
them
give
us
an
Ugly
Look
,
but
it
was
not
sufficient
to
bring
us
into
any
further
trouble
.
But
immediately
upon
this
a
poor
Gentleman
had
much
harder
fortune
than
I
had
;
for
these
Caffars
going
from
us
to
a
Ship
,
that
was
come
along
with
us
from
the
Western
Coast
,
they
caught
a
Lieutenant
there
,
that
had
got
a
piece
of
Gold
of
some
pounds
weight
:
And
the
Fiscael
carried
him
strait
away
to
Batavia
,
and
in
two
days
time
he
was
hang'd
up
in
the
Galgeveld
.
This
poor
Man's
hard
Lot
made
me
not
regret
my
loss
so
much
,
I
rather
hug'd
my self
that
I
had
let
my
Tartar
go
.
But
it
cured
me
from
ever
attempting
any
thing
of
that
nature
.
This
may
serve
to
let
you
see
,
how
dangerous
such
undertakings
are
;
and
that
such
Counterband-Goods
are
not
so
easily
brought
off
.
So
that
if
Men
have
no
other
end
in
going
to
the
Indies
,
I
advise
them
as
a
Friend
,
to
stay
at
home
while
they
are
well
.
But
now
to
return
again
to
where
I
was
:
I
ought
not
to
omit
giving
the
Reader
an
account
,
which
will
not
be
unacceptable
,
tho'
the
action
will
rather
amaze
than
delight
,
and
must
needs
fill
the
Reader
with
horror
:
For
of
all
the
Cruelty
I
ever
heard
of
there
,
I
never
met
with
any
that
could
compare
with
this
,
which
was
committed
in
my
time
,
tho'
I
must
confess
I
think
the
Punishment
that
was
inflicted
on
the
Malef●ctors
did
in
some
measure
out-do
it
.
Some
of
our
Men
went
one
day
a
little
way
up
into
the
Country
,
rather
out
of
necessity
than
for
pleasure
,
designing
to
shoot
some
Birds
,
&c.
notwithstanding
they
might
know
well
enough
,
that
it
was
not
very
safe
,
being
we
were
not
altogether
reconciled
with
the
Javians
.
They
were
expected
back
at
night
,
but
three
days
past
,
and
no
news
of
'em
,
which
occasioned
many
conjectures
;
but
most
were
of
opinion
,
that
some
Javians
had
faln
upon
them
,
and
murdered
them
.
Upon
which
Minheer
Tack
commanded
a
Lieutenant
,
with
some
Men
,
to
go
in
search
after
'
em
.
Having
wander'd
a
matter
of
two
hours
,
they
came
to
a
lonesome
place
,
whereas
they
were
thinking
to
go
back
,
and
take
some
other
Road.
They
heard
a
piteous
out-cry
,
which
made
them
go
forward
to
see
what
it
was
,
and
there
they
found
'em
all
six
,
and
discovered
the
most
dismal
Spectacle
that
ever
was
.
One
of
them
was
stretch'd
out
between
two
Trees
,
with
his
Arms
tied
to
the
one
,
and
his
Legs
to
the
other
,
about
three
or
four
yards
high
from
the
ground
,
with
a
great
Fire
still
burning
under
him
;
but
he
was
quite
roasted
when
we
came
.
Another
hung
by
his
Privities
upon
another
Tree
,
with
his
Arms
and
Legs
tied
together
under
his
Back
;
this
was
dead
also
.
The
third
was
spitted
upon
a
Bamboo-cane
,
in
at
his
Fundament
and
out
at
his
Mouth
;
he
was
dead
too
.
The
fourth
was
buried
up
to
the
Neck
,
his
Eyes
put
out
,
and
his
Nose
and
Ears
cut
off
;
this
was
not
quite
dead
.
The
fifth
and
sixth
were
tied
fast
Back
to
Back
,
each
of
them
had
their
Right
Eyes
put
out
,
and
their
Privities
thrust
into
the
holes
;
both
these
were
still
alive
.
Our
Men
were
so
surprised
at
this
sight
,
that
they
were
ready
to
sink
down
;
and
finding
no
other
remedy
,
they
came
with
all
speed
to
Minheer
Tack
,
to
give
him
this
tragical
account
,
who
sent
straight
some
Blacks
with
a
Barrow
to
fetch
these
poor
Creatures
,
and
bring
them
to
Bantam
.
We
were
not
a
little
concerned
at
this
strange
accident
,
but
what
was
an
addition
to
our
trouble
was
,
that
we
could
not
learn
from
these
Men
how
they
came
to
be
thus
served
,
because
they
were
deprived
of
their
Instrument
of
Speech
.
Admiral
Tack
sent
immediately
some
Messengers
to
the
Young
King
to
acquaint
him
with
all
this
,
and
to
desire
him
to
have
a
search
made
among
his
people
,
and
to
use
all
means
possible
to
discover
the
Authors
of
this
Fact
.
This
he
did
,
and
with
such
good
success
,
that
in
less
than
a
fortnights
time
,
we
found
the
Rogues
out
;
and
all
of
'em
(
being
sixteen
in
number
)
were
apprehended
,
and
eight
of
them
were
forthwith
condemn'd
to
be
thrown
to
Serpents
.
The
manner
of
these
Serpents
destroying
of
Men
is
thus
.
They
catch
hold
of
a
Man
,
and
swallow
him
near
half
up
,
and
then
suck
all
the
Blood
out
of
his
Body
,
then
they
tear
him
peace-meal
,
and
eat
him
up
.
The
other
eight
were
confined
to
one
Room
,
where
they
had
very
good
Diet
afforded
them
,
but
that
was
only
in
order
to
prolong
their
Pain
;
for
there
were
Men
always
attending
them
with
Scourges
;
and
as
soon
as
ever
these
Criminals
begun
to
nod
,
they
lashed
them
severely
,
and
this
continued
for
a
fortnight
;
and
then
they
begg'd
that
we
would
knock
them
on
the
Head
,
or
put
'em
to
any
speedy
death
they
pleased
,
tho'
it
were
the
most
cruel
they
could
invent
.
But
all
their
begging
was
in
vain
,
for
the
Young
King
was
wonderfully
pleased
,
that
he
had
found
out
such
a
Punishment
,
as
would
probably
terrifie
the
rest
from
committing
such
frequent
Murders
as
they
used
to
do
.
Thus
they
continued
in
that
misery
,
and
lived
till
the
fifth
Week
;
then
they
fell
asleep
in
spight
of
all
their
Whipping
;
and
continued
so
notwithstanding
they
were
pincht
with
red
hot
Tongs
,
and
so
they
ended
their
miserable
Lives
.
So
,
that
how
barbarous
soever
their
Fact
was
,
yet
it
met
with
a
Punishment
,
which
,
I
think
,
did
rather
out-do
the
Fact
it self
in
Barbarity
.
CHAP.
VII
.
How
insolently
the
Javians
behaved
themselves
at
first
towards
the
Dutch
,
and
how
civilized
.
The
Dutch
get
the
total
Government
of
the
Country
into
their
Hands
by
consent
of
the
Toung
King
.
The
Old
Kings
Surrender
,
Confinement
and
Death
.
Rebuilding
of
Bantam
,
and
it's
flourishing
Condition
.
It
s
Traffick
,
Commodities
,
Fruits
and
Provisions
.
Tygers
there
in
great
numbers
,
how
catch'd
.
Elephants
taken
after
a
like
manner
in
Ceylon
,
and
Aracan
.
The
several
Games
and
Pastimes
at
the
Weddings
of
the
Chief
Javians
,
together
with
some
Customs
and
Ceremonies
used
on
those
occasions
.
A
description
of
Pepper
,
and
its
growth
.
The
Author's
departure
from
Bantam
to
Batavia
,
and
thence
to
Banda
.
THE
Javians
could
hardly
bear
the
Hollanders
for
a
great
while
,
and
truly
their
antipathy
against
us
was
not
altogether
without
some
grounds
,
seeing
that
we
,
being
Forreigners
,
had
invaded
their
Territories
,
and
taken
possession
of
all
they
had
,
and
then
lorded
it
over
them
.
They
being
a
very
silly
sort
of
People
,
had
no
other
way
to
shew
their
Spight
and
Resentment
,
than
by
making
Mouths
at
the
Dutch
as
they
passed
by
,
and
sometimes
Spitting
upon
them
.
To
break
them
of
that
ungainly
Custom
,
we
made
a
resolution
amongst
us
,
never
to
let
any
pass
by
that
did
so
,
whether
Old
or
Young
,
Man
or
Woman
,
without
giving
them
a
good
Box
on
the
Ear.
This
cured
them
of
their
incivility
so
effectually
,
that
you
'ld
have
wonder'd
to
see
how
courteously
they
behaved
themselves
towards
us
;
for
all
of
a
sudden
there
was
so
great
an
alteration
,
that
there
was
no
passing
by
'em
,
but
they
would
greet
you
very
civilly
,
give
you
good
morrow
,
(
in
their
Language
,
Dobidis
Sinior
)
clapping
their
Hands
together
,
and
holding
them
up
to
their
Forehead
;
and
when
they
were
willing
to
shew
themselves
more
courteous
and
officious
,
they
would
add
,
Manna
Bigi
Sinior
,
that
is
,
where
are
you
going
Sir
?
which
was
as
much
as
offering
their
service
and
assistance
,
which
we
frequently
made
use
of
.
Admiral
Tack
was
all
this
while
lodg'd
in
the
Apartment
which
belonged
before
to
the
English
,
where
the
Young
King
used
to
come
to
visit
him
almost
every
day
,
and
maintain'd
a
faithful
Friendship
with
him
.
In
a
little
time
,
things
being
settled
,
a
Proposal
was
made
to
the
Young
King
by
the
Dutch
,
that
if
he
would
resign
intirely
all
claim
of
Power
and
Jurisdiction
over
his
People
,
custom
,
&c.
and
turn
over
the
whole
Government
into
their
Hands
,
they
would
allow
him
such
a
Sum
as
would
enable
him
to
keep
up
his
Grandeur
,
and
live
like
a
King
,
(
a
titular
one
,
that
is
,
)
and
would
be
obliged
to
pay
him
some
thousands
of
Gilders
every
Month.
To
this
he
condescended
;
whether
thro'
fear
,
or
thro'
indifference
,
I
cannot
well
say
;
and
a
certain
Pension
was
likewise
settled
upon
his
two
Young
Princes
,
all
which
was
duly
paid
according
to
agreement
.
The
rest
of
the
Nobility
,
and
Chief
of
the
Land
,
remained
in
the
possession
of
their
Goods
and
Lands
,
as
before
,
only
that
they
were
now
subject
to
the
Dutch
Government
.
Thus
the
Dutch
compassed
their
whole
design
by
force
and
policy
;
and
by
fair
means
became
Masters
of
that
Kingdom
,
which
was
,
and
had
been
so
long
flourishing
,
and
famous
for
its
vast
Trade
and
traffick
;
and
that
in
so
little
time
,
as
from
1682
to
1685
,
that
I
believe
History
will
hardly
afford
an
instance
of
a
more
sudden
change
of
Affairs
in
so
great
a
Kingdom
.
The
Old
King
all
this
while
having
wander'd
up
and
down
on
the
Blawen
Peper
Bergh
,
whither
he
had
been
forced
to
retire
when
he
was
defeated
;
and
being
there
forsaken
by
most
of
his
People
,
resolved
also
to
come
,
and
submit
himself
to
the
Dutch
Company
;
and
accordingly
,
after
near
two
years
,
he
came
and
surrendred
himself
,
having
first
sent
some
of
his
Servants
to
Admiral
Tack
for
his
Pardon
,
which
was
granted
him
.
Upon
which
he
appeared
in
Person
,
and
came
to
Bantam
,
with
a
very
small
Retinue
;
there
they
assigned
him
a
Lodging
,
and
set
Guard
upon
him
,
and
in
a
little
time
after
sent
him
to
a
small
Island
,
where
he
ended
his
days
.
Thus
all
being
quiet
,
all
Hostilities
ceased
,
and
all
reduced
to
one
Government
,
Bantam
flourished
again
in
a
more
perfect
manner
than
it
had
ever
done
;
and
did
,
like
a
Phoenix
,
spring
up
out
of
its
own
Ashes
,
but
more
beautiful
and
strong
than
it
was
before
.
Its
Borders
were
now
vastly
enlarged
,
by
reason
of
the
vast
number
of
Foreigners
,
which
daily
flocked
thither
,
and
were
all
indifferently
received
,
except
the
English
,
French
and
Danes
,
which
were
not
admitted
,
but
were
sent
with
their
Ships
to
Batavia
,
where
they
were
permitted
to
trade
,
and
to
take
Houses
and
Ware-houses
,
&c.
The
chief
Traffick
of
Bantam
consists
in
Pepper
,
Salt-Peter
,
Salt
,
Ginger
,
Cotten-Cloth
plain
,
and
wrought
with
Silver
and
Gold
;
also
Fine
Linnen
,
and
Flowerd
Stuffs
,
which
are
the
common
wear
of
the
Inhabitants
.
The
Country
about
it
is
exceeding
pleasant
,
and
produces
all
manner
of
necessary
Provisions
.
There
are
all
manner
of
tame
Fowls
,
Hens
,
&c.
and
their
Eggs
very
cheap
.
All
sorts
of
Fish
.
Great
store
of
Cows
and
Buffels
,
but
the
Fat
of
these
last
is
not
much
eaten
,
because
it
tasts
so
much
like
Tallow
.
Many
Wild
Boars
there
are
also
,
but
the
Tamest
of
that
kind
that
ever
was
,
because
that
the
Javians
never
hunted
them
,
by
reason
that
their
Law
doth
not
permit
them
to
eat
the
Flesh
of
'em
;
so
that
they
used
to
come
so
close
up
to
our
Works
,
that
I
have
shot
three
or
four
of
'em
in
one
day
,
and
sold
them
for
little
or
nothing
.
But
the
worst
Cattle
thereabouts
is
the
Tygers
,
which
are
in
great
numbers
near
Bantam
,
which
the
Javians
used
to
be
frequently
sent
out
to
catch
or
kill
:
And
they
did
it
after
this
manner
.
Thousands
of
Javians
go
together
to
the
place
where
the
Tygers
lie
;
and
there
they
spread
themselves
round
the
place
in
about
three
miles
compass
,
and
so
march
gradually
to
center
and
meet
upon
the
Tyger
,
keeping
still
their
Nassingayen
before
them
;
so
that
if
the
Tygers
come
out
towards
the
circumference
they
make
,
they
are
so
frighted
,
that
they
run
back
again
;
and
so
they
keep
them
running
to
and
fro
,
and
retiring
,
till
at
last
they
are
so
closely
encompassed
,
that
they
must
of
necessity
be
forced
to
throw
themselves
into
some
of
their
Traps
,
which
are
something
after
the
manner
of
our
Wheel-nets
,
but
incomparably
stronger
and
bigger
;
for
they
are
of
strong
Wood
,
made
less
and
less
,
and
several
Partitions
;
and
in
each
Partition
a
Trap-door
that
shuts
upon
'em
,
till
at
last
they
come
into
the
narrowest
of
all
.
There
they
let
him
alone
a
good
while
without
Meat
,
then
they
get
a
Rope
about
his
Neck
,
and
put
him
into
a
small
Coop
,
upon
a
Cart
drawn
by
Buffels
;
and
these
are
always
brought
to
the
King
,
who
keeps
always
some
of
'em
in
his
Palace
,
and
looks
upon
that
as
a
piece
of
great
State
.
And
when
one
of
them
brings
forth
a
young
one
,
it
is
so
much
taken
notice
of
,
that
all
the
Cannon
round
the
Castle
are
discharged
,
and
great
Rejoycings
and
Pastimes
are
made
upon
the
occasion
.
They
do
breed
very
often
,
but
tho'
one
might
expect
to
bring
the
young
ones
to
be
perfectly
Tame
,
as
indeed
some
do
pretty
well
come
to
it
,
yet
it
is
never
safe
to
trust
them
too
far
;
for
while
I
was
there
,
two
of
'em
,
which
they
thought
as
tame
as
they
could
wish
,
broke
loose
and
run
thro'
the
Town
,
and
tore
several
People
to
pieces
,
and
would
have
destroyed
several
more
,
had
not
some
Javians
come
upon
them
,
arm'd
with
their
Nassingays
,
who
killed
one
of
them
,
and
took
the
other
.
There
is
another
way
of
catching
them
in
Traps
,
laying
a
Bait
for
'em
,
but
then
you
can't
have
them
alive
;
so
there
is
shooting
of
'em
,
but
not
without
very
great
danger
.
In
Ceylon
,
Pegu
and
Aracan
they
use
to
catch
Elephants
much
after
the
same
manner
.
It
is
worth
while
,
upon
this
occasion
,
to
undeceive
those
simple
and
credulous
People
,
who
believe
that
the
way
to
catch
them
is
,
to
saw
some
Trees
almost
thro'
,
against
which
the
Elephants
come
to
lean
to
take
their
rest
;
and
so
the
Tree
falling
,
they
likewise
fall
,
and
are
not
able
to
get
up
again
,
being
very
clumsie
,
and
without
Joynts
in
their
Legs
.
Whoever
gives
credit
to
this
Fable
,
is
easily
imposed
upon
,
for
considering
the
Bulk
of
'em
,
there
is
not
a
more
nimble
and
active
Creature
than
they
are
;
and
nothing
is
more
sure
,
than
that
when
they
are
used
in
War
,
there
are
never
any
Ladders
made
use
of
,
to
help
up
the
three
or
four
Soldiers
,
which
they
carry
;
but
they
are
taught
to
kneel
,
or
rather
couch
down
,
while
they
get
upon
their
Backs
.
But
their
Agility
is
so
observable
from
what
we
have
seen
some
of
'em
do
in
Europe
,
that
I
will
not
go
about
to
describe
them
any
further
.
But
for
one
instance
of
their
Nimbleness
,
and
Aptness
to
be
taught
any
thing
,
I
cannot
but
set
down
here
what
I
was
an
Eye-witness
of
my self
,
done
by
an
Elephant
which
one
of
the
chief
Merchants
of
the
Company
kept
of
his
own
,
that
had
abundance
of
Tricks
.
And
when
he
had
a
mind
to
divert
himself
,
or
some
special
Company
,
he
would
have
him
brought
out
by
the
Men
that
lookt
after
him
,
and
knew
how
to
manage
him
.
This
Elephant
once
was
brought
out
upon
a
Bridge
,
which
was
over
a
very
deep
River
,
and
a
great
Loaf
was
given
him
in
his
Mouth
.
The
keeper
gave
him
a
sign
,
and
fell
a
beating
upon
a
Copper
Instrument
;
upon
which
the
Elephant
went
back
,
as
in
a
fright
,
and
tumbled
down
backwards
into
the
River
,
with
a
most
hidious
plunge
,
and
kept
so
long
under
water
,
that
he
eat
up
his
Loaf
there
,
and
he
staid
so
very
long
under
the
water
,
that
no
body
expected
ever
to
have
seen
him
come
up
again
,
except
those
that
were
used
to
this
trick
;
at
last
up
he
came
and
swam
to
Shore
,
and
having
paid
his
respects
to
his
Master
,
he
threw
up
the
Bread
he
had
eaten
,
and
near
a
Barrel
full
of
water
.
Many
other
Tricks
he
shewed
,
but
this
is
the
only
one
that
I
thought
worth
relating
,
as
being
somewhat
strange
and
uncommon
.
I
used
to
frequent
many
Javians
of
my
acquaintance
,
to
pass
away
the
time
,
and
to
observe
some
of
their
most
particular
Customs
and
Humours
,
and
to
share
of
their
Diversions
.
Of
th'
latter
none
pleased
me
more
,
than
to
see
their
Balliar
Dances
,
performed
by
Women
who
were
kept
for
that
purpose
,
by
Persons
of
the
greatest
Quality
.
These
Women
are
of
an
extraordinary
small
size
,
but
of
the
most
exquisite
Form
and
perfect
Shape
that
ever
was
seen
:
Their
height
is
but
between
five
and
six
Spans
,
their
Skin
as
white
as
the
driven
Snow
;
and
taking
them
all
together
,
one
would
sooner
take
'em
for
Angels
,
in
the
likeness
of
Women
,
than
for
Women
themselves
;
for
besides
their
natural
Beauty
,
there
is
all
the
artificial
Dress
that
can
be
contrived
.
Their
Garments
are
of
the
sinest
Silks
,
wrought
with
Silver
and
Gold
,
and
their
Tresses
neatly
adorn'd
with
the
rarest
Orient
Pearls
,
all
which
doth
still
add
to
their
lustre
.
Their
manner
of
dancing
is
in
Masquerade
;
they
have
in
their
Hands
some
Ebbony
Balls
strung
upon
a
String
,
with
which
they
keep
time
very
exactly
with
the
Musick
,
instead
of
our
Castanets
;
and
sometimes
they
sing
with
their
dancing
,
which
is
yet
more
charming
than
the
rest
,
their
Voice
being
wonderful
sweet
.
One
of
these
Women
costs
generally
two
or
three
thousand
Gilders
,
they
are
fetch'd
out
of
the
Province
of
Babylon
,
about
forty
miles
from
Jerico
the
less
;
and
no
other
Women
are
fit
for
these
kind
of
Pastimes
and
Dances
but
they
:
So
they
are
much
made
of
by
the
Indian
Kings
,
and
Nobility
,
who
spare
no
pains
nor
charge
to
get
'
em
.
Some
of
these
I
have
seen
also
at
Surat
and
in
Persia
,
when
I
lay
before
Wond
Artz
,
with
the
Ship
called
the
Gelderland
,
where
we
took
in
Silks
in
lieu
of
our
Pepper
and
Spices
.
Another
sort
of
Sport
they
have
is
Cockfighting
,
which
being
so
common
here
,
needs
no
further
description
.
These
Sports
and
Pastimes
are
frequently
seen
amongst
'em
,
but
especially
at
their
Weddings
,
which
are
never
held
without
them
,
together
with
several
other
Recreations
,
and
strange
Ceremonies
,
of
which
I
will
give
you
some
account
.
In
the
time
that
I
was
there
,
a
young
Gentleman
,
Son
to
one
of
the
Principal
amongst
'em
,
was
married
;
and
being
intimately
acquainted
with
him
,
I
was
invited
to
that
Wedding
.
His
Wife's
Portion
was
considerable
,
and
proportioned
to
the
Young
Gentleman's
Fortune
.
The
Father
gave
with
his
Daughter
,
thirty
Men
,
forty
Women
,
and
twenty
Young
Maids
,
all
Slaves
,
besides
two
hundred
thousand
Cujax
,
which
amounteth
to
about
sixteen
Rixdollers
,
for
twelve
thousand
Cujax
are
only
the
value
of
a
piece
of
eight
.
All
these
Women-slaves
,
the
Man
may
lie
with
if
he
pleaseth
,
but
the
Children
that
are
thus
born
,
are
not
at
his
disposal
,
but
at
his
Wives
,
who
may
sell
them
,
or
dispose
of
them
as
she
thinks
fit
.
But
those
Slaves
Children
,
which
are
given
in
Dowry
to
the
Wife
,
are
in
the
power
of
the
Husband
to
order
as
he
will
.
When
a
Marriage
is
on
foot
among
them
,
both
the
Young
People
confine
themselves
within
,
for
about
six
Weeks
or
two
Months
:
The
Parents
in
that
time
set
out
their
Servants
and
Slaves
,
and
make
'em
as
fine
as
they
can
against
the
Wedding
.
The
Bridegrooms
Apartment
is
all
strewed
with
Flowers
.
Then
on
the
Wedding
day
he
mounts
on
a
Fine
Horse
,
which
is
set
out
in
the
finest
manner
,
and
thus
goes
to
his
Bride
,
where
all
her
Friends
meet
him
,
attended
with
the
Slaves
,
Presents
and
Houshold-stuff
,
&c.
Then
a
great
Dinner
is
prepared
,
where
each
of
the
Young
Peoples
Parents
are
to
be
present
,
and
to
make
merry
.
In
the
mean
while
the
Young
Couple
are
lead
to
a
Room
with
a
fine
Bed
in
it
;
where
they
are
shut
in
,
and
left
to
their
liberty
,
after
which
the
Bridegroom
comes
out
to
the
Guests
,
but
the
Bride
is
not
seen
of
any
Man
after
that
time
.
These
Rejoycings
usually
last
four
days
,
during
which
there
are
some
Comedies
acted
after
the
Chineese
manner
.
Among
all
their
Sports
,
there
is
their
baiting
of
a
Buffle
,
which
pleased
me
very
well
,
but
that
it
so
frequently
occasions
much
mischief
;
because
their
way
is
to
leave
them
loose
,
and
to
set
several
English
Dogs
upon
them
.
I
saw
my self
once
two
Buffels
let
loose
in
a
small
inclosed
piece
of
ground
,
with
five
Dogs
against
'
em
.
One
of
the
Buffels
desended
himself
very
well
of
the
first
Dog
that
came
at
him
,
and
tossed
him
up
a
vast
height
;
but
a
second
coming
upon
him
,
before
he
had
well
rid
himself
of
the
first
,
and
seizing
him
fast
by
the
Testicles
,
it
so
enraged
the
Buffel
,
that
he
run
directly
to
a
little
Shed
,
that
stood
there
in
a
Corner
,
upon
which
three
Blacks
and
two
Dutchmen
had
got
,
the
better
to
see
the
Sport
;
and
throwing
all
down
before
him
,
and
the
Dogs
still
holding
him
fast
,
three
of
them
,
viz.
two
Javians
,
and
a
Dutch
Carpenter
,
were
trampled
to
death
,
and
indeed
almost
all
to
pieces
:
And
the
other
Javian
,
with
the
Admiral
's
Baker
,
came
off
luckily
with
no
other
wound
,
than
what
they
got
by
their
fall
:
They
had
no
other
way
to
put
an
end
to
this
,
or
to
part
'em
,
but
by
firing
upon
them
altogether
;
for
now
the
other
Buffel
was
deeply
engaged
too
:
So
that
with
their
Musquets
they
killed
the
two
Buffels
,
and
two
of
the
Dogs
,
and
unfortunately
another
Javian
.
So
that
this
Sport
ended
very
tragically
,
and
it
generally
proves
so
,
thro'
their
want
of
management
.
The
next
day
another
ill
accident
happen'd
;
for
as
there
was
in
that
place
a
great
Mast
,
which
the
English
had
taken
formerly
out
of
a
Ship
,
and
set
up
there
,
in
order
to
get
up
,
and
spy
the
Ships
a-far
off
at
Sea
.
One
of
our
Seamen
would
needs
go
up
for
a
frolick
,
and
being
come
almost
to
the
top
,
one
of
his
holds
broke
,
and
let
him
down
,
and
was
(
as
you
may
well
imagine
)
killed
with
the
fall
.
Upon
which
Admiral
Tack
immediately
ordered
this
Mast
to
be
cut
down
,
and
another
to
be
set
up
upon
the
Speelwick
Bastion
,
which
was
much
less
than
the
other
,
and
not
near
so
high
,
but
commanded
a
farther
prospect
,
the
Bastion
it self
being
very
high
,
and
upon
a
much
higher
ground
.
While
I
resided
in
the
Hospital
at
Bantam
,
which
was
some
Months
,
several
of
our
Company
,
which
we
had
left
at
Dorjasse
,
dropt
in
by
degrees
,
having
destroyed
all
in
their
way
;
and
being
all
come
in
,
they
were
almost
all
sent
back
again
to
Batavia
,
especially
all
the
Blacks
;
so
that
there
were
not
left
,
both
within
,
and
without
the
Castle
,
above
five
thousand
Men
to
keep
the
Garrison
;
which
was
little
enough
for
so
great
a
place
,
it
being
as
far
as
I
can
judge
fourteen
or
.
fifteen
miles
in
circuit
:
and
the
number
of
its
Inhabitants
was
computed
to
be
700000
,
besides
the
Foreigners
,
which
might
amount
to
half
the
number
more
.
Towards
Land
the
City
lies
open
,
but
to
the
Sea
it
is
guarded
by
a
very
strong
Wall
six
yards
broad
;
besides
some
hundreds
of
Bastions
,
little
Forts
,
Redoubts
,
&c.
all
which
are
very
well
provided
with
Cannon
.
All
things
were
now
in
good
order
,
and
the
Government
very
prudently
managed
,
so
that
all
those
that
were
in
the
Companies
Service
,
even
the
Soldiers
themselves
,
had
no
reason
to
complain
.
But
their
Condition
was
much
mended
,
their
Provisions
were
cheap
,
and
their
Usage
and
Treatment
very
civil
;
and
I
must
confess
,
that
I
had
all
the
enjoyment
I
could
well
wish
:
But
notwithstanding
all
this
,
I
was
still
dissatisfied
and
restless
,
and
wanted
to
be
going
to
visit
some
other
parts
of
the
Indies
.
But
it
was
in
vain
to
wish
,
for
I
was
under
Obligations
not
to
move
yet
.
The
time
now
drawing
near
,
that
our
Captain
was
to
return
to
Batavia
;
a
Council
of
War
was
held
,
where
it
was
resolved
,
that
a
general
Muster
should
be
made
,
and
that
those
who
had
served
out
their
time
,
should
come
out
and
claim
their
liberty
:
But
withal
notice
was
given
them
,
that
if
they
would
engage
themselves
afresh
,
they
should
not
only
be
kindly
received
,
but
should
have
their
Pay
raised
by
four
Gilders
.
Then
our
Captain
Tack
went
back
to
Batavia
,
to
be
President
of
that
City
,
and
Captain
Harzing
succeeded
him
in
his
place
of
Governour
of
Bantam
.
About
this
time
the
Muck
Speelers
were
very
troublesom
about
the
City
,
and
daily
committing
great
disorders
.
Their
way
is
to
make
themselves
mad
by
eating
of
the
Herb
they
call
Avion
,
i.
e.
Opium
:
Then
ye
shall
see
'em
run
about
the
Streets
,
like
Men
distracted
,
and
kill
all
they
meet
.
But
our
custom
was
,
as
soon
as
we
spied
them
a
coming
,
to
cry
out
Amuck
,
Amuck
,
upon
which
every
body
stood
ready
with
his
Weapon
in
his
hand
;
and
these
Blockheads
would
run
themselves
upon
a
Pike
,
or
upon
a
Musquet
,
and
be
shot
through
,
and
in
the
heat
of
the
Fury
,
run
it
may
be
an
hundred
or
two
hundred
paces
before
they
dropt
.
And
these
Disorders
could
not
by
any
means
be
prevented
,
tho'
the
Company
had
made
it
death
for
any
one
to
be
found
with
any
of
that
Herb
about
him
,
in
any
part
of
the
East-Indies
.
There
being
now
no
more
Action
here
,
nor
any
Novelty
that
this
Place
afforded
me
,
I
was
very
desirous
to
be
gone
.
But
I
found
the
only
way
to
attain
my
wish
,
was
to
get
some
Sea-Surgeon
in
the
mind
to
exchange
Places
with
me
.
Wherefore
I
waited
impatiently
for
the
coming
in
of
any
Ships
that
were
to
go
to
Batavia
:
And
in
a
little
time
the
Tidor
,
from
Bali
,
came
into
the
Road
of
Bantam
.
She
had
no
sooner
cast
Anchor
,
but
I
was
with
her
to
welcome
her
,
and
to
feel
the
Pulses
of
her
Surgeons
;
but
I
found
their
Designs
were
much
the
same
as
mine
,
and
they
were
all
dispos'd
for
a
longer
Course
;
so
that
I
found
no
hopes
there
of
success
:
But
being
told
that
they
expected
another
Ship
in
toward
night
,
if
the
Wind
did
not
cross
'em
,
wherein
were
four
Master
Surgeons
;
my
hopes
quickly
revived
,
and
I
resolved
to
stay
there
that
Night
;
in
the
Evening
the
Ship
came
in
according
to
their
expectation
,
and
the
next
Morning
early
I
went
on
board
of
it
;
and
after
the
usual
salutations
,
I
applied
my self
to
the
Master
Surgeons
,
and
freely
declared
to
'em
my
Intentions
.
One
of
'em
,
a
Gentleman
of
Delf
,
at
first
liked
my
Proposal
,
and
after
some
further
discourse
,
was
fully
in
the
resolution
of
changing
with
me
,
which
did
not
a
little
rejoyce
me
.
The
thing
being
thus
agreed
upon
,
he
asked
leave
of
the
Captain
,
after
having
acquainted
him
with
his
design
;
and
having
got
his
leave
,
he
came
away
with
me
to
Shore
My
business
now
was
to
have
leave
my self
,
which
indeed
I
had
moved
for
at
a
distance
before
,
but
not
doubting
of
having
leave
given
me
when-ever
I
should
desire
it
,
because
I
had
behaved
my self
well
;
and
what
made
more
yet
on
my
side
,
I
had
now
and
then
greased
the
Chief
Surgeons
Fist
:
I
deferr'd
speaking
for
it
directly
,
till
I
had
met
with
one
that
would
change
with
me
.
No
sooner
had
I
declared
my
Mind
to
the
Chief
Surgeon
,
but
he
gave
me
an
ample
and
honourable
Testimonium
to
carry
to
the
Governour
,
who
with
a
Complement
of
Thanks
,
gave
me
a
Pass
,
and
entred
the
other
in
my
Place
.
So
I
took
my
leave
of
'em
all
;
and
having
got
my
Chest
and
Hammock
ready
,
I
got
me
a-board
my
new
Ship
,
called
the
Enckhuysen
,
it
was
laden
with
nothing
but
Rice
,
and
had
but
twenty
eight
Seamen
,
besides
the
Officers
,
and
us
four
Master-Surgeons
.
I
parted
very
chearfully
from
Bantam
,
the
only
thing
that
I
was
loath
to
part
with
was
,
a
little
Summer-House
I
had
order'd
to
be
made
in
the
Garden
of
the
Hospital
,
which
was
very
delightful
.
It
was
made
of
Bamboos
,
and
so
contrived
,
that
I
might
have
removed
it
very
well
;
but
being
I
could
not
move
that
with
it
,
which
made
it
so
extream
pleasant
,
I
left
the
whole
standing
for
my
Successor
to
enjoy
,
but
not
without
grudging
it
him
heartily
.
The
Top
of
it
was
cover'd
very
neatly
with
Fig-leaves
,
and
the
Sides
were
sweetly
shaded
with
Pepper-planks
,
which
hung
like
a
Vine
over
the
Windows
,
and
made
it
extreamly
agreeable
.
But
now
that
I
am
speaking
of
this
Pepper
,
it
will
not
be
amiss
to
give
you
a
description
of
its
growth
,
&c.
This
part
of
Java
is
the
most
famous
for
it
,
and
the
great
Blauwe
Peper
Bergh
,
which
I
have
so
often
mentioned
,
hath
its
denomination
from
it
,
and
signifies
Blew-Pepper-Mountain
,
it
being
full
of
it
;
there
the
best
of
all
grows
.
Indeed
Malabar
,
Malacca
and
Sumatra
do
produce
vast
quantities
of
it
too
,
but
it
is
all
white
and
long
,
like
the
Canary
Pepper
,
and
is
not
to
compare
with
the
Javian
Pepper
for
goodness
;
and
for
that
reason
hardly
any
but
the
latter
is
transported
into
Europe
.
They
plant
it
at
the
bottom
of
other
Trees
,
to
which
it
clings
in
the
nature
of
our
Hops
,
and
winds
round
as
that
does
,
but
higher
.
It
s
Leaf
is
like
that
of
the
Orange-Trees
,
but
less
,
and
of
a
more
pleasant
Green
,
and
tasts
pretty
sharp
if
one
bites
'
em
.
The
Fruit
grows
much
like
Grapes
,
tho'
(
every
one
knows
)
much
smaller
,
and
closer
to
one
another
▪
They
are
ever
green
till
they
dry
,
which
is
in
November
,
December
and
January
,
at
which
time
they
gather
'em
,
and
spread
them
upon
Mats
in
the
Sun
to
dry
;
then
they
run
'em
thro'
a
Sieve
,
and
pack
'em
up
ready
for
the
Merchants
to
take
away
.
Now
,
tho'
Pepper
is
as
plenty
in
India
as
Stones
in
the
Streets
,
and
only
serves
for
Ballast
very
often
,
and
to
pack
up
other
Goods
tire
;
and
altho'
sometimes
several
whole
Shiploads
of
it
be
thrown
into
the
Sea
,
and
many
hundred
thousand
pound
weight
of
it
burnt
;
yet
dares
no
Man
in
the
service
of
the
Company
take
one
single
Corn
of
it
,
but
every
one
is
obliged
to
buy
it
of
the
Indians
,
who
deal
with
the
Company
for
it
:
And
the
same
rule
is
observable
in
respect
to
other
Spices
.
But
now
the
Enckhuysen
lay
still
but
one
day
,
so
that
the
next
morning
after
I
had
boarded
her
,
we
weighed
Anchor
and
sailed
to
Batavia
,
with
a
half
wind
.
It
lies
but
six
Leagues
from
Bantam
,
yet
were
we
seven
days
before
we
could
reach
it
,
for
we
were
ever
and
anon
forced
to
cast
Anchor
and
weigh
it
again
,
which
fatigued
our
Men
mightily
.
Being
now
come
before
Batavia
,
our
Master
went
immediately
on
Shore
,
and
the
next
day
our
Ship
was
unlading
.
I
went
to
Shore
too
with
all
speed
in
a
Chineese
Praw
,
and
went
to
wait
upon
the
Head
Surgeon
there
,
one
Mr.
John
Streckelberger
,
who
was
my
old
Acquaintance
;
but
I
found
him
now
raised
to
the
highest
pitch
of
Preferment
the
Profession
is
capable
of
there
,
which
was
the
place
of
Overseer
General
over
all
the
Surgeons
in
the
whole
Indies
,
in
the
place
of
Dr.
Kleyer
.
I
told
him
upon
what
design
I
had
left
Bantam
to
come
to
Batavia
,
which
was
in
order
to
get
me
a
Deputation
to
some
other
part
of
India
,
that
I
might
travel
farther
still
.
He
seemed
very
ready
at
the
first
,
but
afterwards
he
desired
me
to
come
again
in
three
or
four
days
time
.
In
the
mean
while
I
went
to
visit
all
my
old
Acquaintance
in
the
Fort
where
I
once
lived
,
and
to
divert
my self
with
'
em
.
But
unhappily
I
took
out
an
old
Gentleman
with
me
,
one
day
,
to
go
to
a
small
Island
hard
by
,
where
there
were
a
great
many
Oysters
;
we
had
got
a
good
many
,
but
as
we
were
coming
back
,
it
blew
at
so
excessive
a
rate
,
that
our
Boat
was
turned
over
.
The
poor
old
Gentleman
could
not
reach
the
Shore
,
meerly
for
want
of
strength
,
and
so
lost
his
Life
within
a
hundred
yards
of
the
Land
,
but
the
old
Chineese
and
I
c●me
safe
to
Shore
,
and
the
Boat
was
driven
quickly
after
us
,
so
that
we
took
that
up
.
Instead
of
paying
the
Chineese
,
I
beat
him
soundly
for
being
the
main
cause
of
all
this
.
And
from
that
time
I
never
saw
him
more
;
without
doubt
he
run
away
for
fear
the
Fiscael
should
call
him
to
an
account
for
the
death
of
my
Companion
.
This
was
the
fourth
time
,
that
God
in
his
infinite
goodness
delivered
me
out
of
that
Element
of
Water
,
once
in
my
own
Country
,
once
in
Africa
,
once
in
the
River
of
Bantam
,
and
this
time
at
Batavia
.
It
was
now
time
to
go
and
wait
upon
the
Surgeon
General
,
to
know
what
was
determined
as
to
my
affair
.
When
I
came
there
,
I
was
surpriz'd
to
find
a
Deputation
to
go
and
Board
the
Phoenix
for
Banda
and
Amboina
,
for
besides
that
it
crossed
my
design
,
which
was
to
go
to
Japan
;
I
knew
that
those
two
Countries
were
the
most
unhealthful
of
all
India
.
However
,
after
a
little
pause
I
resolved
to
go
thither
or
any where
,
rather
than
to
stay
there
.
So
taking
my
Orders
with
me
,
I
went
aboard
the
Enckhuysen
,
and
told
by
Brother
Surgeons
how
I
was
serv'd
,
who
instead
of
condoling
with
me
,
laught
at
me
very
heartily
.
I
was
now
to
be
gone
in
two
days
time
;
so
I
made
haste
and
provided
my self
with
Arac
,
Tobacco
,
and
Long-Pepper
preserved
;
all
which
are
found
to
be
of
greater
use
in
those
unhealthy
parts
than
in
any
other
:
And
having
made
all
other
necessary
Provision
,
I
went
on
board
the
Phoenix
.
The
next
day
we
weighed
Anchor
,
and
sailed
from
Batavia
,
the
wind
N.
E.
passed
the
Streights
of
Sunday
,
and
in
three
Weeks
time
we
arrived
before
Banda
,
which
is
reckon'd
to
be
three
hundred
Miles
from
Batavia
.
There
fell
nothing
out
worth
any
notice
in
our
passage
thither
,
but
that
a
poor
Seaman
was
blown
down
by
a
sudden
puff
of
Wind
from
the
Fore-Mast
upon
the
Anchor
,
which
tore
his
very
Guts
out
of
his
Belly
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
Their
arrival
to
Banda
.
The
Author
falls
very
ill
there
,
how
recovered
.
Description
of
the
growth
of
the
Nutmeg
and
Mace
.
Departure
from
thence
for
Amboina
.
An
account
of
Clove-Trees
and
Cloves
.
Return
to
Batavia
.
The
Island
Onrust
,
why
so
called
.
A
vast
quantity
of
Tortoises
there
;
The
manner
of
taking
them
.
They
are
a
mighty
Food
amongst
them
.
How
Sharks
are
taken
,
and
the
use
of
that
Fish's
Liver
.
A
Voyage
from
Batavia
to
Ceylon
.
Columbo
the
Chief
City
there
.
The
Stratagems
which
the
Portugueeze
used
in
that
Country
to
get
footing
there
.
An
account
of
the
growth
of
Cinnamon
there
.
The
Root
Borrobone
as
good
as
Saffron
.
The
manner
of
fishing
for
Pearls
there
;
many
Lives
are
lost
by
diving
after
them
.
One
Oyster
had
near
three
hundred
Pearls
in
it
.
Mother
of
Pearl
,
what
.
Departure
from
Ceylon
.
Arrival
at
Batavia
,
where
their
Ship
takes
fire
,
Kastizen
and
Mastizen
,
what
sort
of
People
.
A
Voyage
from
Batavia
to
Japan
.
Pass
by
Formosa
,
and
come
to
Pangato
in
Japan
.
They
are
forced
to
put
away
all
their
Books
;
the
reasons
why
.
AS
soon
as
we
were
come
into
the
Road
of
Banda
,
our
Master
went
ashore
;
my
Legs
which
had
been
swell'd
for
three
or
four
days
,
were
now
so
sore
,
that
I
could
not
stir
,
else
I
would
have
gone
with
him
with
all
my
heart
;
but
my
Indisposition
augmenting
,
I
was
forced
to
be
carried
ashore
.
There
my
Swelling
increased
,
all
upward
,
and
my
Belly
was
now
swell'd
to
the
highest
degree
that
could
be
,
ready
to
break
:
And
in
this
condition
I
continued
the
space
of
three
weeks
,
(
so
that
I
was
left
here
very
comfortless
,
for
the
Phoenix
was
obliged
to
be
gone
)
and
after
that
the
Distemper
seized
me
so
in
all
my
Limbs
,
that
I
wholly
lost
the
use
of
them
;
and
during
a
quarter
of
a
Year
I
could
not
bring
my
Finger
to
my
Mouth
;
so
that
truly
I
despair'd
of
ever
recovering
the
use
of
my
Limbs
,
(
altho'
I
was
not
sick
inwardly
)
and
therefore
I
often
prayed
to
God
to
take
me
to
himself
.
I
was
carried
every
day
to
the
Bagnio
,
where
several
other
Patients
with
me
were
set
upon
Seats
,
all
in
a
ring
,
with
Blankets
wrapt
round
about
us
so
close
,
that
nothing
but
our
Heads
stuck
out
;
there
was
a
great
Fire
of
each
side
of
us
,
which
made
the
heat
intolerable
,
and
then
we
were
held
over
the
steem
of
some
medicinal
Herbs
,
which
were
boyl'd
for
the
purpose
;
into
which
infusion
they
threw
thirty
or
forty
red
hot
Cannon
Bullets
,
which
raised
such
a
steem
,
and
made
such
a
smother
,
that
not
one
in
a
hundred
was
able
to
bear
it
,
but
they
were
forced
to
be
taken
out
,
and
carried
away
upon
Quilts
made
for
that
purpose
.
I
was
taken
out
thus
in
the
beginning
,
but
when
I
came
to
be
used
to
it
a
little
more
,
I
bore
it
out
bravely
,
and
found
it
very
helpful
.
So
keeping
to
this
for
some
weeks
,
I
recover'd
apace
,
and
then
they
begun
to
anoint
my
Feet
with
Oleum
Terrae
,
and
prescribed
me
to
drink
frequently
a
small
Glass
of
Bitter
Brandy
,
or
Arac
infused
in
Bitter
Herbs
;
by
which
method
,
with
the
help
of
God
,
I
perfectly
recover'd
.
After
this
I
went
to
satisfie
my
curiosity
,
(
which
was
the
occasion
of
my
coming
)
and
to
see
the
Country
.
But
I
shall
decline
giving
any
description
of
it
,
because
it
hath
been
done
already
sufficiently
by
others
,
especially
by
Johan
Hugen
Van
Linschooten
.
Only
I
wil
give
you
a
short
account
of
the
Noble
Fruit
which
this
Island
is
famous
for
,
viz.
the
Nutmeg
and
Mace
,
which
the
Inhabitants
,
whether
Dutch
,
or
Freemen
,
or
Slaves
,
are
obliged
to
deliver
yearly
to
the
Governour
,
and
is
sent
afterwards
to
Holland
,
and
other
parts
of
Europe
,
and
to
Persia
,
and
other
places
of
India
.
The
Tree
on
which
the
Nutmeg
grows
,
is
almost
like
the
Pear-tree
,
but
doth
not
spread
so
much
,
and
its
Leaf
is
somewhat
rounder
.
The
Fruit
is
much
like
a
Peach
in
bigness
and
looks
,
of
an
extraordinary
fine
taste
,
and
delicate
smell
,
when
it
is
ripe
:
On
the
out-side
is
a
thick
hard
Shell
,
like
the
Bark
of
a
Tree
,
over
which
the
Flower
grows
.
When
the
Nut
begins
to
be
ripe
,
it
swells
so
much
,
that
the
first
Shell
bursts
open
.
The
Flower
is
of
fine
Red
,
and
very
agreeable
to
look
on
,
especially
when
the
Tree
is
pretty
full
of
Fruit.
Sometimes
the
Mace
comes
off
of
it self
,
and
when
it
sticks
to
the
Fruit
,
they
gather
all
together
;
and
in
the
drying
of
the
Nutmeg
,
the
Mace
drys
and
falls
off
,
and
changes
its
lively
Red
into
that
brown
Yellow
,
which
we
find
it
hath
here
in
Europe
.
The
whole
Fruit
is
very
proper
to
preserve
,
and
is
an
excellent
Confite
.
While
I
was
at
Banda
,
a
couple
of
Fellows
were
executed
for
having
killed
their
Mother
;
the
death
they
were
put
to
was
very
terrible
;
they
were
fasten'd
upon
a
Wooden
Cross
,
and
their
Limbs
were
broke
with
an
Iron
Bar
,
and
there
they
were
left
to
expire
.
After
I
had
spent
three
Months
here
,
in
pretty
good
health
,
the
Ship
called
the
America
came
to
Banda
;
so
that
having
now
the
opportunity
of
compleating
my
Voyage
,
which
my
sickness
prevented
me
to
do
with
the
Phoenix
,
I
embraced
it
readily
,
and
went
in
her
for
Amboina
.
I
was
glad
to
leave
that
unhealthy
Country
;
and
tho'
I
had
,
and
shall
ever
carry
with
me
severe
tokens
of
the
Plague
of
that
Country
,
I
was
glad
to
come
off
so
well
as
I
did
.
In
four
days
time
we
came
before
Amboina
,
where
our
Ship
was
straight
loaden
with
Cloves
.
I
went
there
on
shore
to
look
about
me
;
and
while
the
Ship
was
lading
,
I
had
time
to
examine
how
they
grew
,
and
what
I
could
not
be
an
Eye-witness
of
,
I
had
from
my
old
Friend
the
Serjeant
,
whom
I
made
mention
of
before
,
from
whom
I
got
those
Bottles
of
Oyl
of
Cloves
,
which
cost
me
so
much
care
and
trouble
,
and
at
the
last
I
was
forced
to
drop
them
into
the
Sea
.
The
Clove-Tree
is
much
like
the
Laurel-Tree
,
the
Blossom
is
White
at
first
,
then
it
turns
Green
,
and
after
that
Red.
While
it
is
green
it
smells
so
fine
and
sweet
,
that
nothing
can
be
compared
to
it
.
These
grow
mighty
close
to
one
another
,
and
many
of
'em
together
,
all
within
the
Blossom
;
when
they
are
ripe
they
gather
'em
,
and
dry
them
;
then
they
are
of
a
brown
Yellow
.
Those
Cloves
which
they
do
not
gather
,
as
not
being
ripe
,
hang
on
till
the
year
following
;
and
those
they
call
then
Moeder
Nagelen
,
i.
e.
Mother
Cloves
.
Where
these
Trees
grow
,
there
grows
no
kind
of
Grass
,
or
any
green
thing
nigh
;
their
nature
being
such
,
that
they
draw
all
the
moisture
about
them
to
themselves
,
and
so
do
the
Cloves
likewise
,
as
I
have
often
seen
my self
,
that
a
Tub
of
Water
being
set
in
a
Ware-house
that
had
store
of
Cloves
laid
up
in
it
,
after
they
were
pickt
and
cleans'd
,
in
three
or
four
days
time
the
Water
would
be
all
gone
out
of
the
Tub.
The
smell
of
'em
is
so
strong
,
that
some
People
have
been
suffocated
with
it
when
they
have
been
busie
with
too
great
quantities
of
'em
,
and
in
too
close
a
place
.
Our
Ship
having
taken
in
all
her
Lading
,
we
left
this
place
,
and
made
directly
for
Batavia
,
and
arrived
there
happily
in
a
Fortnights
time
;
where
our
Ship
was
immediately
unladen
,
and
all
the
Cloves
put
aboard
the
West-Friezland
,
in
order
to
go
for
Holland
.
Here
an
Order
was
sent
me
to
change
my
Ship
,
and
go
in
the
Old
Europe
,
the
same
Ship
that
brought
me
from
the
Cape
to
the
Indies
.
I
went
with
her
to
the
Island
Onrust
,
which
is
a
place
fit
for
careening
of
Ships
;
where
she
was
to
be
fitted
up
,
being
very
old
.
The
Island
hath
its
name
very
justly
,
Onrust
,
signifying
no
rest
,
by
reason
of
the
continual
disturbance
,
which
the
Sea
causes
to
the
Inhabitants
,
who
are
only
Carpenters
,
Smiths
,
and
other
such
Artificers
for
Shipping
.
For
the
Island
being
very
low
,
and
the
Sea
Ebbing
and
Flowing
every
two
hours
,
at
very
uncertain
heights
,
gives
the
Inhabitants
no
rest
or
security
:
And
every
new
and
full
Moon
,
the
Sea
drives
'em
up
a
vast
way
;
but
so
unsixt
are
its
Bounds
,
that
they
are
forced
to
be
continually
upon
their
Guard
:
Which
besides
the
great
labour
,
and
great
quantity
of
work
that
lies
upon
their
hands
,
makes
it
truly
very
restless
for
them
.
There
were
two
Master
Surgeons
besides
me
belonging
to
the
same
Ship
,
and
we
had
all
our
Patients
ashore
:
The
only
pastime
we
could
have
,
was
catching
of
Tortoises
,
of
which
there
are
vast
numbers
there
.
When
it
is
fair
,
and
the
Sun
shines
bright
,
they
come
out
of
the
Water
,
and
lie
in
the
hot
Sand.
So
when
they
were
all
very
quiet
and
settled
,
we
came
upon
them
of
a
sudden
with
Sticks
and
Iron
Bars
,
and
turned
them
upon
their
Backs
,
as
fast
as
we
could
,
for
then
they
cannot
stir
.
When
we
had
done
catching
'em
so
,
we
took
them
out
of
their
shells
,
and
put
them
in
Pickle
,
and
kept
them
in
Barrels
or
Pots
,
with
Salt
and
Vineger
.
This
was
our
daily
Food
,
and
very
good
,
but
some
of
'em
are
far
better
than
other
some
.
The
biggest
we
caught
was
more
than
three
Men
could
compass
,
and
a
loaded
Wagon
might
safely
have
gone
over
it
without
breaking
it
.
Besides
these
,
there
are
also
a
great
many
Sharks
,
which
do
much
mischief
;
of
which
I
gave
you
an
instance
before
in
the
poor
Chineese
,
that
was
diving
for
Iron
,
and
was
devoured
by
'
em
.
There
is
much
fishing
for
'
em
.
And
the
manner
of
catching
them
is
,
by
baiting
several
very
large
strong
Hooks
,
with
the
whole
Liver
of
some
other
Fish
,
which
the
Sharks
will
not
fail
to
swallow
Hook
and
all
,
being
extream
greedy
,
and
so
they
are
taken
.
The
Tail
is
all
that
is
eaten
of
this
Fish
,
and
that
is
not
very
palatable
neither
;
but
the
whole
is
eaten
sometimes
by
Seamen
,
in
case
of
necessity
,
for
want
of
other
meat
:
But
its
Liver
is
very
useful
for
many
things
in
Surgery
.
Our
Ship
being
now
thoroughly
refitted
,
we
returned
to
our
old
Anchoring
Place
at
Batavia
;
where
we
found
a
Ship
newly
come
from
Holland
,
that
had
not
yet
cast
all
her
Anchors
.
I
took
in
all
hast
a
Chineese
Praw
,
and
went
on
board
of
her
to
see
if
I
could
not
meet
with
any
old
Acquaintance
there
,
and
to
hear
some
News
from
our
Country
:
And
there
I
heard
the
first
account
of
Stransbourgh
being
taken
by
the
French
,
which
was
a
very
great
surprize
to
us
.
As
soon
as
our
Ship
had
taken
in
all
Necessaries
here
,
she
was
ordered
to
sail
for
Ceylon
,
at
which
I
was
mighty
joyful
,
and
accordingly
I
recruited
my self
with
Provisions
,
and
went
on
board
:
Then
we
left
Batavia
with
the
first
fair
Wind
,
and
in
five
Weeks
time
we
happily
arrived
before
Columbo
,
which
is
the
Chief
City
of
the
Dutch
in
Ceylon
.
It
is
one
of
the
most
commodious
Ports
of
any
in
the
Indies
,
where
Ships
may
lie
safe
many
years
,
and
come
in
at
will
,
with
the
Sea-wind
,
and
run
out
when
they
please
,
with
a
Land-wind
.
Yet
there
are
a
great
many
Rocks
there
,
but
they
are
only
dangerous
to
Strangers
;
for
which
reason
,
when
a
Ship
comes
thither
,
that
hath
never
been
there
before
,
she
is
obliged
to
fire
three
Guns
;
whereas
if
he
is
acquainted
with
the
place
,
he
need
fire
but
one
.
This
is
straight
answer'd
by
a
Gun
from
a
Watch-Tower
,
that
is
on
one
of
the
highest
Rocks
,
about
two
miles
distance
from
the
City
,
where
there
is
always
a
Pilot
,
and
his
Men
ready
,
who
as
soon
as
they
spy
a
Ship
coming
,
display
a
Flag
in
token
that
they
must
come
no
further
,
and
then
they
go
and
bring
the
Ship
in
.
At
the
Mouth
of
the
Haven
lies
a
Fort
or
Castle
,
called
't
Swart
,
i.
e.
the
Black
Fort.
It
was
first
built
by
the
Portugueze
,
but
under
a
specious
pretence
of
building
a
thing
of
a
very
different
nature
.
For
when
the
King
of
Candy
,
who
could
at
that
time
have
prevented
their
work
,
sent
to
know
what
they
were
about
;
they
told
him
they
were
only
building
a
Play-house
,
and
under
that
colour
carried
on
their
work
,
and
provided
it
with
large
pieces
of
Cannon
,
which
they
brought
to
Shore
in
great
Hogsheads
;
and
so
became
able
to
maintain
themselves
there
.
I
do
not
design
to
enter
upon
a
description
of
this
Island
,
because
it
hath
been
done
very
particularly
by
others
,
and
especially
by
Chr.
Schwitzor
,
whose
Relation
is
now
published
with
mine
,
to
which
I
refer
you
.
While
our
Ship
was
lading
with
Cinnamon
,
and
several
other
Rich
Commodities
,
I
went
on
Shore
most
of
the
time
;
where
I
took
my
diet
at
a
Freemans
House
,
where
I
had
it
extream
good
,
and
well
ordered
,
and
for
a
very
small
price
.
The
great
Commodity
of
this
Island
is
Cinnamon
,
which
is
the
Bark
of
a
Tree
,
much
of
the
bigness
of
an
Olive
Tree
;
the
Leaves
are
much
like
the
Laurel
,
but
somewhat
smaller
;
the
Flower
it
bears
is
white
,
and
the
Fruit
is
like
the
Black
Olives
of
Portugal
.
The
Tree
hath
two
Barks
,
the
Cinnamon
is
the
inner
one
of
them
,
which
is
peeled
off
the
Tree
,
and
cut
in
square
pieces
;
then
laid
in
the
Sun
to
dry
,
which
makes
it
rowl
up
together
,
as
we
see
it
in
Europe
,
and
changes
its
colour
,
which
is
at
first
near
upon
Ash-colour
,
into
what
we
find
it
of
here
.
When
the
Trees
are
peeled
in
this
manner
,
they
are
let
alone
for
three
years
,
in
which
time
they
have
regained
their
Coats
as
before
.
The
Trees
grow
wild
,
without
planting
and
cultivating
,
and
make
a
sort
of
Coppice
of
themselves
;
and
require
no
other
hand
than
that
of
Nature
to
make
them
beneficial
to
Man
.
There
is
besides
this
,
a
sort
of
Cinnamon
,
that
grows
in
Malabar
,
and
is
called
Canella
de
Matte
,
but
it
is
a
bastard
kind
,
and
nothing
near
so
good
.
None
of
the
Spices
,
neither
the
Cinnamon
I
have
been
speaking
of
,
nor
the
Cloves
,
Mace
,
Nutmegs
,
Saffron
,
&c.
may
be
carried
away
by
any
private
Person
upon
pain
of
death
:
And
it
hath
cost
some
Men
their
Lives
for
attempting
to
bring
them
over
;
as
I
saw
an
instance
of
one
who
had
got
a
small
parcel
of
Borrobone
,
in
order
to
take
with
him
home
,
and
was
executed
for
the
fact
.
This
Borrobone
is
a
Root
growing
in
great
plenty
in
Iava
,
and
is
made
use
of
instead
of
Saffron
by
all
the
Inhabitants
;
and
it
hath
all
the
Vertues
of
the
best
Oriental
Saffron
;
it
is
cut
and
dried
,
and
looks
like
Ginger
.
The
other
Great
and
Rich
Commodity
of
this
Place
is
Pearls
,
which
they
fish
for
after
this
manner
,
The
Company
hath
some
thousands
of
Divers
for
that
purpose
,
which
are
divided
into
so
many
Companies
,
and
to
each
of
them
there
is
an
Overseer
.
These
Men
are
all
divided
,
so
many
to
each
Boat
,
and
so
they
go
to
the
Oyster
.
Banks
;
where
stripping
themselves
,
every
one
of
them
tie
a
small
Basket
round
their
middle
:
Then
they
bind
a
piece
of
a
certain
Root
they
have
,
that
is
very
hollow
,
and
of
an
Oyly
substance
before
their
Mouths
,
so
that
it
resists
the
water
a
good
while
,
and
gives
them
some
time
to
breath
.
In
this
manner
you
shall
see
'em
all
go
down
with
wonderful
quickness
to
the
very
bottom
;
where
they
fill
their
little
Baskets
with
Oysters
,
then
come
up
again
as
nimbly
as
may
be
;
and
when
they
have
a
good
quantity
of
'em
,
they
carry
them
to
Shore
,
where
they
lay
'em
out
in
the
Sun
;
there
they
open
of
themselves
,
and
in
them
are
found
sometimes
many
Pearls
,
sometimes
none
at
all
.
Some
of
these
Divers
,
more
skilful
than
the
rest
,
will
,
without
the
help
of
those
Roots
,
keep
under
water
almost
as
long
as
they
that
use
them
.
When
their
days
work
is
over
,
they
come
to
Shore
all
together
in
good
order
,
delivering
faithfully
all
the
Pearls
they
have
got
to
the
Officers
that
are
appointed
by
the
Company
,
which
finds
all
these
Men
with
Provisions
,
and
other
Necessaries
,
and
allows
some
of
them
pretty
good
Salaries
besides
.
In
the
whole
fishing
Season
it
cannot
be
but
,
there
must
happen
several
accidents
,
and
that
many
Men
lose
their
Lives
in
the
Sea
among
the
Rocks
;
you
hear
almost
daily
of
some
such
misfortune
,
and
every
day
gives
subject
of
lamentation
and
complaint
to
some
new
made
Widow
or
Orphan
.
Yet
notwithstanding
all
this
,
there
is
no
want
of
Men
,
ready
to
take
to
serve
in
this
dangerous
employment
,
some
being
forced
into
it
by
the
Dutch
,
and
others
by
their
necessities
.
The
Oysters
in
which
the
Pearls
are
found
,
are
fine
,
white
and
smooth
;
I
have
known
'em
find
three
hundred
and
odd
of
Pearls
in
one
of
'
em
.
When
they
have
a
mind
to
give
them
a
fine
colour
,
they
take
Rice
,
and
beat
it
to
dust
with
Salt
,
and
rub
them
with
that
,
and
it
makes
them
as
bright
as
Christal
,
and
so
they
will
continue
.
There
is
another
sort
of
Oyster
in
Ceylon
,
which
is
called
by
the
Inhabitants
Changa
,
by
us
Mother
of
Pearl
;
this
they
polish
very
fine
,
and
make
fine
drinking
Cups
of
it
.
It
is
also
of
great
use
for
many
Ornaments
,
especially
that
which
comes
out
of
China
,
Bengal
,
Ormus
,
Gammaron
,
&c.
as
we
see
most
frequently
on
those
pieces
of
work
,
that
come
from
thence
into
these
parts
of
Europe
.
There
is
likewise
another
manner
of
fishing
,
which
is
more
tedious
,
and
therefore
less
used
.
Yet
I
have
seen
it
practised
in
a
River
that
was
thirty
or
forty
Fathoms
deep
.
Two
Ships
were
laid
aside
of
one
another
,
at
about
eight
or
ten
yards
distance
;
and
a
Beam
being
laid
across
them
,
whereon
there
is
a
large
Pully
fix'd
;
they
hang
a
large
Bell
thereon
,
in
which
the
Man
sits
,
(
upon
a
cross
Seat
fix'd
within
the
Bell
)
and
so
the
Bell
is
let
down
;
there
is
a
little
ringing
Bell
fixt
upon
the
top
of
the
Beam
,
and
the
Man
hath
a
Cord
with
him
fasten'd
to
that
,
and
to
his
Body
;
as
soon
as
he
finds
the
Air
begins
to
fail
him
,
he
pulls
that
little
Bell
,
which
is
a
token
to
the
rest
to
pull
him
up
;
and
when
he
hath
clear'd
that
place
,
they
move
a
little
further
,
and
fix
there
again
till
they
have
got
all
they
can
.
Having
spent
my
time
ashore
,
I
went
on
board
again
,
and
then
the
other
Master-Surgeon
took
his
turn
,
and
I
went
no
more
on
shore
,
but
only
once
,
when
my
Comrade
sent
me
word
,
that
there
was
an
Elephant
of
the
Governor
's
was
to
shew
a
great
many
Tricks
,
of
which
I
have
given
you
a
relation
before
.
In
a
matter
of
five
Weeks
time
,
all
our
business
being
done
in
Ceylon
,
we
all
got
aboard
,
and
set
sail
for
Batavia
again
,
where
under
the
Almighty's
Protection
we
arrived
safe
,
after
a
kind
Voyage
of
three
Weeks
.
But
we
were
no
sooner
arrived
,
and
cast
our
Anchors
,
but
we
fell
into
an
extream
danger
.
Our
Butler
,
according
to
custom
,
and
by
the
Skipper's
Order
,
went
down
to
fetch
some
Arack
for
the
Seamen
,
and
as
he
was
drawing
it
out
of
the
Bunghole
,
with
a
sort
of
small
Pump
,
which
they
had
for
that
purpose
,
either
by
a
Snuff
of
the
Candle
,
or
by
the
Candle
it self
,
the
Arack
took
fire
;
and
that
spreading
like
Lightning
,
set
the
whole
on
sire
;
for
the
European
Brandy
doth
not
burn
near
so
violently
as
Arack
doth
.
All
our
Men
were
immediately
at
work
to
put
it
out
,
but
all
in
vain
:
It
got
a
head
after
so
furious
a
manner
,
that
it
set
fire
on
the
Ship
it self
,
and
it
was
not
long
e're
that
was
all
in
a
flame
.
We
had
then
nothing
more
to
do
,
but
to
look
after
our selves
,
and
to
endeavour
to
save
our
own
lives
;
and
it
was
a
great
mercy
we
could
do
that
,
for
we
could
not
save
the
least
parcel
of
our
Goods
,
nor
one
of
our
Chests
,
much
less
any
of
the
Company
's
Goods
.
This
was
a
mighty
loss
to
the
Company
,
who
had
abundance
of
Cinnamon
,
and
rich
Cinnamon-Oyl
on
board
,
all
which
helpt
its
own
destruction
,
and
increased
the
Fire
:
For
no
sooner
had
we
left
the
Ship
our selves
,
but
the
fire
took
in
the
Powder-room
,
where
there
was
some
Tuns
of
Powder
,
which
blew
up
the
Ship
and
tore
it
all
to
pieces
,
and
threw
some
of
its
Cannon
above
a
quarter
of
a
mile
up
into
the
Air.
Thus
,
when
we
thought
our selves
secure
,
and
past
all
danger
,
and
pleased
our selves
with
the
thoughts
of
our
success
,
we
were
all
on
a
sudden
mortified
with
this
great
accident
,
and
all
our
Joys
destroyed
,
with
the
utmost
peril
of
all
our
Lives
.
But
God
be
praised
,
that
no
Man
got
any
harm
,
but
every
one
of
'em
were
saved
by
means
of
a
good
number
of
Small
Boats
that
were
sent
to
our
Relief
.
The
Butler
,
who
had
been
the
occasion
of
this
,
was
seized
by
the
Judge
Advocate
,
and
for
ought
I
know
,
was
forced
to
serve
the
Company
all
his
life
long
for
nothing
.
After
this
I
had
Orders
sent
me
to
go
upon
the
Fort
,
called
the
Hollandia
,
which
is
by
the
New
Gate
.
There
I
had
the
care
of
the
Sick
and
Wounded
;
and
was
set
over
a
Young
Man
,
whom
I
had
formerly
known
at
Dantzick
,
and
was
here
married
to
a
Daughter
of
one
of
the
Kastizen
.
These
Kastizens
are
those
that
had
a
Dutch
Father
,
and
an
Indian
Mother
.
When
an
European
marries
one
of
these
Kastizees
,
and
hath
any
Children
by
her
,
they
are
called
Mastizees
;
and
these
may
wear
the
same
Garb
that
the
Dutch
use
.
Of
this
latter
sort
,
there
are
many
thousands
in
and
about
Batavia
.
An
Old
Freeman
,
whom
I
used
to
converse
with
frequently
,
and
was
very
intimate
with
,
undertook
once
in
friendship
to
advise
me
to
marry
one
of
those
Mastizins
;
who
,
as
he
told
me
,
was
worth
above
forty
thousand
Gilders
.
This
proffer
did
not
much
displease
me
,
but
it
was
an
Old
Woman
,
he
told
me
,
and
the
Widow
of
an
European
Officer
,
who
had
served
the
Company
.
Hearing
of
her
Age
,
made
me
not
so
eager
to
see
her
as
I
was
at
first
,
when
he
proffered
to
carry
me
to
her
.
But
the
very
seeing
of
her
disgusted
me
so
much
from
Matrimony
,
and
my
Friend
,
that
I
never
had
a
charitable
thought
of
him
ever
after
.
I
thought
at
the
first
of
her
,
that
it
was
an
Ape
of
the
larger
size
,
that
had
been
the
wonder
and
pastime
of
Mankind
for
some
hundred
years
:
And
asking
him
,
whether
he
thought
me
fit
for
nothing
but
the
procreation
of
Baboons
,
I
left
him
in
a
mighty
passion
,
and
would
not
so
much
as
speak
a
word
more
about
the
matter
.
When
an
European
designs
to
marry
any
of
those
People
,
He
and
the
Woman
must
appear
before
the
President
of
the
Council
,
and
bring
their
Contracts
,
(
which
are
to
be
drawn
up
and
signed
by
a
Publick
Notary
)
to
him
,
to
have
his
consent
to
the
consummation
of
the
Marriage
;
likewise
a
Memorial
of
the
Goods
of
each
of
them
must
be
shewed
him
,
and
registred
:
And
when
they
have
obtained
leave
,
the
Wedding
is
generally
kept
about
a
fortnight
after
.
Besides
,
that
this
baulk
had
turned
my
Stomach
for
some
time
against
Matrimony
,
I
was
not
very
much
inclined
to
it
,
because
a
Man
is
obliged
to
settle
,
and
spend
his
life
in
India
.
For
I
had
a
design
to
be
going
further
still
;
and
by
the
means
of
some
Presents
,
now
and
then
,
to
obtain
leave
to
go
to
Japan
.
For
which
purpose
having
made
some
close
applications
,
and
used
the
means
I
mentioned
just
now
,
I
after
some
time
had
orders
to
get
me
ready
to
go
thither
,
on
board
the
Ship
called
the
Asia
,
which
was
to
go
in
a
fortnight
to
Formosa
,
and
from
thence
to
Japan
.
So
I
went
and
provided
my self
with
all
necessaries
for
that
Voyage
,
it
being
no
small
one
.
According
to
the
Orders
given
,
we
set
sail
in
the
Name
of
God
,
on
St.
Steven's
day
,
with
so
fair
a
South-wind
,
that
by
the
next
morning
we
were
got
three
miles
beyond
the
great
Island
Java
,
and
passed
by
the
small
Island
Carousing
.
The
next
day
we
saw
the
famous
Coast
of
the
Island
Borneo
,
and
leaving
that
on
the
right
and
Temabo
,
Tumbolan
and
Ananibo
on
the
left
,
we
steerd
our
Course
between
them
,
till
we
came
into
the
open
Sea
of
Paragoa
;
where
leaving
China
on
the
left
of
us
,
we
sailed
directly
upon
Formosa
.
But
e're
we
could
reach
it
,
we
had
very
bad
weather
for
some
days
,
and
were
in
extream
danger
;
for
besides
that
,
the
Sea
it self
is
one
of
the
most
dangerous
by
reason
of
the
many
Rocks
there
;
we
went
thro'
one
of
the
dreadfullests
Storms
that
was
almost
ever
known
;
insomuch
that
we
lost
both
Bolt-Sprit
,
and
Sprit-sail
,
and
one
other
Sail.
As
we
were
drove
to
this
extremity
,
our
Master
and
Steersman
advised
together
,
whether
they
should
not
make
what
way
they
could
to
an
Island
that
lay
on
the
right
Hand
,
and
within
sight
of
us
,
to
see
if
by
that
means
we
might
not
save
the
Men
and
Cargo
.
So
it
was
agreed
upon
,
that
we
should
make
thither
with
only
our
Mainsail
,
But
the
night
coming
upon
us
,
before
we
could
come
near
it
,
we
lost
all
hopes
of
safety
;
for
the
Tempest
increased
with
the
darkness
of
the
night
,
and
we
were
most
of
us
in
despair
of
our
Lives
,
and
for
my
part
I
never
was
less
fond
of
Travelling
,
than
at
that
time
.
Yet
my
hope
was
,
that
as
God
had
often
preserved
me
from
Eminent
dangers
before
,
so
he
would
not
forsake
me
then
in
this
Condition
;
Thus
we
Continued
till
near
Morning
,
when
our
Seamen
conceived
some
hopes
of
attaining
to
Land
,
and
accordingly
by
break
of
day
,
we
discovered
the
Island
Manilba
within
two
Miles
of
us
,
and
by
the
help
of
the
Light
we
made
shift
to
weather
the
Gulf
of
Manilba
,
which
as
soon
as
we
were
got
into
,
we
gave
God
Almighty
thanks
for
his
great
Preservation
.
Here
we
resitted
our
Ship
as
well
as
we
could
expect
,
and
got
a
new
Mast
,
and
in
Eight
days
time
we
set
Sail
again
with
a
fair
wind
Early
in
the
morning
,
so
that
by
next
day
we
left
China
on
the
left
,
and
the
next
Morning
were
in
sight
of
Formosa
,
whither
we
came
on
safe
,
and
cast
our
Anchors
before
the
Fort
,
called
the
Zealand
.
Our
Master
went
ashore
,
and
did
all
his
business
in
a
fortnights
time
;
during
which
time
I
was
most
upon
Land
,
but
it
being
needless
for
me
to
give
any
Account
of
that
place
,
which
hath
been
so
Amply
described
by
others
;
I
will
wave
it
,
and
pursue
our
Journey
.
We
set
Sail
again
with
a
fair
wind
,
and
sail'd
for
Three
days
along
the
vast
Coast
of
China
,
which
we
had
still
on
the
left
of
us
,
and
when
we
came
before
Cucheu
we
cast
our
Anchors
,
and
lay
still
Two
days
there
.
And
then
continued
our
Course
,
so
that
the
next
day
we
passed
by
the
Island
of
Chanquoish
,
and
Steering
between
the
Island
of
Fuego
,
&c.
We
in
few
days
came
before
the
City
of
Nangato
,
where
we
again
returned
God
thanks
,
for
having
brought
us
thro'
that
dangerous
Voyage
.
Notwithstanding
that
our
ship
was
so
tattered
,
and
that
we
had
lost
14
of
our
Men
;
and
had
20
sick
,
among
those
of
us
that
were
left
.
We
were
forced
to
leave
our
Chaplain
behind
us
at
Batavia
,
for
the
Javians
will
not
suffer
any
Nation
to
bring
any
of
their
Teachers
along
with
them
into
their
Territorys
.
So
that
we
were
forced
to
make
use
of
one
of
the
gravest
of
our
Company
,
who
was
Assigned
to
read
Prayers
daily
in
the
Ship
,
and
assoon
as
we
came
to
cast
our
Anchors
,
we
had
strict
Orders
given
by
the
Master
to
hide
the
Book
very
carefully
,
that
had
been
used
in
the
Voyage
;
and
to
keep
all
other
Religious
Books
close
out
of
sight
,
lest
we
should
go
in
danger
of
our
Lives
,
if
they
should
discover
any
of
'em
about
us
.
CHAP.
IX
.
How
forreign
Ships
are
received
,
and
visited
in
Japan
.
Women
proffered
to
them
for
their
use
while
they
Stay
.
Some
of
the
Japonneses
exceeding
Nimble
at
shewing
Tricks
Strange
variety
of
Birds
,
in
the
Port
of
Nangato
.
A
Ship
takes
Fire
,
by
means
of
the
Men
drinking
of
Arack
.
Account
of
the
Manners
,
Customs
,
Religion
&c.
of
the
Japonneses
.
Departure
from
Nangato
.
Near
being
Shipwreckt
a
going
back
to
Batavia
,
yet
Arrive
thither
.
Departure
thence
again
,
to
Malacca
,
and
Achem
,
with
an
Account
of
those
Inhabitants
,
and
return
again
to
Batavia
.
WE
had
scarcely
dropt
our
Anchors
before
Nangato
,
but
we
had
some
Japonneeses
Boarding
us
with
their
Canows
.
They
visited
our
Ship
from
Top
to
Bottom
,
by
Order
of
the
Emperor
;
and
according
to
their
Custom
,
secured
all
our
Sails
,
and
all
our
Powder
and
Bullets
;
dismounted
our
Cannon
,
and
took
off
some
of
the
Principal
Tackle
of
our
Ship
,
and
carried
them
on
Shore
with
them
.
Thus
they
serve
all
the
Ships
that
come
thither
,
and
thus
they
had
done
to
3
or
4
English
and
French
Ships
,
that
lay
there
:
But
every
bit
they
take
away
is
faithfully
returned
,
when
they
are
ready
to
go
off
again
.
When
we
had
begun
to
unlade
,
a
parcel
of
Japonneeses
came
to
us
to
offer
us
some
Women
,
and
askt
us
,
if
we
would
not
have
some
of
'em
while
we
stay'd
there
:
But
no
body
hearkned
to
their
Proposal
but
the
Master
,
and
the
Book-keeper
.
The
goods
were
unladen
by
the
Japonneeses
,
of
which
a
certain
number
is
allotted
to
each
Ship
:
So
that
our
Men
had
little
or
nothing
to
do
.
The
Master
went
on
Shore
,
as
soon
as
the
Ship
was
come
nearer
to
the
Town
,
and
lay'd
up
there
:
But
he
came
back
every
day
an
Hour
at
least
,
or
Two
,
before
night
:
For
all
the
while
that
we
lay
here
,
the
Japonneeses
held
a
continual
Watch
aboard
all
the
Ships
that
were
in
the
Port.
I
cannot
undertake
to
give
you
a
large
Account
of
Japan
,
because
it
would
require
a
larger
Volume
then
I
intend
;
nor
do
I
think
it
necessary
,
because
so
many
have
done
it
before
me
;
but
what
I
observed
most
particularly
amongst
'em
,
will
,
I
hope
,
be
sufficient
to
satisfy
the
Readers
Curiosity
.
When
I
came
on
Shore
,
the
first
place
I
entred
into
,
was
a
publick
house
,
where
they
drunk
Tea
,
and
that
very
plentifully
;
having
rested
there
a
while
with
my
Companions
,
we
went
to
take
a
view
of
the
Town
;
where
we
saw
abundance
of
Joyners
,
and
Japanners
Shops
,
set
out
with
Wonderful
variety
of
rich
and
Exquisite
work
,
as
Scrutores
Cabinets
&c.
inlay'd
with
silver
and
gold
,
and
most
admirably
lackerd
,
all
which
made
as
fine
a
Show
,
as
ever
I
saw
.
Some
of
these
pieces
of
Work
were
valued
at
some
Thousands
of
Gilders
.
In
that
kind
of
Work
they
out-do
all
Indians
whatever
,
and
indeed
in
all
manner
of
Ingenuity
and
Cunning
,
insomuch
that
it
was
a
Proverb
among
the
Dutch
,
that
tho'
a
Dutch
Man
was
Cunning
,
be
might
go
to
School
to
a
Japoneese
.
They
do
not
trouble
themselves
with
Linnen
or
Silk
Manufactures
;
by
reason
that
they
are
brought
over
to
them
in
such
abundance
from
other
Countreys
,
that
they
have
'em
as
Cheap
,
as
in
the
places
where
they
are
made
.
Our
Ship
the
Asia
,
was
laden
with
such
kind
of
things
,
and
took
in
Exchange
,
what
Japan
affords
,
as
Copper
Stafetiens
,
Silver
,
Gold
&c.
Their
Manner
of
Saluting
us
seemed
very
strange
to
me
at
first
;
for
whereas
the
Chineeses
,
and
other
East-Indians
used
to
shew
their
respect
by
clapping
their
hands
together
against
their
Breast
or
Fore-head
,
these
People
pull'd
off
their
Shoes
,
and
set
themselves
down
on
the
Ground
,
for
they
look
upon
it
as
the
greatest
piece
of
Incivility
to
receive
any
Person
Standing
.
Whereas
other
Nations
think
fair
Hair
,
and
white
Teeth
great
Ornaments
;
these
are
of
a
quite
different
Opinion
,
and
think
none
agreable
,
but
those
who
have
the
Blackest
Hair
and
Teeth
:
and
they
use
all
the
Art
they
can
to
make
them
so
;
their
Notion
in
this
being
directly
opposite
to
ours
,
takeing
Black
to
be
the
Livery
of
Mirth
and
Pleasantness
,
and
white
of
Grief
and
Mourning
.
They
have
but
very
little
Hair
on
their
Heads
,
being
always
carefull
to
pluck
it
out
by
the
Roots
from
their
Youth
.
In
short
,
all
their
Customs
,
Language
,
Dress
&c.
is
as
different
as
can
be
from
all
other
People
.
There
is
a
certain
Antipathy
between
them
and
the
Chineeses
,
they
cannot
bear
with
one
another
;
when
they
go
to
War
against
the
Tartars
or
the
Chineeses
,
they
never
give
Ground
,
and
will
sooner
be
Cut
into
a
Thousand
pieces
than
Fly
:
and
if
Thousands
,
10
or
100000
are
Cut
down
,
they
are
immediately
Recruited
:
For
their
Law
forbids
them
to
yield
to
,
or
Flee
from
,
any
Enemy
.
Their
Countrey
is
so
Populous
,
that
one
who
hath
not
seen
it
cannot
hardly
believe
it
The
Sea
Port
of
Nangato
,
was
at
our
first
coming
so
full
of
Birds
,
that
it
was
almost
covered
with
'em
,
and
all
the
Ships
that
lay
there
as
it
were
Blockt
up
with
them
;
they
were
very
Tame
,
insomuch
that
as
our
Boats
went
to
and
fro
to
Land
,
they
would
but
just
give
us
way
:
the
Reason
of
that
vast
Quantity
is
,
because
they
never
kill
any
of
'em
to
Eat
,
for
their
Law
forbids
them
strictly
to
Eat
any
thing
that
is
Tame
,
as
Oxen
,
Cows
,
Hens
,
&c.
But
any
thing
that
is
Wild
,
they
may
and
do
Eat
.
So
that
these
Fowls
being
harmless
,
as
well
as
Tame
,
they
do
not
so
much
as
disturb
them
;
which
makes
'em
Increase
to
that
prodigious
number
.
They
are
in
Shape
and
Colour
much
like
our
wild
Pigeons
,
and
have
the
same
feet
with
Ducks
.
The
night
before
I
was
resolved
to
go
on
Board
again
,
there
fell
out
an
unlucky
Accident
in
our
Ship
.
Some
of
the
Seamen
had
saved
their
Portions
of
Arack
for
some
days
,
designing
to
have
a
good
Quantity
together
for
Punch
,
and
the
place
where
they
went
to
drink
it
being
very
dark
,
they
got
themselves
a
Lamp
,
which
they
lighted
,
and
Imprudently
hung
up
upon
one
of
their
Hammocks
;
One
of
them
being
a
little
Intoxicated
,
and
lazy
,
lay'd
himself
down
in
that
Hammock
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Company
pressing
him
to
drink
in
his
Turn
,
he
did
now
and
then
take
his
Cup
,
but
at
last
his
hand
growing
more
and
more
unsteady
,
he
spilt
part
of
his
Cup
over
the
Lamp
;
which
by
Misfortune
hung
over
their
Bowl
.
So
that
the
whole
taking
Fire
,
and
they
not
in
a
Capacity
to
look
carefully
about
them
,
the
Fire
took
hold
of
the
Hammocks
,
and
burnt
several
of
them
.
But
by
the
Assistance
of
the
other
Seamen
it
was
happily
stopt
from
doing
any
further
Damage
.
The
men
who
had
occasioned
this
were
immediately
clapt
up
in
Irons
:
And
some
days
after
they
were
brought
to
publick
Punishment
,
according
to
the
Custom
of
the
Sea
:
Which
was
to
receive
from
every
Person
of
the
Ship
90
Blows
on
the
Breech
,
with
an
Anchor
Rope
.
And
had
the
Master
not
been
very
favourable
,
it
would
have
fared
much
harder
with
them
.
However
,
as
mild
as
the
punishment
was
,
it
made
them
in
such
a
Condition
,
that
they
were
forced
to
keep
their
Beds
for
several
Weeks
;
and
most
like
to
Die
:
Neither
could
any
of
'em
ease
Nature
,
or
make
Water
,
for
several
days
.
While
we
lay
here
,
I
was
Invited
on
Board
an
English
Merchant-Man
,
and
there
had
great
proffers
made
me
if
I
would
have
gone
along
with
them
;
the
proffer
was
the
more
Advantagious
,
because
they
had
lost
their
Surgeon
in
the
Voyage
,
and
had
but
a
Young
raw
Boy
with
them
that
could
hardly
spread
a
Plaister
.
But
I
would
by
no
means
hearken
to
their
Proposal
,
because
it
was
as
much
as
my
Life
was
worth
,
and
what
was
yet
more
,
I
should
have
been
Perjured
if
I
had
accepted
of
it
,
and
forsook
the
Company
.
In
this
Port
dyed
three
of
our
Men
,
and
a
Carpenters
Boy
.
Some
Japonneeses
carried
them
out
of
the
Harbour
in
a
small
Boat
,
into
open
Sea
,
where
they
threw
'em
over
:
For
they
are
so
far
from
suffering
any
Forreigners
to
be
Buried
among
them
,
that
they
will
not
permit
them
to
be
thrown
so
much
as
in
the
Water
that
is
near
them
.
We
had
here
such
a
Terrible
Storm
all
on
a
sudden
,
that
if
our
Ship
had
not
been
well
provided
with
Anchors
,
and
the
Tempests
lasted
but
a
very
little
while
;
it
had
certainly
been
lost
.
For
in
that
little
while
,
of
four
Anchors
that
we
had
,
we
lost
Two
.
The
English
Ship
I
was
just
now
speaking
of
,
foundered
,
at
that
time
7
of
her
Men
were
drowned
,
and
the
rest
very
hardly
escaped
.
The
next
day
they
refitted
our
Ship
again
;
during
which
time
,
I
had
an
opportunity
of
going
on
Shore
again
for
three
or
Four
days
.
In
that
time
there
happened
to
come
some
Juglers
to
Nangato
,
who
shewed
the
finest
and
the
most
dexterous
Tricks
that
I
ever
saw
,
both
of
Legerdemain
,
and
of
Activity
of
Body
;
but
of
what
they
Showed
of
the
latter
an
Instance
or
two
,
will
not
be
unacceptable
.
One
of
these
Fellows
had
a
Bamboo
Cane
,
of
about
6
foot
length
tied
to
his
Middle
,
and
as
he
was
Standing
still
,
another
Fellow
leaping
on
a
sudden
with
his
feet
upon
his
Shoulders
,
climbed
up
to
the
Top
of
the
Cane
;
and
there
lay'd
himself
out
at
length
upon
the
Knob
,
which
was
on
the
top
of
the
Cane
,
of
about
the
bigness
of
a
Goose's
Egg
,
stretching
out
his
Arms
and
Leggs
,
and
whiring
round
3
or
4
times
.
The
Man
upon
whom
the
Cane
was
tied
fast
,
walking
all
the
while
to
and
fro
,
and
never
offering
to
touch
the
Cane
with
his
hand
.
After
this
there
came
a
second
who
stood
upon
his
head
,
with
his
feet
directly
up
in
the
Air
,
and
then
a
third
came
and
got
up
and
stood
upon
the
Soles
of
his
feet
.
Then
another
set
himself
firm
upon
his
Leggs
,
and
there
came
one
of
them
and
stood
upon
his
head
,
with
his
feet
up
in
the
Air.
Lastly
,
they
took
a
Board
all
stuck
with
sharp
Nails
about
two
spans
length
;
over
which
a
Fellow
raised
himself
upon
his
hands
so
neatly
,
that
his
head
did
not
touch
one
of
the
Spikes
.
These
Tricks
being
somewhat
extraordinary
,
and
far
more
surprising
than
what
I
have
yet
seen
in
Europe
,
I
thought
it
might
not
be
amiss
to
give
you
an
Account
of
them
,
tho'
I
am
sensible
that
some
who
think
all
Impossible
which
they
have
not
seen
,
will
be
apt
to
censure
it
,
rather
than
believe
it
.
This
last
time
of
my
being
ashore
,
I
chanced
to
come
by
one
of
their
Religious
Assemblys
,
into
which
my
Curiosity
led
me
to
go
,
in
hopes
of
seeing
some
strange
Custom
:
But
there
was
nothing
very
peculiar
.
There
only
came
in
one
of
their
Priests
,
who
set
himself
down
in
the
midst
of
the
place
,
and
a
great
many
People
being
gathered
about
him
,
he
made
a
kind
of
Sermon
or
Oration
to
them
,
which
I
hearkned
to
very
diligently
;
but
could
not
understand
a
word
of
what
he
said
.
Nor
would
any
one
of
that
Assembly
give
me
any
answer
when
I
asked
them
what
it
was
that
he
had
been
saying
to
them
,
but
all
went
off
like
Mutes
;
they
do
not
at
all
care
to
enter
into
any
discourse
with
Christians
concerning
Religion
,
which
I
often
attempted
to
bring
them
upon
:
And
indeed
it
is
not
safe
for
Christians
to
talk
to
them
on
that
Subject
,
as
we
had
all
sufficiently
been
Informed
'
ere
we
came
to
Land
here
.
Yet
I
could
not
forbear
to
touch
a
little
a
upon
't
sometimes
,
with
one
particular
Acquaintance
I
had
got
there
,
who
was
a
grave
,
sober
,
understanding
Man
:
And
he
would
often
express
very
favourable
Sentiments
of
the
Christian
Religion
,
and
did
not
stick
to
tell
me
once
(
fetching
a
deep
sigh
)
that
he
wished
he
could
be
at
liberty
to
Embrace
it
,
but
withal
conjuring
me
not
to
discover
him
;
because
it
would
cost
him
his
Life
,
if
it
was
known
that
he
had
such
a
desire
.
My
time
now
grew
short
;
and
I
made
haste
to
buy
what
I
wanted
;
but
when
I
came
to
look
about
in
their
Shops
and
Ware-houses
,
I
was
so
Tempted
with
the
sight
of
their
Fine-works
that
I
bought
a
great
deal
more
than
I
at
first
designed
to
do
.
What
I
bought
,
tho'
of
the
Finest-work
,
I
had
exceeding
Cheap
:
Which
was
another
Encouragement
to
me
to
lay
out
my
Money
.
These
Work-men
are
but
very
poor
,
as
indeed
all
the
Trades-men
in
the
Country
are
.
Some
of
'em
do
not
live
better
than
Beggers
,
and
a
little
Charity
Transports
them
into
such
humble
Acknowledgments
,
that
if
at
any
time
I
gave
any
of
'em
the
value
of
Two-pence
of
our
money
,
I
could
hardly
keep
them
from
falling
upon
their
knees
before
me
to
thank
me
.
There
is
no
middle
Rank
of
Men
among
them
,
of
any
value
,
even
the
Merchants
being
not
lookt
upon
:
But
on
the
other
side
,
their
Gentry
or
Nobility
are
valued
and
Respected
at
a
more
than
ordinary
Rate
:
And
in
their
gate
and
behaviour
one
may
observe
such
a
Grandeur
,
or
rather
Haughtiness
,
as
is
scarce
to
be
seen
any
where
else
.
Our
Ship
being
now
full
laden
with
Copper
,
Lacker'd
work
,
Jappan-money
,
and
other
Commoditys
,
the
Japponeeses
came
again
to
us
,
first
to
visit
the
Ship
,
and
then
restored
us
all
our
Cannon
,
Powder
and
Bullets
,
and
our
Sails
;
all
which
they
brought
us
on
Board
again
,
and
the
next
day
,
we
set
sail
out
of
the
Port
,
tho'
it
snowed
hard
,
and
the
Wind
was
somewhat
Rough.
The
next
Morning
we
saw
three
Suns
in
the
Heavens
;
but
the
Brightness
of
the
two
unusual
Phoenomenas
the
two
seeming
Suns
was
not
comparable
to
that
of
the
real
Sun
;
all
three
of
them
were
seen
within
a
large
Rainbow
.
The
2d
.
3d.
and
4th
day
we
failed
by
the
Island
Ximo
,
and
coming
to
a
small
Island
of
about
6
miles
compass
,
we
cast
Anchor
,
to
wait
there
for
a
Wind.
Some
our
Men
went
on
Shore
,
and
brought
back
some
Eggs
with
'em
,
which
Water-fowls
lay
usually
about
the
Shore
.
They
were
as
large
as
Geese
eggs
,
and
we
found
'em
extraordinary
good
.
The
next
day
we
went
off
with
a
good
Wind
;
2
or
3
days
after
,
we
were
all
of
us
Surprized
to
see
something
Floating
,
and
hundreds
of
Fowl
upon
it
;
but
coming
nearer
to
it
,
we
found
it
was
a
vast
big
Fish
,
cover'd
with
those
Birds
.
We
found
here
but
18
or
20
fathoms
Water
;
so
that
we
were
dayly
and
continually
forced
to
use
the
Plummet
:
Till
a
fresh
Storm
came
upon
us
which
obliged
us
with
all
speed
to
hand
all
our
sails
.
The
Tempest
was
so
furious
for
a
time
,
that
we
thought
no
otherwise
but
we
should
have
been
swallowed
up
:
But
God
Almighty
,
whose
Compassions
never
fail
towards
them
that
call
upon
him
faithfully
,
was
pleased
to
deliver
us
out
of
our
distress
,
by
stilling
the
Winds
,
and
after
some
time
we
came
to
a
small
low
sandy
Island
,
called
Kruys
Island
,
where
we
dropt
2
of
our
Anchors
.
In
this
stress
of
Weather
we
lost
one
Man
,
who
was
Tossed
off
the
Maintop
Mast
into
the
Sea
.
The
Billows
carried
him
quite
out
of
our
sight
,
else
we
had
been
obliged
by
our
Sea
Articles
to
have
put
out
the
long
Boat
and
to
have
gone
after
him
,
tho'
we
run
the
risk
of
loosing
all
the
Men
of
the
Ship
.
But
being
we
could
not
see
him
,
we
were
not
obliged
to
seek
after
him
;
and
it
was
more
prudent
to
give
him
over
for
lost
,
than
to
venture
7
or
8
Men
more
when
there
was
no
Prospect
of
doing
any
good
.
It
Snowed
very
hard
:
so
that
we
lay
still
here
2
days
,
and
on
the
3d.
day
,
we
set
sail
directing
our
Course
towards
Formosa
.
In
our
way
thither
we
came
by
a
large
Rock
almost
cover'd
o're
with
Fowl
,
we
went
up
to
it
with
our
long
Boat
,
and
caught
above
a
hundred
of
'em
:
if
we
would
have
stayed
a
while
,
we
might
have
caught
thousands
,
for
they
hardly
fled
away
from
us
:
But
most
of
'em
crept
into
their
nests
,
which
were
nothing
,
but
the
natural
Cavitys
of
the
Rock
,
without
any
straw
or
any
kind
of
Lining
in
them
;
they
being
so
easy
to
come
at
,
made
us
conclude
,
that
they
had
hardly
ever
been
disturbed
by
any
Man
.
At
Noon
our
Steers-man
took
the
Suns
altitude
,
by
which
we
found
that
we
were
within
40
Leagues
of
the
Island
Formosa
,
whither
we
were
Steering
.
It
was
as
fine
Weather
,
as
we
could
wish
;
but
the
Wind
being
against
us
,
we
were
forced
to
clap
upon
the
Wind
to
make
the
best
of
it
,
and
get
a
little
forward
,
till
we
came
to
have
the
Wind
upon
the
beam
,
which
in
3
days
time
brought
us
before
the
Road
of
Zealand
.
There
we
put
some
Rice
ashore
,
and
stayed
but
a
day
and
a
half
,
and
at
night
we
put
out
of
the
Bay
,
Firing
3
Guns
to
take
our
leave
.
While
our
Gunner
was
doing
this
,
he
had
left
a
measure
of
Powder
in
the
Boys
hands
who
stood
behind
him
,
and
a
Seaman
coming
by
with
a
Pipe
of
Tabacco
in
his
Mouth
,
going
to
peep
into
the
Powder
case
,
let
fall
some
of
his
Tobacco
amongst
it
,
which
burnt
him
dreadfully
,
and
threw
the
Boy
backwards
to
the
ground
.
It
was
well
this
did
not
happen
in
a
greater
parcel
,
and
that
there
was
no
more
harm
done
.
But
for
this
the
Seaman
was
taken
,
and
was
severely
puff'd
:
That
is
done
by
laying
'em
flat
on
their
Belly
,
and
stricking
them
with
a
Rope
across
the
Breech
.
The
next
day
we
Steer'd
between
two
high
Rocks
,
that
were
about
half
a
League
asunder
:
The
Wind
from
that
time
continued
fair
for
us
during
the
space
of
8
days
,
in
which
we
passed
by
the
Island
Manilha
,
then
we
came
into
a
Wind
,
which
was
very
troublesome
to
us
;
for
it
filled
the
Air
with
nasty
stuff
as
thick
as
Snow
,
this
Wind
came
over
some
small
Islands
that
lay
2
Miles
on
the
South
of
us
,
which
are
called
the
Stof
Elyanden
.
When
the
Wind
is
pretty
high
,
and
sits
in
that
corner
,
if
a
Ship
goes
too
near
them
,
it
is
almost
enough
to
Smother
Men.
But
God
be
thanked
we
came
safe
thro'
it
,
and
with
a
favourable
Wind
came
into
the
Sea
of
Paragua
;
we
kept
on
our
Course
to
Borneo
,
and
from
thence
to
Great
Java
,
whence
we
quickly
reach'd
Batavia
;
which
happily
compleated
our
Voyage
in
5
Months
.
Being
Arrived
,
our
Ship
was
unladen
:
Our
sick
Men
carried
to
the
Hospital
,
and
I
at
the
same
time
went
on
Shore
,
and
took
all
my
Medicaments
with
me
,
but
we
had
not
been
here
above
a
fortnight
,
but
an
opportunity
offerd
it self
to
me
,
either
to
go
along
with
a
small
Fleet
to
the
Straight
of
Sunda
,
or
else
with
another
which
was
to
cruise
between
Malacca
and
Sumatra
.
I
had
my
choice
,
and
having
declared
my
desire
rather
to
go
with
the
latter
,
I
received
my
Commission
.
The
reason
why
these
two
small
Squadrons
were
sent
thither
was
,
because
we
were
informed
,
that
the
French
and
English
being
disguised
at
the
disturbance
we
had
given
them
in
Bantam
,
were
coming
out
against
us
.
After
we
had
been
some
Weeks
a
Cruising
there
,
now
toward
Sumatra
,
then
towards
Mallaca
,
sometime
to
the
Island
St.
Maurice
and
Madagascar
,
without
Meeting
with
any
either
French
or
English
,
Captain
Vander
Bors
,
who
was
our
Commadore
or
Admiral
,
resolved
to
go
with
the
Fleet
to
Achem
,
and
to
lye
still
there
,
only
he
orderd
that
one
Ship
should
be
Cruising
about
,
and
bring
Intelligence
,
and
the
whole
Squadron
which
consisted
of
11
Ships
should
take
it
by
turns
.
While
we
lay
here
we
had
a
most
dreadful
Storm
for
the
space
of
6
whole
days
.
The
Sciam
was
cast
away
,
Men
and
all
,
except
a
few
of
'
em
.
The
Zealand
having
lost
all
her
Anchors
,
was
drove
upon
a
Shelf
,
where
she
stuck
.
We
went
in
haste
to
help
her
Men
,
and
we
did
save
some
of
'em
:
But
at
last
the
two
long
Boats
which
we
had
sent
to
their
Relief
being
Tossed
violently
against
each
other
,
Split
in
pieces
,
and
all
the
Men
in
them
were
drowned
,
which
were
about
130.
As
for
our
Ship
,
we
were
forced
to
Swaddle
it
with
a
four
double
Cable
Rope
,
lest
it
should
have
Split
,
by
the
violence
of
the
Waves
,
and
to
keep
constantly
Pumping
,
six
and
six
at
a
time
,
changing
Men
every
quarter
of
an
hour
.
And
whereas
one
Man
used
to
suffice
at
the
helm
,
we
were
forced
to
have
10
to
keep
our
Anchors
from
twisting
altogegether
and
breaking
.
The
worst
of
this
was
,
that
we
were
not
far
from
Land
,
and
we
were
just
of
the
Windward
of
'm
:
For
we
had
been
much
safer
if
we
had
been
in
open
Sea
.
But
that
is
safe
enough
every
where
which
God
takes
into
his
keeping
,
and
it
pleased
him
at
the
end
of
6
days
to
send
us
a
fine
Calm
again
,
wherefore
we
went
immediately
to
Prayers
,
and
gave
God
thanks
that
he
had
thus
deliverd
us
.
The
next
thing
we
did
was
to
give
the
Men
some
Refreshment
,
one
chief
part
of
which
is
always
a
good
portion
of
Arack
,
and
that
being
done
we
sent
word
to
Batavia
,
what
a
poor
condition
we
were
in
,
to
which
we
had
for
answer
,
that
we
might
come
away
for
Java
again
:
For
that
two
Ships
were
lately
come
thither
from
Holland
,
which
had
brought
information
,
that
there
was
no
report
there
of
any
likely-hood
of
War
,
and
that
we
needed
not
to
fear
it
in
those
Parts
:
But
only
that
England
required
some
Millions
of
Money
from
Holland
,
for
the
damage
the
English
had
sustained
by
their
means
in
Bantam
;
and
that
in
case
the
Dutch
did
not
come
to
a
Composition
,
a
War
would
most
certainly
follow
.
While
we
lay
still
before
Achem
,
I
went
often
to
Shore
to
refresh
my self
with
the
excellent
Fruits
of
that
Country
.
The
Religion
,
Manners
Customs
,
&c.
of
that
People
are
much
the
same
with
the
Javians
.
In
a
Village
not
far
from
thence
,
where
none
but
Fisher-men
live
,
I
saw
Men
that
had
one
of
their
Leggs
as
big
as
most
Mens
middles
;
when
they
used
to
hold
them
up
,
it
would
Shade
their
whole
Body
from
the
Sun
,
and
yet
would
these
Men
run
as
fast
as
Horses
.
I
sometimes
layd
my
hand
on
those
Leggs
of
theirs
,
and
they
felt
just
like
a
Spunge
.
By
that
Village
runs
a
very
fair
and
pleasant
River
,
which
empties
it self
into
the
Sea
,
near
the
place
where
we
lay
at
Anchor
,
along
the
sides
of
which
are
a
great
many
strange
Tree
,
which
bear
a
Fruit
they
call
Wild
Ananas
3
times
a
year
,
when
the
Fruit
is
ripe
it
is
extream
pleasant
.
Our
Fleet
,
which
consisted
now
of
no
more
than
9
Ships
,
set
sail
for
Batavia
,
where
we
Arrived
in
a
fortnight
:
And
found
the
other
Fleet
come
three
days
before
us
.
I
had
changed
my
Ship
,
and
was
in
Business
in
the
Hollandia
,
where
I
had
a
great
deal
of
work
,
and
most
of
my
patients
Afflicted
with
sore
Leggs
.
The
Surgeon
that
did
belong
to
it
dyed
in
this
Voyage
,
and
I
the
rather
chose
that
Ship
,
because
it
had
already
received
Orders
to
go
to
the
Isle
of
Bali
.
Before
it
went
off
I
went
to
Shore
to
take
my
leave
of
my
old
Acquaintance
;
and
there
met
with
one
that
was
lately
come
out
of
Europe
,
a
Native
of
Ulm
,
a
place
I
was
well
acquainted
with
;
and
it
being
a
day
which
was
kept
there
as
a
Festival
,
we
kept
it
here
also
amongst
our selves
,
and
diverted
our selves
very
well
:
Among
other
news
he
brought
over
with
him
,
the
most
considerable
was
,
that
the
Turks
were
beaten
from
before
Vienna
;
which
did
not
a
little
contribute
to
our
Joy
and
Satisfaction
.
CHAP.
X.
Their
departure
and
Arrival
at
Bali
.
Arrows
used
by
the
Inhabitants
which
are
Mortal
.
They
sell
themselves
for
Slaves
Their
strange
Idolatry
.
Women
Burn
themselves
with
the
Corps
of
their
Husbands
.
The
Island
Susu
Inhabited
by
Men-Eaters
.
Departure
from
Bali
,
and
arrivel
at
Batavia
.
Observations
on
that
place
.
Account
of
his
Voyage
to
Surat
,
and
return
to
Batavia
which
he
leaves
again
to
go
to
Bengal
,
Pegu
and
Aracan
.
Roses
of
Jericho
.
IN
two
days
time
we
set
Sail
with
a
fair
Wind
:
And
the
same
day
before
Sun-set
we
passed
by
the
Island
Onrust
,
then
came
between
the
Island
Toppers-hoedie
,
and
Bantam
along
Great
Java
into
open
Sea
:
And
in
18
days
time
we
reached
the
Island
Bali
,
and
cast
our
Anchors
before
the
Capital
Town
of
the
same
name
.
In
our
former
Voyage
to
Banda
and
Amboina
,
we
passed
by
this
place
and
came
within
8
Miles
of
it
;
But
the
Wind
being
then
so
fair
for
us
,
we
would
not
touch
here
,
but
made
the
best
of
our
way
forward
:
Otherwise
we
should
have
called
here
of
Course
,
as
most
Ships
do
,
to
take
in
fresh
Water
,
and
other
Refreshments
.
Here
we
unladed
our
Ship
,
and
exchanged
the
Commodities
for
those
of
the
Countrey
:
Which
were
chiefly
,
Silk
and
Cotton
wrought
,
most
of
the
Peo-People
here
being
employed
in
Spinning
and
Weaving
.
They
are
a
very
Strong
sort
of
People
,
somewhat
Blacker
than
the
generality
of
other
Indians
are
.
They
use
no
other
Weapon
when
they
fight
but
Arrows
,
which
they
carry
always
about
them
in
a
kind
of
quiver
.
These
Arrows
are
so
contrived
,
that
when
the
Man
who
is
Wounded
with
'em
goes
to
draw
them
out
,
they
break
;
besides
that
,
they
are
so
Artificially
Poyson'd
,
that
it
is
present
death
without
any
Remedy
.
They
permit
themselves
to
be
sold
,
to
any
Nation
over
all
the
Indies
,
for
Slaves
;
while
I
was
there
I
bought
a
young
Girl
of
a
Merchant
,
for
18
Rixdollers
,
and
took
her
with
me
to
Batavia
,
where
I
could
make
her
earn
me
two
Shillings
or
18
Pence
a
day
.
They
are
exceeding
Brutish
People
,
and
the
Simplest
of
Heathens
.
Their
God
is
what
ever
they
first
cast
their
Eye
on
in
the
Morning
,
so
that
it
is
still
variable
,
sometimes
a
Cow
,
sometimes
a
Tree
,
sometimes
a
Dog
,
or
a
Bird
,
&c.
This
they
keep
in
veneration
for
all
that
day
,
and
pray
to
it
with
great
earnestness
upon
all
emergencies
.
They
know
nothing
of
Marrying
amongst
'
em
.
But
as
it
is
among
Brutes
,
Men
and
Women
are
in
common
to
each
other
,
which
makes
the
Country
very
Populous
.
Yet
each
man
hath
always
some
one
whom
he
looks
upon
as
a
Principal
Consort
,
and
by
the
Custom
of
the
Country
she
is
obliged
to
such
a
severe
and
Rigorous
Ceremony
upon
the
death
of
her
Mate
,
as
would
very
ill
go
down
with
those
who
make
a
profession
of
more
faithfulness
and
a
more
Honourable
observance
of
their
more
solemn
Engagements
:
And
I
have
seen
them
acquit
themselves
of
it
with
the
greatest
Resolution
imaginable
;
I
mean
the
Burning
themselves
,
when
their
reputed
Husbands
Corps
is
committed
to
the
Flames
.
The
manner
of
it
is
thus
.
When
the
Man
is
dead
,
they
sow
him
up
in
a
Cotton
cloath
,
and
carry
him
up
to
the
Top
of
the
House
,
where
they
keep
him
four
or
five
days
;
during
which
time
the
Woman
hath
time
to
prepare
her self
,
that
is
,
to
take
her
leave
of
her
friends
;
and
all
the
while
some
old
Women
who
are
hired
for
that
purpose
,
are
sitting
at
the
door
,
crying
and
howling
.
Then
they
dig
a
great
hole
near
the
River
side
,
which
they
fill
with
Wood
,
and
having
laid
the
Corps
upon
it
,
they
set
fire
to
the
Wood.
The
Woman
all
this
while
having
taken
her
farewel
of
all
her
Relations
,
and
having
got
a
whole
bundle
of
presents
and
recommendations
to
their
friends
in
the
other
World
,
she
binds
up
all
her
tokens
together
in
a
Cotton
Cloath
,
and
when
the
Fire
is
throughly
lighted
,
she
throws
her self
therein
.
These
tokens
are
different
according
to
the
Condition
,
Inclination
,
or
degree
of
Relation
of
the
Person
they
send
to
;
as
one
Man
shall
send
his
Wife
Money
,
the
other
Flowers
,
the
other
some
other
small
present
,
all
which
she
promises
to
deliver
faithfully
.
There
stands
round
the
Fire
several
Persons
with
their
Instruments
of
Copper
and
other
Metals
,
on
which
they
make
such
a
horrid
noise
,
that
there
is
no
hearing
of
the
Womans
Shreeks
,
besides
there
are
Men
ready
with
Vessels
of
Oyl
to
pour
into
the
Fire
to
make
it
Burn
more
vehemently
,
that
she
may
the
sooner
be
out
of
her
pain
.
When
they
are
thus
consumed
to
ashes
,
they
are
taken
up
very
clean
and
thrown
into
the
River
with
another
consort
of
howling
and
crying
.
I
know
there
hath
been
several
Accounts
of
this
given
by
others
after
a
different
Manner
,
but
what
I
have
here
given
is
as
I
have
been
an
eye
witness
of
it
my self
.
Here
grows
some
of
the
sinest
Fruits
in
the
World
,
and
in
great
plenty
,
so
that
I
eat
my
fill
of
'
em
.
These
Fruits
are
a
Refreshment
of
no
small
value
to
an
European
,
and
it
makes
him
have
a
much
greater
esteem
for
those
remote
and
Barbarous
Isles
,
and
it
is
very
often
the
only
thing
for
which
one
would
value
them
;
it
is
as
observable
,
that
the
more
Barbarous
the
Country
is
,
the
more
it
excels
in
choice
and
delicate
Fruits
,
as
this
place
may
well
serve
for
an
example
,
and
all
the
Isles
thereabouts
,
which
are
Inhabited
by
the
most
Brutish
sort
of
Men.
And
some
of
'em
by
Men
who
devour
one
another
,
and
make
a
feast
of
their
Victory
;
as
at
Susu
,
which
lyes
here
hard
by
,
and
likewise
in
the
Country
of
the
Hottentots
near
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
.
I
have
often
wisht
for
some
of
them
since
I
parted
with
them
,
and
that
they
had
agreed
more
with
our
Climate
,
so
that
we
could
have
them
in
Europe
.
Our
business
being
done
,
we
left
Bali
;
And
quickly
gained
the
Cost
of
Great
Java
,
from
which
Bali
lyes
but
eight
Leagues
distance
;
and
in
eight
days
Sail
we
arrived
at
Balavia
again
.
We
had
all
the
way
the
sight
of
the
Island
we
left
,
and
sometimes
could
see
over
it
in
a
very
clear
day
,
it
not
being
above
sixteen
Miles
in
compass
.
When
we
came
to
Shore
I
was
very
kindly
receved
,
and
placed
into
the
Hospital
at
Batavia
;
there
being
just
then
a
vacancy
by
the
death
of
the
chief
Surgeon
of
that
place
,
the
Council
was
pleased
to
choose
me
in
his
stead
,
and
to
give
me
the
care
of
it
.
Here
I
had
five
Masters
Surgeons
under
me
,
and
my
Station
was
every
way
much
more
agreable
than
hitherto
it
had
been
;
but
that
which
pleased
me
the
best
,
was
that
I
had
both
time
,
and
opportunity
to
serve
God
;
and
tho'
it
was
only
the
Reformed
Religion
that
was
exercised
there
,
yet
I
took
a
great
deal
of
Satisfaction
in
going
to
serve
God
with
them
,
when
their
Assemblys
met
;
which
was
three
times
a
Week
.
But
I
could
rather
have
wished
there
had
been
a
Church
of
my
own
perswasion
(
which
is
the
same
that
Luther
maintaind
and
profess'd
)
for
then
I
believe
I
should
never
have
troubled
my self
to
have
come
back
into
Holland
again
,
and
I
dare
say
that
thousands
more
would
willingly
continue
there
,
rather
than
undertake
such
dangerous
Voyages
to
come
back
,
if
they
could
but
have
the
free
exercise
of
their
Religion
,
as
they
have
in
Holland
,
where
all
Religions
are
tolerated
;
and
it
was
ever
a
wonder
to
me
,
that
the
same
liberty
was
not
granted
in
Batavia
,
which
is
as
wisely
and
politically
govern'd
as
any
City
in
the
World
,
and
keeps
as
good
an
order
in
all
things
,
notwithstanding
the
great
variety
of
its
Inhabitants
;
having
within
it
,
besides
the
Natives
of
the
several
parts
of
the
Indies
,
vast
numbers
of
Turks
,
Persians
,
Tartars
,
Chineeses
,
Siamers
,
Moors
,
Japoneeses
,
Armenians
,
Arabians
,
&c.
Yet
is
there
no
other
Religion
allowed
,
but
that
of
the
Reformed
,
and
at
their
Assemblys
are
all
the
Soldiers
obliged
to
be
present
,
of
what
perswasion
soever
they
be
,
and
forced
to
be
there
every
Sunday
by
Turns
,
under
the
Eye
of
an
Officer
,
and
then
they
put
their
Shoes
on
,
whereas
they
wear
'em
but-rarely
otherwise
.
There
are
besides
the
Church
in
the
Castle
two
other
Churches
,
where
they
Preach
in
the
Portugueeze
and
the
Maleysh
Languages
the
first
for
the
conveniency
of
the
Burghers
,
the
other
of
the
mixt
Nations
,
who
generally
speak
that
Language
.
Yet
for
all
this
liberty
of
Religion
is
not
given
,
there
are
many
hundreds
,
who
when
their
time
is
expired
,
bind
themselves
a
fresh
rather
than
venture
the
danger
of
going
home
again
,
tho'
they
lay
their
Religion
aside
for
ever
for
't
.
The
frequent
news
of
of
Ships
being
cast
away
,
and
loosing
one
half
of
the
Fleets
,
and
sometimes
the
whole
ones
,
increases
their
fears
daily
.
While
I
was
at
Batavia
my self
,
I
sent
a
Letter
to
my
Relations
,
by
one
who
intended
to
pass
thro'
Ulm
,
where
they
lived
:
And
of
this
Fleet
he
went
in
,
half
was
lost
by
the
way
,
tho'
he
got
safe
home
,
and
to
my
great
surprize
brought
me
an
answer
to
it
himself
,
about
two
years
after
that
:
Just
as
I
was
preparing
to
come
into
Holland
my self
,
he
told
me
he
was
come
over
again
to
end
his
days
there
,
for
he
found
that
the
Air
of
his
Native
Country
would
no
more
agree
with
him
.
While
I
was
thus
settled
here
,
I
got
very
considerable
practice
among
the
Free-men
,
besides
my
fixt
employment
;
and
especially
among
the
Chineeses
,
whom
I
found
by
much
the
most
generous
sort
of
People
and
best
to
deal
with
.
It
was
common
for
them
to
give
me
three
or
four
Rixdollars
for
letting
of
'em
Blood
,
and
forty
or
fifty
Gilders
for
curing
the
least
Wound
.
But
of
all
the
Patients
I
ever
had
,
I
cannot
but
mention
one
,
who
for
the
odness
of
the
Punishment
which
was
inflicted
on
his
Adversary
,
is
well
worth
the
Relating
.
I
was
once
in
a
Chineese's
house
drinking
of
Tea
,
which
is
drunk
in
great
quantitys
there
in
Tea-houses
,
very
good
and
very
Cheap
.
On
a
sudden
two
Chineeses
fell
to
high
words
,
till
at
last
one
of
'em
took
a
pot
full
of
Boyling
hot
Water
,
and
threw
it
all
upon
the
other
,
and
all
Scalded
his
Face
,
and
some
other
parts
.
I
took
the
Man
home
,
and
cured
him
in
a
few
days
,
for
which
he
gave
me
thirty
Rixdollars
ready
Money
and
did
me
all
the
kind
services
he
could
,
often
inviting
me
to
his
house
,
and
treating
me
very
civilly
.
The
other
who
had
used
him
thus
basely
,
was
Condemned
to
have
twelve
of
the
longest
Hairs
of
his
Beard
pull'd
out
,
or
else
to
pay
thirty
Golden
Cubanz
which
is
in
value
300
Rixdollars
(
each
Cubanz
,
being
worth
10
Rixdollars
,
and
the
Golden
Coyn
of
the
Great
Mogul's
)
but
this
Chineese
being
a
Man
of
Substance
,
chose
rather
to
pay
the
Money
than
to
part
with
so
many
precious
hairs
out
of
his
Beard
,
and
they
are
all
of
them
so
fond
of
that
Ornament
,
that
it
would
have
been
as
Reasonable
to
have
ask
him
for
twelve
of
his
Teeth
.
Besides
this
,
he
was
obliged
to
defray
all
the
charges
my
Patient
had
been
at
,
and
to
stand
to
all
damages
.
There
was
all
this
while
a
fine
Ship
preparing
for
a
Voyage
to
Surat
,
and
I
having
a
great
desire
to
go
that
Voyage
,
because
it
is
lookt
upon
as
very
safe
,
and
hardly
ever
attended
with
bad
Accidents
,
I
ordered
my
affairs
so
as
to
get
leave
to
go
:
Upon
which
I
sent
my
things
on
Board
the
Gelderland
,
for
that
was
the
name
of
the
new
Ship
which
I
was
to
go
in
.
On
Easterday
in
the
Morning
,
all
things
being
ready
,
we
set
Sail
by
break
of
day
,
and
took
our
farewell
with
three
Guns
,
but
we
reacht
no
further
by
night
than
the
Island
Onrust
,
and
for
want
of
a
Wind
,
were
forced
to
lye
still
there
four
days
.
At
last
we
weighed
our
Anchors
,
having
a
small
gale
of
Wind
,
which
carried
us
past
the
Isle
Sumatra
:
And
as
we
came
by
the
Island
Engano
,
it
ceased
and
left
us
without
a
breath
of
Wind.
Thus
we
left
the
Ship
to
run
a
drift
,
and
our
Men
were
all
idle
for
three
or
four
days
,
during
which
time
we
had
Engano
still
in
sight
of
us
,
for
we
moved
but
very
slowly
.
In
this
while
many
of
our
Men
took
notice
that
one
of
our
Souldiers
(
for
we
had
fourteen
of
them
a
Board
besides
Seamen
)
a
Venetian
Named
Nicolao
,
used
to
be
frequently
with
two
Boys
that
belong'd
to
the
Ship
,
and
those
three
would
meet
in
private
ever
and
anon
.
The
Boat-Swain
took
a
particular
notice
of
'em
,
and
watcht
'em
narrowly
;
at
last
he
discoverd
the
end
of
their
Meeting
,
and
Surprized
them
in
the
Act
of
Sodomy
;
Upon
which
he
went
and
informed
the
Master
of
what
had
passed
.
Immediately
after
the
Venetian
,
and
both
the
Boys
,
one
of
about
eighteen
,
the
other
about
twelve
year
of
age
,
were
seized
,
and
layd
up
in
Chains
,
and
upon
Examination
they
all
confess'd
that
they
had
been
guilty
of
that
abominable
Sin
ever
since
their
departure
from
Batavia
.
I
and
the
other
Master
Surgeon
were
then
of
the
Council
,
and
by
them
,
we
were
orderd
to
visit
them
,
and
we
found
it
but
too
true
,
upon
which
the
Sentence
was
pronounced
against
all
three
of
'em
,
viz.
that
they
should
be
cast
into
the
Sea
,
and
accordingly
early
the
next
Morning
after
Prayers
,
the
Venetian
was
brought
forth
:
And
one
of
the
Boys
tied
to
his
right
side
,
and
the
other
to
his
left
,
and
in
that
Manner
thrown
in
altogether
,
and
were
never
more
seen
by
us
.
The
Boys
were
very
penitent
,
and
much
affected
with
their
guilt
,
and
Prayed
with
the
Chaplain
very
heartily
,
and
shed
Tears
in
abundance
:
So
that
there
were
but
few
of
us
,
that
could
refrain
weeping
at
the
sight
of
'
em
.
But
the
Venetian
was
not
at
all
concerned
;
and
when
he
stood
upon
the
Plank
,
ready
to
be
thrown
off
,
he
begged
for
nothing
but
a
draught
of
Arack
.
The
Master
told
him
,
he
should
have
drink
enough
in
an
Instant
,
and
desired
him
to
consider
of
his
latter
end
,
and
to
provide
for
futurity
,
but
all
Remonstrances
were
in
vain
to
the
last
,
and
so
he
was
thrown
over
.
There
was
another
,
who
was
suspected
of
the
same
crime
;
and
upon
Examination
he
confess'd
he
had
intended
it
,
but
never
was
guilty
of
the
act
,
him
the
Council
order'd
to
remain
in
Chains
,
and
to
be
set
on
Shore
on
the
next
Wild
Island
we
should
come
at
,
which
was
Ouro
,
which
was
accordingly
done
;
when
we
Landed
him
there
,
we
left
him
some
Water
,
Bisket
and
Tobacco
to
serve
him
some
days
,
and
a
Gun
;
he
begged
heartily
that
we
would
rather
take
away
his
life
:
But
it
was
not
granted
.
So
we
went
forward
with
so
fair
a
gale
of
Wind
,
that
we
lost
sight
of
that
Island
before
night
.
We
passed
on
between
Ceylon
,
which
we
left
on
the
right
,
and
the
Maldivy
Islands
which
lay
on
the
left
,
and
Steering
round
the
Coasts
of
Malabar
,
and
Bisnagar
,
we
came
with
good
speed
to
Surat
after
five
Weeks
sail
,
where
we
cast
Anchor
.
Our
Ship
was
immediately
unladen
to
make
room
for
other
goods
:
And
our
Merchants
went
on
Shore
to
their
apartment
,
which
is
always
ready
for
'em
here
,
as
it
is
in
all
those
places
,
where
they
have
Factories
:
And
there
they
have
all
necessary
Ware-houses
;
Apartments
,
Servants
,
&c.
fit
to
receive
them
when
ever
they
come
.
Surat
lyes
about
800
Leagues
from
Batavia
,
and
belongs
to
the
Emperour
of
Indostan
,
otherwise
called
the
Great
Mogul
,
who
calls
himself
Lord
of
all
the
Indies
.
It
is
remarkable
and
strange
to
observe
how
the
Seasons
of
the
Year
are
here
divided
,
their
Winter
only
shows
it self
by
its
constant
Rains
,
for
half
a
year
in
one
part
of
the
Country
;
during
which
time
it
Rains
almost
daily
more
or
less
;
and
while
this
sort
of
Winter
lasts
in
one
part
,
it
is
Summer
and
fair
in
the
other
parts
of
the
Countrey
,
so
that
they
have
it
by
turns
.
The
days
and
nights
are
always
near
equal
,
of
twelve
hours
each
,
what
difference
there
is
,
is
not
perceptible
.
All
this
while
our
Ship
was
taking
her
lading
in
apace
,
but
it
was
not
great
,
most
of
it
was
Persian
Money
;
when
she
had
all
in
,
we
set
Sail
without
delay
with
the
first
fair
Wind
,
and
in
fourteen
days
time
we
passed
again
by
the
Coast
of
Malabar
now
on
the
left
.
Thence
we
sail'd
about
the
Cape
of
Gomori
,
which
lyes
extended
to
the
South
,
and
after
that
,
we
came
to
Punto
de
Galle
,
which
is
very
commodious
for
all
the
Ships
that
pass
that
way
to
take
in
any
Refreshments
.
There
we
took
in
fresh
Water
and
other
necessarys
.
We
found
there
an
English
Ship
,
called
the
Sina
,
come
from
Bengal
,
and
bound
for
Cameron
in
the
Persian
Sea
.
We
laid
four
days
here
,
before
Punto
de
Galle
:
And
then
the
Wind
blowing
fair
for
us
,
we
run
out
of
the
Haven
,
and
passed
the
next
day
by
the
Maldivy
Islands
,
of
which
it
is
computed
that
they
are
above
a
thousand
in
number
,
and
in
seven
days
sail
we
came
to
the
Island
Ouro
,
where
we
had
left
the
Souldier
.
We
cast
Anchor
there
,
and
sent
out
the
long
Boat
with
some
Men
to
look
after
him
,
but
they
could
not
hear
or
see
ought
of
him
:
So
we
continued
our
Course
towards
Great
Java
.
While
we
were
in
open
Sea
about
100
Leagues
off
Malacca
,
we
had
during
three
Weeks
time
such
a
Calm
,
that
we
thought
we
should
never
have
had
a
breath
of
Wind
more
.
So
that
in
all
that
time
we
did
not
get
a
League
forwards
,
only
the
Sea
Wind
moved
us
a
little
to
and
fro
,
but
did
us
no
good
.
For
,
tho'
it
may
seem
strange
to
those
that
are
Ignorant
of
it
,
it
oftentimes
happens
that
the
Main
Sea
,
especially
that
part
of
it
,
where
no
Bottom
is
to
be
found
,
is
in
a
very
great
agitation
,
tho'
there
be
no
Wind
at
all
to
be
perceived
:
And
I
my self
have
often
seen
in
the
stillest
Weather
,
the
Waves
heap'd
up
on
Hills
,
and
so
furiously
high
,
that
no
Storm
can
raise
them
higher
,
and
often
times
there
is
as
great
Danger
,
and
as
many
Ships
are
there
cast
away
;
especially
those
that
are
not
well
laden
.
During
this
Calm
,
we
suffer'd
more
than
ever
we
could
have
done
in
the
most
Terrible
Tempest
,
for
we
were
under
the
Line
,
and
the
excessive
heat
caused
several
to
fall
Sick
,
and
what
was
worse
still
was
,
that
we
had
made
no
great
provision
of
Water
by
reason
it
was
lookt
upon
to
be
but
a
short
Voyage
;
So
that
with
heat
and
thirst
,
we
were
all
in
danger
of
being
suffocated
.
Our
Water
was
now
so
far
spent
,
that
a
draught
of
it
cold
not
be
had
under
a
couple
of
Rixdollars
.
At
least
it
came
to
that
pass
,
that
there
was
a
necessity
of
setting
two
Centinells
to
guard
the
Water-Cask
;
out
of
which
they
used
to
distribute
every
man
his
portion
,
and
to
set
four
Locks
upon
it
.
And
when
the
Portions
were
given
out
in
the
Morning
,
it
was
not
above
one
quarter
of
the
measure
that
it
used
to
be
.
In
this
miserable
Condition
I
have
been
forced
to
to
give
two
dozen
of
my
Silver
Buttons
off
my
Wastcoat
,
for
one
draught
of
Water
,
and
to
gnaw
bits
of
Wood
,
hoping
I
might
suck
some
moisture
out
of
it
.
In
short
,
it
put
us
all
upon
trying
all
the
ways
we
could
imagine
to
allay
our
excessive
drought
;
we
had
now
but
six
Barrels
of
Water
left
,
and
we
saw
no
prospect
of
Relief
,
so
that
many
of
us
often
wish'd
that
our
Ship
would
sink
down
right
with
us
,
we
neglected
not
to
call
upon
God
,
and
to
send
up
our
Prayers
to
him
constantly
thrice
a
day
,
that
he
would
have
Compassion
on
us
;
and
as
this
was
more
becoming
Christians
than
the
rash
wishes
which
our
desolate
Condition
forced
from
some
,
if
not
the
greater
part
of
us
:
So
it
was
that
undoubtedly
which
was
most
Effectual
,
for
our
merciful
God
sent
us
a
seasonable
relief
,
and
surely
because
we
cried
unto
him
in
our
trouble
,
he
delivered
us
out
of
our
Distress
.
The
Moon
,
which
shined
very
bright
,
was
all
of
a
sudden
a
little
over
cast
,
and
at
length
a
Black
Cloud
came
,
which
deprived
us
wholly
of
the
sight
of
it
,
and
gave
us
mighty
hopes
that
we
were
going
to
have
some
Rain
.
This
gave
us
all
new
life
,
and
set
us
all
at
wotk
to
spread
out
our
Sails
ready
,
sastening
them
by
the
four
corners
,
with
a
Bullet
in
the
Middle
,
to
receive
the
Water
;
thus
we
stayed
between
hope
and
fear
for
about
three
hours
;
at
last
the
weather
grew
very
cool
,
and
the
Clouds
gathering
together
,
the
Sky
was
all
darkned
,
and
suddenly
the
rain
came
pouring
down
upon
us
:
But
never
were
Men
more
heartily
glad
tobe
wet
to
the
skin
.
The
first
Water
that
came
thro'
the
Sails
was
very
bitter
;
so
we
threw
that
away
:
and
then
we
fell
to
filling
of
our
Vessels
,
which
done
,
we
hoysted
up
our
wet
Sails
,
and
run
briskly
before
the
Wind.
One
may
Imagine
what
Joy
it
was
to
every
one
of
us
to
have
our
miserable
Condition
brought
to
such
an
happy
End
;
nor
did
we
fail
to
give
due
thanks
to
the
great
Author
of
it
,
who
had
so
mercifully
,
heard
us
.
With
this
Wind
we
were
not
long
'
ere
we
reach'd
the
Island
of
Engano
,
so
that
we
after
three
Months
Sailing
passed
the
Streight
of
Sunda
,
and
arrived
happily
on
the
Road
before
Batavia
.
The
Master
and
the
Steward
,
who
had
been
so
imprudent
as
not
to
provide
the
Ship
with
more
Water
,
was
called
to
an
Account
for
it
,
and
punished
for
their
carelesness
,
and
had
a
good
round
fine
laid
upon
them
,
which
was
to
be
deducted
out
of
their
wages
,
by
little
and
little
till
the
whole
was
payd
.
This
same
Ship
being
design'd
for
Bengal
,
Pegu
and
Aracan
in
a
very
little
while
,
and
some
of
the
goods
being
ready
to
load
,
I
left
all
my
things
on
Board
,
designing
to
go
that
Voyage
too
.
And
having
provided
my self
with
what
Medicaments
I
wanted
,
in
about
a
Months
time
we
left
Batavia
,
and
came
in
nine
days
before
Pegu
,
where
we
cast
Anchor
.
We
had
but
very
little
business
there
,
so
that
we
stayed
there
but
three
days
,
and
set
Sail
again
,
and
came
to
Aracan
;
and
thence
went
to
Bengal
,
which
is
but
eight
Leagues
further
.
There
we
cast
Anchor
just
at
the
mouth
of
the
River
Chaor
,
which
mixes
with
the
Ganges
,
about
a
mile
before
it
throws
it self
into
the
Sea
of
Bengal
.
About
eight
Leagues
up
that
River
,
lyes
Verma
,
a
Town
of
considerable
Trade
:
Some
of
our
Merchants
sailed
up
to
it
;
But
I
went
not
with
'
em
.
About
forty
Miles
from
Bengal
,
between
the
River
Ganges
and
Perselis
lyes
a
place
,
called
Lohanack
;
where
there
are
whole
Fields
of
those
Flowers
called
Roses
of
Jericho
,
or
the
Rose
of
Jerusalem
,
and
the
Lady's
Rose
.
They
are
quite
green
;
when
you
gather
them
,
they
close
together
straight
and
keep
so
,
while
they
are
dry
,
and
when
you
put
them
into
Water
,
they
open
as
at
first
.
They
are
good
for
many
uses
;
but
excellent
for
Women
in
Labour
,
and
facilitate
the
Birth
,
by
being
only
put
under
the
Woman
.
I
could
have
had
abundance
of
'em
for
little
value
,
of
the
Inhabitants
.
They
say
the
seed
of
these
was
brought
over
by
a
King
out
of
Syria
,
where
they
grow
in
abundance
about
Jericho
.
I
do
not
find
they
grow
any
where
,
but
in
these
places
I
have
mention'd
;
they
have
endeavoured
to
Transport
them
into
several
places
,
especially
in
Great
Java
:
But
they
die
and
come
to
nothing
,
the
ground
ought
to
be
very
full
of
nitre
.
As
to
what
Relates
to
Pegu
Aracan
or
Bengal
,
I
will
not
undertake
to
give
a
description
of
either
of
the
places
,
because
I
did
not
stay
there
long
,
and
besides
they
may
be
seen
at
large
in
Linschooten's
Travels
,
who
hath
been
very
particular
in
his
account
of
'em
.
CHAP
XI
.
Masulipatam
its
Inhabitants
call'd
Jentives
.
Account
of
the
Climate
.
The
Isle
of
Nicoporas
.
Arrival
at
Batavia
.
Chineeses
sumptuous
in
their
Burials
.
A
pleasent
quarrel
between
the
Author
and
one
of
his
Patients
,
for
which
both
were
called
to
account
and
Punish'd
.
The
Author
goes
to
Bantam
,
gives
an
Account
of
the
young
Kings
Retinue
there
,
and
of
his
return
to
Batavia
.
And
likewise
of
several
Customs
and
Humours
of
the
Chineeses
.
AFter
our
Ship
had
got
in
her
Complement
of
Sugar
,
Salt-peter
,
and
Opium
,
we
set
Sail
and
went
from
Bengal
to
Masulipatam
,
belonging
to
the
King
of
Galconda
,
whose
Son
keeps
his
residence
at
Pentipoli
,
lying
not
far
from
thence
.
The
Inhabitants
are
most
of
the
Mahometan
Religion
.
The
Air
is
very
healthy
one
half
of
the
year
,
when
the
Northern
winds
blow
constant
:
But
the
Southern
winds
,
which
blow
the
other
half
of
the
year
,
fill
the
Country
with
distempers
.
We
were
theré
during
this
latter
Season
,
and
felt
the
dismal
Effects
of
it
.
We
had
already
lost
nine
of
our
Men
,
and
the
rest
were
most
of
'em
ill
of
Agues
or
Dropsies
.
But
blessed
be
God
,
I
was
not
at
all
indispofed
.
The
ill
State
we
were
in
,
made
us
make
all
the
haste
we
could
to
be
gone
,
and
hoysting
Sail
,
we
departed
,
and
came
in
four
days
time
before
the
Island
Nicoparas
,
here
we
sailed
in
very
great
danger
;
for
all
the
Sea
there
abouts
is
full
of
Rocks
that
lyc
three
or
four
fathoms
under
Water
,
and
little
small
Islands
,
some
of
which
are
almost
cover'd
with
Water
.
A
little
before
we
came
by
there
,
the
Lion
,
a
Ship
of
470
Tun
,
run
upon
one
of
them
,
and
was
Split
in
pieces
:
But
we
past
them
all
safe
,
and
Steerd
between
Sumatra
and
Malacca
,
and
thus
got
to
Batavia
;
where
I
return'd
to
my
former
post
.
I
used
to
go
and
visit
the
other
Surgeons
that
had
the
care
of
some
small
Forts
about
us
,
and
when
they
had
any
Patients
that
were
dangerously
ill
,
and
their
case
desperate
;
they
were
sent
to
the
Hospital
at
Batavia
by
vertue
of
a
warrant
from
the
Governour
,
which
they
used
to
get
for
that
Purpose
.
Near
the
Fort
Jacatra
,
where
I
used
to
go
often
,
is
a
piece
of
ground
which
the
Chineeses
bought
of
the
Dutch
,
and
cost
them
abundance
of
Money
,
in
which
they
bury
their
Corpses
:
It
was
called
the
Chineese's
Church-yard
.
I
remember
there
to
have
seen
a
Grave
made
for
one
of
the
Richer
sort
of
'em
,
that
amounted
to
three
or
4000
Gilders
,
neither
are
they
raised
high
,
or
costly
in
the
Ornaments
they
bestow
on
'em
,
but
only
they
dig
them
of
such
a
vast
depth
,
and
line
the
Grave
from
the
very
Bottom
with
fine
square
Stone
cut
for
the
purpose
,
and
so
strong
is
the
Work
,
as
well
as
neat
,
that
it
is
as
if
they
did
design
never
to
move
from
thence
.
I
omit
the
other
particulars
of
their
Ceremonies
,
&c.
Because
others
have
done
it
before
me
.
All
the
way
from
that
Fort
to
Batavia
,
is
so
pleasant
and
diverting
by
reason
of
the
continual
variety
of
sweet
Walks
,
Curious
Gardens
&c.
that
it
is
a
perfect
earthly
Paradise
,
and
there
is
none
comes
to
Batavia
but
goes
to
see
it
,
and
is
exceedingly
Charm'd
with
the
sight
of
it
.
A
pleasant
accident
befell
me
there
once
.
An
Officer
,
who
was
at
that
time
a
Patient
of
mine
,
a
loose
debauched
Fellow
,
who
followed
no
prescriptions
,
and
therefore
made
all
my
remedies
ineffectual
to
him
,
being
at
the
head
of
a
Company
exercising
the
Men
,
and
having
got
I
suppose
a
cup
in
his
head
,
seeing
me
come
towards
him
to
be
a
Spectator
among
the
rest
,
Saluted
me
at
first
sight
after
a
kind
of
an
insolent
manner
,
and
then
gave
me
some
Scurrilous
Language
,
and
told
me
,
he
thought
I
understood
my
business
but
very
indifferently
,
since
I
kept
him
so
long
under
my
hands
.
I
told
him
he
talkt
like
an
Impertinent
Fellow
,
and
that
all
the
means
of
the
most
skilfull
Surgeons
in
the
World
would
be
in
vain
to
him
,
while
he
was
always
drunk
and
lived
such
an
intemperate
life
,
and
observed
no
rule
.
In
short
,
I
told
him
that
my
Art
was
to
cure
Men
,
and
not
Beasts
,
and
that
he
might
seek
a
cure
elsewhere
;
this
enraged
him
so
,
being
spoken
at
the
head
of
his
Company
,
that
he
came
and
struck
at
me
with
his
Cane
with
all
the
eagerness
that
might
be
,
but
'
ere
the
blow
fell
upon
me
,
I
closed
in
with
him
;
and
having
no
Weapon
in
my
hand
,
I
wrested
the
Cane
out
of
his
,
and
flung
him
upon
his
back
,
as
he
was
getting
up
again
,
the
standers
by
parted
us
,
and
there
was
no
more
heard
of
it
for
that
time
.
This
spread
about
among
all
the
Officers
,
and
the
Account
of
it
being
little
to
his
advantage
,
and
giving
sometimes
occasion
to
some
to
jeer
him
with
his
adventure
,
it
made
him
stark
mad
;
and
set
him
upon
thinking
of
revenge
.
I
expected
it
,
and
therefore
avoided
him
,
whenever
I
could
hansomely
do
it
.
But
one
day
we
chanced
to
meet
in
a
Chineeses
house
,
where
we
dined
;
nor
did
I
see
any
tokens
of
his
Resentment
all
the
while
we
sat
together
,
so
that
I
was
apt
to
think
he
designed
to
pass
it
by
.
But
when
he
had
drunk
a
little
largely
,
and
the
ill
humours
were
set
a
Floating
,
he
begun
to
make
little
insolent
Reflections
upon
me
,
which
turned
at
last
to
down
right
abuses
.
This
did
not
suffice
,
but
he
must
needs
urge
me
to
come
out
to
him
in
the
Street
,
and
going
out
first
into
it
himself
,
with
his
drawn
Sword
in
his
hand
,
he
vapourd
and
call'd
me
all
the
Cowards
he
could
think
of
,
who
durst
not
come
out
to
meet
him
.
I
wore
no
Sword
,
as
indeed
none
of
our
profession
did
:
But
I
had
a
tuck
Cane
in
my
hand
,
which
I
used
to
wear
;
but
especially
since
my
first
quarrel
with
him
:
And
being
forced
to
it
,
at
length
I
came
out
to
him
,
and
with
my
unwildy
weapon
after
some
passes
on
both
sides
,
I
struck
him
into
the
left
side
,
but
glancing
against
his
ribs
,
I
just
larded
him
,
and
that
was
all
;
but
he
keeping
his
ground
,
I
made
another
pass
at
him
,
and
fortunately
run
him
into
the
Shoulder
,
and
disarm'd
him
;
upon
which
he
was
carried
into
the
Chineeses
house
.
Assoon
as
this
was
made
known
at
Batavia
,
we
were
both
of
us
taken
and
brought
bound
into
Batavia
,
and
there
had
before
the
Judge
Advocate
,
who
,
having
examined
us
and
our
Evidences
,
passed
Sentence
upon
my
Adversary
in
an
instant
,
which
was
,
that
he
was
to
be
kept
in
Chains
for
three
years
,
and
to
work
among
the
Slaves
;
and
to
forfeit
his
Salary
for
the
time
,
which
was
to
be
distributed
among
his
Company
,
which
was
accordingly
put
in
Execution
,
as
soon
as
he
was
perfectly
recovered
,
and
that
was
in
a
few
Weeks
time
.
My
cause
being
much
more
just
than
his
,
and
my
Sentence
being
suspended
for
a
while
,
I
thought
I
might
come
off
Tolerably
well
;
but
when
I
consider'd
with
what
severity
they
had
dealt
with
him
,
I
could
not
but
expect
something
proportionable
would
fall
to
my
share
.
But
it
was
not
long
'
ere
I
was
put
out
of
doubt
,
and
my
Sentence
was
pronounced
.
I
was
to
stand
before
the
Corps
de
Guarde
at
Jacatra
three
days
after
one
another
,
with
six
Musquets
hung
about
me
,
and
to
forfeit
three
months
Salary
to
the
Judge-Advocate
,
and
to
do
for
that
time
the
Duty
of
a
private
Centinel
,
standing
such
hours
as
were
allotted
me
,
with
a
Musquet
in
my
Hand
.
This
was
tolerable
,
and
better
than
I
expected
;
but
it
seems
it
was
rather
contrived
for
me
,
that
I
might
not
go
altogether
unpunished
,
than
as
a
punishment
deserved
by
,
and
suitable
to
what
I
had
done
.
One
may
see
by
this
punishment
that
was
inflicted
on
me
,
that
a
Martial
Genius
reigns
there
;
and
that
they
are
much
given
to
a
Military
Discipline
;
for
there
was
no
manner
of
relation
between
the
Musquet
and
me
,
nor
indeed
did
it
agree
with
me
at
all
.
But
some
of
my
Friends
gave
me
hopes
,
that
they
would
soon
get
me
released
;
and
by
their
means
,
orders
were
sent
me
to
return
to
my
Post
,
after
I
had
exercised
the
Musquet
during
two
Months
;
by
which
a
Month
of
my
Sentence
was
remitted
me
.
A
little
while
after
I
was
restored
,
Orders
were
sent
to
the
Sumatra
,
the
Ship
I
was
last
in
,
to
get
ready
in
eight
days
to
go
to
Bantam
.
I
put
my self
in
a
readiness
to
go
with
her
,
being
desirous
to
see
how
the
Place
stood
since
its
great
disorder
.
The
last
day
we
were
to
be
in
Town
,
being
Sunday
,
I
went
to
Church
,
and
heard
a
most
admirable
Sermon
preach'd
by
the
worthy
Mr.
John
Conradus
;
after
which
I
took
my
leave
of
my
Friends
,
and
then
took
a
Praw
to
carry
me
aboard
the
Sumatra
,
which
had
her
full
Lading
in
,
which
was
all
Provisions
,
and
most
of
that
Rice
.
The
next
Morning
the
Wind
being
very
fair
for
us
,
we
set
sail
,
and
came
that
very
Night
into
the
Road
before
Bantam
.
I
went
to
Shore
with
the
first
Boat
,
and
was
much
pleased
to
see
all
the
Parts
of
that
City
so
neat
,
and
in
so
good
an
order
,
that
there
was
not
the
least
sign
of
its
late
Misfortunes
to
be
seen
.
I
staid
there
that
night
,
being
told
that
the
next
day
eight
Javians
were
to
be
executed
for
killing
some
Dutchmen
in
the
Country
;
and
accordingly
four
of
them
were
broke
upon
the
Wheel
;
the
other
four
were
tied
fast
together
,
and
turned
down
headlong
off
the
Castle-Bridge
into
the
Water
.
While
this
was
doing
,
there
was
a
vast
out-cry
of
a
sudden
of
Fire
:
The
Houses
being
all
of
Cane
,
the
first
House
had
in
an
instant
set
sire
to
several
others
;
so
that
the
Uproar
increasing
,
the
Magistrate
set
double
guard
upon
all
the
Convenient
Posts
and
Gates
of
the
City
,
to
prevent
further
harm
;
and
lest
this
might
be
intended
to
serve
for
an
Insurrection
:
But
both
the
Fire
and
Noise
ceased
quickly
after
.
I
went
on
board
again
,
and
hearing
that
the
Young
King
was
in
a
few
days
to
make
a
Visit
to
the
Governour
,
I
desired
a
Friend
to
give
me
notice
the
night
before
the
day
on
which
it
was
to
be
;
and
notice
being
given
me
accordingly
by
my
Friend
,
I
went
to
Shore
.
The
manner
of
his
Pomp
and
Magnificence
was
,
I
thought
,
very
well
worth
my
sight
;
and
it
may
not
be
disagreeable
to
the
Reader
to
have
a
short
account
os
it
.
As
soon
as
ever
the
King
had
set
his
Foot
out
of
the
Castle
,
all
the
Cannon
were
discharged
,
great
and
small
,
all
round
the
place
.
The
first
that
walked
before
him
were
four
Amboineeses
,
carrying
Bucklers
and
Swords
in
their
Hands
;
next
to
them
went
a
Company
of
Javians
,
then
a
Company
of
Balingers
,
with
Assagyen
;
after
these
came
six
Javians
,
who
carried
a
Chair
finely
wrought
and
gilt
:
then
followed
six
Persian
Horses
,
with
Trappings
richly
covered
with
Gold
and
Silver
;
after
them
four
Amboineeses
,
with
Escutcheons
and
Swords
in
their
Hands
;
then
the
Young
Prince
;
or
King's
Son
,
of
about
eight
Years
of
Age
,
on
Horseback
;
his
Horse
was
set
out
after
the
noblest
manner
I
ever
saw
:
He
was
attended
by
some
hundreds
of
Women
,
each
of
which
had
something
in
their
Hands
;
some
,
Golden
Cups
;
some
,
Flowers
;
others
,
several
Fruits
of
the
Country
;
these
were
followed
by
the
Company
of
Dutch
.
Then
came
the
King
himself
,
riding
on
a
very
fine
Persian
Horse
,
sumptuously
accoutred
,
and
sitting
with
that
Majesty
,
that
one
would
have
thought
him
Lord
of
the
Universe
.
Next
to
him
went
a
great
Company
of
Women
;
then
another
Company
of
Dutch
;
and
a
Company
of
Javians
,
with
their
Krizzen
and
Assagyen
,
which
ended
the
Procession
.
All
this
mighty
Shew
and
Formality
,
was
a
very
great
surprize
to
me
,
considering
that
King's
Station
,
and
that
his
Dignity
was
meerly
titular
.
But
that
Pomp
and
Grandeur
did
not
give
him
so
much
lustre
,
as
it
did
those
under
whose
subjection
he
was
forced
to
live
:
And
in
that
consideration
,
I
suppose
,
the
Dutch
were
willing
enough
to
amuse
him
,
with
this
vain
shew
of
Power
and
Greatness
.
When
the
Guns
were
fired
,
one
of
the
Men
,
not
being
so
careful
as
he
should
have
been
,
had
one
of
his
Arms
shot
off
,
as
he
was
raming
in
the
Powder
.
As
soon
as
the
young
King
heard
of
it
,
he
came
into
the
Hospital
himself
to
see
the
Man
drest
,
and
to
charge
the
Surgeon
to
take
great
care
of
him
,
and
ordered
an
hundred
pieces
of
Eight
to
be
given
him
;
promising
withal
,
that
if
he
cured
him
,
he
would
give
him
a
Pension
of
two
hundred
pieces
of
Eight
yearly
;
which
was
an
argument
of
a
good
tender
Nature
and
Generosity
,
notwithstanding
some
of
his
Actions
,
before-related
,
might
represent
him
as
one
of
a
cruel
and
barbarous
Disposition
.
It
was
not
without
Wonder
,
as
well
as
Pleasure
,
that
I
beheld
the
great
Restauration
and
Improvement
of
this
Famous
City
,
which
once
lay
in
so
ruinous
a
condition
;
and
to
see
such
plenty
and
abundance
there
,
where
some
time
before
there
was
such
a
scarcity
of
necessaries
,
that
many
Men
were
ee'n
famish'd
.
And
certainly
of
all
the
hardships
of
that
War
,
none
was
to
be
compared
to
that
which
we
underwent
for
want
of
Water
.
I
was
once
forced
to
give
as
much
Mony
for
one
single
draught
of
it
,
as
would
have
bought
a
Butt
of
Wine
in
some
places
.
And
such
was
our
lamentable
condition
,
that
a
Man
would
have
given
his
Life
the
next
hour
for
a
draught
of
Cold
Water
to
prolong
it
till
then
.
So
that
when
Water
could
be
got
at
any
rate
,
those
who
had
the
greatest
share
of
Plunder
,
would
give
all
they
had
for
one
single
Cup
of
it
;
and
thought
themselves
happy
they
could
purchase
it
upon
such
easie
terms
:
And
thus
after
all
their
labour
,
they
were
but
little
the
better
for
all
that
Booty
they
had
gotten
.
But
what
was
the
most
dismal
of
all
was
,
that
it
was
not
to
be
gotten
sometimes
,
tho'
one
had
had
the
World
to
give
for
it
:
And
in
those
extremities
,
many
of
our
Men
drinking
out
of
some
Pools
that
were
not
wholesom
,
some
being
Nitrous
or
Saltpeterish
,
and
others
being
poisonous
Water
,
it
threw
them
into
such
Distempers
,
and
put
'em
into
such
Tortures
,
that
it
would
have
grieved
any
one
to
have
seen
the
miserable
condition
they
were
in
.
In
the
Wars
with
Kartiri
,
which
were
a
little
before
my
coming
to
the
Indies
,
the
poor
Soldiers
were
in
as
bad
a
condition
to
the
full
.
So
that
a
Man
would
wonder
,
that
the
same
Persons
should
willingly
expose
themselves
to
such
difficulties
a
second
time
;
as
most
of
our
Men
did
,
who
were
in
both
Expeditions
.
But
what
will
not
necessity
put
a
Man
upon
,
especially
when
it
is
a
little
enliven'd
by
the
hopes
of
some
fortunate
Success
?
And
I
believe
,
that
the
good
Fortune
of
a
certain
Drummer
in
those
late
Wars
,
served
in
a
great
measure
to
animate
the
whole
Body
of
our
Army
.
For
this
Drummer
lighted
fortunately
of
the
King
of
Kartiri's
Crown
,
for
which
the
General
at
Batavia
gave
him
thirty
thousand
Gilders
of
Dutch
Mony
;
and
gave
him
his
Freedom
,
and
a
Pass
to
go
into
Holland
,
where
he
was
to
have
his
Mony
paid
,
tho'
the
Poor
Man
ne're
liv'd
to
enjoy
it
,
for
he
died
in
the
Voyages
;
but
the
Mony
was
duly
paid
to
his
Sisters
,
who
lived
at
Middleburgh
,
according
to
the
agreement
made
with
the
Deceased
.
And
I
make
no
doubt
but
every
one
of
our
Men
,
that
knew
this
,
were
in
hopes
of
getting
at
least
a
Crown
for
their
share
too
.
I
was
one
of
four
who
had
almost
got
as
considerable
a
Booty
,
but
we
lost
all
by
our
want
of
curiosity
;
for
three
of
the
Admiral
's
chief
Attendants
,
and
I
,
being
just
come
into
Bantam
,
after
a
little
fatigue
,
we
went
to
take
a
Nap
in
a
Warehouse
that
stood
open
,
we
laid
us
down
upon
a
great
Chest
that
stood
there
,
and
never
dreamt
that
there
was
any
thing
of
value
within
it
;
but
we
had
not
been
there
above
half
an
hour
,
when
an
Officer
was
sent
from
the
Admiral
to
demand
our
Bed
from
under
us
,
which
we
readily
yielded
.
We
were
strangely
surprised
when
we
saw
a
Party
of
Men
ready
to
convoy
it
to
the
Admiral
,
before
whom
it
was
open'd
;
and
out
of
it
came
seven
hundred
Leathern
Bags
full
of
Cubangs
,
which
(
as
I
told
you
before
)
are
pieces
of
Gold
,
worth
ten
Rixdollers
apiece
.
You
may
imagine
then
how
silly
we
lookt
upon
one
another
,
when
we
heard
this
;
and
how
angry
we
were
with
our selves
,
that
we
could
complain
of
the
hardness
of
our
Bed
,
and
were
not
so
wise
as
to
shake
up
the
Feathers
.
But
to
be
short
,
we
lost
very
simply
a
Treasure
which
we
might
have
had
very
fairly
,
and
without
opposition
,
if
we
had
but
been
so
prudent
as
to
search
into
it
at
first
.
But
it
is
time
to
return
to
the
Sumatra
,
which
was
now
ready
to
go
off
;
so
that
with
the
first
fair
Wind
we
set
sail
,
and
got
safe
to
Batavia
again
,
where
we
found
a
Fleet
of
seven
Ships
in
a
readiness
to
go
home
,
i.
e.
to
Holland
.
(
as
the
custom
is
to
send
some
such
number
of
Ships
home
every
Year
,
sometimes
more
,
sometimes
less
at
a
time
.
)
I
was
glad
to
have
the
opportunity
to
send
some
Letters
by
'em
,
and
I
did
so
;
but
charging
only
one
Friend
with
'em
,
my
Friends
in
Holland
never
received
any
of
'
em
.
But
what
made
me
the
more
negligent
was
,
that
I
was
near
the
time
of
my
freedom
,
and
in
full
design
of
going
over
my self
in
a
very
little
while
.
As
soon
as
that
Fleet
had
hoisted
sail
,
I
went
to
Church
to
join
with
the
Prayers
of
the
Congregation
for
the
Fleets
Prosperity
and
good
Voyage
,
as
there
is
always
on
those
occasions
.
Our
Ship
lay
still
at
Anchor
here
for
three
Weeks
,
which
made
me
very
weary
of
it
;
at
last
we
had
Orders
to
go
with
a
smaller
Vessel
,
call'd
the
Bali
,
to
a
small
Island
,
about
four
Leagues
from
Batavia
,
to
fetch
Timber
to
repair
the
Ships
that
lay
at
the
Island
Onrust
,
and
to
carry
it
thither
.
This
Isle
hath
nothing
but
Timber
upon
it
:
Here
we
spent
our
time
in
catching
of
Tortoises
,
with
which
we
feasted
our selves
rarely
;
and
having
carried
what
was
requisite
to
the
Isle
of
Onrust
,
we
return'd
to
Batavia
.
The
Bali
being
but
a
small
Vessel
,
we
ran
up
the
River
,
with
ease
,
to
the
very
Gate
of
the
Castle
.
The
Chief
Surgeon
of
India's
Lodging
being
very
near
to
us
,
I
took
the
opportunity
to
wait
upon
him
,
and
desired
him
to
take
care
I
might
be
appointed
to
go
with
the
next
that
should
be
sent
to
any
distant
part
of
the
Indies
,
where
I
had
not
been
;
which
he
promised
to
do
,
seeing
it
was
my
desire
.
He
represented
to
me
sufficiently
,
and
I
knew
it
well
enough
,
that
I
had
a
better
Post
already
,
and
that
any
Post
at
Land
was
more
considerable
than
the
best
at
Sea
;
and
that
those
who
had
a
settled
Charge
there
,
were
more
regarded
,
and
better
esteemed
.
But
I
was
for
seeing
of
strange
Countries
,
and
variety
of
Things
;
and
besides
,
a
continuance
upon
Land
,
required
a
continual
expence
,
which
the
Sea
doth
not
give
such
opportunity
for
.
But
,
in
a
word
,
I
would
not
have
been
penn'd
up
in
one
Town
only
,
as
some
are
there
,
for
all
the
Credit
and
Advantage
they
can
propose
to
themselves
,
or
attain
to
;
and
indeed
except
in
Bengal
,
Surat
,
Camron
in
Persia
,
Japan
,
or
some
few
other
places
,
it
is
hardly
worth
a
Man's
while
to
rest
in
hopes
of
being
advanced
;
for
Preferment
goes
there
by
Favour
,
as
well
as
in
these
parts
of
the
World
:
And
when
it
doth
so
,
I
think
no
wise
Man
will
depend
upon
it
.
Thus
I
continued
upon
the
Bali
,
and
as
soon
as
she
had
taken
in
her
lading
of
Linnen
and
Striped
Stuffs
,
together
with
some
Chests
of
Mony
;
we
fell
down
the
River
and
set
sail
for
Bantam
;
whither
she
was
bound
.
We
were
above
two
hours
sail
;
but
we
were
forced
back
by
a
contrary
Wind
,
which
blew
so
excessive
hard
for
the
space
of
two
days
,
that
we
were
very
happy
,
that
we
ridded
our selves
out
of
it
so
luckily
.
As
soon
as
it
was
over
,
we
set
sail
again
,
and
in
forty
eight
hours
we
reached
the
Road
of
Bantam
,
where
we
immediately
unladed
.
When
we
went
to
Shore
there
,
we
saw
some
thousands
of
Javians
got
together
at
the
Mouth
of
the
River
:
We
were
a
little
surprized
at
first
,
not
knowing
what
the
meaning
of
it
should
be
;
but
coming
nearer
,
and
seeing
several
Hollanders
amongst
'em
,
and
then
discovering
their
Nets
,
Hooks
and
other
Instruments
,
we
found
they
were
only
catching
of
Crocodiles
.
When
we
landed
,
we
saw
several
they
had
caught
and
knock'd
in
the
Head
already
;
their
King
was
amongst
'em
to
see
the
Sport
.
No
body
can
think
what
a
strange
kind
of
a
Noise
these
silly
Javians
made
,
and
how
they
rent
their
Throats
at
it
.
Whereas
my
Comrade
and
I
had
caught
almost
as
many
without
any
kind
of
Noise
,
and
not
half
that
Trouble
.
The
Bali
was
only
to
unlade
here
,
which
being
done
,
we
set
out
for
Batavia
again
;
and
as
we
came
by
the
Island
Onrust
,
we
heard
all
the
Cannon
fire
,
both
in
the
Castle
,
and
in
the
City
;
we
could
not
tell
then
what
it
was
for
,
but
we
kept
going
on
;
and
not
long
after
,
when
we
came
to
cast
Anchor
,
we
heard
that
the
Fleet
from
Cameron
in
Persia
was
safe
arrived
,
and
had
brought
the
good
news
with
'em
,
that
all
the
Old
Differences
between
the
Viceroy
there
,
and
us
,
were
perfectly
adjusted
;
and
that
there
was
a
Good
Correspondence
settled
between
us
.
And
another
Ship
was
come
in
from
Holland
,
which
had
also
brought
the
good
news
of
the
quarrel
being
made
up
between
the
English
,
Danes
and
French
,
and
ourselves
concerning
the
Injury
done
to
them
at
Bantam
:
Which
good
news
coming
together
,
could
not
but
make
us
all
exceeding
joyful
.
So
that
all
the
Streets
of
Batavia
were
all
illuminated
with
Bon-fires
,
and
Fire-works
.
The
latter
were
chiefly
the
work
of
the
Chineeses
,
who
delight
much
in
them
,
and
are
so
ingenious
at
'em
,
that
one
would
wonder
,
especially
being
a
People
who
never
have
any
Instruments
of
War
,
where
Powder
is
used
.
They
likewise
entertained
us
with
their
Comedies
,
which
are
very
diverting
,
if
seen
but
seldom
.
We
Germans
had
over
and
above
these
good
news
,
that
which
more
nearly
concerned
us
,
which
was
,
that
of
the
good
success
of
the
Emperors
Arms
against
the
Turks
;
so
that
some
of
my
Countrymen
and
I
joined
so
much
the
more
chearfully
in
the
common
Rejoicings
,
which
continued
all
that
Night
.
The
next
Morning
the
General
Camphuysen
went
to
the
Maleysh
Church
,
where
publick
thanks
were
return'd
to
God
for
our
Prosperity
;
then
the
Service
being
over
,
the
Guns
were
again
fired
round
the
City
and
Castle
.
Three
or
four
days
after
,
as
I
was
returning
to
see
my
Patients
on
board
the
Bali
,
I
met
with
a
Company
of
Soldiers
that
were
going
on
board
the
Flessingen
.
These
were
very
prettily
accoutred
with
Silk-Stockings
on
their
Legs
,
and
Shoos
made
of
Sail-Cloath
:
These
Men
were
designed
for
Camron
,
Surat
and
Macaran
,
to
fill
up
the
vacancies
there
of
such
as
keep
Guard
before
the
Houses
of
the
Company
.
But
I
would
not
have
a
private
Soldier
to
fancy
by
this
,
that
they
are
all
to
meet
with
such
treatment
there
;
for
this
good
usage
is
only
to
a
few
,
that
are
to
credit
the
Factories
in
those
places
;
and
those
are
some
of
those
that
have
a
great
many
Friends
,
and
great
Recommendations
:
Whereas
many
a
brave
Soldier
is
forced
to
spend
his
time
in
Bantam
,
Amboina
,
Banda
,
and
other
unhealthy
Islands
,
where
they
must
trudge
it
without
either
Shoos
or
Stockings
,
and
it
may
be
perish
miserably
.
Our
Ship
was
once
again
order'd
to
go
to
Onrust
to
carry
Rice
,
and
other
Provisions
;
which
we
did
,
and
returned
in
four
or
five
days
.
As
we
were
come
back
,
it
was
my
fortune
to
fall
once
more
into
the
Sea
;
for
as
I
went
to
ease
Nature
on
the
outside
of
the
Ship
,
according
to
the
usual
way
,
I
held
fast
by
the
Rope
,
which
broke
,
so
in
I
dropt
.
The
Ships
Crew
was
more
ready
to
laugh
at
me
,
than
to
lend
me
their
Hand
;
and
I
was
doubly
put
to
't
,
to
swim
with
my
Breeches
down
;
but
at
last
my
Comrade
threw
me
out
a
Rope
,
by
which
I
got
up
,
and
praised
God
for
my
safety
.
This
made
me
more
careful
for
ever
after
;
and
that
the
Boatswane
might
be
more
diligent
to
see
for
the
future
that
such
things
were
firm
and
strong
,
the
Master
gave
him
a
severe
reprimand
,
and
laid
a
Fine
on
him
.
After
this
I
went
to
pay
another
visit
to
the
upper
Surgeon
;
and
from
thence
went
to
Sup
with
an
Acquaintance
of
mine
in
the
Castle
,
and
took
a
Friend
with
me
.
I
was
to
go
into
the
Town
to
lie
;
so
my
Friend
and
I
took
a
Praw
to
carry
us
thither
up
the
River
.
In
the
way
we
came
thro'
the
Boom
,
which
is
a
String
of
Trunks
of
Trees
chained
together
,
which
block
up
the
River
from
one
side
to
the
other
,
so
that
there
is
no
passing
thro'
without
an
Officer
,
who
stands
there
to
let
you
thro'
,
who
first
visits
and
searches
you
,
and
then
too
you
must
pay
so
much
,
according
to
the
bigness
of
the
Vessel
;
and
this
goes
to
the
Company
,
who
make
some
thousands
of
Gilders
yearly
out
of
it
.
The
next
day
we
went
to
the
Lottery
,
to
see
what
Gaming
there
was
;
that
was
most
full
of
Chineeses
,
who
,
as
I
said
before
,
are
the
greatest
Gemesters
in
the
World
.
Whoever
is
a
loser
there
,
the
Company
is
sure
to
be
the
winner
;
for
there
is
a
Mony-Changer
appointed
by
them
,
who
sits
to
keep
order
amongst
'em
,
a
kind
of
Groom-Porter
;
and
every
throw
that
is
thrown
with
the
Dice
,
there
is
two
pence
paid
to
him
for
the
Company
.
And
notwithstanding
that
some
of
those
who
ruin
themselves
at
play
there
,
might
be
supposed
to
fall
into
a
passion
,
and
cause
some
disorder
,
yet
there
is
never
any
disturbance
heard
of
;
it
being
no
less
than
Death
to
make
any
in
that
place
:
For
without
that
severity
it
would
never
be
free
from
it
,
especially
when
poor
Soldiers
lose
sometimes
their
whole
Pay
in
one
Night
,
which
they
have
done
very
hard
service
for
a
Month
or
two
,
or
may
be
more
;
or
when
a
Chineese
loses
all
that
he
is
worth
,
even
his
Wife
and
Children
,
nay
his
very
Beard
;
nothing
being
more
natural
,
than
for
Men
in
that
condition
to
fall
into
excessive
Passion
.
But
they
dare
not
give
it
any
vent
there
,
nor
make
the
least
noise
.
I
could
not
refrain
neither
,
but
ventured
six
or
seven
Ducatoons
,
which
were
gone
in
the
twinkling
of
an
Eye
;
but
I
presently
gave
over
,
and
took
my
leave
of
it
for
ever
.
Thence
I
went
to
reside
for
a
few
days
at
a
Friends
house
,
and
a
Countrymans
of
mine
,
one
Mr.
Buschbach
,
who
had
got
his
Freedom
,
having
compleated
his
time
in
the
Company
's
Service
,
and
was
in
very
good
Circumstances
.
He
was
a
Man
of
an
exceeding
kind
and
generous
Temper
,
and
a
constant
Patron
of
all
the
Germans
that
came
to
Batavia
,
and
never
weary
of
doing
them
all
the
service
that
lay
in
his
power
.
I
was
a
little
indisposed
at
his
House
,
so
that
I
sent
word
to
the
Ship
,
that
if
they
were
ordered
to
go
any
Voyage
before
I
got
better
,
they
should
give
me
notice
of
it
,
that
they
might
be
supplied
with
some
other
Person
to
go
in
my
stead
.
But
blessed
be
God
I
recovered
in
a
few
days
,
which
I
think
verily
was
in
some
measure
owing
to
my
Friend's
care
,
and
his
facetious
diverting
Company
;
for
I
never
met
with
more
agreeable
Company
in
my
life
.
His
House
stood
upon
the
Vierkant
,
a
place
so
called
from
its
being
a
Square
,
where
the
Rice
Market
was
kept
,
and
feveral
other
Provisions
,
being
just
at
the
Mouth
of
the
River
,
and
therefore
most
commodious
for
all
Country
People
to
bring
their
Fruits
by
water
,
as
well
as
for
the
Fisher-boats
to
bring
their
Fish
thither
.
There
is
also
a
small
Dock
for
building
of
little
Vessels
.
And
all
Vessels
whatsoever
that
come
by
here
,
must
come
to
Shore
,
and
be
visited
by
a
Centinel
that
stands
there
for
that
purpose
,
and
is
relieved
every
hour
;
and
in
case
any
of
'em
should
attempt
to
slip
by
,
his
Orders
is
to
fire
upon
them
.
CHAP.
XII
.
The
Author's
Voyage
to
Macassar
;
goes
in
his
way
to
Japara
;
passes
by
Pater-noster
Islands
,
&c.
Description
of
Macassar
:
The
Natives
are
the
most
faithful
Soldiers
the
Dutch
have
,
and
the
best
Slaves
.
Moors
,
some
black
,
and
some
very
white
:
Their
Nobility
:
The
Author
cures
the
Son
of
one
of
their
Noblemen
,
and
is
generously
rewarded
.
Comes
away
from
Macassar
,
and
finds
Japara
in
an
uproar
;
the
Authors
of
it
seized
and
punished
.
The
great
power
of
the
Dutch
Government
in
the
East-Indies
.
Arrival
to
Batavia
again
.
The
manner
of
Fishing
at
Batavia
.
By
a
Flame
which
they
saw
afar
off
at
Sea
for
two
Nights
together
;
they
concluding
that
something
extraordinary
had
occasion'd
it
;
they
went
and
found
several
Men
reduced
to
the
greatest
extremity
that
ever
was
,
and
brought
them
into
Batavia
.
Departure
to
Siam
:
Description
of
that
Country
,
and
the
Dutch
Factory
there
.
Return
to
Batavia
,
where
one
of
their
Ships
,
by
a
mischance
,
is
blown
up
,
and
all
the
Men
killed
.
Ceremonies
usual
at
a
Wedding
amongst
the
Javians
.
BEing
pretty
well
recover'd
,
tho'
as
yet
somewhat
weak
,
I
return'd
on
board
,
where
I
spent
my
time
but
after
a
melancholly
manner
,
and
most
of
it
lying
in
my
Hamock
;
yet
I
gathered
strength
apace
,
and
in
some
days
got
perfectly
well
.
There
an
Order
came
to
me
to
remove
on
board
the
Tyger
,
which
was
to
go
to
Macassar
;
this
I
received
with
a
great
deal
of
satisfaction
,
and
accordingly
went
out
with
her
.
We
had
not
been
three
hours
under
sail
,
but
such
a
violent
Storm
came
upon
us
as
brought
our
Main-Mast
by
the
Board
with
such
a
force
,
that
we
thought
our
Ship
was
dash'd
in
pieces
;
and
this
continuing
for
some
time
,
we
were
obliged
to
cut
our
Gears
,
and
hand
in
what
we
could
of
our
Sails
.
Our
Master
was
not
for
going
further
,
so
we
went
back
to
Batavia
;
and
being
there
refitted
,
we
set
Sail
out
again
;
and
in
three
days
came
before
Japara
,
which
lies
likewise
in
great
Java
,
seventy
Leagues
eastward
of
Batavia
.
This
Place
,
which
was
once
the
Residence
of
the
mighty
Emperor
of
that
Empire
,
is
as
much
under
the
Dominion
of
the
Dutch
,
as
Bantam
is
.
And
that
Emperor
likewise
is
no
more
such
,
than
meerly
in
Name
and
Title
;
and
is
as
subject
to
the
Dutch
Government
as
the
King
of
Bantam
is
,
of
whom
I
have
given
you
an
account
.
So
that
this
whole
Island
,
which
is
above
five
hundred
miles
compass
,
is
almost
all
in
subjection
to
the
Dutch
Company
.
The
Religion
,
Manners
,
Customs
,
&c.
of
the
Inhabitants
of
Japara
are
much
the
same
as
of
those
of
Bantam
.
Here
we
provided
our selves
with
Water
,
and
Wood
for
Fuel
;
which
being
done
,
we
wound
up
our
Anchors
,
and
set
sail
:
The
next
day
we
passed
by
the
six
Islands
of
Luboce
,
leaving
them
on
our
left
,
and
Java
on
the
right
;
and
arrived
to
the
Island
of
Madura
,
which
is
about
ten
Leagues
from
Java
.
There
we
staid
a
while
,
and
then
we
set
forward
again
with
the
first
Gale
of
Wind
,
and
passed
by
some
hundreds
of
little
Islands
and
Rocks
,
which
are
called
Pater
noster
,
some
of
which
we
went
over
,
whilst
the
Sea
beat
most
terribly
against
those
Rocks
which
stood
a
little
above
the
Water
,
and
made
us
very
much
affraid
,
we
having
no
other
way
,
but
thro'
them
:
So
that
we
were
continually
sounding
with
the
Plummet
.
We
fell
foul
of
the
Rocks
four
times
notwithstanding
all
our
care
;
but
God
be
thanked
,
without
any
damage
.
The
best
of
that
course
is
,
that
there
is
scarcely
ever
any
stormy
Winds
there
,
by
reason
of
the
great
heat
the
Sun
gives
.
A
few
days
after
we
got
before
Macassar
.
Macassar
is
a
considerable
Kingdom
,
and
well
govern'd
.
The
Dutch
,
English
and
Danes
have
all
freedom
of
Traffick
there
,
as
well
as
the
Indians
of
all
parts
.
It
lies
on
the
Island
Cebebes
to
the
South
,
and
reaches
about
an
hundred
Leagues
;
under
the
Line
,
it
hath
Borneo
on
the
one
side
,
and
the
Molucca
Islands
on
the
other
.
Here
lay
an
English
Ship
,
which
had
lost
both
her
Surgeons
in
the
Voyage
,
and
were
in
great
want
of
one
to
take
care
of
their
Men
;
they
applied
themselves
not
only
to
me
,
but
to
the
Resident
,
to
permit
me
to
leave
my
Ship
,
to
go
with
them
,
but
it
did
not
lie
in
the
Governours
power
to
free
me
from
my
Engagement
in
the
Dutch
Company
.
However
they
being
drove
to
such
necessity
,
I
went
and
lookt
after
their
Patients
,
and
I
left
all
that
was
proper
for
'em
with
one
of
the
Ship
,
together
with
written
Instructions
,
how
,
and
when
to
make
use
of
'em
;
for
which
they
thanked
me
heartily
,
and
gratified
me
very
generously
.
There
happen'd
a
Fire
one
Night
in
one
of
their
Negerys
,
which
was
all
consumed
in
an
instant
,
being
built
with
nothing
but
Bamboos
,
and
gave
so
great
a
light
,
that
we
thought
it
was
the
Day
breaking
upon
us
again
,
and
put
us
into
a
kind
of
Consternation
,
till
we
knew
what
it
was
.
The
People
,
Natives
of
this
Island
,
are
scatter'd
thro'
all
parts
of
the
Indies
;
and
all
Nations
are
desirous
of
'em
for
their
Slaves
,
becuase
they
are
exceeding
faithful
,
diligent
,
and
good
natur'd
,
and
make
the
bravest
Soldiers
,
as
I
have
seen
it
my self
in
the
whole
time
of
the
War
of
Bantam
,
where
they
daily
signaliz'd
themselves
,
both
by
their
Courage
and
Conduct
.
They
are
likewise
the
most
profitable
sort
of
Servants
.
I
have
had
two
of
them
,
who
have
got
me
half
a
Ducate
on
a
day
;
so
that
these
are
lookt
upon
as
the
most
valuable
of
all
the
Indians
;
and
therefore
are
used
with
the
greatest
care
and
humanity
that
may
be
.
The
hardest
and
most
slavish
part
of
their
Work
,
is
generally
put
upon
the
Malabarians
,
who
are
an
ill-lookt
sort
of
People
,
like
the
Caffers
.
They
are
so
black
too
,
that
they
are
often
taken
for
Moors
:
Whereas
it
is
a
Nation
of
Asia
,
but
dispersed
here
and
there
over
all
the
Indies
,
as
the
Jews
are
in
Europe
.
The
right
Moors
are
those
of
the
great
Mogul's
Country
,
and
the
places
adjacent
,
as
Bengal
,
Surat
,
Golconda
,
&c.
but
they
very
seldom
or
never
go
out
of
their
own
Country
;
nor
doth
any
body
dare
to
take
them
for
Slaves
.
As
there
is
some
of
'em
as
black
as
a
Coal
,
so
there
is
some
as
white
as
any
European
whatever
.
They
are
most
of
'em
very
civil
,
handsom
and
well
shaped
,
courteous
and
genteel
in
their
Behaviour
.
They
are
great
Merchants
,
and
very
sincere
in
their
Dealings
;
and
those
I
have
had
to
do
with
,
I
have
always
found
very
generous
and
grateful
.
I
had
once
the
Son
of
a
rich
Moor
under
my
hands
,
while
I
was
at
the
Hospital
of
Bantam
:
He
had
broke
his
Leg
,
and
had
been
left
to
the
care
of
some
Surgeons
of
that
Nation
,
who
had
done
him
no
good
.
The
Father
at
length
despairing
of
the
skill
of
his
Countrymen
,
sent
for
me
,
and
shew'd
a
great
deal
of
rational
concern
for
his
Son's
condition
.
I
went
to
the
Boy
,
and
having
examined
the
Fraction
,
and
found
it
to
be
better
than
I
imagined
;
I
told
the
Father
he
might
take
Courage
,
and
that
I
did
not
doubt
but
I
should
in
a
little
while
set
his
Son
upon
his
Legs
again
,
with
the
help
of
the
Almighty
Creator
of
Heaven
and
Earth
;
(
making
use
of
those
Terms
,
because
it
is
in
that
Idea
especially
,
that
the
Moors
worship
God
:
)
Upon
which
he
bowed
and
lift
up
his
Eyes
towards
Heaven
.
I
sent
for
my
Boy
,
and
with
the
assistance
of
a
Moor
,
I
set
the
Bone
of
the
Boy
's
Leg
;
and
having
done
all
that
was
necessary
for
the
present
,
my
Young
Patient
found
ease
immediately
.
This
gave
the
Father
much
satisfaction
,
and
he
immediately
presented
me
with
twenty
Spanish
Matten
,
telling
me
that
was
nothing
of
my
pay
,
but
to
encourage
me
to
take
what
carel
could
of
his
Child
.
Thus
,
with
God's
assistance
,
I
cured
his
Boy
entirely
in
six
Weeks
time
;
and
without
asking
me
,
what
I
expected
,
he
gave
me
thirty
Cubanz
into
my
hands
,
which
amounted
to
three
hundred
Rixdollers
,
and
ask'd
me
whether
that
satisfi'd
me
.
I
told
him
it
did
extreamly
well
;
and
truly
well
it
might
,
for
in
our
Country
we
knew
nothing
of
such
large
Fees
as
those
are
.
If
we
had
but
a
few
such
Patients
there
,
it
would
keep
a
great
many
at
home
,
who
are
now
forced
to
ramble
abroad
,
meerly
to
get
their
livelihood
.
But
I
return
now
to
my
Ship
,
which
was
ready
to
set
sail
again
for
Batavia
,
and
waiting
only
for
a
Wind.
Therefore
with
the
first
Easterly
Wind
,
we
set
out
of
the
Port
of
Macassar
,
and
running
happily
thro'
the
Pater-noster
Islands
,
we
came
to
Anchor
before
Japara
,
where
we
found
three
Ships
come
from
Batavia
,
three
days
before
us
;
and
had
brought
some
Soldiers
from
thence
,
to
quel
an
uproar
that
had
been
made
at
Japara
,
in
which
above
twenty
Dutch
had
been
killed
by
the
Inhabitants
,
who
attempted
to
throw
themselves
into
the
Fort
Sambura
.
But
by
the
means
of
the
Governor
,
and
this
Auxiliary
Force
,
all
was
quieted
,
and
the
Ringleaders
sent
away
to
Batavia
,
where
they
receiv'd
their
due
reward
.
Some
of
them
were
broken
upon
the
Wheel
,
some
had
their
Ears
and
Noses
cut
off
;
and
were
sent
chained
altogether
to
some
Islands
to
spend
all
their
Life
in
burning
of
Lime
,
and
there
to
remain
perpetual
Slaves
.
I
Landed
before
these
Wretches
were
sent
away
,
so
that
I
saw
'em
go
along
Chain'd
together
:
But
that
which
was
the
most
dismal
to
see
,
was
the
Lamentation
and
sad
Out-cries
of
these
poor
Fellow's
Wives
and
Children
,
who
conducted
them
to
the
Water-side
.
All
being
thus
settled
again
,
the
Company
augmented
the
Garrison
,
and
fortified
thosePlaces
which
needed
it
most
,
to
prevent
any
such
Disorders
for
the
future
.
It
is
a
wonderful
Thing
,
that
such
are
not
more
frequent
;
and
that
whenever
they
happen
,
they
are
so
soon
Calm'd
,
considering
the
vastness
of
the
Dutch
Dominions
,
which
are
so
scatter'd
here
and
there
,
and
so
far
asunder
;
but
it
is
to
be
ascrib'd
to
their
vigilant
,
and
wisely
Model'd
Government
;
without
which
,
they
could
not
support
the
weight
of
their
several
Dominions
,
which
contain
several
Empires
,
Kingdoms
,
and
large
Provinces
,
(
all
which
would
be
too
tedious
to
setdown
)
and
it
would
amaze
one
to
think
,
what
a
vast
number
of
Deputies
,
Presidents
,
Governours
,
and
Officers
,
they
are
forced
to
maintain
for
the
Preservation
of
their
Power
;
besides
some
Hundreds
of
Ships
:
And
,
I
dare
say
,
by
good
Computation
,
they
have
above
a
Hundred
thousand
Men
by
Sea
and
Land
.
But
as
their
Expence
is
great
,
so
their
Wealth
is
unaccountable
;
for
where-ever
you
go
,
you
shall
not
see
one
Thing
in
a
thousand
,
little
or
great
,
but
if
you
ask
whose
that
is
,
all
the
answer
is
,
the
Company
's
.
We
departed
from
Japara
,
and
came
the
next
day
into
the
Road
before
Batavia
,
and
an
hour
or
two
after
us
,
came
in
the
Ship
that
had
those
Rebels
on
board
:
so
that
there
we
saw
them
Executed
,
and
disposed
of
as
I
have
said
already
.
Before
our
Ship
was
quite
Unladen
,
here
arose
a
most
terrible
Hurricane
,
which
tore
most
of
the
Ships
off
their
Anchors
,
and
drove
two
of
them
upon
some
of
the
little
Islands
,
that
lie
near
there
;
one
of
which
being
old
and
decayed
,
was
dasht
into
pieces
.
It
lasted
but
half
an
hour
,
and
so
the
Damage
was
the
less
,
else
there
would
hardly
a
Ship
have
escaped
:
Ours
had
cast
out
five
Anchors
,
two
of
which
we
lost
;
and
two
of
our
Men
being
in
the
Long-Boat
,
the
Storm
coming
upon
them
so
suddenly
,
could
not
make
to
the
Ship
,
but
the
Rope
breaking
,
were
torn
off
from
us
.
When
the
Wind
ceased
,
we
went
to
see
after'em
,
and
found
our
poor
Seamen
still
alive
,
but
that
was
all
,
tied
fast
by
Cords
to
the
Boat
which
floated
with
the
bottom
upwards
;
So
that
all
were
recover'd
:
But
it
was
a
Miracle
,
that
being
so
far
spent
as
they
were
,
and
not
able
to
help
themselves
,
their
Brains
were
not
knockt
out
against
the
Boat
;
or
that
they
were
not
devoured
by
Sharks
.
Besides
all
this
,
abundance
of
small
Vessels
,
Prawen
,
&c.
were
cast
away
;
and
many
Persons
drown'd
.
The
next
day
I
went
to
shore
with
the
Master
and
the
Factors
,
who
design'd
to
stay
there
all
Night
,
and
ordered
the
Seamen
to
go
back
to
their
Ship
.
I
desired
they
might
stay
till
the
Evening
,
because
I
had
a
mind
to
go
with
'
em
.
But
it
being
pretty
dark
,
and
the
Wind
very
high
,
our
Seamen
keeping
up
the
Sail
without
Fear
or
Wit
,
we
were
all
over-turn'd
,
within
a
Stone
's
throw
of
the
Ship
;
but
by
the
Blessing
of
God
,
and
the
speedy
Assistance
of
the
Ship
's
Crew
,
we
were
all
took
up
Safe
.
The
next
Morning
I
return'd
to
Land
,
where
I
was
no
sooner
come
,
but
a
Muck
Speeler
,
who
had
done
a
great
deal
of
Mischief
,
and
put
the
People
in
an
Uproar
,
came
running
by
me
,
and
by
good
Fortune
did
me
no
harm
;
but
kill'd
a
Boy
within
20
Steps
of
me
,
and
was
presently
Shot
himself
in
the
Head
,
and
dropt
down
;
but
it
was
after
he
had
kill'd
five
or
six
People
:
Nothing
saved
me
but
the
corner
of
the
Street
,
by
means
of
which
,
as
he
run
so
furiously
,
he
over-shot
me
,
and
got
past
me
before
I
could
get
aware
of
him
;
and
so
,
God
be
prais'd
,
I
was
safe
,
but
ever
since
I
was
always
upon
my
guard
at
Turnings
and
Crossings
of
Streets
.
Here
I
spent
my
time
with
a
great
deal
of
variety
of
Diversions
,
as
Fishing
,
Walking
,
Shooting
,
going
by
Water
,
and
chiefly
seeing
my
Friends
:
Most
days
I
took
a
Praw
,
and
went
to
some
small
Islands
that
lie
hard
by
there
,
where
the
chief
Fishing
is
to
be
seen
.
Upon
one
of
these
Islands
lived
a
rich
Chinese
near
to
the
Chinese's
Temple
.
He
having
a
numerous
Family
of
Children
and
Servants
,
I
had
frequent
Business
in
his
House
,
and
got
a
great
deal
of
Money
by
him
.
One
Night
,
as
I
had
taken
my
leave
of
him
,
and
was
going
home
,
I
saw
a
bright
Flame
at
a
mighty
distance
,
and
heard
some
Shooting
:
Being
Landed
,
I
took
some
of
my
Friends
with
me
to
a
high
part
of
the
Shore
to
see
it
.
We
were
all
amazed
to
think
what
it
should
be
,
and
in
giving
our
several
Opinions
,
we
spent
all
the
Night
looking
upon
it
.
In
the
Morning
the
Flame
could
no
longer
be
seen
;
but
we
hearing
still
a
Gun
go
off
now
and
then
,
we
went
and
acquainted
the
General
with
it
,
who
order'd
a
Boat
to
be
set
out
with
20
Men
and
an
Officer
,
ready
to
go
at
Night
,
in
case
the
Flame
appeared
again
,
and
the
Shooting
continued
.
As
the
Day
shut
in
,
the
Flame
begun
to
be
seen
more
and
more
,
and
somewhat
nearer
than
the
Night
before
.
I
desired
the
Officer
that
I
might
go
with
him
,
which
he
readily
granting
,
we
set
forward
,
and
made
directly
up
to
the
Fire
:
Coming
nearer
,
we
saw
it
was
a
small
Bark
and
People
in
it
,
we
Hail'd
them
,
upon
which
they
gave
over
Shooting
,
but
made
us
no
Answer
.
This
made
us
the
more
Earnest
to
get
up
to
'em
,
and
to
Board
'em
,
which
we
did
:
And
there
we
saw
a
most
lamentable
Sight
,
eight
poor
Englishmen
,
three
of
'em
Dead
,
and
the
five
others
little
better
,
not
able
to
speak
one
Word
,
but
endeavouring
to
mutter
.
We
took
them
into
our
Boat
with
us
,
together
with
some
Chests
of
Tanges
and
Larines
,
(
which
is
a
certain
Money
of
that
Country
)
which
they
had
in
their
Boat
with
them
;
we
used
them
as
gently
as
we
could
,
and
made
all
speed
possible
to
the
Place
from
whence
we
came
,
and
there
gave
them
all
Kind
of
Refreshment
.
It
was
five
or
six
hours
e'er
they
came
to
themselves
,
so
as
to
speak
:
At
length
they
gave
us
an
Account
of
themselves
;
and
told
us
,
they
belong'd
to
an
English
Ship
that
came
from
Bengal
richly
laden
,
and
was
Bound
for
Batavia
to
joyn
the
English
Merchant-men
that
lay
there
;
but
coming
by
the
Island
Engano
,
it
being
hard
Weather
,
they
were
thrown
upon
a
Shelf
,
where
their
Ship
was
sunk
,
so
that
of
78
Men
they
had
on
Board
,
but
15
got
into
that
little
tatter'd
Boat
,
and
that
of
them
there
was
but
those
we
saw
left
;
the
rest
having
perished
one
after
another
for
want
of
Water
,
which
they
had
not
had
a
Drop
of
in
15
or
16
days
time
.
When
we
had
this
Account
from
them
,
we
took
them
to
Batavia
,
and
carried
them
to
the
English
House
,
where
we
were
heartily
Thank'd
,
and
treated
with
great
Civility
:
Besides
all
which
,
the
next
Morning
a
Reward
was
sent
to
every
one
of
the
Soldiers
,
and
to
the
Officer
:
And
as
for
me
,
Having
been
very
Helpful
to
them
,
and
managed
them
with
some
Cordials
,
and
taking
Care
lest
their
sudden
Refreshment
should
do
them
an
Injury
,
I
had
20
Ducatoons
sent
me
as
a
Present
.
While
I
remain'd
here
,
there
happen'd
nothing
more
worth
taking
Notice
of
:
And
now
Orders
were
sent
me
to
repair
on
Board
the
Bergen
in
Norweegen
,
which
was
to
go
Commadore
,
with
two
other
Ships
bound
for
Odia
,
the
capital
City
of
Siam
;
so
that
I
went
and
provided
my self
with
all
that
was
necessary
for
the
Voyage
:
Which
being
done
,
I
went
on
Board
my
Ship
,
the
Fleet
being
ready
to
go
off
,
and
we
should
have
set
Sail
the
very
nextday
,
had
not
the
Ekersloo
,
one
of
our
three
Ships
,
sprung
a
Leak
,
which
obliged
us
to
stay
while
they
took
all
the
Goods
out
of
her
again
,
and
mended
her
,
which
was
a
whole
fortnight
.
This
done
,
she
had
her
Lading
put
in
again
;
and
then
we
went
under
Sail
with
a
favourable
Wind
,
and
next
day
pass'd
by
the
Isle
of
Lucapara
;
and
thus
we
continued
our
Course
with
good
Success
for
about
eight
days
:
But
as
it
is
almost
impossible
for
two
or
three
Ships
to
make
so
considerable
a
Voyage
without
some
Lett
or
Misfortune
;
the
Ekersloo
struck
upon
a
Bank
of
Sand
,
which
frighted
us
all
very
much
.
As
soon
as
she
gave
us
notice
of
it
by
firing
a
Gun
,
for
we
were
a
good
way
before
her
,
but
had
happily
Steer'd
aside
and
miss'd
the
Bank
,
we
immediately
set
out
our
Shallops
,
and
went
to
her
,
and
found
there
was
no
Remedy
but
Unlading
her
;
which
we
did
with
all
speed
,
and
bestowed
the
Goods
,
partly
on
Board
of
our
Ship
,
and
partly
on
the
other
:
It
was
a
great
happiness
that
the
Wind
was
not
very
high
,
else
we
could
never
have
done
this
.
When
all
the
Goods
were
out
,
we
made
shift
,
by
means
of
casting
Anchors
,
to
get
her
off
the
Bank
;
and
having
examined
her
within
,
and
found
she
had
no
Damage
done
to
her
Keel
,
we
put
the
Goods
on
Board
of
her
again
,
and
continued
our
Course
,
thanking
God
we
had
escaped
such
a
great
Danger
,
by
the
favour
of
the
Wind
,
which
still
continued
good
for
us
.
This
happen'd
to
us
in
our
Course
to
Tumbolan
and
Ananibo
as
we
sailed
between
Borneo
and
Malacca
,
from
which
in
three
days
we
reach'd
the
Island
Matuna
.
As
we
pass'd
by
it
,
we
saw
some
Ships
before
us
,
which
we
concluded
were
Chinese
Jonckers
;
About
night
they
pass'd
by
us
directing
their
Course
towards
Borneo
,
which
made
us
think
they
came
from
Cambodia
.
At
break
of
day
we
saw
five
more
,
who
likewise
past
by
us
about
Noon
,
and
steer'd
their
Course
towards
Malacca
.
When
we
were
come
up
to
the
corner
of
that
Island
,
we
took
the
Elevation
of
the
Pole
,
and
found
we
were
to
Sail
more
to
the
Northward
;
and
in
a
short
time
we
came
to
the
River
,
which
runs
through
the
Kingdom
of
Siam
,
up
which
we
sailed
as
far
as
the
Town
Bontempia
,
and
there
we
cast
Anchor
.
Our
Master
and
the
Factor
went
straightway
in
the
Long-Boat
to
the
Chief
City
Odia
;
which
is
30
Leagues
up
the
River
;
as
soon
as
they
were
come
back
they
went
to
Unlading
.
I
then
went
on
Shore
too
,
and
visited
the
Dutch
Factory
there
.
The
House
which
the
Dutch
Factors
have
there
,
is
amazing
both
for
its
Largeness
Beauty
,
and
Strength
.
Above
,
are
all
the
Lodgings
,
which
are
wonderful
Stately
both
without
and
within
:
Under
,
are
the
Warehouses
,
which
are
of
a
vast
bigness
,
and
richly
stored
with
all
manner
of
Commodities
.
The
City
of
Odia
is
very
large
;
but
most
of
the
Houses
are
very
low
:
So
that
all
the
Towers
of
their
Temples
(
which
are
computed
to
be
above
Five
thousand
)
being
rais'd
much
higher
,
and
being
all
easily
seen
by
reason
of
the
other
Buildings
being
so
low
,
seem
altogether
like
a
Forest
in
Winter
.
It
is
impossible
for
any
one
to
conceive
what
vast
numbers
of
People
is
continually
moving
about
in
that
City
,
insomuch
,
that
a
Man
who
is
newly
come
,
would
be
apt
to
ask
what
's
the
matter
,
and
take
that
for
a
gathering
of
the
Mob
,
or
an
unusual
Croud
,
which
is
but
the
usual
Concourse
of
the
Town
.
It
is
seated
upon
the
River
Menan
,
which
is
likewise
fill'd
with
Ships
,
Praws
,
&c.
This
River
is
of
the
same
Nature
with
the
Nile
,
the
Niger
,
and
the
Ganges
,
and
like
them
,
overflows
all
the
Fields
about
Odia
,
and
makes
them
very
fruitful
;
spreading
it self
over
great
part
of
the
Country
,
by
means
of
several
Arms
or
Creeks
which
Providence
hath
ordered
for
that
purpose
.
And
besides
this
Advantage
which
this
Inundation
affords
to
the
Country
,
it
is
a
mighty
Fence
to
the
City
Odia
;
because
the
River
over-flowing
at
certain
Seasons
,
no
Enemy
can
Besiege
it
but
for
some
Months
,
during
which
the
City
is
always
able
to
defend
it self
,
being
extraordinary
well
Situated
and
Fortified
.
Through
most
of
the
Streets
run
fine
Channels
,
as
at
Rotterdam
,
so
that
one
may
go
with
a
Boat
from
one
part
of
the
Town
to
the
other
,
which
renders
it
mighty
Commodious
for
Trade
;
I
may
say
,
that
considering
all
things
,
there
is
not
a
finer
City
in
all
India
.
Our
Ships
having
now
in
little
more
than
a
Fortnights
time
unladen
,
and
taken
in
their
full
Lading
,
which
consisted
of
several
Commodities
,
as
Buck
and
Roe-Skins
,
Jappan-Wood
,
&c.
we
fell
down
the
River
,
and
with
a
fair
Northerly
Wind
set
Sail
homewards
again
.
The
next
day
it
Snowed
so
hard
,
and
the
Wind
was
so
high
,
that
we
were
drove
almost
upon
Land
'
ere
we
could
be
aware
of
it
;
but
by
good
Providence
we
came
off
without
any
hurt
,
and
in
11
days
came
up
with
the
Island
Puloaura
;
where
we
lay
still
three
days
refreshing
our selves
,
and
then
continued
our
Course
.
We
arrived
at
Batavia
in
three
Weeks
:
We
were
hardly
come
into
Harbour
when
we
saw
the
most
dismal
Spectacle
that
can
be
.
The
Ship
the
Elephant
,
which
rode
at
Anchor
hard
by
us
,
laden
with
Powder
and
other
Ammunition
design'd
for
Bantam
,
by
some
Accident
took
Fire
;
and
in
an
instant
blew
up
into
a
thousand
pieces
;
so
that
of
above
80
Men
that
were
on
Board
her
,
there
was
not
one
left
alive
to
tell
how
it
came
.
It
was
the
most
dismal
sight
methoughts
I
ever
had
seen
,
to
behold
so
many
humane
Bodies
toss'd
at
such
a
vast
distance
into
the
Air
,
for
some
of
them
went
over
our
Ship
,
and
so
did
several
large
pieces
of
the
Ship
likewise
;
and
what
made
it
the
more
dismal
,
was
,
that
no
manner
of
help
could
be
afforded
them
.
Instead
of
going
ashore
with
the
rest
,
I
went
on
Board
a
Ship
that
was
come
hither
some
days
before
us
from
Cameron
in
Persia
,
because
the
Chirurgeon
which
belonged
to
that
Ship
was
a
Countryman
and
intimate
Acquaintance
of
mine
,
and
we
had
been
together
in
several
Expeditions
in
the
Wars
of
Bantam
.
He
was
over-joyed
to
see
me
,
and
I
was
no
less
pleased
to
find
him
well
.
After
many
Questions
past
on
both
sides
,
we
came
to
give
one
another
an
Account
of
our
Adventures
since
we
parted
,
which
gave
him
occasion
to
tell
me
,
that
he
had
had
pretty
good
Fortune
in
all
his
Voyages
,
but
that
he
had
narrowly
escaped
Death
in
a
place
where
he
thought
himself
most
secure
:
For
,
saith
he
,
When
I
first
went
to
Shore
at
Cameron
,
I
went
with
some
of
my
Companions
to
the
Factor's
House
,
and
having
spoken
with
them
I
had
Business
with
,
we
went
into
a
Cabaret
or
publick-House
;
whence
,
after
we
had
staid
an
hour
or
little
more
,
we
thought
to
go
back
to
our
Ships
;
but
ere
we
could
get
to
our
Boats
the
Night
catcht
us
,
and
we
were
set
upon
by
a
company
of
Cut-throats
.
They
out-did
us
in
number
,
and
were
well
Arm'd
,
whereas
none
of
us
had
any
Weapon
about
us
,
so
that
we
could
make
but
a
fruitless
Resistance
.
Flight
being
the
best
Remedy
,
I
presume
we
all
attempted
it
;
but
three
of
us
only
escaped
their
Hands
,
yet
not
altogether
neither
;
for
I
had
several
Blows
from
'em
,
and
was
run
through
in
two
places
;
the
two
others
had
their
share
too
;
but
neither
of
us
three
got
any
further
hurt
,
and
we
have
great
reason
to
thank
the
Almighty
God
who
delivered
us
out
of
their
Hands
;
for
whatever
they
did
with
the
rest
of
our
Company
,
which
were
five
more
,
we
never
yet
could
learn
what
became
of
'
em
.
He
likewise
speaking
of
Cameron
,
told
me
,
That
while
he
was
there
,
there
had
been
such
an
Earthquake
as
had
thrown
down
several
Houses
,
and
kill'd
several
hundreds
of
People
.
Our
next
talk
was
about
our
own
Country
,
to
which
we
having
both
of
us
an
Inclination
to
return
,
we
agreed
there
in
an
instant
to
take
our
Measures
about
it
;
for
both
of
us
had
served
the
Company
our
due
time
,
and
some
Months
over
.
So
we
went
together
on
Board
my
Ship
,
and
from
thence
we
took
a
Boat
to
Shore
,
and
went
together
to
wait
upon
the
Head
Chirurgion
,
to
acquaint
him
with
our
Design
,
and
to
desire
him
to
Employ
us
now
on
Land
till
the
Fleet
went
off
for
Holland
.
He
received
us
with
great
Civility
,
and
did
what
we
requested
of
him
;
and
gave
us
part
of
the
Hospital
in
Charge
,
as
I
had
had
before
.
This
being
done
,
We
went
each
of
us
to
our
respective
Ships
to
take
our
leave
of
'em
,
and
to
fetch
our
Things
,
and
return'd
in
the
same
Praw
to
Batavia
,
where
we
repair'd
to
our
Post
,
and
proposed
to
our selves
to
take
such
Care
,
that
there
might
be
no
Cause
of
Complaints
,
least
they
should
prove
an
obstacle
to
our
Designs
,
as
it
frequently
happens
.
We
had
not
been
long
here
,
but
a
Ship
arrived
from
Holland
.
All
the
People
that
came
in
her
,
which
were
above
200
Soldiers
,
besides
Seamen
,
were
presently
landed
,
and
drawn
up
before
the
Castle-Gate
,
till
an
Order
came
from
the
General
for
them
to
march
up
to
his
Apartment
in
the
Castle
.
I
went
to
see
them
,
for
as
the
Reader
may
well
suppose
,
every
Body
is
desirous
to
hear
how
Matters
stand
at
home
,
and
is
in
Expectation
to
meet
with
some
Acquaintance
.
I
found
one
there
whom
I
had
some
Knowledge
of
,
a
Merchant's
Son
of
Suabia
,
but
had
lived
a
long
time
at
Amsterdam
,
where
I
had
seen
him
.
When
I
had
given
him
the
Welcome
,
and
he
me
an
Account
of
his
Voyage
,
he
rejoyced
me
with
the
good
News
of
our
Victories
over
the
Ottomans
.
While
we
were
Talking
,
the
Order
came
from
the
General
to
let
them
march
into
the
Castle
;
where
they
had
each
of
them
their
several
Posts
and
Stations
assign'd
.
But
as
all
New-Comers
have
three
several
Days
liberty
to
refresh
themselves
,
I
took
my
Acquaintance
with
me
,
to
shew
him
the
Civility
of
the
place
,
(
which
is
commonly
speaking
,
not
very
great
)
.
I
took
him
out
designing
to
go
to
a
Negery
,
about
two
miles
from
Batavia
:
But
as
we
were
going
up
the
River
in
a
Praw
we
had
taken
,
we
met
some
Javians
coming
down
in
a
small
Boat
,
making
a
mighty
noise
with
some
little
Bells
.
We
ask'd
them
the
meaning
of
it
;
they
told
us
that
it
was
a
Wedding
,
and
that
that
was
their
Musick
.
So
we
resolved
to
go
back
with
them
,
and
see
the
manner
of
'em
:
They
went
to
an
House
about
a
quarter
of
a
Mile
out
of
the
City
.
We
were
invited
to
come
in
.
The
House
was
all
set
out
and
strewed
with
Flowers
,
and
several
Mats
made
of
Rice-Straw
were
laid
upon
the
Ground
,
on
which
they
were
to
have
their
Dinner
.
After
a
great
many
Ceremonies
were
past
,
which
I
have
given
an
Account
of
already
,
a
Buffle
was
brought
,
which
the
Bridegroom
knockt
down
,
and
the
Bride
took
a
Knife
and
cut
his
Throat
.
Then
they
by
turns
cut
pieces
of
the
Flesh
,
which
they
gave
to
the
Cook
to
Dress
,
giving
him
at
the
same
time
Instructions
how
they
would
have
it
done
,
and
Herbs
to
do
it
with
.
Some
of
it
was
ordered
upon
our
Account
,
but
we
neither
of
us
cared
to
be
Sharers
of
such
a
tough
Entertainment
,
and
they
being
but
a
meaner
sort
of
People
,
we
thank'd
them
for
the
Civility
they
had
shewn
us
,
and
so
left
'
em
.
From
thence
we
return'd
to
Batavia
,
for
the
day
was
shutting
in
;
and
no
New-Comer
may
absent
himself
from
his
Post
the
first
Night
,
wherefore
we
deferr'd
our
designed
Walk
till
the
next
day
.
That
night
one
of
the
Castle-Gates
was
open'd
,
(
which
is
a
thing
seldom
known
)
to
let
out
the
President
of
the
City
;
who
,
together
with
some
others
of
the
Council
,
had
been
at
Supper
with
the
General
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
They
go
to
the
Negery
;
An
Account
of
their
Diversions
there
with
Tumblers
and
Javian
Baliar
Dancers
,
and
of
the
strange
Tricks
they
shew'd
:
The
Charges
of
their
Entertainment
.
Pyrates
infest
the
Streights
of
Sunda
:
Ships
sent
out
against
them
,
and
meet
with
them
:
Some
of
them
taken
,
and
how
punished
.
Strange
sort
of
People
of
the
Island
St.
Galle
brought
to
Batavia
,
where
they
soon
died
.
A
Javian
Hermit
comes
to
Batavia
,
and
makes
a
discovery
to
the
General
of
a
Plot
which
the
Javians
were
hatching
at
Bantam
.
The
Account
of
his
Life
,
&c.
The
Author
going
a
Hunting
,
with
others
,
meets
with
a
poor
Run-away
Slave
,
a
Dutchman
,
whom
he
takes
home
with
him
.
Ships
sent
to
Discover
an
Island
,
which
by
a
Magnetick
Force
draws
the
Ships
on
Shore
;
to
prevent
which
,
some
were
Built
with
nothing
but
Wood.
Some
of
the
Javians
blow
up
one
of
the
Bastions
at
Bantam
,
their
Punishment
,
&c.
THE
next
day
we
took
a
Chinese
Praw
to
pursue
our
Design
,
and
went
up
the
River
to
the
Negery
.
In
our
way
,
we
came
to
a
strong
Current
,
which
being
very
shallow
,
the
Head
of
our
Boat
struck
upon
a
Rock
and
turn'd
us
over
.
We
were
in
no
danger
of
our
Lives
because
it
was
not
deep
,
but
we
were
Duck'd
over
Head
and
Ears
;
but
we
got
up
and
drew
our
Praw
to
Land
,
and
so
got
in
again
,
and
went
forwards
.
We
went
there
into
a
publick
House
that
stood
not
far
from
the
Water-side
upon
an
Eminence
,
which
afforded
us
a
very
agreeable
Prospect
,
and
sat
us
down
in
a
very
pleasant
Arbour
,
with
Cedar-Trees
,
Limon-Trees
,
and
other
Green-Trees
of
that
kind
all
about
us
.
We
caused
a
Dinner
to
be
got
ready
for
us
of
what
the
Country
afforded
;
which
was
Fish
and
Fowl
,
Eggs
,
Herbs
,
&c.
Our
Liquor
was
Suri
,
which
is
a
Juice
drawn
from
the
Coco-Trees
;
with
that
,
we
made
very
good
Massack
and
Lemonade
,
by
the
help
of
some
Sugar
,
Spices
,
Limons
,
and
Oranges
,
which
we
had
in
good
plenty
.
I
having
a
mind
to
make
my
Friend
merry
,
and
to
divert
him
with
variety
,
I
sent
for
some
Gomgomers
,
(
the
Musicians
of
that
Country
)
and
some
Javian
Baliar
Dancers
,
who
made
us
a
great
deal
of
Pastime
.
The
Baliar
Dancers
,
which
come
from
Babylon
,
I
have
spoken
of
before
;
but
these
were
Javians
,
which
are
a
sort
far
inferiour
to
them
,
and
differ
from
them
much
in
the
same
manner
as
there
is
between
a
Dance
performed
by
a
Dancing-Master
and
one
danced
by
a
Rustick
:
But
what
was
most
Diverting
to
us
,
especially
to
my
Friend
,
was
,
some
Tumblers
and
Jugglers
that
were
amongst
'em
,
who
shew'd
us
several
Tricks
,
which
do
usually
so
much
surprize
,
even
those
that
see
them
,
that
I
know
a
Man
runs
some
risk
in
relating
of
them
.
However
,
some
of
their
most
considerable
Tricks
of
Activity
I
cannot
wholly
pass
pass
by
.
They
were
five
in
number
:
One
of
'em
laid
himself
flat
down
upon
his
Belly
,
upon
a
Mat
they
had
spread
on
the
Ground
,
and
in
the
twinkling
of
an
Eye
,
raised
himself
upon
his
Legs
;
then
laying
himself
down
again
as
before
,
he
rais'd
himself
after
the
same
manner
,
and
stood
upon
his
Head
only
:
After
this
he
laid
himself
upon
his
Back
,
and
gave
several
Leaps
in
the
Air
like
a
Fish
.
The
other
four
did
the
same
Tricks
over
,
one
after
the
other
,
and
still
better
and
better
.
After
this
they
took
a
Ladder
of
about
12
Rounds
,
and
set
it
against
one
of
'em
;
one
of
the
other
four
got
up
to
the
top
of
it
,
and
laid
himself
a
cross
it
;
the
second
went
up
,
and
sat
a-cross
theother's
Shoulders
;
the
third
climb'd
up
and
pitch'd
himself
on
his
Head
,
upon
the
Head
of
the
second
,
and
there
stood
with
his
Feet
directly
upwards
;
upon
which
,
the
fourth
came
,
and
stood
upright
on
the
Feet
of
the
third
;
And
after
playing
several
Tricks
there
,
he
leapt
down
on
the
Ground
,
and
stood
still
;
the
next
Fellow
,
that
was
still
standing
on
his
Head
,
gave
a
spring
upwards
,
and
falling
down
,
lighted
on
the
Shoulders
of
him
that
stood
below
;
the
next
,
who
was
on
the
Ladder
came
down
likewise
with
a
Leap
,
and
fell
a-cross
the
Shoulders
of
him
;
and
so
did
the
fourth
and
last
,
who
had
been
the
first
on
the
Ladder
:
He
that
had
stood
all
this
while
,
and
held
the
foot
of
the
Ladder
,
took
it
and
climb'd
up
with
it
to
the
top
of
the
other
four
,
and
there
made
a
sort
of
Harangue
to
us
in
Japponnese
,
which
concluded
the
Sight
.
There
was
a
great
many
other
Tricks
intermixt
with
these
,
which
were
well
worth
the
taking
notice
of
;
but
I
thought
these
would
suffice
to
shew
you
,
how
far
these
Men
out-do
any
thing
we
commonly
see
in
Europe
.
This
being
over
,
we
call'd
for
our
Reckoning
in
,
which
came
to
no
more
than
Two
thousand
Butgis
.
An
European
at
first
is
frightned
at
such
a
reckoning
as
this
,
and
thinks
that
such
a
Sum
of
Money
should
be
enough
to
Treat
a
King
and
all
the
Nobility
,
or
to
defray
the
Charges
of
a
Lord
Mayor's
Feast
;
but
he
must
understand
,
that
these
Butgis
are
but
little
thin
pieces
of
Lead
,
with
holes
in
the
middle
of
'em
,
a
certain
number
of
them
is
put
upon
a
String
to
save
the
trouble
of
telling
them
over
upon
every
occasion
,
and
three
Hundred
of
'em
are
worth
but
Two
Pence
of
Dutch
Money
;
so
that
our
Dinner
amounted
but
to
13
or
14
d.
Besides
this
,
our
Musick
and
Dancers
cost
us
a
Shilling
,
and
we
gave
a
Ducatoon
to
the
Juglers
and
Tumblers
;
having
paid
all
,
we
went
back
again
down
the
River
to
Batavia
.
At
this
very
time
the
Streight
of
Sunda
was
very
much
infested
with
Pickaroons
;
They
had
only
Praws
or
small
Boats
of
their
own
,
with
which
they
run
with
ease
in
and
out
of
several
Rivers
of
the
Kingdom
of
Bantam
,
and
did
a
great
deal
of
mischief
about
the
Islands
of
Toppers-hoedie
,
Dwarsin-de-zee
,
and
others
.
They
used
to
wait
there
for
their
Prey
,
and
when
they
had
gotten
their
Booty
,
they
made
immediately
to
their
lurking
holes
,
where
finding
safety
for
a
great
while
,
they
were
at
last
so
bold
,
that
not
a
Ship
could
scape
them
;
and
the
more
,
because
the
Company
never
concerned
themselves
about
it
,
nor
took
any
Measures
to
suppress
them
.
But
at
length
,
the
Bali
,
(
the
Ship
in
which
I
had
been
some
time
before
)
coming
that
way
,
bound
for
Jambi
on
the
Coast
of
Sumatra
;
and
being
obliged
to
cast
Anchor
near
the
aforesaid
Islands
,
these
Pyrates
joyning
their
Forces
together
,
came
and
surrounded
her
,
and
notwithstanding
a
stout
Defence
made
on
Board
the
Bali
for
some
hours
,
they
made
themselves
Masters
of
her
,
killed
all
the
Men
they
could
come
at
;
and
having
taken
what
they
could
conveniently
carry
away
,
set
it
on
Fire
.
While
the
Ship
was
all
in
Flames
,
a
Ship
from
Malabar
coming
luckily
by
,
made
towards
the
Fire
to
see
what
it
was
.
Two
Men
,
who
in
the
Engagement
had
hid
themselves
below
Deck
,
and
were
now
got
out
,
but
knew
not
how
to
dispose
of
themselves
,
stood
upon
the
Fore-Castle
ready
to
throw
themselves
into
the
Sea
to
avoid
being
burnt
:
But
they
sent
them
a
Boat
,
by
which
means
these
poor
Creatures
were
preserved
;
and
being
brought
on
Board
the
Ship
,
they
continued
their
Course
to
Batavia
,
where
they
gave
the
General
an
Account
of
what
had
happen'd
.
The
Company
now
being
Sufferers
by
this
,
thought
fit
to
send
after
these
Pyrates
,
which
they
never
minded
before
,
while
they
came
by
no
loss
themselves
,
and
while
the
Fishermen
only
,
&c.
were
in
danger
.
Immediately
two
Men
of
War
were
ordered
to
go
after
'em
,
together
with
eight
small
Boats
well
Mann'd
,
to
give
them
Chace
.
It
being
requisite
there
should
be
Chirurgions
more
than
ordinary
in
those
Ships
,
and
this
being
like
to
be
a
short
Expedition
,
and
near
home
,
my
Friend
and
I
,
who
could
not
be
employed
in
a
long
Voyage
,
were
appointed
to
go
with
them
.
We
were
very
well
pleas'd
with
our
Commission
,
and
accordingly
we
got
ready
our
Chests
,
and
went
on
Board
the
Ceylon
,
which
carried
300
Men
,
and
48
Guns
:
The
other
Ship
was
about
the
same
Rate
.
The
Boats
had
each
of
them
from
60
to
70
Men
,
and
about
16
Patterero's
.
When
we
were
got
past
the
Island
Onrust
,
we
kept
along
the
Sea-shore
till
we
came
beyond
Bantam
,
and
there
we
lay
before
the
Mouth
of
some
Rivers
,
as
close
to
the
Land
as
we
could
:
And
so
as
to
lye
to
the
Windward
.
At
Night
we
divided
our
Fleet
,
and
sent
two
of
our
Boats
out
to
Sea
to
entice
the
Pirates
out
after
them
,
if
they
should
chance
to
see
them
,
and
we
stood
ready
to
clap
in
between
them
,
and
the
River
;
so
to
cut
off
their
Pass
,
and
hedge
them
in
.
We
lay
two
days
close
to
the
Shore
,
within
a
Stone
's
throw
of
Land
,
but
very
safe
,
with
no
less
than
60
Fathom
Water
.
Atlength
,
about
Sun-set
,
we
saw
five
Boats
making
Sail
towards
our
two
Boats
,
at
about
two
Leagues
distance
from
us
;
upon
which
we
moved
altogether
forwards
,
along
the
Shore
;
and
by
that
time
it
was
quite
dark
,
we
made
directly
towards
'em
,
taking
still
care
to
be
between
the
Shore
and
them
.
The
next
morning
we
saw
them
by
break
of
day
sailing
by
a
small
Island
.
They
having
found
out
our
Design
,
were
endeavouring
to
make
their
escape
,
for
the
two
Boats
we
had
sent
after
'em
were
farther
from
'em
than
we
were
with
the
whole
Fleet
:
So
we
joyned
together
again
,
and
our
eight
Boats
sailing
much
faster
than
the
Men
of
War
could
,
pursued
them
so
tightly
,
that
notwithstanding
these
Rovers
had
several
Oars
with
them
,
(
which
they
use
to
make
use
of
in
a
Calm
or
in
case
of
pursuit
)
yet
by
Noon
our
Boats
were
all
got
within
a
quarter
of
a
League
of
'em
;
so
that
the
last
of
'em
were
forced
to
yield
or
fight
.
We
with
our
great
Ships
were
within
a
League
of
'em
all
,
and
turn'd
round
a
small
Island
,
during
which
we
lost
sight
of
them
:
But
our
Boats
all
this
while
having
got
ground
,
they
begun
to
thunder
amongst
'em
;
so
that
in
a
little
time
,
two
of
the
Pyrates
Boats
were
seized
.
Then
we
came
in
sight
again
,
and
took
these
two
Boats
into
our
Charge
,
and
brought
the
Men
on
Board
of
us
.
Our
Boats
having
made
some
stay
,
while
they
engaged
these
two
,
the
other
three
were
got
away
again
pretty
far
.
However
,
ours
were
not
long
'
ere
they
came
within
shot
of
'em
,
and
so
pursued
them
that
they
came
to
a
close
Engagement
,
and
after
a
sharp
resistance
,
at
length
became
Masters
of
them
.
We
lost
in
all
28
Men
,
and
had
30
wounded
;
but
we
kill'd
200
,
and
wounded
above
50
of
theirs
.
The
rest
we
carried
to
Batavia
.
There
was
at
first
near
900
of
'em
;
of
which
nine
were
Dutchmen
,
and
two
Danes
;
one
of
whom
had
been
a
Captain
of
a
Man
of
War
.
We
caught
both
the
Danes
,
but
we
had
but
three
Dutchmen
,
the
six
others
were
killed
in
the
sight
.
Being
come
to
Batavia
,
they
were
all
put
into
Prison
,
and
Examin'd
.
They
confess'd
,
that
they
had
their
Habitations
in
some
Negery's
,
about
the
Blaw
Peper-bergh
,
and
discover'd
several
of
their
Companions
thereabouts
:
Upon
which
they
sent
Soldiers
both
by
Sea
and
Land
towards
those
places
;
and
in
three
Week's
time
they
brought
back
with
'em
some
thousands
of
'em
,
most
of
'em
being
Javians
.
Of
the
whole
,
one
part
was
broke
upon
the
Wheel
,
some
were
Quarter'd
,
some
were
Whipt
,
some
had
their
Ears
and
Noses
cut
off
,
and
some
were
burnt
in
the
Forehead
.
The
three
Hollanders
were
Hang'd
:
The
two
Danes
Beheaded
:
and
a
great
number
of
others
were
sent
to
severalIslands
;
to
Burn
Lime
,
Hew
Stone
,
&c.
and
there
to
remain
Slaves
all
their
Lives
.
Their
Wives
and
Children
were
served
after
the
same
manner
,
that
it
might
more
effectually
prove
a
terrour
to
others
.
About
this
time
came
into
the
Road
of
Batavia
a
Ship
from
Madagascar
,
which
brought
with
her
two
and
twenty
Savages
from
the
Island
St.
Galle
.
They
were
much
uglier
and
much
more
brutish
than
the
Hottentots
at
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
;
their
Speech
was
hardly
articulate
,
but
confused
like
that
of
Children
,
and
as
if
they
Sung
.
They
had
no
Hair
on
their
Heads
,
only
a
rough
scabby
Skin
.
They
were
strong
,
tho'
excessive
Lean
,
and
had
scarce
any
thing
but
Skin
and
Bones
.
Before
their
Privy-Parts
they
had
a
Wild-Cat's
Skin
,
which
reach'd
down
to
their
Knees
;
for
in
St.
Galle
there
are
multitudes
of
Wild-Cats
.
They
were
shut
up
all
together
,
like
Beasts
in
a
Stable
,
and
were
fed
with
nothing
but
raw
Rice
and
Water
,
which
it
seems
was
too
good
for
'em
;
for
in
a
little
while
they
all
died
.
A
nastier
sort
of
Men
I
never
saw
;
for
as
I
said
,
except
their
Head
,
they
were
Hairy
all
over
to
their
very
Hands
and
Feet
.
Their
Face
was
very
red
;
but
their
Teeth
were
very
fine
and
white
:
Their
Eyes
were
very
large
;
and
their
large
Ears
slit
in
five
or
six
places
.
About
their
Neck
and
Feet
they
had
some
Twists
of
Sea-Rushes
;
which
their
Women
made
use
of
likewise
to
bear
up
their
long
swagging
Breasts
.
I
believe
the
World
doth
not
afford
a
more
Savage
Wild
sort
of
Men.
St.
Galle
,
from
which
they
came
,
lies
about
1300
miles
from
Batavia
,
and
about
300
from
the
Cape
,
on
the
side
of
the
Island
Madagascar
.
Some
time
after
this
,
a
Javian
Hermit
,
who
lived
in
a
Cave
on
the
Blaw
Peper-bergh
,
came
to
Batavia
to
speak
with
the
General
;
and
refusing
to
deliver
his
Message
to
any
of
his
Attendants
,
he
was
admitted
and
brought
before
the
General
,
with
whom
he
spent
some
time
alone
.
His
Business
with
him
,
was
to
make
a
discovery
of
a
Plot
,
which
several
Javians
had
laid
to
surprize
the
City
of
Bantam
,
and
to
put
all
the
Dutch
Garrison
to
the
Sword
:
Upon
which
the
General
dispatch'd
an
Express
to
the
Governor
of
Bantam
,
to
Command
him
to
be
upon
his
Guard
,
and
to
let
him
know
that
he
should
have
a
Reinforcement
sent
him
speedily
by
Sea
and
Land
.
The
Company
upon
this
conceived
a
great
Suspicion
,
that
the
young
King
might
be
in
this
Conspiracy
;
But
it
was
upon
a
close
Enquiry
,
found
to
be
a
meer
surmize
;
and
all
his
Actions
shewing
so
much
the
contrary
all
along
,
they
continued
to
treat
him
with
the
same
Respect
as
before
:
For
all
the
Ring-leaders
of
this
Plot
were
detected
,
taken
,
and
punished
according
to
their
Deserts
;
but
not
the
least
thing
could
be
found
that
might
any
way
reflect
on
the
young
King
.
The
Hermit
did
not
Care
to
return
to
his
Cottage
again
:
So
the
Company
promised
him
,
that
he
should
never
want
if
he
would
continue
with
them
;
which
he
accepted
of
readily
.
He
spake
seven
Languages
;
to
wit
,
Turkish
,
Arabic
,
Persian
,
Moorish
,
Chinese
,
Maleish
,
and
Javian
;
and
had
Travell'd
over
most
parts
of
Asia
and
Africa
.
He
had
lived
15
years
in
that
Cell
;
and
it
was
a
wonder
how
a
Man
should
continue
there
so
long
with
any
thing
of
safety
;
considering
the
many
Tygers
,
Leopards
,
Serpents
,
and
other
devouring
Creatures
that
are
in
great
numbers
all
about
that
Mountain
.
His
Dress
was
very
much
like
that
of
the
Armenian
Women
;
so
that
one
would
not
have
taken
him
for
a
Man
;
and
besides
that
,
one
might
have
mistaken
him
,
even
tho'
one
was
near
him
,
because
he
had
pull'd
his
Beard
out
by
the
Roots
:
He
was
very
thoughtful
,
spake
but
seldom
,
and
very
gravely
.
He
had
above
twenty
pair
of
Shooes
made
of
Pastboard
,
hung
about
his
Girdle
.
Instead
of
a
Hat
,
he
had
a
sort
of
a
Turbant
wrapt
about
his
Head
made
of
strip'd
Cotton
,
about
twelve
Ells
long
,
as
the
Moors
usually
wear
.
As
to
his
Diet
,
he
Eat
moderately
,
but
loved
to
have
all
very
good
.
Whatever
he
Drank
,
he
poured
part
of
it
upon
his
Head
,
which
was
as
bare
as
the
Palm
of
a
Man's
Head
,
which
was
as
bare
as
the
Palm
of
a
Man's
Hand
.
The
Lodging
that
was
appointed
for
him
was
over
against
mine
,
so
that
I
had
some
Conversation
with
him
in
the
Maleish
Language
.
But
he
was
not
free
of
his
Discourse
,
except
sometimes
in
the
Relation
of
his
Voyages
,
and
the
Description
of
the
Countries
he
had
seen
;
as
to
the
rest
he
seemed
reserved
.
I
ask'd
him
one
day
,
how
he
came
to
be
an
Hermit
;
to
which
he
replied
,
just
as
you
come
to
be
a
Surgeon
.
But
to
have
done
with
my
capricious
Gentleman
.
I
was
sent
for
to
one
of
the
General
's
Servants
,
so
that
I
had
once
more
an
opportunity
of
seeing
the
General
's
Garden
,
which
was
one
of
the
finest
that
ever
was
seen
;
for
all
kind
of
Asiatic
or
Indian
Trees
and
Flowers
,
in
which
were
two
Parts
set
aside
,
the
one
for
all
manner
of
Wild-Beasts
;
the
other
for
all
sorts
of
Birds
,
of
all
which
,
an
account
would
be
too
tedious
:
In
short
,
I
can
hardly
think
of
any
rare
Creature
that
was
not
there
to
be
seen
.
Two
days
after
this
,
my
Companion
and
I
,
and
two
more
,
went
a
shooting
,
about
two
or
three
Leagues
into
the
Country
,
along
by
the
Powder-Mills
,
upon
the
River
Jacatra
:
And
as
we
had
pretty
good
sport
,
and
kill'd
a
good
quantity
of
Pigeons
,
Rabbets
,
&c.
we
were
going
to
a
Negery
to
refresh
our selves
,
and
make
Merry
with
our
Provisions
,
we
spying
a
Rabbet
making
towards
a
little
Wood
;
two
of
us
went
after
him
,
while
the
others
went
forward
to
get
that
Dress'd
which
we
had
kill'd
.
As
we
were
in
pursuit
of
our
Game
,
my
Friend
one
way
,
and
I
the
other
,
I
came
to
a
narrow
River's
side
,
where
I
saw
a
Man
sitting
in
a
Melancholly
posture
,
with
his
Eyes
on
the
Ground
.
Hearing
him
groan
and
sigh
,
put
me
to
a
stand
,
and
ask
him
what
he
was
;
to
which
he
answer'd
me
with
a
deep
sigh
,
that
he
was
a
poor
Hollander
.
I
askt
him
what
he
did
there
,
and
whither
he
design'd
to
go
.
Ah!
Sir
,
says
he
,
I
know
not
where
I
am
,
nor
which
way
I
am
to
take
,
but
surely
Providence
hath
sent
you
to
my
Relief
;
and
seeing
I
have
the
Happiness
once
more
to
meet
with
a
Christian
,
I
beseech
you
to
direct
me
,
(
if
there
's
any
way
for
't
)
how
I
may
come
to
you
:
Saying
this
,
he
fell
upon
his
Knees
;
so
I
told
him
,
I
would
get
him
over
,
and
bid
him
stay
there
.
My
Companion
had
made
his
shoot
,
and
was
gone
to
the
rest
:
So
I
went
up
to
the
Village
,
and
got
a
Praw
,
which
I
sent
to
bring
him
over
to
me
;
and
as
soon
as
he
came
over
,
he
gusht
out
in
Tears
,
and
Embracing
me
,
thank'd
me
most
passionately
for
my
seasonable
Assistance
.
I
desired
him
to
go
along
with
me
to
some
Company
I
had
,
which
he
did
;
and
gave
me
a
short
account
of
himself
by
the
way
.
My
Company
wondred
who
I
had
got
with
me
,
but
when
they
were
informed
what
he
was
,
we
all
help'd
to
Comfort
him
,
and
treated
him
as
we
did
our selves
.
In
that
while
he
inform'd
us
of
the
particulars
of
his
Misfortunes
:
The
sum
of
which
was
,
That
being
come
over
from
Delst
,
in
the
Company
's
Service
,
as
Carpenter
,
he
had
been
employed
in
the
Kartirian
Wars
;
and
as
he
,
with
three
more
,
were
sent
out
to
take
a
View
of
some
part
of
the
chief
City
of
that
Kingdom
,
they
had
the
ill
Fortune
to
fall
into
the
Hands
of
the
Enemy
,
who
carried
them
away
Prisoners
to
Tuban
,
and
there
Sold
them
to
a
rich
Chinese
,
who
was
just
come
thither
in
a
Ship
of
his
own
:
That
Chinese
carried
them
all
four
to
China
,
to
the
Sea-Port
Town
call'd
Quancheu
;
where
after
seven
years
of
hard
Slavery
,
they
found
an
opportunity
,
and
made
their
escape
from
thence
in
a
small
Boat
to
the
Island
of
Manilha
;
where
they
luckily
met
with
a
Ship
that
was
coming
to
Batavia
,
but
as
they
were
got
almost
within
reach
of
it
,
and
within
four
miles
of
Land
,
their
Ship
struck
upon
a
Shelf
,
and
there
sunk
;
and
he
knew
of
none
that
had
saved
themselves
but
he
alone
.
The
Relation
of
this
dismal
Story
did
affect
us
so
,
that
we
were
as
Melancholly
as
himself
.
Our
Dinner
being
over
,
we
return'd
to
Batavia
,
and
took
this
poor
Man
with
us
,
and
presented
him
to
the
General
,
who
appointed
him
a
Post
under
the
Gunner
of
the
Castle
,
till
further
Orders
.
I
need
not
give
the
Reader
the
particular
Account
which
he
gave
us
of
his
Slavery
,
it
being
much
the
same
with
what
we
use
to
hear
concerning
that
Condition
,
and
may
be
found
in
most
Books
of
Travels
,
especially
in
those
of
Ferdinandus
Mendez
Pinto
,
who
gives
an
Experimental
Account
of
all
sorts
of
Slavery
,
having
been
himself
,
taken
13
times
,
and
17
times
sold
,
in
the
space
of
21
years
.
About
this
time
three
Ships
were
getting
ready
,
to
go
and
make
a
discovery
of
a
certain
Island
which
lies
Northward
of
Japan
.
There
had
been
some
Ships
sent
thither
some
years
before
,
but
they
had
all
miscarried
;
some
by
the
way
;
others
(
as
it
was
reported
)
by
the
attractive
power
of
the
Magnetic
Mountains
were
drawn
violently
to
Shore
;
so
that
to
avoid
that
danger
,
they
contrived
the
Building
of
these
Ships
,
without
Nails
or
Iron
Work
.
When
they
were
ready
,
they
Beat
up
for
Volunteer
Seamen
,
promising
them
for
an
Encouragement
a
Twelve
Month's
Pay
over
and
above
their
Wages
;
half
of
it
to
be
paid
presently
,
the
other
half
when
they
came
back
.
This
raised
Men
in
abundance
,
and
as
fast
as
they
could
wish
;
and
in
three
weeks
time
,
the
Ships
being
ready
,
went
under
sail
with
220
Men
on
Board
of
'
em
.
It
is
said
that
Island
was
first
found
out
by
the
Portugueses
,
but
that
they
were
forced
to
abandon
it
by
reason
of
the
excessive
Cold
and
multitude
of
Wild-Beasts
;
for
it
lies
Northward
of
Tartary
.
But
the
Gold
,
which
as
it
is
reported
,
comes
in
great
store
down
several
Rivers
of
that
Country
,
was
(
I
presume
)
the
only
Motive
which
set
the
Dutch
upon
making
these
dangerous
Attempts
,
and
upon
ventring
a
second
time
,
after
such
bad
Success
.
What
became
of
this
last
Expedition
I
never
heard
;
for
there
came
no
News
of
it
to
Batavia
before
I
came
away
from
thence
.
Soon
after
this
,
a
great
piece
of
Roguery
was
carried
on
at
Bantam
,
which
unhappily
proved
successful
.
The
Dutch
had
there
under
one
of
the
Bastions
,
a
great
Magazine
of
Powder
,
and
they
had
unfortunately
at
that
time
above
100
Tun
of
it
in
the
Magazine
.
A
Javian
undertook
to
get
in
by
breaking
of
the
Wall
,
which
he
was
forced
to
do
by
digging
a
way
under
Ground
quite
to
the
side
of
it
.
Every
day
he
closed
up
the
entrance
into
his
Hole
with
Earth
,
so
artificially
and
so
softly
,
that
no
body
perceived
it
,
and
that
neither
of
the
two
Sentinels
that
stood
on
the
Bastion
heard
the
least
Noise
at
any
time
.
When
he
was
got
in
,
he
took
a
Bamboo-Cane
that
was
hollow
,
and
filling
that
with
Gun-powder
,
lighted
it
at
one
end
,
and
the
Fire
coming
to
the
Powder
in
the
Cane
,
gave
a
great
Blow
,
with
some
Flame
,
without
doing
any
further
harm
for
the
present
.
This
alarm'd
all
the
People
,
who
presently
went
to
search
every
corner
of
the
Bastion
,
to
see
what
the
matter
was
,
and
there
the
Bamboo-Cane
was
found
,
and
the
Powder
that
was
in
it
was
consumed
:
But
no
sooner
had
they
open'd
the
Vault-Door
,
but
the
Wind
finding
a
free
passage
,
took
some
sparks
of
Fire
along
with
it
,
which
lighted
among
the
Powder
,
and
in
an
instant
set
that
on
Fire
,
and
blew
up
the
whole
Bastion
with
16
pieces
of
Cannon
,
and
above
200
Persons
.
An
Account
of
this
Accident
was
quickly
sent
to
the
General
at
Batavia
,
who
presently
sent
Men
thither
;
together
with
Orders
to
the
Governor
,
and
to
the
young
King
,
to
make
a
diligent
Enquiry
after
the
Author
's
of
this
Villany
:
And
in
a
short
time
,
three
Javians
were
discovered
to
be
the
Men
;
who
were
brought
bound
to
Batavia
,
and
confess'd
,
That
they
were
the
only
Contrivers
of
that
Action
;
upon
which
they
were
all
three
Condemned
to
Die
.
He
that
had
set
Fire
to
the
Cane
,
was
brought
upon
a
Scaffold
erected
for
that
purpose
,
and
there
Pinch'd
with
red-hot
Tongs
from
the
morning
till
towards
the
evening
,
at
which
time
he
was
cut
into
Quarters
;
so
that
that
day
was
spent
in
Torturing
of
that
Fellow
only
.
The
next
day
the
second
was
served
in
like
manner
;
The
third
was
Broke
upon
the
Wheel
.
We
thought
the
time
long
now
'
ere
the
Ships
went
off
to
Holland
,
or
at
least
till
the
time
was
fixt
for
their
going
;
which
we
expected
daily
should
be
done
:
However
,
we
had
got
our
Names
upon
the
Roll
,
and
having
time
enough
,
we
ventured
to
take
a
small
Journey
together
to
visit
the
Hermits
Cells
;
for
which
purpose
we
took
some
Javian
Guides
with
us
.
The
Road
,
we
found
as
it
was
told
us
,
very
commodious
,
having
a
great
many
Inns
,
and
good
Accommodation
,
till
we
came
to
the
Wilderness
where
these
Hermits
dwell
.
Within
six
or
seven
miles
of
which
,
we
came
to
two
Villages
,
one
on
one
side
,
the
other
on
the
other
side
of
the
River
;
in
the
middle
of
which
was
a
very
high
Rock
,
upon
which
was
a
Javian
Temple
.
We
went
to
see
it
,
and
found
there
only
one
Reverend
Bard
,
who
resided
there
all
the
Year
round
.
That
Temple
was
used
only
two
days
in
the
Year
,
viz.
Their
New-Year's
Day
,
and
the
Feast
of
Mahomet
,
whose
Sect
they
follow
:
And
on
those
Days
,
there
is
much
Praying
and
Worshiping
,
and
great
Processions
made
.
Having
taken
a
View
of
this
,
we
went
on
,
and
came
to
a
Village
that
is
near
the
Blawen
Pepper-bergh
,
from
which
we
had
not
above
2
or
3
miles
to
the
place
where
the
Cells
are
.
In
that
Village
we
staid
the
latter
part
of
that
Day
,
and
all
that
Night
,
in
order
to
spend
all
the
next
day
in
satisfying
our
Curiosity
;
and
accordingly
we
got
thither
early
the
next
morning
.
There
we
saw
a
great
many
pretty
Caves
,
cut
out
of
the
Natural
Rocks
,
and
very
Artificially
contrived
.
We
had
been
told
,
that
they
were
poor
little
miserable
Holes
that
were
not
worth
the
seeing
;
but
we
were
not
a
little
surprized
to
find
them
so
neat
and
delightful
,
nor
less
pleased
to
see
how
successfully
they
had
imitated
Nature
;
insomuch
,
that
it
was
hard
to
judge
,
whether
Nature
or
Art
had
had
the
chiefest
hand
in
the
ordering
of
'
em
.
These
Cells
were
most
inhabited
by
a
sort
of
Men
,
who
in
imitation
of
their
Founder
,
Devote
themselves
to
a
perpetual
Austerity
,
Mortification
,
and
Self-Denial
,
as
he
himself
had
set
them
an
Example
;
assuring
them
,
That
the
Chastizing
of
the
Body
,
would
conduce
very
much
to
Felicity
,
and
would
infallibly
draw
down
God's
Blessing
upon
them
;
so
that
he
was
look'd
upon
as
a
great
Saint
;
and
his
Followers
are
valued
at
no
less
rate
all
over
that
Country
.
They
wore
long
Gowns
after
the
manner
of
the
Armenian
Priests
,
or
the
Bonzen
in
Japan
.
They
spend
all
Day
and
Night
in
lifting
up
their
Eyes
and
Hands
to
Heaven
,
intimating
,
That
they
Desire
nothing
here
below
.
The
Javians
that
were
our
Guides
,
told
us
,
That
they
used
to
Eat
nothing
but
Boil'd
Herbs
,
Beans
,
Roots
,
and
such
like
Fruits
:
And
that
on
some
Days
,
which
they
call
their
Feast-Days
,
they
eat
Flies
,
Mice
,
Scorpions
,
and
Spiders
,
drest
with
a
Juice
prest
out
of
a
certain
Herb
that
grows
there
in
abundance
,
which
looks
very
much
like
our
Sorrel
.
In
this
poor
Condition
they
live
and
die
;
but
in
the
highest
Esteem
and
Veneration
among
all
the
Javians
:
So
that
they
never
fail
to
be
Canonized
after
their
Death
,
and
their
Bodies
are
burnt
with
great
Solemnity
,
and
with
all
the
respect
imaginable
;
every
one
thinking
himself
happy
,
that
can
but
come
and
throw
in
a
Bundle
of
Sweet-Herbs
upon
the
Corps
.
Some
of
those
Hermits
,
thinking
that
the
more
they
mortisie
the
more
they
are
acceptable
to
their
God
,
Eat
nothing
but
green
Herbs
and
Roots
,
and
that
very
sparingly
;
which
makes
them
look
so
nastily
,
that
it
frightens
one
to
look
upon
them
,
and
kills
them
quickly
too
.
When
we
had
seen
all
we
could
see
,
we
came
away
time
enough
to
reach
the
two
Villages
again
before
Night
;
where
we
staid
that
night
;
and
the
next
morning
we
set
out
early
,
to
get
into
Batavia
as
soon
as
we
could
;
because
we
had
a
mind
to
share
in
the
Rejoycing
that
was
to
be
that
day
,
it
being
the
General
's
Birth-Day
;
wherefore
we
took
a
Praw
,
seeing
the
Wind
and
Tide
was
for
us
,
and
with
a
very
quick
passage
down
the
River
,
came
to
Batavia
just
as
the
People
began
to
move
.
All
the
Burghers
and
Freemen
were
in
Arms
,
and
drew
up
before
the
General
's
Lodgings
in
the
Castle
,
where
after
the
Discharge
of
all
the
Cannon
about
the
Castle
and
City
,
they
saluted
his
Excellency
with
several
Vollies
of
Shot
.
Each
Nation
then
came
in
a
distinct
Body
with
Presents
to
the
General
;
as
first
,
the
Chineses
,
Siamers
,
Japonneses
,
Macassars
,
Amboineses
,
Bandaneses
,
&c.
and
even
the
Javians
,
who
are
not
permitted
to
set
a
foot
in
the
Castle
on
any
other
time
,
were
then
let
in
;
but
all
these
come
but
after
the
Company
of
Burghers
and
Freemen
,
which
is
composed
of
Dutch
,
Germans
,
English
,
Danes
,
French
,
Portuguese
,
and
other
Christians
,
born
in
the
Indies
,
who
altogether
make
one
Body
.
These
Presents
are
Magnisicent
,
and
one
may
judge
they
must
needs
be
very
considerable
,
when
the
very
Soldiers
who
stood
to
their
Arms
under
the
Castle-Gate
,
had
some
Hundreds
of
Guildens
given
them
.
Besides
this
,
all
the
Streets
were
full
of
Lights
,
Bonesires
,
and
Fireworks
;
wherein
the
Chineses
employed
their
utmost
Art
and
Skill
:
And
for
three
or
four
days
there
was
nothing
but
Feasting
and
Treating
one
another
.
The
time
now
being
come
that
the
Fleet
was
to
go
to
Holland
,
and
the
day
fixt
,
viz.
the
12th
of
February
,
(
in
case
the
Weather
should
permit
it
)
my
Friend
and
I
made
our
Applications
to
be
ordered
on
Board
of
one
Ship
,
if
it
might
be
thought
convenient
:
And
according
to
our
Request
,
we
were
assign'd
on
Board
the
Ship
called
the
Ex-change
;
which
did
not
as
yet
lie
before
Batavia
,
but
was
resitting
in
the
Island
Onrust
,
and
was
ordered
to
get-ready
to
go
Commadore
of
this
Fleet
,
as
she
was
to
have
gone
with
the
last
Fleet
which
went
on
the
22d
of
November
1684.
but
that
she
was
disabled
.
Thus
we
had
time
enough
to
make
Provision
for
our
Voyage
.
The
Ships
being
come
into
the
Road
before
Batavia
,
some
days
were
appointed
to
Address
our
Prayers
in
the
most
solemn
manner
to
the
Almighty
for
his
Protection
,
and
to
Beg
of
him
that
he
would
preserve
us
from
all
Dangers
;
which
was
Religiously
observed
in
the
Dutch
and
Maleish
Churches
.
After
this
,
the
General
gave
Order
that
the
List
of
those
who
had
served
out
their
time
,
should
be
called
over
;
and
publick
notice
of
it
being
given
by
the
Clerk
of
the
Musters
,
those
who
were
to
go
,
appeared
all
with
their
Arms
in
good
Order
,
and
by
Beat
of
Drum
were
led
into
the
Castle
,
where
they
deliver'd
their
Arms
into
the
Hands
of
the
Armourer
:
Upon
which
every
Man
of
'em
was
presented
with
four
Rixdollers
,
as
a
Gratuity
over
and
above
each
Man
his
Half-year's
Pay
.
Those
that
wanted
more
Money
,
and
desired
to
have
it
might
be
furnisht
with
it
,
so
it
was
less
or
not
more
than
what
the
Company
owed
them
,
abating
or
allowing
20
per
Cent.
and
giving
an
Acquittance
of
his
Money
so
received
aforehand
,
made
and
signed
before
a
Notary
Publick
.
CHAP.
XIV
.
The
Author's
Departure
from
Batavia
for
Holland
.
Orders
observed
among
the
Ships
:
They
come
and
lie
before
Bantam
;
where
the
Author
going
on
Shore
,
is
left
behind
,
but
by
good
luck
over-takes
the
Ship
again
.
They
come
to
the
Cape
de
Bon
Esperance
.
Observations
on
the
Place
,
and
on
the
Hottentot's
there
.
They
leave
the
Cape
.
Come
into
the
Sea
which
they
call
the
Graz-zee
;
They
meet
with
a
fearful
Storm
,
which
lasted
four
days
.
They
come
to
the
Briel
;
thence
to
Amsterdam
,
where
the
Author
is
forced
to
lie
,
in
great
Pain
,
and
at
great
Expence
;
and
at
last
,
with
much
ado
,
gets
home
to
Ulm.
I
Had
made
Provisions
of
all
things
necessary
for
my
Voyage
,
but
especially
of
preserved
Pepper
,
Arack
,
and
Tobacco
,
which
are
the
chief
Things
for
such
a
long
Voyage
as
that
is
.
I
took
with
me
a
good
quantity
of
China-Ware
,
some
pounds
of
Tea
,
and
some
Murus
and
Parcallen
,
(
which
are
a
sort
of
very
sine
Linnen
)
off
the
Company
,
upon
my
own
Account
,
which
amounted
to
a
great
deal
of
Money
.
After
this
,
I
went
to
take
my
leave
of
all
my
Friends
,
and
amongst
others
,
of
our
Countryman
,
of
whom
I
made
mention
before
,
who
entertain'd
my
Friend
and
me
with
all
the
Expressions
of
Love
and
Friendship
that
could
be
imagined
.
He
gave
me
a
Seal-Ring
and
a
Letter
,
desiring
me
to
deliver
them
to
his
Wife
at
Vlm
,
in
case
I
got
safe
thither
;
so
we
parted
with
Tears
in
our
Eyes
all
three
of
us
.
He
conducted
us
two
to
the
Vierkant
or
Square
,
from
whence
we
took
a
Praw
,
and
went
on
Board
the
Exchange
;
where
a
Review
was
made
the
next
day
,
to
see
if
there
were
no
body
wanting
.
All
being
found
there
,
Orders
came
the
next
day
,
that
we
should
weigh
Anchor
,
and
go
a
Quarter
of
a
League
into
Sea
,
and
there
cast
Anchor
again
.
Then
was
there
again
a
Day
appointed
to
Implore
the
Blessing
of
the
Almighty
;
which
was
duly
observed
,
both
at
Land
,
and
on
Board
our
Ships
.
Then
the
Masters
of
the
Ships
and
the
Factors
were
invited
a
Shore
to
take
their
Farewel
Dinner
with
the
General
,
and
to
receive
his
Orders
for
Sailing
,
and
to
take
their
Oaths
of
Fidelity
:
After
which
,
they
repaired
every
one
to
their
several
Ships
,
with
Orders
to
set
Sail
with
the
first
fair
Wind
;
but
the
Wind
was
so
changeable
for
three
or
four
days
,
that
it
made
us
weigh
our
Anchors
,
and
drop
them
again
four
or
five
times
.
Some
of
our
more
debauch'd
Seamen
,
and
others
,
did
so
fret
and
fume
at
these
frequent
Disappointments
,
and
grew
so
very
impatient
,
that
they
could
not
forbear
venting
their
Rage
in
very
undecent
and
prophane
Expressions
;
for
which
,
the
Master
,
a
good
old
Man
of
near
90
years
of
Age
,
reproved
them
very
sharply
,
and
threatned
them
severely
if
they
did
not
refrain
from
such
Words
;
telling
them
,
that
this
was
not
the
way
to
obtain
their
Desires
,
but
that
they
ought
rather
to
Pray
to
God
to
send
us
a
favourable
Wind
,
and
patiently
wait
his
Will
and
Pleasure
.
About
12
of
the
Clock
,
in
the
5th
Night
,
the
Wind
came
good
for
us
;
whereupon
,
our
Master
as
Commadore
,
ordered
a
Gun
to
be
fired
as
a
signal
for
the
two
other
Ships
to
weigh
Anchor
with
us
.
So
we
all
went
under
Sail
together
,
for
in
the
Voyages
homeward
,
the
Ships
are
always
obliged
to
go
together
;
and
tho'
the
one
may
be
a
quicker
Sailer
than
the
other
,
yet
she
must
not
run
away
before
the
rest
;
but
she
is
forced
to
Furl
some
of
her
Sails
,
so
as
the
slowest
of
'em
may
keep
pace
with
her
;
and
nothing
excuses
their
parting
from
each
other
but
a
Storm
,
or
hard
Weather
;
after
which
they
are
to
rejoyn
as
soon
as
possible
.
The
next
day
we
came
and
Anchor'd
before
Bantam
,
about
a
League
from
Shore
near
the
place
where
we
lay
when
we
went
in
pursuit
of
the
Pyrates
.
Our
Boat
went
on
Shore
,
and
I
went
with
it
,
to
see
some
of
my
Acquaintance
there
,
and
to
take
my
leave
of
them
.
Notwithstanding
that
the
Steward
had
given
me
very
strict
charge
not
to
stay
,
and
told
me
two
or
three
times
he
was
just
going
,
I
could
not
part
from
my
Friends
readily
,
and
when
I
came
to
go
,
I
found
my
Spark
gone
;
and
was
told
he
was
gone
off
half
an
Hour
before
,
with
eight
Cows
,
and
other
Provisions
that
he
was
come
for
.
When
I
heard
this
,
I
was
ready
to
die
with
Fear
and
Grief
;
and
had
no
other
Remedy
,
but
immediately
to
Hire
a
light
Praw
with
16
Oars
;
When
we
came
out
of
the
River
of
Bantam
into
Sea
,
we
saw
our
Ships
just
ready
to
Sail
;
for
the
Wind
was
very
good
,
and
then
they
loose
no
time
:
However
,
I
pluckt
up
a
good
Heart
when
I
saw
'em
,
and
encouraged
the
Javians
to
pull
stoutly
,
and
promised
them
six
Rixdollers
amongst
'em
over
and
above
the
Bargain
,
in
case
they
overtook
our
Ship
.
This
made
them
Row
like
Tygers
,
and
by
that
time
it
was
Night
,
as
the
Ship
was
got
up
to
the
Island
Dwars
in
the
Zee
,
we
came
in
reach
of
her
,
at
which
the
Javians
set
up
a
full
Huzza
,
and
I
was
so
transported
with
Joy
,
that
I
could
not
but
joyn
with
them
very
heartily
.
As
soon
as
we
could
come
to
fasten
by
her
side
,
I
went
to
get
up
;
but
unfortunately
made
a
false
step
,
and
tumbled
down
again
into
the
Boat
,
and
so
Sprain'd
my
Leg
,
that
I
was
forced
to
be
drawn
up
into
the
Ship
,
and
lie
still
for
some
days
.
The
next
day
,
three
of
the
Cows
were
kill'd
and
distributed
among
the
Ship
's
Crew
.
Some
days
after
we
passed
the
Streights
of
Sunda
,
and
came
to
the
Prince's
Island
,
where
we
parted
with
our
Convoy
Ships
,
and
sent
them
back
to
Batavia
.
As
we
came
by
the
Prince's
Island
,
which
lies
at
the
furthest
corner
of
Great
Java
,
we
came
into
open
Sea
,
and
the
Wind
being
right
good
for
us
,
we
continued
our
Course
forward
,
not
being
willing
to
loose
so
fair
a
Wind
as
we
had
then
;
so
that
we
did
not
put
in
there
,
nor
would
we
stay
to
send
in
our
Boats
for
a
Recruit
of
fresh
Water
,
as
it
is
Customary
;
but
made
the
best
of
our
way
,
and
fired
three
Guns
to
wish
each
other
a
good
Voyage
.
We
steer'd
our
Course
now
directly
towards
Cape
de
Bon
Esperance
,
Hall'd
in
our
Long-Boat
and
Shallop
,
and
took
in
our
Anchors
,
and
fitted
our selves
for
the
Voyage
.
When
we
were
got
out
of
sight
of
Great
Java
,
a
second
Review
was
made
of
all
our
Ship
's
Crew
,
which
amounted
to
Eighty
eight
Persons
in
all
,
viz.
the
Master
,
the
Upper
Steersman
,
two
Under
Steers-men
,
and
two
Mates
,
to
relieve
them
from
Duty
;
two
Quarter-Masters
,
to
Order
the
Watches
,
which
I
have
given
an
Account
of
in
the
beginning
of
this
Book
;
a
Factor
;
a
Book-keeper
;
and
a
Clerk
or
Assistant
;
An
Upper
Chirurgion
,
(
my
self
)
and
an
Under
Master-Chirurgion
;
a
Steward
,
who
distributed
the
Allowances
of
Meat
and
Drink
to
every
Person
according
to
the
Master's
Orders
;
a
Cook
and
a
Scullion
;
a
Gunner
with
four
Men
and
Boys
,
who
were
likewise
to
help
the
Steward
;
a
Serjeant
;
two
Master
Carpenters
,
and
three
Mates
,
a
Boatswain
,
and
his
Boy
,
a
Schieman
and
his
Boy
;
a
Provost
;
four
Boys
;
the
eight
Soldiers
,
and
32
Mariners
;
We
had
no
Chaplain
,
but
we
had
Prayers
duly
Read
by
the
Book-keeper
:
There
was
another
Master
of
a
Ship
,
and
a
Master
Chirurgion
;
but
neither
of
them
had
any
Post
in
our
Ship
,
they
were
only
Passengers
.
We
came
safe
with
all
these
People
,
till
we
got
past
the
Island
,
called
St.
Paul
of
Amsterdam
:
After
which
our
greatest
concern
was
,
to
pass
safe
through
the
Latitude
of
Madagascar
,
or
St.
Maurice
;
which
,
as
I
have
already
told
you
,
is
very
subject
to
dreadful
Storms
and
Hurricanes
,
most
Seasons
of
the
year
;
insomuch
,
that
more
Ships
are
lost
thereabouts
,
than
any
where
again
.
Having
escaped
this
place
likewise
,
tho'
we
met
with
hard
weather
,
we
came
at
last
,
after
nine
weeks
Sail
,
in
sight
of
the
great
Promontory
of
Africa
,
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
,
which
rejoyced
us
much
.
One
of
the
Carpenter's
Men
had
the
good
fortune
to
spy
Land
the
first
of
any
;
for
which
good
Tydings
,
the
Master
presented
him
with
two
Ducatoons
and
a
Quart
of
Canary
,
as
it
was
ever
the
Custom
on
Board
our
Ships
,
to
gratifie
those
that
first
discover
Land
.
We
immediately
loosned
our
Anchors
,
and
fasten'd
them
to
their
Cables
,
and
made
directly
towards
Tafel-Bay
,
which
lay
about
20
miles
from
us
.
The
next
day
we
were
within
two
Leagues
of
it
,
it
being
a
very
great
Snow
,
and
the
Weather
being
very
Calm
,
which
was
very
extraordinary
,
it
being
for
the
most
part
very
Blustring
there
all
the
year
round
.
We
hall'd
out
our
Boat
,
and
Long-Boat
,
into
which
having
sent
some
of
our
Men
with
Oars
,
they
hall'd
our
Ship
into
the
Haven
.
This
took
up
half
a
day
,
and
when
we
were
come
to
a
place
where
we
could
cast
Anchor
,
we
did
so
;
and
hoisted
up
our
Flags
,
after
which
they
at
Land
did
the
same
likewise
upon
the
Tower
of
the
Castle
.
Then
our
Master
went
to
Shore
,
and
gave
the
Governor
of
the
place
an
account
of
our
Success
thus
far
on
our
Voyage
.
Here
we
found
three
Ships
from
Holland
,
and
one
English
Fly-boat
,
riding
at
Anchor
.
We
were
immediately
supplied
with
some
Sheep
,
Fruits
,
and
Herbs
,
which
were
very
welcome
Refreshments
,
and
many
Hottentots
came
on
Board
of
us
;
some
of
which
,
our
Men
made
several
little
Presents
to
.
Our
Men
were
likewise
permitted
to
go
on
Shore
by
turns
,
to
refresh
themselves
:
Some
of
our
Crew
were
sent
on
purpose
,
that
they
might
go
into
the
Wood
to
fetch
some
Fuel
,
and
others
were
sent
for
a
Recruit
of
fresh
Water
.
When
I
went
ashore
,
I
found
the
place
extraordinary
full
of
People
,
but
mostly
of
those
Soldiers
,
which
belong'd
to
the
Dutch
Ships
that
lay
there
.
They
were
brave
lusty
Men
,
and
very
brisk
,
having
met
with
nothing
but
good
Success
in
their
Voyage
thither
.
Some
of
their
Men
were
Sick
,
and
carried
into
the
Hospital
,
which
was
pretty
full
.
I
went
to
see
it
,
and
told
near
200
of
them
there
;
most
of
which
were
forced
to
be
left
behind
,
not
being
recover'd
before
the
Fleet
was
obliged
to
go
on
,
on
their
Voyage
.
These
Ships
being
gone
off
,
the
Town
was
left
as
thin
as
might
be
,
and
every
thing
was
as
cheap
again
;
so
that
we
had
more
conveniency
of
making
our selves
Merry
.
I
spent
here
some
time
very
pleasantly
,
my
Landlord
being
a
very
honest
Fellow
,
and
extraordinary
obliging
.
He
was
of
Newrenberg
,
and
by
Employment
a
Brewer
.
He
having
some
Knowledge
of
me
before
this
,
seem'd
daily
to
increase
his
good
Opinion
and
Esteem
for
me
;
and
his
Daughter
,
I
observed
likewise
,
to
become
every
day
more
and
more
obliging
,
which
I
look'd
upon
as
a
design
between
them
of
staying
me
there
:
But
I
was
so
heartily
set
upon
my
Return
home
,
that
I
might
once
again
Enjoy
the
free
Liberty
of
my
Religion
,
that
I
could
not
be
gain'd
upon
to
alter
my
Mind
upon
any
kind
of
Consideration
whatever
.
A
few
days
after
,
I
found
,
that
what
I
had
surmiz'd
was
true
enough
;
and
the
Father
very
kindly
made
me
an
Offer
of
his
Daughter
,
and
told
me
what
he
was
ready
to
do
for
me
if
I
would
stay
there
;
and
withal
,
that
he
had
a
great
Inclination
to
go
into
his
own
Country
,
which
he
was
loath
to
do
,
unless
he
could
by
such
a
means
as
this
,
make
over
his
Lands
to
his
Daughter
,
and
put
her
into
Possession
of
them
:
For
a
Freeman
cannot
otherwise
dispose
of
what
he
hath
;
and
if
he
is
desirous
to
leave
the
Country
,
he
cannot
Sell
his
Estate
,
but
it
must
fall
of
Course
to
the
Company
;
so
that
he
can
take
nothing
over
with
him
but
his
Personal
Estate
.
But
neither
the
Daughter's
Beauty
,
nor
the
Sweetness
of
his
Habitation
,
could
have
such
an
Influence
upon
me
as
to
make
me
break
my
Resolution
.
So
that
without
hearkening
to
him
any
further
than
just
to
thank
him
,
I
made
all
necessary
Preparation
,
and
made
me
ready
to
go
back
to
my
Ship
.
But
I
wonder'd
that
my
Landlord
could
ever
have
the
Heart
to
part
from
so
pleasant
a
place
as
his
was
to
return
home
,
seeing
he
had
that
only
thing
which
I
wanted
,
the
opportunity
of
Exercising
my
Religion
publickly
.
One
day
I
went
out
by
my self
to
fetch
a
walk
,
and
as
I
went
musing
along
,
I
found
my self
before
I
was
aware
of
it
,
within
a
quarter
of
a
Mile
of
the
Lewen-bergh
,
between
which
and
the
Sea
,
I
saw
some
of
those
Hutts
which
the
Hottentots
dwell
in
.
Upon
sight
of
which
,
my
Curiosity
led
me
to
go
and
see
what
kind
of
life
those
People
led
.
I
went
into
one
of
'em
,
and
there
I
saw
a
parcel
of
'em
lying
upon
the
Ground
like
so
many
Hogs
,
and
fast
asleep
:
But
as
soon
as
they
awaked
and
saw
me
,
they
sprung
up
and
came
up
to
me
,
making
a
noise
like
Turkies
.
I
was
not
a
little
concerned
;
yet
seeing
they
d●d
not
go
about
to
do
me
any
harm
,
I
pull'd
out
a
piece
of
Tobacco
and
gave
it
them
:
They
were
mightily
pleased
with
that
Present
,
but
the
way
they
took
to
shew
their
Gratitude
,
and
to
thank
me
,
was
so
odious
to
me
,
that
I
wish'd
I
had
not
given
them
any
occasion
of
returning
me
Thanks
.
For
no
sooner
had
I
given
them
this
,
but
they
all
lifted
up
those
Flaps
of
Sheep-Skin
which
hang
before
their
Privy-Parts
to
give
me
a
sight
of
'
em
.
What
with
this
beastly
Behaviour
,
and
what
with
the
nasty
stench
of
their
Kennels
,
(
as
I
think
I
may
properly
call
'em
)
I
made
all
haste
to
be
gone
.
Some
of
'em
I
found
at
their
Dinner
,
or
rather
,
Eating
,
(
for
that
is
a
word
of
too
much
Order
and
Decency
for
them
.
)
They
had
only
a
piece
of
Cow-Hide
,
laid
out
upon
the
Coals
a
Broyling
,
and
to
make
the
Carbonnade
more
pleasant
,
they
had
squeezed
the
Dung
out
of
the
Guts
,
and
spread
it
finely
on
the
Hide
to
moisten
it
,
and
to
give
it
a
relish
;
and
this
they
take
when
it
is
broyl'd
,
and
chop
it
,
and
so
Eat
it
.
The
very
ordering
of
it
in
this
manner
,
turn'd
my
Stomach
so
,
that
I
could
not
stay
to
see
the
Eating
of
it
:
But
I
made
all
the
haste
I
could
to
be
gone
.
I
went
from
thence
directly
to
the
Lewen-bergh
,
which
is
a
fine
pleasant
Hill
,
not
at
all
Rocky
,
but
cover'd
over
with
Grass
,
and
affording
a
most
pleasant
Prospect
.
Here
I
sat
me
down
,
and
took
a
view
of
the
Country
all
round
me
.
After
I
had
been
there
a
while
,
I
espied
at
Sea
a
Ship
making
to
the
Port
with
full
Sails
;
and
presently
after
I
saw
the
Flag
hoisted
up
in
the
Castle
.
Upon
this
I
came
down
to
go
towards
the
Fort
,
and
as
I
was
going
along
the
Shore
,
there
stood
a
Servant
Maid
,
who
was
come
to
fill
a
little
Tub
with
Sand
:
As
soon
as
she
saw
me
,
she
cry'd
out
to
me
as
loud
as
she
could
,
Maridi
sini
Senior
:
Oh
Sir
!
Pray
come
and
helpme
.
I
ran
full
speed
towards
her
to
help
her
,
and
when
I
came
up
to
her
,
she
shewed
me
a
dreadful
long
Serpent
,
that
had
just
then
been
devouring
a
young
Hottentot
,
and
had
swallowed
him
all
up
but
the
Legs
,
which
still
stuck
out
of
his
Mouth
.
This
had
put
the
Maid
into
a
great
Consternation
,
and
made
her
afraid
that
she
should
be
his
next
Prey
:
And
truly
being
much
in
the
same
Apprehensions
my self
,
I
betook
my self
to
my
Heels
,
which
the
Maid
seeing
,
she
gave
a
dreadful
Shriek
,
and
began
to
run
too
.
That
great
Shriek
she
gave
brought
out
some
Hottentots
that
were
thereabouts
,
who
came
running
towards
us
.
As
soon
as
they
saw
what
was
the
matter
,
they
got
themselves
ready
to
catch
the
Serpent
;
and
having
brought
out
some
long
Ropes
,
they
threw
them
with
wonderful
Dexterity
about
its
middle
,
and
drawing
the
Ropes
,
some
at
one
end
,
some
at
another
,
as
hard
as
they
were
able
;
they
held
him
so
fast
,
that
I
expected
they
would
have
cut
him
in
two
.
All
the
while
the
Serpent
Hiss'd
in
a
fearful
manner
,
and
Twisted
it self
strangely
,
but
could
not
slip
away
.
At
last
came
some
of
the
Men
with
great
Poles
,
with
which
they
knock'd
him
on
the
Head
.
This
dreadful
Creature
was
very
near
16
Foot
long
.
They
fastned
it
to
a
Stick
,
and
let
it
dry
.
This
being
done
,
I
return'd
to
the
place
from
whence
I
came
.
In
my
return
I
met
with
some
Wild
Hottentots
,
who
come
down
thither
from
the
Cafre's
Country
,
about
100
Leagues
from
thence
.
They
,
as
I
observed
,
are
almost
Blind
in
the
day
time
,
at
least
extream
Dim-sighted
;
so
that
they
do
most
of
their
Business
by
Night
.
In
the
time
that
I
staid
in
the
Cape
,
I
saw
once
one
of
these
Wild
Prople
executed
for
Theft
:
He
had
some
time
before
stolen
some
Cows
and
Sheep
from
some
of
the
Freemen
,
without
the
Approbation
of
their
King
,
(
which
is
a
Dignity
they
confer
upon
some
one
amongst
'em
;
and
whereever
they
are
,
tho'
but
to
the
number
of
five
or
six
together
,
they
always
make
them
a
King
or
Captain
to
Rule
over
them
,
without
whose
Consent
no
kind
of
thing
is
to
be
done
;
and
in
this
the
Company
doth
not
at
all
interpose
,
but
leaves
them
to
their
own
Customs
)
.
The
Criminal
was
tied
Hand
and
Foot
,
and
stretched
out
betwixt
two
Posts
,
about
half
a
Man's
height
from
the
Ground
;
after
which
some
Men
came
with
great
Sticks
,
and
beat
him
to
Death
.
If
they
hit
him
on
the
Head
or
Breast
he
is
soon
dispatcht
;
but
they
never
give
over
as
long
as
they
find
any
Breath
in
him
.
When
he
is
expired
,
they
carry
him
to
the
Wood
,
and
there
fasten
him
to
a
Bough
,
and
leave
him
for
a
Prey
to
Wild
Beasts
.
The
Ship
that
I
espied
coming
from
the
top
of
the
Hill
,
was
an
English
Fly-boat
,
which
came
and
cast
Anchor
by
the
other
English
Ship
that
lay
there
before
.
The
Master
gave
us
an
Account
of
his
Voyage
,
which
had
been
thus
far
very
prosperous
.
He
was
bound
for
Jappan
,
but
was
to
call
at
several
Places
by
the
way
.
He
put
in
here
to
Treat
with
the
Governour
,
but
about
what
,
I
could
not
be
informed
.
After
we
had
staid
herefull
three
Weeks
,
which
is
more
by
a
Week
than
Ships
generally
do
,
every
body
was
ordered
on
Board
in
a
readiness
to
be
going
.
Our
Master
being
Commadore
,
call'd
a
Council
to
settle
the
Orders
of
their
Voyage
.
The
next
day
a
Review
was
made
,
where
all
were
found
in
very
good
Order
,
except
two
that
were
very
sick
;
but
yet
,
as
ill
as
they
were
,
they
would
not
stay
there
,
but
would
venture
on
their
Voyage
.
The
next
day
,
after
the
Review
was
made
,
our
Master
and
Factor
,
together
with
the
other
Masters
of
Ships
,
went
once
more
a
Shore
to
wait
on
the
Governor
to
take
their
Leave
of
him
;
They
came
back
that
same
night
in
order
to
go
out
of
the
Bay
with
the
first
fair
Wind
;
which
happen'd
that
very
night
,
being
the
23th
of
May
;
and
then
we
steer'd
our
Course
North-West
.
All
the
next
day
we
had
the
African
Coasts
in
sight
.
Our
Water
Vessels
were
shut
up
again
,
and
dealt
out
by
Portions
;
which
was
,
a
Can
to
each
Person
once
in
24
hours
;
and
half
a
Quartern
of
Brandy
,
or
Arack
.
When
we
had
been
a
while
under
Sail
,
out
came
a
Seaman
from
under
the
Hatches
,
who
had
hid
himself
there
till
we
were
got
out
in
full
Sea
.
He
was
but
just
come
to
the
Cape
with
an
English
Ship
;
and
being
sent
ashore
to
fetch
in
fresh
Water
,
he
so
contrived
his
Business
as
to
get
in
with
our
Men
,
being
resolved
never
to
go
with
the
English
again
.
He
was
an
Hamburgher
,
a
brisk
active
Fellow
:
In
the
hardest
of
Weather
,
he
was
first
and
last
on
the
Mast
,
and
extreamly
serviceable
.
So
that
he
got
the
love
of
every
body
,
and
generally
had
a
larger
share
of
the
Distributions
than
any
of
the
rest
.
Having
now
sailed
about
10
days
,
we
came
up
to
St.
Hellens
,
where
the
Ships
that
are
homeward
bound
from
India
seldom
fail
to
call
;
but
our
Master
did
not
think
fit
to
put
in
there
,
partly
because
we
had
already
made
great
stays
,
and
partly
because
we
needed
no
Provisions
.
In
14
days
we
found
our selves
under
the
Line
,
and
the
Sun
stood
Perpendicular
over
our
Heads
.
This
was
the
twelfth
time
that
I
passed
under
it
in
my
Voyages
to
and
fro
.
As
soon
as
we
came
there
,
our
Master
commanded
a
White
Flag
to
be
hung
out
;
which
was
the
usual
Token
for
all
the
Masters
and
Steersmen
in
the
Fleet
to
come
on
Board
of
him
.
When
they
were
all
come
together
,
he
open'd
their
Instructions
to
them
,
which
were
,
That
contrary
to
the
Custom
of
the
East-India
homeward
bound
Ships
,
(
which
was
to
Steer
their
Course
betwixt
Scotland
and
Hitland
,
in
their
return
to
Holland
)
they
should
now
go
round
Hitland
,
and
pass
betwixt
Fero
and
Filo
,
and
so
keep
along
the
Coasts
of
Norway
,
where
they
should
meet
with
a
Squadron
of
Men
of
War
for
their
Convoy
.
And
this
was
accordingly
done
.
But
now
being
our
Voyage
was
made
so
much
the
longer
by
these
Orders
than
otherwise
it
would
have
been
,
they
began
to
shorten
each
Man's
Allowance
to
make
it
hold
out
the
better
.
All
this
while
we
got
,
(
Blessed
be
God
)
all
safe
from
under
the
Line
,
and
were
not
above
seven
days
a
passing
of
it
.
Whereas
it
is
common
for
Ships
to
lie
there
two
or
three
Months
,
and
cannot
stir
for
want
of
a
Wind
,
so
that
what
with
the
Calm
,
and
the
excessive
Heat
,
they
loose
abundance
of
their
Men
:
But
we
had
but
five
Men
sick
all
that
time
.
From
thence
we
pass'd
to
the
Gras-Zee
,
or
Grass-Sea
,
so
called
from
the
Grass
which
grows
there
,
so
that
the
Sea
appears
just
like
a
Meadow
,
and
it
lookt
to
us
as
if
we
were
already
with
one
Foot
upon
Land
.
This
held
for
near
100
Leagues
together
.
We
pass'd
through
it
with
a
very
good
Wind
,
and
were
very
glad
to
get
out
of
it
,
notwithstanding
it
was
a
pretty
Sight
enough
.
When
we
pull'd
up
any
of
that
Grass
,
we
found
it
had
very
long
small
Roots
.
Soon
after
this
we
came
in
sight
of
the
Islands
Corvo
and
Flores
,
and
at
the
same
time
of
the
North-Star
.
Being
got
thus
far
,
each
Seaman's
Allowance
began
to
increase
again
.
But
before
this
Order
was
given
,
the
Master
sent
to
Examine
all
the
Provisions
,
and
had
an
Account
brought
him
of
what
quantity
there
was
left
of
each
particular
.
He
finding
there
was
good
store
of
Arack
left
,
and
that
we
had
had
a
very
quick
Passage
so
far
,
and
the
Wind
continued
so
very
fair
for
us
,
that
it
gave
us
hopes
of
being
quickly
at
the
end
of
our
Voyage
,
was
willing
to
let
the
Men
enjoy
themselves
a
little
more
,
and
so
order'd
that
a
pretty
good
share
of
Arack
should
be
dealt
out
to
every
one
of
'
em
.
But
there
being
several
that
were
sick
,
and
could
not
use
their
Arack
themselves
,
disposed
of
it
to
those
that
were
well
,
who
having
then
too
much
of
that
strong
Liquor
,
made
themselves
exceeding
Drunk
,
and
committed
a
great
deal
of
Disorder
:
For
tho'
there
is
very
severe
Laws
on
Shipboard
,
and
those
are
generally
Executed
with
Rigour
,
yet
such
is
the
Seamen's
Temper
,
that
they
ever
grow
more
disorderly
and
ungovernable
as
they
come
nearer
home
.
Wherefore
our
Master
being
a
very
good
honest
old
Man
,
resolved
to
let
none
have
any
more
,
but
those
that
were
in
a
fit
Condition
to
Drink
it
themselves
;
And
that
this
might
be
observed
punctually
,
he
order'd
the
Under
Steersman
to
stand
by
every
day
,
and
to
see
every
body
Drink
their
own
Portion
:
By
this
means
he
put
a
stop
to
those
Disorders
,
and
prevented
a
great
deal
of
Mischief
.
When
we
came
more
and
more
in
sight
of
the
North-Star
,
we
began
to
be
very
chearful
,
and
fell
a
Singing
of
the
Hymn
,
Hoe
Schoon
light
on
s
de
Morgen-Star
.
But
by
that
time
we
got
a
little
beyond
the
Island
Fero
,
the
Weather
began
to
seem
very
Cold
to
us
,
tho'
it
was
in
the
very
middle
of
the
Summer
,
that
we
could
not
bear
to
sit
above
Deck
,
till
we
had
got
some
more
Cloaths
on
.
What
made
us
so
very
sensible
of
Cold
was
,
that
we
came
from
so
Hot
a
Country
as
the
Indies
is
.
Here
we
observed
,
That
the
day
was
20
hours
long
,
and
that
in
the
four
hours
that
the
Sun
was
below
our
Horizon
,
it
still
gave
so
much
light
on
the
one
side
,
or
the
other
of
us
,
that
a
Man
might
make
shift
to
Read
any
Book
of
a
fair
Character
any
time
of
the
Night
,
by
the
help
only
of
that
refracted
light
.
The
next
day
our
Master
,
and
Steersmen
,
judged
that
we
were
not
far
from
Hitland
.
Then
we
saw
continually
great
Flocks
of
Birds
and
flying
Fish
,
which
fell
down
in
great
numbers
in
our
Ship
.
So
Orders
were
given
to
watch
on
the
Main-top-Mast-Head
,
and
about
the
Evening
one
cry'd
out
Land
.
The
Mountains
assured
us
sufficiently
that
it
was
Hitland
;
therefore
we
bore
directly
upon
it
with
a
brisk
Gale
,
and
no
small
Joy
it
was
to
us
,
that
we
were
thus
happily
drawing
apace
towards
our
Country
.
Thus
we
kept
sailing
all
the
next
day
along
that
Coast
,
within
about
a
League
from
it
,
and
so
past
it
.
Quickly
after
that
we
spied
four
Men
of
War
,
which
we
concluded
were
our
Convoy
;
and
being
come
somthing
nearer
,
we
perceived
them
to
be
so
by
their
Colours
:
Upon
which
,
we
hung
out
ours
,
and
fired
some
Guns
for
a
Signal
.
We
likewise
Hall'd
out
our
Boats
to
go
on
Board
them
,
but
the
Wind
hindred
us
from
doing
it
.
All
the
while
we
came
nearer
and
nearer
,
and
the
Convoy
having
a
small
Tender
with
them
,
they
loaded
it
with
Provisions
,
and
sent
it
towards
us
;
as
it
is
always
the
Custom
to
meet
the
homeward
bound
Ships
,
and
to
bring
them
fresh
Victuals
,
&c.
to
refresh
them
after
such
a
long
Voyage
.
They
brought
some
Vessels
of
Beer
,
Sack
,
Butter
,
Cheese
,
Tobacco
,
Pipes
,
and
Brandy
.
When
these
things
were
brought
on
Board
of
us
;
one
Vessel
of
Beer
was
put
on
the
one
side
of
the
Main-Mast
,
and
another
on
the
other
side
;
and
those
were
free
for
any
body
to
go
to
,
and
Drink
at
Discretion
.
But
we
did
not
long
Enjoy
our selves
thus
;
For
as
we
were
just
coming
to
a
pitch
of
Mirth
and
Jollity
,
such
a
dreadful
Wind
arose
,
as
we
had
not
met
with
any
thing
like
it
in
our
Voyage
;
and
it
terrified
us
so
much
the
more
,
because
we
were
near
home
,
where
we
thought
our selves
secure
,
not
dreaming
of
any
farther
danger
.
The
night
came
upon
us
,
and
our
Ship
being
very
old
and
crazy
,
began
to
spring
several
Leaks
,
so
that
we
were
forced
to
keep
continually
a
Pumping
.
The
Weather
was
so
cold
,
the
night
so
dark
,
and
the
Wind
so
very
boisterous
,
that
we
were
past
all
hopes
,
except
what
we
had
in
God's
Gracious
Providence
,
and
to
that
alone
we
committed
our selves
.
The
morning
came
,
but
gave
us
but
a
small
Relief
,
for
the
Wind
was
as
terrible
as
before
;
and
so
it
pleased
God
to
hold
on
for
four
days
together
without
Intermission
;
at
the
end
of
which
,
God
was
pleased
to
Calm
the
Wind
and
Seas
,
and
restore
us
to
our
former
Peace
and
favourable
Gales
;
for
which
we
all
heartily
offer'd
up
our
Thanks
to
the
Almighty
.
Here
we
lost
our
Upper
Steersman
,
who
had
been
sick
most
of
the
Voyage
,
and
we
threw
him
over-board
.
We
had
after
this
hard
Weather
,
a
pretty
good
Gale
of
Wind
which
brought
us
quickly
in
sight
of
the
Northern
Coasts
.
We
sail'd
then
all
along
by
them
,
and
steer'd
our
Course
directly
upon
Holland
,
reckoning
to
reach
the
Maes
in
three
or
four
days
more
.
In
our
Course
we
met
with
some
Fishermen
,
who
came
a-board
of
us
,
and
sold
us
some
fresh
Herrings
.
This
was
to
me
the
greatest
Feast
I
had
had
a
great
while
,
and
I
think
I
never
liked
any
thing
better
in
my
life
.
Among
those
Fishermen
,
there
was
one
,
that
was
as
he
said
,
142
years
old
;
and
because
we
scrupled
to
believe
him
,
he
shew'd
us
an
Extract
of
his
Birth
out
of
the
Register-Book
:
He
was
as
Active
at
his
Business
as
any
of
his
Fellows
.
Shortly
after
this
came
a
Pilot
on
Board
of
us
,
and
by
Orders
from
the
Company
,
took
the
Government
of
the
Ship
on
himself
,
and
dismist
the
Master
:
So
we
came
to
cast
Anchor
before
the
Briel
.
As
soon
as
we
had
cast
Anchor
here
,
the
Deputies
of
the
Company
came
on
Board
of
us
:
They
are
generally
two
of
the
oldest
that
are
Deputed
for
that
purpose
.
These
Gentlemen
call'd
all
the
Ship
's
Crew
together
,
and
thank'd
them
in
the
name
of
all
the
Company
for
their
Faithfulness
and
Diligence
in
their
Service
;
from
which
they
immediately
freed
them
,
and
promised
them
that
they
should
be
paid
with
speed
:
After
which
,
every
one
was
at
liberty
,
and
was
carried
to
Shore
in
some
small
Ketches
that
came
for
that
purpose
.
Immediately
upon
this
,
came
other
Seamen
on
Board
the
Ship
,
which
they
call
Sjouwers
.
These
Furl'd
in
all
the
Sails
,
and
took
them
down
;
fired
all
the
Guns
and
charged
them
again
.
All
the
Provisions
they
found
remaining
was
theirs
.
Every
one
of
us
was
forced
to
leave
his
Chest
on
Board
,
they
being
all
to
be
brought
to
the
East-India
House
,
and
there
to
be
Search'd
.
The
Wound
I
had
received
in
the
Wars
of
Bantam
had
of
late
been
a
little
uneasie
to
me
;
and
the
two
Bullets
which
were
ever
since
that
time
in
my
Leg
,
began
to
be
a
little
troublesome
:
But
now
my
Pain
increased
so
fast
upon
me
,
that
in
a
very
little
while
after
we
came
to
the
Briel
,
I
was
no
more
able
to
walk
at
all
by
my self
;
but
was
forced
to
be
carried
into
a
House
by
a
Couple
of
our
Men.
I
was
sorry
I
had
not
a
little
more
time
to
Ease
my self
here
;
but
the
rest
being
ready
to
go
for
Rotterdam
,
I
was
obliged
to
be
gone
along
with
them
.
Being
come
to
Rotterdam
,
and
having
within
3
days
time
received
my
Chest
back
again
,
as
all
the
rest
likewise
had
.
I
was
forced
to
go
from
thence
to
Amsterdam
,
that
being
the
Chamber
where
I
had
engaged
my self
;
and
from
which
I
was
to
receive
my
Money
.
Thither
I
went
partly
by
Land
,
and
partly
by
Water
;
but
either
way
with
so
much
pain
and
uneasiness
,
that
all
the
Hardships
I
had
undergone
in
all
my
Voyages
were
not
to
be
compared
to
that
:
Yet
was
I
full
of
Acknowledgement
to
Almighty
God
,
who
had
deliver'd
me
out
of
so
many
Extream
Dangers
to
which
I
had
been
exposed
,
from
the
merciless
Sea
,
fierce
and
cruel
Serpents
and
Beasts
;
and
from
several
Heathens
of
many
Nations
more
Barbarous
than
them
all
,
and
had
brought
me
again
into
a
Christian
Country
.
And
though
I
was
not
in
Health
of
Body
,
yet
it
was
an
exceeding
Comfort
to
me
,
to
have
so
good
Opportunities
again
of
making
better
Provision
for
my
Soul
,
and
to
participate
of
that
Holy
Sacrament
from
which
I
had
been
absent
during
seven
years
.
Wherefore
being
in
this
weak
Condition
,
the
chief
thing
I
desired
was
to
have
a
Minister
,
and
to
receive
the
Communion
.
My
Landlady
help'd
me
to
one
who
was
the
Minister
of
the
German
Lutheran
Church
at
Amsterdam
,
from
whose
Pious
Discourse
,
and
Absolution
,
together
with
the
Blessed
Sacrament
,
I
received
an
exceeding
great
Comfort
,
and
then
very
chearfully
resign'd
my self
up
to
the
Almighty's
Pleasure
.
I
thank'd
my
Ghostly
Father
for
his
Kindness
,
and
made
him
a
Present
of
six
Ducatoons
,
some
Roses
of
Jericho
,
and
some
China
Ware
.
My
Pain
encreasing
rather
than
diminishing
,
and
I
growing
daily
worse
and
worse
,
I
sent
for
a
Doctor
and
two
Chirurgions
,
not
willing
to
trust
to
my
own
Skill
only
.
And
being
I
was
not
able
to
go
and
receive
my
Money
my self
,
I
was
obliged
to
send
a
Person
to
the
East-India
Chamber
to
receive
my
Money
and
Goods
,
by
Virtue
of
a
Letter
of
Attorney
which
I
gave
him
.
The
Money
that
was
Due
to
me
from
the
Company
did
not
amount
to
more
than
4
or
500
Ducatoons
,
which
was
all
the
Fruit
of
my
Labours
;
except
some
considerable
East-India
Goods
I
had
brought
over
on
my
own
Account
,
which
I
had
to
Sell
:
But
by
that
time
I
had
satisfied
my
Attorney
,
my
Doctor
,
and
the
two
Chirurgions
,
and
defray'd
the
rest
of
my
Charges
,
I
found
my
Bag
very
light
.
My
Doctor
did
not
cost
me
above
Forty
Dutch
Gilders
:
The
two
Chirurgions
,
who
were
two
of
the
most
famous
Artists
in
the
whole
City
of
Amsterdam
,
had
Eighty
Rixdollars
;
They
had
taken
out
my
two
Bullets
,
and
cleared
the
Bone
of
above
Twenty
Splinters
,
great
and
small
:
For
my
Lodging
,
I
paid
TWO
Rixdollars
a
Week
,
and
had
but
a
very
poor
Accommodation
neither
.
The
Apothecary
too
came
in
with
a
hideous
Bill
.
In
short
,
I
should
have
been
but
in
a
miserable
Condition
if
I
had
not
had
Money
:
And
that
went
after
such
a
Rate
,
that
in
less
than
Three
Months
time
I
had
spent
above
300
Ducatoons
.
However
,
I
began
to
recover
a
little
,
and
my
pain
was
not
sharp
as
before
;
tho'
I
could
not
go
or
stand
as
yet
:
But
as
soon
as
I
was
able
to
stir
,
I
was
resolved
to
continue
my
Journey
,
and
set
out
of
this
place
,
and
endeavour
to
get
home
,
whatever
befel
me
.
And
in
order
thereunto
I
took
a
Coach
to
carry
me
to
the
Vtrecht-Poort
,
where
I
took
Boat
for
Vtrecht
,
and
from
thence
went
to
Nimeguen
,
and
so
passed
through
Cleveland
to
Cologne
.
By
that
time
I
was
got
hither
,
I
was
so
fatigued
,
that
I
was
not
in
a
capacity
of
moving
any
further
;
and
therefore
I
was
forced
to
lie
still
here
for
near
three
Weeks
;
during
which
time
,
I
spent
a
great
deal
of
Money
again
,
and
was
so
weak
that
I
had
hardly
any
hopes
of
ever
reaching
so
far
as
home
;
nor
did
any
Body
think
I
should
ever
have
recover'd
.
But
it
pleased
God
to
Bless
human
Endeavours
,
so
that
I
recovered
a
little
again
;
upon
which
I
immediately
got
my self
carried
to
the
Rhine
,
and
there
went
on
Board
a
Ship
which
carried
me
to
Mentz
,
and
thence
to
Franckfort
.
Some
Relations
and
Gentlemen
of
my
Acquaintance
were
so
kind
as
to
come
to
meet
me
before
I
got
Embark'd
on
the
Rhine
;
but
I
was
not
in
a
Condition
to
take
notice
of
them
.
However
,
they
were
so
Civil
,
as
to
Convoy
me
along
the
Shore
.
When
I
was
come
to
Franckfort
,
I
was
forced
to
stay
without
the
City
two
days
before
they
would
permit
me
to
enter
,
and
the
Weather
being
very
Cold
,
I
made
but
a
poor
shift
in
the
Ship
all
that
while
:
till
at
length
,
the
Chirurgions
came
to
me
,
and
went
themselves
to
the
Burgher-Master
;
upon
which
I
was
let
in
to
the
City
that
very
night
,
tho'
late
.
It
being
hard
to
get
a
Lodging
in
an
Inn
at
that
time
of
night
,
some
good
Friends
of
mine
carried
me
to
a
private
House
,
where
some
of
my
Acquaintance
came
to
Visit
me
.
One
of
them
got
me
a
Coach
,
which
in
seven
days
time
brought
me
to
the
place
where
I
so
earnestly
desired
to
be
,
the
City
where
I
was
Born
.
There
I
found
all
my
Dear
Sisters
alive
and
well
,
who
received
me
with
all
the
Demonstrations
of
that
sincere
Love
and
Affection
they
had
for
me
,
and
were
extreamly
Serviceable
to
me
.
Thus
I
finish'd
my
Travels
,
which
had
taken
up
Nine
whole
years
:
And
by
the
Faithful
Relation
which
I
here
give
thee
of
them
:
Thou
mayst
not
only
see
,
what
Dangers
and
Difficulties
I
have
been
exposed
to
in
so
many
various
Adventures
,
but
also
thou
oughtest
to
Admire
the
wonderful
Goodness
of
God
,
who
so
wonderfully
delivers
Men
,
and
never
forsakes
those
that
put
their
Trust
in
him
.
And
not
being
able
to
Praise
him
sufficiently
my self
for
his
great
and
signal
Mercies
to
me
,
I
heartily
desire
that
every
thing
that
hath
Breath
may
Praise
the
Lord
.
The
End
of
Mr.
Fryke's
Voyage
.
A
RELATION
OF
A
VOYAGE
To
and
Thorough
the
EAST-INDIES
,
From
the
Year
1675.
to
1683.
By
Christopher
Schewitzer
.
CHAP.
I.
The
Rise
of
the
Dutch
East-India
Company
.
Many
go
to
the
Indies
induced
by
a
foolish
hope
of
growing
Rich
there
.
Kidnappers
send
many
thither
.
The
Author
's
going
off
from
Amsterdam
to
the
Texel
.
What
Ships
were
sent
out
.
Ice
and
hard
Weather
detains
them
some
Weeks
in
the
Texel
.
Orders
given
in
case
they
meet
and
should
fight
with
the
French
.
The
Allowance
distributed
to
the
Ship
's
Crew
.
They
meet
with
Turkish
Pyrates
.
Sentence
given
on
a
Criminal
.
The
Equinoctial
Line
.
Great
Mortality
under
it
in
the
Ships
.
A
Remarkable
Accident
that
befel
the
Author
.
Northern
Pyrates
.
The
Devil's
Mount
in
Africa
Arrival
to
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
.
IT
is
about
sixty
years
since
some
rich
Merchants
and
others
in
Holland
,
as
at
Amsterdam
,
Enckhuisen
,
Rotterdam
,
Leyden
,
Delft
,
Hoorn
,
Middleburgh
,
and
Flessinguen
,
having
joyned
Stocks
,
made
up
a
Company
,
Rigg'd
out
some
Ships
,
and
Manning
them
with
Officers
and
Seamen
,
sent
them
to
the
East-Indies
.
They
have
from
time
to
time
mightily
increased
their
Strength
there
,
and
at
length
made
themselves
so
powerful
,
as
to
wage
War
,
not
only
against
some
Kings
of
Europe
,
as
of
England
and
Portugal
;
but
to
be
able
also
to
Curb
several
Kings
and
Emperors
of
the
East-Indies
.
And
hereby
they
are
already
become
much
more
Wealthy
than
some
Kings
are
,
and
grow
every
day
greater
and
greater
.
The
rich
Things
which
several
Persons
have
brought
with
them
out
of
the
East-Indies
,
the
great
Booty
which
several
opportunities
offer
to
Men
,
the
just
and
exact
Pay
of
those
who
are
employed
in
the
Service
of
the
Company
,
on
the
one
side
;
the
desire
of
seeing
strange
Countries
,
and
the
Customs
and
Manners
of
People
,
so
far
distant
,
on
the
other
,
induce
many
Men
to
undertake
this
Voyage
:
Besides
that
,
there
are
many
Strangers
that
come
into
Holland
,
who
are
drawn
in
by
a
sort
of
Kidnappers
,
to
engage
themselves
in
the
Service
of
the
Company
,
allured
by
the
hopes
of
great
Profit
and
Advantage
.
These
Buyers
and
Sellers
of
Men
,
are
People
that
entice
Strangers
to
their
Houses
,
if
they
see
they
have
but
little
Money
,
or
are
in
perfect
want
,
or
if
they
come
of
themselves
through
Necessity
,
receive
them
,
and
provide
'em
with
Meat
,
Drink
,
and
Cloaths
plentifully
,
till
the
Ships
are
ready
to
go
,
and
the
People
Embark
;
Then
each
Kidnapper
brings
his
Men
,
sometimes
Ten
,
Twenty
,
Thirty
,
to
the
East-India
House
,
and
there
gets
them
listed
.
Some
days
after
this
,
he
receives
for
each
Man
,
for
his
Pains
and
Charge
,
a
Note
of
a
150
Guldens
,
and
Two
Months
ready
Pay
,
which
the
Soldier
or
Mariner
,
whatever
he
be
,
must
Earn
out
.
And
the
Note
is
not
paid
till
it
comes
to
be
Due
in
Monthly
Wages
.
An
Account
of
what
Pay
is
due
to
every
one
is
sent
every
year
out
of
the
Indies
to
Holland
,
and
may
be
seen
upon
the
Books
there
.
But
if
one
of
these
Men
happens
to
Die
in
the
Voyage
,
the
Kidnapper
looses
all
his
Charge
;
for
in
such
a
case
,
the
Company
doth
not
pay
him
his
Note
,
because
it
was
not
workt
out
.
These
Men
,
to
Entice
Strangers
to
go
,
make
them
believe
strange
Stories
of
the
Indies
,
promise
them
vast
Things
,
and
are
not
ashamed
to
go
so
far
as
to
put
a
Hammer
into
their
Hands
to
knock
the
Diamonds
out
of
the
Rocks
they
shall
meet
with
.
Many
of
these
poor
Fellows
Ruin
themselves
Body
and
Soul
,
by
Marrying
Indians
,
and
running
over
from
the
Christians
to
some
Heathenish
King
,
when
they
have
Habituated
themselves
to
their
Customs
and
Manners
:
Others
meeting
with
untimely
Deaths
,
amongst
Drinking
,
or
other
ill
Company
,
which
often
happens
:
Others
committing
what
Costs
them
their
Life
by
Sentence
of
some
Court
of
Justice
.
And
because
these
Men
trapan
that
sort
of
People
to
go
a
Voyage
that
commonly
proves
their
Destruction
,
they
are
generally
call'd
,
Ziel-Verkopers
or
Kopers
,
that
is
Soul-Buyers
or
Sellers
.
I
for
my
own
part
was
forced
,
for
want
of
Money
,
to
be
some
Weeks
at
one
of
these
Jack-Call's
Houses
for
Entertainment
,
paying
a
170
Guldens
,
the
two
Month's
ready
Pay
being
reckon'd
in
;
and
I
was
accepted
by
the
East-India
Company
on
the
15th
of
November
1675.
as
a
Volunteer
,
and
was
made
Steward
of
the
Ship
call'd
Asia
:
My
Pay
was
20
Guldens
per
Month
of
Dutch
Money
;
and
I
was
to
serve
them
five
years
in
the
Indies
.
Upon
these
Conditions
,
I
,
with
several
others
,
went
off
from
Amsterdam
in
a
little
Smack
to
the
Texel
,
on
the
first
of
December
1675.
There
the
Fleet
lay
that
was
ordered
to
go
to
the
East-Indies
,
which
consisted
of
Five
Ships
,
viz.
the
Asia
Admiral
,
the
Macassar
Vice-Admiral
,
the
Vtrecht
,
the
Cortgeene
,
the
Tidor
:
We
saw
besides
,
a
great
many
English
and
Dutch
Men
of
War
and
Merchantmen
,
that
staid
for
a
good
Wind.
The
2d
of
December
,
I
Embarkt
on
Board
the
Asia
,
together
with
several
others
,
engaged
in
the
same
Service
.
The
3d
Ditto
,
The
Dutch
Gentlemen
that
were
Owners
came
on
Board
of
us
,
with
a
very
rich
little
Yatcht
,
wish'd
us
a
good
Voyage
,
and
took
their
leaves
of
us
.
The
4th
there
came
a
Muster-Master
,
to
see
if
all
those
that
belong'd
to
the
Ship
were
in
it
.
There
was
in
ours
,
the
Chief
Merchant
,
the
Master
,
the
Chaplain
of
the
Reformed
Religion
,
with
his
Wife
and
four
Children
,
four
Steersmen
,
one
Book-keeper
,
five
Barbers
and
Chirurgions
,
two
Mates
,
two
Stewards
,
two
Cooks
,
two
Gunners
,
four
Carpenters
,
three
Coopers
,
two
Sail-Makers
,
two
Quarter-Masters
,
one
Serjeant
,
two
Corporals
,
two
Under-Corporals
,
150
Soldiers
,
and
93
Fore-mast-Men
,
nine
Boys
to
Swab
the
Ship
every
day
,
and
one
Boatswain
;
the
whole
number
was
297
men
.
The
Muster-Master
having
taken
a
view
of
all
,
wish'd
us
a
good
Voyage
and
a
good
Wind.
The
5th
,
The
Wind
blew
very
strong
at
North-West
,
so
that
we
were
obliged
to
drop
four
Anchors
at
one
time
,
of
which
each
weigh'd
36
hundred
Pound
.
The
12th
of
January
1676.
The
greatest
Trouble
we
had
was
caused
by
the
Ice
that
came
against
us
in
great
Flakes
from
the
North
,
and
encompass'd
us
on
every
side
,
striking
continually
against
our
Ship
,
and
did
our
Cables
a
great
deal
of
Damage
.
Therefore
our
Officers
having
consulted
what
to
do
,
resolved
,
That
if
the
Wind
did
not
change
in
three
days
,
we
should
leave
Ship
and
Goods
,
and
go
back
to
Amsterdam
,
with
the
light
Vessels
;
that
the
Men
as
well
as
Ships
might
not
perish
,
as
it
happen'd
15
years
ago
,
when
15
founder'd
about
the
same
place
.
The
13th
Ditto
,
At
Eleven
a
Clock
at
Night
the
Wind
changed
and
blew
very
fair
for
us
at
S.
E.
upon
which
a
Gun
was
fired
from
our
Admiral
,
all
the
Ships
in
the
Fleet
being
to
be
govern'd
by
it
,
and
was
a
Signal
that
every
one
was
to
weigh
Anchor
,
and
make
ready
to
Sail.
The
14th
,
early
in
the
morning
,
sailed
first
the
Admiral
,
with
Flags
and
Pendants
on
the
Main-mast
;
after
him
the
Vice-Admiral
,
with
a
Flag
on
the
Foremast
;
and
then
the
Vtrecht
,
with
a
Flag
on
his
Mizen-mast
,
and
then
the
other
common
Ships
.
The
15th
,
An
English
Fisherman
came
to
us
,
and
gave
us
Information
that
there
were
16
Frenchmen
of
War
cruising
near
Calais
,
with
two
Privateers
and
two
Fireships
laying
wait
for
our
Fleet.
We
sent
out
immediately
a
Yatch
for
true
Intelligence
,
which
came
back
to
us
on
the
16th
,
and
brought
us
word
,
that
the
Enemy
was
making
up
to
us
.
Then
we
fell
back
to
the
Rode
of
Duyns
,
and
lay
under
the
Cannon
of
that
place
,
while
we
prepared
our selves
for
Fight
,
and
to
Consult
what
we
were
to
do
:
Upon
this
we
had
these
following
Orders
agreed
on
.
I.
That
all
Captains
,
Seamen
,
and
Officers
,
should
carefully
observe
what
Signals
and
Commands
were
given
by
the
Admiral
,
and
Obey
them
punctually
.
II.
That
as
soon
as
the
Enemy
came
in
sight
of
us
,
we
should
draw
into
the
Form
of
a
Half-Moon
.
III.
That
if
we
should
happen
to
find
a
strange
Ship
fall'n
in
amongst
our
Fleet
,
we
should
give
the
other
Ships
notice
of
it
by
firing
off
three
of
our
Demy-Cannon
.
IV.
In
case
a
Ship
should
be
ready
to
sink
,
it
should
give
notice
of
it
by
hanging
a
Lanthorn
on
the
Foremast
,
if
it
were
night
;
or
by
hanging
out
a
yellow
Flag
,
if
it
were
day
.
V.
Being
the
Admiral
upon
Pain
of
Death
,
must
not
yield
himself
,
nor
his
Ship
,
into
the
Enemies
Hand
;
the
Vice-Admiral
was
(
in
case
of
a
Fight
)
to
be
nigh
,
and
second
him
.
VI.
The
Admiral
was
to
put
up
two
bright
Lanthorns
,
and
the
other
Ships
but
one
,
that
they
might
distinguish
and
follow
the
Admiral
.
VII
.
Upon
all
Occasions
,
the
Officers
and
common
Soldiers
were
to
behave
themselves
briskly
and
honestly
,
and
to
observe
very
strictly
,
these
and
all
other
Articles
relating
to
the
Fleet
,
upon
their
Peril
.
The
17th
,
We
lay
still
,
and
a
French
Privateer
came
up
the
English
Road
,
and
passed
by
our
Fleet
,
narrowly
viewing
it
,
and
struck
in
to
Sea
again
.
The
18th
instant
,
in
the
morning
,
Our
Admiral
shot
off
one
piece
,
and
hung
up
a
Blue-Flag
for
a
Signal
to
hoist
up
Sail
,
which
was
done
accordingly
,
with
many
discharges
of
our
Cannon
in
Honour
to
his
Royal
Majesty
the
King
of
England
,
which
were
answer'd
from
Dover-Castle
.
The
19th
,
We
saw
the
French
Fleet
about
a
League
distance
from
us
,
but
when
they
saw
that
we
were
so
strong
,
they
did
not
dare
to
fall
upon
us
,
but
made
home
to
Calais
.
On
the
20th
,
We
lost
sight
of
England
and
France
.
The
Sea
that
lies
between
them
two
is
call'd
the
Channel
,
and
is
96
miles
long
.
After
this
we
came
into
the
Sea
of
Spain
.
The
Water
there
looks
extreamly
blue
by
reason
of
its
being
so
vastly
deep
.
About
Noon
,
the
Admiral
sets
up
a
white
Flag
,
and
fires
a
Gun
,
to
give
notice
to
all
the
Captains
,
Masters
,
and
Stewards
,
belonging
to
the
Fleet
,
to
come
aboard
his
Ship
,
which
they
did
;
and
whilst
he
treated
them
,
and
all
were
mighty
merry
,
the
danger
of
the
French
coming
upon
them
being
over
,
the
Macassar
fell
foul
on
our
Ship
,
and
gave
us
a
terrible
shake
.
The
Macassar
got
a
great
Hole
in
her
side
by
it
,
but
it
was
easily
stopt
again
.
Towards
Evening
,
our
Guests
went
to
their
respective
Ships
,
and
the
Cannon
kept
firing
all
the
Night
.
The
21th
in
the
morning
early
,
The
Ships
,
that
till
then
kept
together
,
parted
,
each
taking
their
several
Course
to
the
Places
they
were
Bound
for
.
Some
went
to
the
West-Indies
,
others
to
Smirna
,
Spain
,
Italy
,
and
Portugal
.
We
that
were
bound
to
the
East-Indies
,
being
five
Ships
,
kept
on
to
the
South-West
,
having
a
very
good
Wind
at
N.
N.
E.
The
22th
,
Our
Men
aboard
the
Asia
were
divided
into
two
parts
;
the
one
call'd
the
Prince's
,
the
other
Count
Maurice's
Quarter
,
one
of
these
Quarters
was
to
watch
by
turns
four
hours
a
piece
at
Night
;
when
the
Watch
on
the
one
side
wanted
to
be
relieved
by
some
body
of
the
other
,
two
Men
sung
a
Song
to
awake
them
.
In
the
Evening
of
this
day
,
The
Rantsoen
(
as
we
call
it
)
began
,
that
is
,
we
came
to
a
set
Allowance
,
which
was
,
to
every
Person
three
Pound
of
Bisket
a
Week
,
half
a
Pint
of
Vinegar
,
a
quarter
of
a
Pint
of
Lisbon
Sallad-Oil
,
and
every
day
a
Gill
of
Brandy
:
On
some
days
we
had
Stock-Fish
and
Pease
boil'd
in
Water
,
upon
which
we
us'd
to
pour
a
little
Oil
and
Vinegar
:
But
the
next
morning
we
had
a
Wooden-Dish
full
of
boil'd
Barley
allowed
to
every
seven
Men.
On
Sundays
,
Tuesdays
,
and
Thursdays
,
our
Dinners
was
Pork
,
or
other
Flesh
.
From
the
23th
of
January
to
the
24th
of
February
,
nothing
remarkable
happen'd
,
except
that
the
cold
Weather
had
quite
left
us
;
And
we
saw
the
Fish
sometimes
driving
one
another
to
and
fro
,
and
particularly
the
flying
Fish
,
about
the
bigness
of
a
Herring
,
always
in
fear
of
being
devoured
.
The
longest
Flights
they
could
take
was
about
a
Musket-shot
,
and
then
they
were
forced
to
light
on
the
Water
to
wet
their
Wings
again
:
By
this
Flight
they
escape
indeed
from
their
greatest
Enemies
,
the
Dolphins
and
the
Porpoises
;
but
then
they
often
become
the
Prey
of
Sea-Birds
,
call'd
Boobys
:
Here
we
saw
Birds
and
Fishes
flying
together
.
The
25th
of
February
we
saw
Pico
de
Canaria
,
or
the
Canarie
Mountain
:
We
steer'd
our
Course
thither
,
and
came
pretty
near
it
by
the
next
day
;
and
then
we
found
that
we
were
20
Leagues
off
when
we
first
discover'd
it
.
Otherwise
,
upon
a
smooth
Sea
,
we
could
not
see
farther
than
five
Leagues
in
a
streight
Line
.
This
difference
happens
from
the
extraordinary
height
of
the
Hill
above
the
surface
of
the
Water
.
The
26th
,
27th
,
and
28th
Ditto
,
we
had
good
Weather
.
The
1st
of
March
,
early
in
the
morning
,
We
spied
two
Ships
with
Dutch
Flags
and
Pendants
,
that
were
Roving
about
;
but
we
would
not
trust
them
,
for
we
knew
the
Turkish
Pyrates
used
to
Lurk
about
this
Mountain
of
the
Canaries
,
or
the
Southern
Islands
.
After
a
Council
of
War
held
,
our
Admiral
,
about
Noon
sailed
foremost
to
take
better
notice
of
them
,
and
he
quickly
found
them
to
be
what
we
suspected
.
We
were
not
the
only
one
who
made
our selves
ready
for
a
Fight
,
but
our
four
Ships
that
came
after
,
at
about
a
League
distance
,
did
the
like
,
and
gave
us
notice
by
an
appointed
Signal
,
that
they
were
prepared
.
We
expected
them
,
and
towards
the
Evening
,
the
Enemy
came
somewhat
nearer
to
us
,
yet
not
within
shot
;
all
that
Night
we
kept
a
very
strict
Watch.
The
2d
Ditto
,
very
early
in
the
morning
,
the
Wind
blew
hard
at
North-West
,
by
which
means
we
lost
sight
of
the
Turkish
Ships
about
Twelve
at
Noon
;
and
about
the
Evening
it
ceased
.
The
3d
,
we
made
vast
way
with
a
good
Wind
,
and
about
four
hours
after
we
spied
a
Ship
,
and
found
by
her
running
she
was
one
of
the
Turks
we
had
seen
the
day
before
;
our
Master
being
a
very
brisk
Sea-Soldier
,
(
his
Name
Peter
Vander
Woetstiin
)
found
that
he
could
not
possibly
out-sail
this
Pyrate
;
so
he
lower'd
his
Sails
and
staid
for
him
,
as
much
as
to
say
,
that
he
did
not
fear
him
.
The
Turk
sailed
by
us
with
his
Dutch
Flag
up
,
as
near
and
swift
as
he
could
:
He
pretended
to
be
a
Friend
of
ours
,
and
set
a
Renegado
to
Hail
us
,
and
ask
us
in
Dutch
,
What
Ship
?
And
whither
Bound
?
Our
Master
ordered
the
Gunner
to
fire
,
and
the
Men
fired
so
briskly
with
the
lower
Tire
,
and
batter'd
the
Mahometan
so
sorely
,
that
they
made
all
the
haste
they
could
to
get
away
,
and
found
work
enough
to
mend
the
Holes
our
Guns
had
made
.
The
4th
in
the
morning
,
about
7
of
the
Clock
,
this
Turk
,
batter'd
as
he
was
,
came
up
to
us
again
;
his
Design
was
to
clap
us
on
board
,
and
to
Storm
us
.
We
having
a
sufficient
Force
on
Board
,
defended
our selves
so
bravely
,
that
the
Enemy
was
obliged
to
run
again
at
night
with
no
small
loss
.
On
our
side
,
we
had
Twelve
kill'd
and
Twenty
wounded
,
Soldiers
and
Seamen
:
The
wounded
were
all
cured
.
In
the
mean
while
,
the
Carpenters
were
employed
in
Repairing
what
Damage
the
Enemies
Shot
had
done
us
,
and
stopping
the
Holes
.
The
5th
Ditto
,
Our
Chaplain
Preached
a
Thanksgiving
Sermon
for
the
Assistance
God
was
pleased
to
give
them
,
delivering
them
through
his
Mercy
out
of
the
Hands
of
those
Cruel
Tyrants
:
And
after
that
,
our
Master
and
Admiral
thank'd
his
People
for
the
help
they
had
given
him
with
so
much
Gallantry
;
and
ordered
a
Bottle
of
Sack
for
every
Man
.
From
the
6th
to
the
24th
of
March
,
we
had
very
blustering
Winds
,
and
a
dreadful
violent
Storm
,
so
that
we
often
thought
our selves
at
the
very
brink
of
Death
.
The
25th
,
While
that
Tempestuous
Weather
still
lasted
,
the
Mate
and
his
Boy
were
catch'd
together
acting
the
abominable
Sin
of
Sodomy
:
A
Council
was
held
upon
it
,
and
Sentence
was
given
that
they
should
be
tied
back
to
back
,
(
which
was
done
by
the
Boatswain
)
,
and
tied
in
a
Sack
,
and
thrown
alive
into
the
Sea
.
As
the
Minister
was
doing
his
Duty
towards
these
Malefactors
,
representing
to
them
the
hainousness
of
their
Crime
,
and
directing
them
to
prepare
for
Death
,
the
Boy
,
about
14
years
of
Age
,
wept
bitterly
;
But
the
Mate
,
being
an
Italian
,
about
40
years
old
,
shew'd
himself
mighty
ready
to
Die
,
saying
;
'T
was
better
he
should
be
punish'd
alone
for
his
horrid
Sin
,
then
that
the
whole
Ship
should
suffer
for
his
sake
.
The
26th
,
the
Wind
ceased
;
But
we
hardly
knew
where
we
were
,
nor
had
known
it
for
20
days
time
,
having
not
been
able
to
make
an
Observation
since
the
6th
day
:
And
,
On
the
27th
,
it
being
very
fine
Weather
,
we
found
that
the
Storm
had
carried
.
us
under
the
Equinoctial
Line
.
Here
it
is
extream
unhealthy
,
and
a
certain
Distemper
seized
most
of
our
Men
,
which
made
them
raving
mad
:
In
one
day
five
Persons
died
,
one
of
which
was
our
Chaplain
,
the
other
four
Soldiers
.
These
Dead
Men
,
were
(
according
to
the
Custom
of
our
Dutch
Ships
)
sew'd
,
each
Corps
by
it self
,
in
a
sheet
,
and
after
our
usual
Morning
or
Evening
Prayer
,
(
with
a
Psalm
sung
at
the
end
of
it
)
thrown
into
the
Sea
.
The
28th
,
we
had
no
Wind
:
On
this
day
,
one
of
our
Barbers
,
and
two
Seamen
died
;
and
two
Soldiers
,
in
their
raving
Fit
,
(
caused
by
the
intollerable
Heat
)
leapt
into
the
Sea
;
which
two
of
our
best
Swimmers
perceiving
,
leap'd
in
after
them
,
and
brought
'em
into
the
Ship
again
:
But
one
of
'em
after
all
this
,
hang'd
himself
that
very
Night
by
his
Bed-side
.
On
the
29th
,
The
other
Soldier
that
had
leapt
in
the
Sea
,
died
,
having
no
regard
to
any
good
Advice
that
was
given
him
,
and
could
not
be
made
to
Pray
.
We
had
not
a
Breath
of
Wind
this
day
,
nor
The
30th
and
31th
:
These
two
days
we
threw
over-board
our
late
Chaplain's
4
Children
,
4
Chirurgions
and
Barbers
,
a
Carpenter
,
and
10
Soldiers
.
The
1st
,
2d
,
3d
,
and
4th
of
April
,
the
Calm
held
us
still
;
And
in
those
four
days
we
lost
a
Steersman
,
two
Carpenters
,
the
Serjeant
,
and
30
Soldiers
and
Seamen
;
so
that
we
expected
every
Soul
should
Die
out
of
the
Ship
.
The
5th
Ditto
,
it
pleased
God
to
deliver
us
from
that
fatal
place
by
a
favourable
Wind
at
West
and
by-South
.
We
had
still
a
great
many
sick
Men
,
and
not
enough
in
health
to
be
able
to
Brace
our
Main-Sail
,
tho'
the
Mortality
ceased
;
so
we
were
forced
to
make
shift
with
our
small
Sails
.
That
day
we
caught
with
a
Hook
one
of
the
great
Fishes
called
Sharks
,
that
rowl'd
and
toss'd
about
our
Ship
.
We
design'd
to
dress
him
,
and
refresh
our selves
with
it
;
but
when
we
cut
it
open
,
we
found
in
the
Belly
of
it
our
Serjeant
that
we
had
thrown
over-board
,
not
yet
digested
.
The
sight
of
this
so
turn'd
our
Stomachs
,
that
none
could
find
in
their
Heart
to
Eat
of
the
Fish
;
so
that
we
threw
Man
and
Fish
into
the
Sea
again
.
It
is
observable
,
That
these
great
Fish
have
always
some
small
ones
to
go
before
'em
,
that
are
called
by
the
name
of
Pilot-Fishes
,
and
swim
in
and
out
of
the
Shark's
Mouth
.
And
when
a
Shark
is
catch'd
,
they
cleave
to
his
Back
like
a
Burr
.
But
I
must
not
omit
what
happen'd
to
my self
.
As
I
fell
Ill
and
was
in
a
Swoun
,
he
that
look'd
after
the
sick
,
took
me
for
Dead
,
and
fetch'd
a
new
Shirt
out
of
my
Chest
,
and
was
putting
it
upon
me
;
The
Sail-maker
too
was
a
going
to
sew
me
up
;
and
he
handling
me
a
little
roughly
,
after
all
his
pushing
and
tossing
of
me
,
I
open'd
my
Eyes
:
Those
that
were
about
me
were
not
a
little
startled
;
and
said
,
it
was
high
time
for
me
to
open
'em
;
for
if
I
had
winck'd
but
a
little
longer
,
over
I
had
gone
.
Our
chief
Merchant
gave
me
a
Glass
of
Sack
,
which
refreshed
me
very
much
.
From
the
6th
to
the
18th
of
April
,
we
had
a
very
fair
Wind
and
good
Weather
.
In
that
time
we
saw
some
of
the
Northern
Capers
,
and
a
great
many
Whales
,
which
kept
us
Company
till
we
came
on
The
20th
,
within
sight
of
the
Devil's
Mount
in
Africa
,
which
is
very
remarkable
for
its
height
.
The
22th
,
We
came
happily
into
the
Road
near
the
Land
call'd
,
Capo
de
Bonne
Esperance
,
or
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
.
And
here
we
met
again
with
two
of
our
Ships
,
Cortgeene
and
Tidor
,
which
had
been
parted
from
us
,
and
we
had
not
seen
,
since
the
2d
of
March
.
They
gave
us
an
Account
,
That
they
had
been
busie
with
the
Turkish
Privateers
that
fell
upon
us
,
and
that
they
had
wetted
their
Feet
;
which
was
,
that
they
had
sunk
'
em
.
However
,
They
took
up
36
of
their
Men
that
could
Swim
best
,
and
brought
them
along
with
them
.
This
News
gave
us
a
great
deal
of
Joy
.
The
Prisoners
we
sent
hence
immediately
to
the
Robin-Island
,
to
gather
Mussel-shells
,
and
others
,
for
the
burning
of
Lime
.
CHAP.
II.
The
Cape
,
how
far
from
Amsterdam
.
Fruitfulness
of
that
Country
.
It
s
fullness
of
Inhabitants
,
call'd
Hottentots
,
their
Customs
and
Manners
.
It
s
Wealth
.
Their
going
off
from
the
Cape
.
The
day
of
Humiliation
kept
in
the
Fleet.
A
certain
Merchant's
son
falls
into
the
Sea
and
is
drown'd
.
Two
more
drown'd
.
Their
allowance
lessned
.
Arrival
at
Iava
Major
.
The
Road
of
Sunda
:
Bantam
.
A
Man
swallow'd
up
by
a
Crocodile
.
Arrival
at
Batavia
.
Description
of
its
Fort
,
with
sour
Bastions
.
Custom
of
the
Chinese's
there
,
when
one
of
them
dies
.
What
Heathens
live
at
Batavia
.
Amboineses
great
Conjurers
.
The
best
Soldiers
sent
to
quell
the
Inhabitants
of
Jappara
.
The
Dutch
land
,
but
are
beaten
.
A
remarkable
Accident
.
Ships
arrive
from
Holland
to
Batavia
.
Account
of
the
troublesome
Voyage
of
one
of
'
em
.
A
Pellican
of
a
Purple
colour
.
A
strange
Bird
call'd
a
Casswari
.
Great
Execution
of
Malefactors
.
A
Crocodile
22
foot
long
,
catch'd
.
A
Hunts-man
tore
in
pieces
by
a
Tyger
.
A
wonderful
Leap
given
by
a
Man
.
Twelve
of
the
Heer
Spelman's
Slaves
that
were
run
away
brought
back
and
broke
upon
the
Wheel
:
How
that
is
done
at
Batavia
.
The
Square
in
Batavia
,
why
so
called
,
and
by
whom
built
.
By
what
means
the
Dutch
took
Batavia
from
the
English
.
A
very
Comical
thing
that
happen'd
by
one
of
the
Casswari-Birds
,
that
were
kept
in
the
Fort
of
Batavia
.
A
strange
Accident
between
a
Peacock
and
an
old
Chinese
that
had
game'd
away
all
his
Money
and
Goods
.
The
manner
of
living
of
the
Chineses
at
Batavia
.
The
Rich
Chinese
.
THE
23th
of
April
,
early
in
the
morning
,
I
went
on
Shore
of
Africa
with
our
Admiral
:
From
this
place
to
Amsterdam
they
reckon
usually
2000
miles
.
At
this
Cape
we
lay
still
nine
days
,
and
in
that
time
provided
our selves
with
Water
,
Wood
,
and
other
Necessaries
.
As
to
the
Qualities
of
this
Land
,
by
what
Observation
I
could
make
of
it
,
I
found
it
to
be
:
First
Fruitful
;
And
for
that
Reason
,
our
East-India
Company
hath
caused
some
years
ago
,
many
very
strong
Places
to
be
Built
there
by
the
Water-side
,
close
under
the
Duyvel's-bergh
,
Lewen-bergh
,
and
Tafel-bergh
,
well
stored
with
Soldiers
,
and
all
things
necessary
,
and
are
sufficiently
provided
against
the
Incursions
of
the
Wild-Men
;
so
that
their
Ships
going
to
and
from
the
Indies
,
may
safely
,
and
without
any
danger
,
put
in
there
at
any
time
,
and
take
in
Provisions
,
whether
it
be
of
Cattle
,
Water
,
Wood
,
or
other
Refreshments
.
And
here
are
already
a
great
many
Boors
that
are
come
from
Holland
,
and
by
reason
of
the
great
Priviledges
that
are
granted
them
,
have
settled
there
,
and
have
Tilled
the
Land
and
made
it
very
fruitful
,
for
a
matter
of
20
or
30
miles
round
about
those
Places
.
Secondly
,
Very
populous
:
The
Inhabitants
are
called
wild
Africans
,
or
Hottentots
.
Their
Colour
is
like
that
of
the
Egyptian
Heathens
,
or
as
we
call
them
corruptly
,
Gypsies
.
The
Hair
of
their
Head
grows
entangled
in
one
another
,
like
the
Wool
of
a
young
Lamb
;
upon
which
they
hang
for
Ornament
all
manner
of
Sea-shells
.
They
are
of
a
middle
stature
,
and
well
proportioned
,
only
that
they
have
their
Noses
a
little
too
flat
and
broad
.
They
wear
no
manner
of
Cloaths
,
only
a
Sheeps-skin
or
Calf-skin
on
their
Shoulders
,
(
and
that
's
besmeared
with
Grease
to
make
it
soft
and
pliant
)
when
it
is
a
little
Cold
,
or
when
it
Rains
.
They
wear
the
Tail
of
a
Fox
,
or
of
a
wild
Dog
hanging
before
their
Privy-Parts
.
The
Women
among
these
Hottentots
have
a
different
Ornament
from
the
Men
,
which
is
the
Gutts
of
their
Cattle
fresh
killed
.
These
they
wrap
about
their
Legs
,
not
minding
the
inconveniency
it
puts
'em
to
,
which
is
such
,
that
they
can
hardly
go
,
and
they
leave
'em
there
till
they
are
quite
dry
.
I
had
often-times
been
told
,
that
these
Women
had
naturally
a
little
kind
of
a
Flap
growing
over
their
Privities
,
like
that
of
a
Turkey-Cock's
Bill
,
which
I
had
a
mind
to
see
if
it
were
true
;
but
upon
Examination
,
I
found
nothing
of
Truth
in
it
.
My
Experience
cost
me
only
some
Tobacco
.
These
People
have
a
very
strange
Speech
,
and
make
such
a
disagreeable
Noise
with
their
Mouth
,
as
other
Nations
cannot
imitate
;
but
a
great
many
of
them
that
live
near
to
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
can
speak
some
Dutch
.
They
have
no
manner
of
Religion
,
Prayers
,
or
Laws
,
only
they
Worship
the
Moon
.
The
first
time
that
they
see
it
;
they
spend
that
whole
Night
in
Dancing
,
Singing
,
and
Bawling
Ha
,
ha
,
ha
,
ha
.
They
do
not
at
all
trouble
themselves
with
Building
or
Planting
:
So
that
they
have
no
constant
abode
,
but
move
from
place
to
place
with
their
Children
and
Wives
,
where
they
can
find
Pasture
for
their
Cattle
.
They
Eat
all
sorts
of
Fruits
and
Roots
that
grow
either
above
or
under-ground
.
They
make
no
difference
,
whether
their
Meat
is
kill'd
,
or
dead
with
any
Distemper
,
or
whether
it
be
Man's
Flesh
:
Whatever
it
be
,
they
throw
it
upon
some
Coals
,
leave
it
there
a
little
while
,
and
so
Eat
it
.
They
lie
in
small
Hutts
or
Holes
,
every
one
with
his
Wife
.
If
any
of
the
Women
have
two
Children
at
one
Birth
,
they
kill
the
weakest
,
that
the
other
may
have
the
Breasts
to
himself
,
and
grow
stronger
and
lustier
.
As
soon
as
the
Boys
come
to
be
about
Twelve
years
of
Age
,
they
cut
off
his
right
Testicle
,
that
he
may
be
the
fitter
for
Running
.
They
have
some
Kings
amongst
them
,
and
a
great
many
Captains
,
and
have
cruel
Wars
between
one
another
.
They
shoot
Darts
,
and
are
excellent
at
hitting
a
Mark
with
a
Stone
.
The
Women
too
will
come
in
often
and
carry
their
Husband's
Arms
:
If
they
take
any
of
their
Enemies
,
they
kill
'em
and
eat
'em
with
great
Joy
and
Satisfaction
.
And
in
the
same
manner
they
use
the
Europeans
too
,
(
who
come
often
to
Truck
a
little
Tobacco
or
Bracelets
,
for
a
good
parcel
of
Cows
and
Sheep
)
if
they
can
get
them
into
their
Hutts
.
Thirdly
,
Rich.
They
have
all
manner
of
wild
Beasts
.
For
here
are
the
furious
Lions
,
which
regard
no
Man
,
and
when
Hungry
,
fall
upon
Men
and
Beasts
and
Devour
them
.
The
Grinning
Tygers
.
The
vast
Elephant
for
Bulk
and
Strength
.
The
Angry
Rhinoceros
.
The
skipping
and
clambering
Ape
:
Besides
,
Wild
Dogs
,
Bears
,
Wolves
,
and
wonderful
fine
Wild
Asses
,
all
in
great
numbers
;
As
also
Ostriches
,
which
have
indeed
Feathers
and
Wings
,
but
cannot
Fly
by
reason
of
their
bigness
and
weight
.
Their
Eggs
are
hatch'd
of
themselves
,
and
not
(
as
some
mis-informed
Persons
have
given
an
account
of
it
)
by
their
continual
looking
after
'
em
.
Sea-Cows
,
that
lie
in
the
fresh
Rivers
all
day
,
and
at
night
come
on
Shore
to
feed
:
Their
Flesh
is
better
than
that
of
Swine
.
Stag
and
Deer
,
Wild-Boars
,
Partridges
,
Peacocks
,
Geese
,
Wild-Ducks
,
and
other
sort
of
Poultry
,
too
long
to
give
an
Account
of
,
all
which
are
here
very
plentiful
.
The
1st
of
May
,
towards
Night
,
the
Asia
,
Tidor
,
and
Cortgeene
,
put
off
together
to
go
forwards
,
and
continue
our
Course
(
with
the
help
of
God
)
to
Batavia
.
The
2d
we
had
a
General
Day
of
Humiliation
in
our
three
Ships
.
For
tho'
we
were
now
out
of
Danger
of
Sea-Robbers
,
we
were
not
so
from
Storms
and
Tempests
,
and
other
fatal
Accidents
.
The
3d
,
The
Wind
blew
very
hard
at
N.
W.
tho'
it
was
Serviceable
for
us
to
set
us
forward
.
The
14th
,
The
Wind
grew
higher
still
:
And
in
the
Afternoon
,
a
Merchant's
Son
of
Franckfort
,
Morel
by
Name
,
going
,
(
as
it
was
usual
)
to
the
fore-part
of
the
Ship
to
Ease
Nature
,
fell
into
the
Sea
;
and
all
our
Endeavours
to
help
him
were
in
vain
,
by
reason
of
the
boisterousness
of
the
Waves
,
and
our
swift
Sailing
:
That
same
day
the
two
Ships
of
our
Company
,
the
Tidor
and
Cortgeene
,
parted
from
us
.
From
the
5th
to
the
10th
the
same
Wind
lasted
.
The
11th
,
We
felt
it
very
Cold.
The
12th
,
We
had
a
mixture
of
Hail
and
Snow
,
and
two
of
our
Seamen
fell
in
and
were
drowned
.
The
13th
,
14th
,
15th
,
16th
,
17th
,
18th
,
19th
,
and
20th
Ditto
,
We
hoisted
up
but
one
Sail
,
and
ran
very
swift
,
the
Wind
blowing
almost
a
Storm
,
and
made
commonly
70
miles
,
or
more
,
in
24
hours
.
The
21th
,
We
reach'd
the
Altitude
of
the
Island
St.
Maurice
.
This
Island
was
not
long
since
Invaded
by
the
Dutch
East-India
Company
,
before
which
time
it
was
not
Inhabited
.
It
is
fruitful
,
and
has
great
store
of
Wild-Deer
;
It
produces
Amber-Greese
,
Ebony
,
and
other
fine
Woods
.
The
22th
,
A
Seaman
of
ours
fell
unluckily
from
the
Main-Mast
upon
one
of
our
great
Anchors
,
and
from
thence
into
the
Sea
,
and
sunk
immediately
,
his
Breath
being
gone
with
his
first
fall
.
The
23th
,
We
came
again
into
a
warm
Climate
,
and
we
had
a
very
favourable
Wind
to
the
end
of
this
month
.
The
first
of
June
it
was
very
still
,
but
very
Rainy
Weather
.
The
2d
,
Our
usual
Allowance
of
Flesh
,
Bread
,
and
Beer
,
was
lessened
,
which
did
not
please
most
of
us
very
well
.
From
the
3d
to
the
20th
,
We
had
nothing
remarkable
,
save
that
we
suffer'd
in
some
measure
both
Hunger
and
Thirst
,
tho'
that
contributed
much
to
our
Health
,
according
to
the
Proverb
,
which
says
,
That
Hungry
Men
will
not
over-sleep
themselves
;
and
much
Sleep
being
unhealthy
,
the
sharpness
of
our
Stomachs
would
keep
us
from
any
such
Indisposition
.
The
21th
,
Our
Master
promis'd
Twelve
Crowns
to
any
one
that
should
discover
Land
,
upon
which
we
all
look'd
about
us
very
sharp
,
and
kept
very
strict
Watch
,
taking
great
notice
what
Colour
the
Water
was
of
,
by
which
we
often
have
notice
that
we
draw
near
the
Land
;
in
the
mean
while
we
were
busie
with
getting
of
our
Anchors
ready
.
The
22th
,
in
the
morning
,
One
that
stood
on
the
top
of
the
Main-Mast
,
cry'd
out
,
Land
,
and
being
ask'd
which
way
he
spy'd
it
,
he
answer'd
,
Directly
in
the
East
,
and
that
it
was
a
high
Land
.
This
was
about
Sun-rising
,
and
about
Noon
we
found
that
he
had
not
been
mistaken
;
for
it
was
the
very
Land
which
we
were
to
go
to
,
viz.
Java
Major
,
or
Great
Java
;
This
occasion'd
a
very
great
Rejoycing
,
for
now
we
had
Bread
and
Water
allowed
in
abundance
.
The
23th
,
We
came
into
the
Road
of
Sunda
,
which
is
about
36
miles
long
:
Here
we
were
oblig'd
,
by
reason
of
the
Calm
,
and
the
fierceness
of
the
Tide
against
us
,
to
cast
out
our
Anchor
.
While
we
lay
there
,
some
of
the
Inhabitants
of
Java
came
to
visit
us
,
and
brought
us
all
manner
of
Indian
Fruits
;
such
as
King's
Apples
,
Mellons
,
Figs
,
Citrons
,
Bananas
,
Sugar
,
Rice
,
and
other-like
things
;
all
which
Refreshments
we
had
of
them
in
exchange
for
old
Iron
and
Tobacco
.
They
came
in
little
Boats
,
but
oddly
made
,
and
very
ill
put
together
,
but
they
sail
very
fast
with
'
em
.
The
24th
,
Two
of
them
were
sent
over
to
us
out
of
Bantam
,
laden
with
Fruit
from
Java
,
Ducks
,
Goats
,
&c.
This
day
we
made
some
of
our
way
with
a
good
Wind
,
but
towards
the
Evening
we
cast
Anchor
,
the
Wind
being
changed
.
The
25th
,
in
the
morning
,
betwixt
9
and
10
a
Clock
,
we
saw
at
the
right
Hand
of
us
,
the
Royal
City
Bantam
;
In
the
afternoon
,
about
4
a
Clock
,
we
came
into
the
Road
before
Batavia
:
Our
Cabin-Boy
swimming
very
well
,
and
having
a
mind
to
refresh
himself
in
that
Water
,
was
unexpectedly
catch'd
and
devour'd
by
a
Crocodile
.
The
26th
,
in
the
morning
,
We
were
fetch'd
to
Shore
in
a
small
Skiff
to
Batavia
,
to
our
great
Joy
:
Thus
we
did
(
by
God's
Assistance
)
compleat
this
great
Voyage
from
Amsterdam
to
Batavia
,
in
five
months
and
12
days
,
and
in
less
than
24
weeks
,
made
3636
miles
.
The
27th
,
Came
in
the
Tydor
and
Cortgeene
,
which
came
out
with
us
from
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
,
and
which
had
not
been
seen
since
the
third
day
after
that
until
now
.
This
made
them
all
very
glad
in
Batavia
.
This
day
at
night
,
all
the
Soldiers
that
were
sent
here
from
Holland
,
were
brought
,
well
Arm'd
and
in
good
Order
,
before
the
Dutch
General
there
,
called
Maetzuycker
:
He
welcom'd
them
;
and
after
that
,
the
Officers
divided
them
,
and
sent
them
,
some
into
the
City
,
and
some
into
the
Fort.
I
went
to
see
the
Fortification
:
It
has
four
Bastions
,
viz.
First
,
the
Diamond
,
where
a
Major
,
with
40
or
50
Soldiers
keep
constantly
;
Secondly
,
The
Ruby
,
kept
by
a
Captain
,
and
as
many
Men
;
Thirdly
,
The
Saphire
,
which
is
commanded
by
a
Serjeant
;
And
Fourthly
,
The
Pearl
,
commanded
also
by
a
Serjeant
.
The
28th
,
29th
,
and
30th
,
We
had
three
days
liberty
to
go
up
and
down
,
in
and
out
of
the
City
;
and
here
we
much
wondered
to
see
the
Chineses
,
(
of
which
several
live
here
upon
the
account
of
their
great
Trade
)
carry
Meat
and
Drink
to
those
that
are
Buried
in
the
Church-yard
,
in
Vessels
of
fine
China
,
lamenting
,
and
asking
them
,
Why
they
Died
,
and
what
they
wanted
;
and
telling
them
,
it
was
unkind
not
to
let
their
Friends
know
of
it
;
But
the
Dead
there
,
as
well
as
here
,
are
very
silent
.
This
good
Chear
of
theirs
is
generally
carried
off
by
the
Dutch
Soldiers
and
Seamen
,
who
Feast
themselves
with
it
,
when
they
have
Game'd
away
their
Money
,
or
otherways
spent
it
.
Besides
these
Chineses
,
there
are
several
other
East-Indians
,
and
other
Heathens
,
that
live
at
Batavia
,
and
drive
a
great
Trade
there
.
They
are
all
oblig'd
to
joyn
together
in
the
common
Defence
of
the
City
,
in
case
of
Necessity
;
chiefly
the
Javans
,
the
proper
Inhabitants
of
this
Island
:
They
are
very
Tawny
,
and
wear
only
a
Girdle
about
their
middle
,
of
fine
Linnen
,
or
Silk
:
They
are
Circumcis'd
as
the
Turks
:
Some
of
them
Worship
an
Image
with
a
Lion's
Head
,
the
Sun
,
and
the
Moon
,
&c.
Beside
Amboineses
,
Tarnatans
,
Malleyers
,
Machassers
,
and
other-like
Nations
,
each
of
these
have
their
Kings
;
are
very
skillful
with
Weapons
,
which
are
Bows
,
Arrows
,
Javelins
,
Spears
,
and
Poisoned
Darts
.
When
they
go
into
the
Field
,
they
adorn
their
Bucklers
with
a
great
deal
of
finery
,
wearing
on
their
Head
a
very
fine
Bird
,
call'd
the
Bird
of
Paradise
,
which
is
found
in
Amboyna
,
about
500
miles
from
Batavia
.
Their
warlike
Musick
is
an
Instrument
made
of
Mettle
,
called
Gum-Gum
,
much
in
the
Nature
of
our
Drums
;
It
makes
a
greater
noise
than
a
good
large
Bell.
The
Amboyneses
are
great
Necromancers
;
and
from
hence
it
is
said
,
Doctor
Faustus
got
his
Master
,
and
was
carried
thither
through
the
Air
riding
upon
a
Cloak
.
From
the
1st
of
July
to
the
9th
,
We
were
daily
exercis'd
in
the
handling
of
the
Musket
and
Pike
,
&c.
The
10th
,
Some
of
the
stoutest
and
briskest
of
all
our
Men
were
pick'd
out
and
sent
,
The
11th
,
Under
the
Command
of
Major
Poolman
a
Brandenburger
,
Captain
Harzing
,
Captain
Roodbol
,
Captain
St.
Martini
a
Frenchman
,
and
Captain
Dack
,
each
with
his
Company
,
and
Embark'd
in
one
Ship
to
go
to
Japara
to
quell
the
Insurrection
there
,
and
to
help
the
King
of
Bantam
against
the
Inhabitants
.
The
12th
,
Our
Seamen
too
,
belonging
to
our
five
Ships
were
divided
into
Companies
,
and
provided
with
Hand-Granadoes
,
sharp
Cutlaces
,
Pikes
,
Bills
,
and
other
Weapons
useful
in
War
:
Their
Officers
were
the
Master
as
Captain
,
the
Mate
was
made
Lieutenant
,
the
Boatswain
a
Serjeant
,
and
the
Quartermasters
Corporals
.
The
13th
and
14th
,
We
past
by
Bantam
,
and
afwards
by
Toppers-hoedie
,
and
the
Prince's
Island
.
The
15th
,
We
saw
our
Enemies
in
an
innumerable
quantity
of
little
Skiffs
.
They
had
notice
of
our
approach
,
and
designed
to
keep
us
from
their
Wall
;
so
they
came
to
meet
us
,
and
quite
surrounded
our
Ship
:
Their
intent
was
to
get
on
Board
,
then
Storm
,
and
Rob
us
.
All
this
while
,
our
Granadiers
and
Soldiers
were
employed
,
and
fought
so
briskly
,
that
that
day
we
destroy'd
about
1100
of
their
Skiffs
,
little
and
great
.
We
had
but
few
of
our
Men
killed
,
but
many
wounded
.
We
could
not
tell
the
number
of
the
Enemy
that
was
slain
;
for
supposing
there
were
as
many
of
their
Boats
sunk
,
as
I
said
ev'n
now
,
the
number
of
the
Men
is
uncertain
,
for
they
hold
according
to
their
bigness
from
6
to
30
Persons
.
And
besides
,
As
their
Boats
sunk
,
abundance
of
them
were
Swimming
to
Land
,
like
so
many
Water-Spaniels
for
about
a
mile's
space
,
and
so
saved
their
lives
.
Our
Booty
was
but
small
;
for
the
Indians
had
nothing
about
them
but
Provision
and
Arms
,
the
best
part
of
which
fell
into
the
Sea
.
The
16th
,
early
in
the
morning
,
We
were
put
ashore
all
together
to
pursue
the
Enemy
,
whilst
they
were
still
terrified
with
their
late
loss
.
We
expected
to
make
an
easie
work
of
it
,
but
they
understood
,
and
we
found
it
,
otherwise
.
They
fell
upon
us
like
Mad-Dogs
,
in
vast
numbers
,
and
of
all
sides
.
The
Opium
that
they
use
to
take
always
before
they
engage
,
had
made
'em
stark
Mad
;
so
that
they
kill'd
the
flower
of
our
Officers
,
and
150
private
Soldiers
:
And
at
last
,
the
rest
of
us
were
forced
to
Flee
and
Swim
for
our
Lives
to
get
into
our
Ship
.
The
17th
,
All
our
sick
and
wounded
were
put
into
a
Ship
,
and
sent
to
the
Hospital
in
Batavia
;
And
a
Letter
sent
to
the
General
,
and
the
Council
,
to
acquaint
them
,
that
we
wanted
a
sresh
Assistance
and
Recruits
to
go
on
in
our
Enterprize
.
The
18th
,
We
sent
out
a
large
Boat
,
with
a
Lieutenant
,
and
Soldiers
and
some
Seamen
,
to
go
ashore
and
view
the
place
,
and
give
us
Intelligence
;
but
the
Enemy
fell
upon
them
,
and
slew
every
one
of
them
,
except
one
Seaman
;
who
,
On
the
19th
,
came
swimming
to
our
Ship
very
quick
,
having
the
stream
with
him
.
He
gave
us
an
account
,
how
they
were
fell
upon
by
four
Boats
full
of
those
Japarians
,
who
killed
all
his
Companions
;
and
as
for
his
own
safety
,
he
had
made
his
way
through
'em
with
a
great
lighted
stick
of
Wood
,
that
he
snatcht
up
from
under
a
Kettle
,
and
with
that
kept
them
at
such
a
distance
who
were
half
Naked
,
that
he
had
room
and
time
to
throw
himself
into
the
Water
to
Swim
for
his
Life
,
tho'
they
continually
shot
at
him
with
their
Arrows
.
Our
Master
order'd
him
immediately
a
Glass
of
Sack
to
refresh
him
,
for
he
was
sadly
weaken'd
,
having
been
almost
a
day
and
a
night
in
the
Water
.
The
20th
,
After
a
Council
held
,
Letters
were
written
to
the
General
Maetzuycker
,
in
Batavia
;
and
I
was
one
of
those
that
were
order'd
to
go
with
them
.
We
sailed
all
the
21th
,
22th
,
and
23th
,
and
arrived
happily
at
Batavia
on
the
24th
,
and
delivered
our
Message
and
Letters
.
The
25th
,
An
Advice-Boat
was
sent
with
a
Letter
to
the
Fleet
at
Jappara
,
to
order
them
to
come
all
back
to
Batavia
.
The
26th
,
A
new
Ship
from
Holland
arrived
here
,
and
brought
us
an
Account
,
That
they
had
been
9
months
a
coming
,
and
that
18
of
their
Men
died
in
their
Voyage
.
The
27th
,
Came
another
Ship
in
,
which
the
Hollanders
had
given
over
for
lost
,
having
been
gone
from
Zealand
above
18
months
,
and
they
had
no
News
of
it
all
that
while
.
The
Master
of
it
told
me
,
They
had
undergone
a
great
deal
of
Hardship
;
(
which
one
might
easily
see
by
the
Ship
and
her
Crew
.
)
Amongst
other
things
,
he
told
us
,
That
they
had
been
driven
so
far
Southward
by
a
continual
Storm
,
that
their
Compass
did
'em
no
more
Service
,
the
Needle
turning
from
one
side
to
the
other
irregularly
.
At
last
,
they
had
discover'd
in
the
night
,
a
high
Land
,
which
appear'd
to
them
like
Fire
;
but
they
turn'd
their
Backs
to
it
,
and
sail'd
so
long
,
till
they
came
at
last
by
meer
good
Fortune
,
to
get
the
use
of
their
Compass
again
.
The
28th
,
A
Ship
came
from
Malacca
to
Batavia
,
which
brought
a
great
many
Spiauters
and
Pellicans
of
a
Purple
Colour
,
as
also
a
Casswari
:
This
is
a
great
Bird
that
has
no
Feathers
on
his
Body
,
but
Hair
,
like
Hog's
Bristles
.
It
will
Eat
red-hot
Coals
,
Tobacco-Pipes
,
Iron
,
and
leaden
Bullets
;
but
doth
not
Digest
any
of
'em
:
It
hath
no
Tongue
,
but
makes
a
Noise
as
Shrill
as
that
of
a
little
Gosling
.
Of
this
Bird
we
shall
take
an
occasion
to
tell
you
a
very
pleasant
Story
by
and
by
.
The
29th
,
Four
Seamen
were
publickly
Beheaded
at
Batavia
,
(
which
is
here
the
common
Death
of
Criminals
)
for
having
killed
a
Chinese
.
At
the
same
time
,
six
Slaves
that
had
Murthered
their
Master
in
the
night
,
were
broke
upon
the
Wheel
.
A
Mulatto
(
as
they
call
those
that
are
begotten
betwixt
a
Black-a-Moor
and
a
White
)
was
Hang'd
for
Theft
.
Eight
other
Seamen
were
Whipt
for
Stealing
,
and
running
away
,
and
were
besides
this
,
Burnt
on
the
Shoulder
with
the
Arms
of
the
East-India
Company
.
Two
Dutch
Soldiers
that
had
absented
themselves
from
the
Guard
two
days
,
ran
the
Gauntlet
.
A
Dutch
Schoolmaster
's
Wife
that
was
caught
a
Bed
with
another
Man
,
(
it
being
her
frequent
Practice
)
was
put
in
the
Pillory
,
and
Condemn'd
to
12
years
Imprisonment
in
the
Spinhuys
.
During
the
time
of
Execution
,
the
Gates
of
the
Fort
,
and
of
the
City
,
were
shut
up
,
and
all
the
Garrison
in
Arms.
The
30th
,
Came
32
Javans
,
with
a
Crocodile
,
22
Foot
long
,
which
they
had
caught
with
a
great
Crook
,
and
brought
into
the
Fort
to
shew
it
to
the
General
,
who
having
taken
a
view
of
it
,
gave
the
Fellows
that
brought
it
6
Rixdollars
for
their
Pains
:
So
they
carried
it
away
again
.
The
31th
,
A
Javan
came
into
Batavia
,
and
gave
an
Account
of
the
General
's
Huntsman's
being
fall'n
upon
by
a
Tyger
,
and
torn
in
pieces
by
him
.
The
1st
,
2d
,
and
3d
of
August
,
The
Dutch
Burgers
and
Soldiers
,
as
also
the
Indian
Inhabitants
of
Batavia
,
drew
up
in
the
Galge-Veldt
,
each
by
themselves
,
and
made
a
very
fine
shew
.
Many
of
the
Indians
here
shew'd
their
Activity
in
Leaping
,
and
in
exercising
their
Arms
,
viz.
Shields
,
Bows
,
Arrows
,
and
Pikes
.
The
most
remarkable
Leaper
amongst
them
all
,
was
one
Captain
Joncker
,
who
Leapt
cleverly
over
a
Dutch-Trooper
,
that
was
mounted
on
a
Persian
Horse
.
We
Hollanders
were
Posted
,
(
about
the
House
where
our
General
and
the
Lords
of
the
Council
of
the
Indies
were
,
with
their
Wives
and
Children
)
with
four
Companies
under
Arms
,
ready
in
case
the
Indians
(
who
were
in
great
numbers
)
should
attempt
to
Rise
or
make
a
Rebellion
.
This
shew
was
made
to
entertain
the
Heer
Rycloff
Van
Goens
,
a
Dutch
Admiral
,
that
was
newly
come
over
,
and
was
then
one
of
the
Lords
of
the
Council
,
and
a
short
time
after
was
made
General
.
The
4th
,
Twelve
Slaves
of
the
Heer
Speelman's
one
of
the
Council
of
India
,
run
away
;
they
had
taken
a
Boat
and
got
to
Bantam
.
The
Muster-master
of
Batavia
,
went
with
six
Servants
,
all
Guinea-Gaffers
,
well
provided
with
Cutlaces
and
other
Arms
,
in
a
Yatch
in
pursuit
of
'
em
.
They
soon
met
with
them
,
but
the
Slaves
so
well
defended
themselves
,
that
they
kill'd
the
Muster-master
and
all
his
Company
;
and
went
on
to
Bantam
:
where
they
thought
themselves
very
safe
,
but
to
their
Grief
,
they
found
themselves
mistaken
;
for
as
soon
as
they
Landed
,
they
were
known
to
be
Fugitive
Slaves
,
and
seized
and
sent
back
.
On
the
7th
,
All
the
Twelve
were
broke
upon
the
Wheel
in
the
place
call'd
the
Galge-Veldt
.
The
manner
of
doing
it
is
thus
:
There
are
four
Posts
drove
into
the
Ground
,
and
stand
out
about
two
foot
:
To
these
they
Tie
the
Malefactor's
Hands
and
Feet
;
Then
comes
the
Executioner
with
a
Bar
of
Iron
,
and
breaks
his
Limbs
one
after
the
other
,
and
at
last
gives
him
one
Blow
on
the
Breast
.
The
8th
,
A
Seaman
was
found
in
the
Square
,
(
the
Dutch
call
it
the
Vierkant
)
cut
most
dreadfully
with
a
Knife
.
This
Square
is
a
very
large
place
,
and
is
so
called
,
because
it
hath
four
Angles
.
It
was
built
by
the
English
about
60
years
ago
.
Afterwards
the
Dutch
got
it
from
'em
,
by
this
means
,
(
as
I
am
informed
.
)
Some
Dutch
Ships
came
close
to
this
Square
;
Their
Admiral
begg'd
the
favour
of
the
English
Governour
,
that
he
might
be
permitted
to
bring
in
his
Men
,
(
who
were
very
sick
with
their
long
Voyage
)
for
recovery
of
their
Health
and
for
Refreshment
;
which
the
English
Governour
generously
granted
out
of
Pity
and
Compassion
.
The
Dutch
sent
two
Boats
full
of
their
best
and
stoutest
Men
,
arm'd
privately
with
such
Weapons
as
might
not
be
discover'd
,
as
Swords
,
Knives
,
and
Pistols
,
and
with
a
feigned
groaning
and
grunting
,
were
let
in
at
the
Water-Gate
;
and
being
got
in
,
fell
upon
the
English
,
and
slew
one
part
of
'em
,
and
took
the
other
Prisoners
,
and
plunder'd
all
their
Goods
.
(
vid.
Van
Hesse
's
Account
of
the
taking
of
Batavia
in
his
Voyage
.
)
Since
that
time
,
the
City
and
Fort
was
built
by
the
Dutch
,
who
have
now
made
it
so
strong
both
within
and
without
,
with
Walls
and
Ditches
,
(
which
never
are
frozen
up
by
reason
there
's
no
Winter
here
)
that
the
place
is
inaccessible
,
and
is
able
to
resist
all
their
East-Indian
Enemies
.
The
Fort
,
with
the
4
Bastions
,
(
which
I
have
given
an
Account
of
already
)
commands
all
the
Streets
of
the
City
,
the
Square
,
the
Water-Gate
,
and
the
Road
where
the
Ships
lie
.
The
9th
,
Our
Armourer
sent
Orders
to
all
the
Guards
,
That
those
who
wanted
Musket-Balls
should
come
to
the
usual
place
at
4
a
Clock
in
the
Afternoon
,
(
after
they
had
been
Exercised
,
)
and
fetch
'
em
.
He
sent
out
before-hand
,
a
Box
full
of
'em
by
two
of
his
Slaves
from
the
Store-House
,
and
bid
them
set
it
down
in
the
great
Court
.
A
while
after
,
coming
to
give
'em
out
,
he
found
his
Box
empty
.
He
runs
immediately
to
our
Captain
,
and
complains
,
That
the
Soldiers
had
stole
away
the
Bullets
:
The
Captain
sets
him
Sentinel
for
his
Negligence
;
and
then
had
all
the
Soldiers
search'd
:
But
on
The
10th
,
They
found
out
that
the
Casswari
Birds
(
of
which
we
have
made
mention
above
)
that
run
all
about
the
Fort
,
had
swallowed
all
the
Bullets
,
and
dropt
them
here
and
there
,
as
they
wander'd
about
,
whole
and
undigested
.
Our
Armourer
was
forced
for
his
Carelessness
,
to
go
all
over
the
Fort
to
pick
up
the
Bullets
that
were
fall'n
,
and
to
hunt
the
Birds
about
to
make
them
restore
the
rest
.
The
11th
,
As
an
old
Chinese
was
coming
along
the
said
Fort
,
with
two
Vessels
of
Milk
to
sell
;
a
Peacock
that
belong'd
to
the
General
,
seeing
him
,
flew
up
upon
his
Head
,
and
had
certainly
pickt
out
his
Eyes
had
it
not
been
for
some
Slaves
that
beat
him
off
.
This
old
Chinese
had
once
been
the
richest
Man
in
Batavia
,
and
worth
some
Tuns
of
Gold
,
which
he
had
play'd
away
at
Dice
,
and
lost
the
very
Hair
of
his
Head
which
was
his
last
Stake
.
The
12th
,
I
went
into
the
City
to
a
Chinese's
House
to
drink
a
Glass
of
their
Grass-Beer
,
which
is
made
of
Sugar
,
and
is
very
pleasant
.
There
I
saw
their
manner
of
Eating
:
Seven
of
'em
,
all
Men
,
sat
at
a
Table
by
themselves
,
for
they
will
not
trust
themselves
among
the
Europeans
,
nor
will
they
let
them
see
their
Wives
:
Besides
their
Wives
,
they
keep
several
Malleyers
,
that
are
fine
Women
,
tho'
of
a
tawny
Complexion
,
and
broad
Noses
,
whom
they
Buy
for
their
use
.
These
Women
have
the
liberty
of
shewing
themselves
abroad
:
Their
Masters
lie
with
them
at
their
Pleasure
;
but
besides
these
Women
,
they
frequently
keep
Swine
for
the
same
purpose
,
and
make
the
same
use
of
'
em
.
In
the
middle
of
the
Table
stood
a
very
large
China
Dish
,
with
a
great
many
little
ones
in
it
,
which
were
filled
,
some
with
Fish
,
and
boil'd
Rice
instead
of
Bread
;
some
with
a
sort
of
a
Mess
made
of
Citrons
,
which
they
call
Arschhar
;
and
others
,
with
a
pickl'd
sort
of
Fruit
like
our
Barberies
,
which
they
preserve
in
Juice
of
Citrons
and
Vinegar
.
Each
Man
had
a
Wooden
thing
in
his
Hand
like
a
pair
of
Tonges
,
which
they
use
instead
of
a
Fork
,
to
Eat
their
Meat
with
.
After
they
had
done
Eating
,
they
took
every
one
a
Whiff
of
Tobacco
out
of
a
Pipe
(
which
they
call
Gur-Gur
)
the
Bole
whereof
is
so
large
,
that
it
would
contain
half
a
Pint
of
Water
.
At
the
time
of
their
Meals
,
they
did
not
forget
their
God
,
which
was
an
Idol
made
of
Wood
,
and
stood
very
finely
adorned
upon
a
Table
,
with
a
Lamp
burning
by
it
.
Him
they
served
first
with
their
best
Fruits
and
Meats
,
and
laid
it
all
decently
on
a
Board
that
stood
by
for
that
purpose
.
I
was
so
intent
upon
observing
them
,
that
I
never
minded
my
Drink
,
tho'
it
was
excellent
,
and
continually
expected
to
see
that
Devil
Eat
the
Victuals
that
were
set
before
him
;
but
I
found
,
I
might
have
staid
long
enough
,
for
he
was
so
modest
,
he
would
not
offer
to
touch
them
,
so
I
came
away
:
For
I
saw
they
did
not
like
my
standing
so
near
their
Door
to
observe
'em
as
I
did
,
and
they
knew
me
to
be
a
Dutchman
.
What
the
Devil
did
with
his
Meat
afterwards
I
cannot
pretend
to
give
you
an
account
of
.
On
the
13th
,
I
went
to
visit
the
Rich
Chinese
.
Any
European
that
goes
there
,
is
treated
very
liberally
with
as
much
strong
Drink
as
he
pleases
;
which
sort
of
Drink
is
Distill'd
out
of
the
Suri
that
comes
off
from
the
Coco-Trees
,
and
they
call
it
Arack
.
The
Richest
Chinese
hath
all
the
others
under
him
;
and
as
soon
as
he
hangs
out
a
red
Flag
,
they
are
all
obliged
to
appear
immediately
.
He
furnishes
also
all
the
Dutch
Ships
with
a
sufficient
quantity
of
Arack
,
and
Vinegar
;
of
which
he
makes
a
Bill
,
which
is
abated
out
of
their
Contributions
.
CHAP.
III.
Bats
as
big
as
Geese
,
good
to
Eat
,
and
esteem'd
a
great
rarity
.
A
Sentinel
kill'd
by
a
Javan
drunk
and
mad
with
Opium
.
Great
mischief
done
by
the
Lightning
.
Robbers
very
dangerous
,
who
are
a
sort
of
Dutch
Soldiers
that
have
Deserted
.
A
Serpent
of
a
dreadful
bigness
being
26
foot
long
.
Wages
of
the
Officers
and
Soldiers
.
The
Ship
call'd
the
Slight
Utrecht
burnt
.
An
Earthquake
in
1674
,
that
destroyed
part
of
a
very
rich
Island
.
What
may
justly
be
judged
the
Causes
of
it
.
King
of
Siam's
Present
to
General
Maetzuycker
.
Elephants
taught
to
stand
firing
.
The
Author
goes
for
Ceylon
from
Batavia
.
The
Prince's
Island
.
Their
Allowance
at
Sea
.
The
Coast
of
Sumatra
,
very
unhealthy
.
Storm
and
Tempest
.
Catching
of
Sharks
.
They
met
with
strange
Men
whom
they
could
not
understand
.
Two
Seamen
quarrel
and
fight
with
Knives
;
both
of
'em
punish'd
,
and
how
.
What
Hunger
and
Thirst
they
all
underwent
in
the
Voyage
.
Their
arrival
before
Columba
.
Lions
sent
to
the
King
of
Candy
.
The
Author
is
sent
to
the
Fort
of
Galture
.
THe
14th
of
August
,
Came
two
Javans
to
Batavia
,
and
brought
Twelve
Bats
as
big
as
Geese
for
a
Present
to
our
General
.
They
are
reckon'd
there
a
very
delicate
Food
;
and
I
was
told
,
they
were
brought
to
the
General
's
Table
as
a
Rarity
,
and
fit
for
a
great
Entertainment
.
They
fly
out
at
Night
as
ours
do
,
and
haunt
the
Coco-Trees
,
and
there
suck
the
Suri
that
lies
in
the
Coco-Nuts
,
so
long
,
till
they
tumble
down
,
and
so
are
easily
taken
up
with
one's
Hand
;
in
the
Day
they
keep
in
the
Woods
and
hollow
Trees
.
The
15th
,
A
[
](A40482-e36170-b)*
*
See
more
of
him
in
Christopher
Frike
's
and
Elias
Hesse
's
Relation
.
Javan
that
had
eaten
some
Opium
struck
a
Soldier
that
stood
Sentinel
with
a
half
Pike
upon
the
Bridge
,
between
the
City
and
the
Fort
,
with
a
Poisoned
Dart
,
and
kill'd
him
.
This
mad
Fellow
went
on
with
a
Design
to
fall
upon
the
next
Centinel
also
,
which
stood
next
to
the
Gate
;
But
he
being
aware
of
him
,
presented
the
Point
of
his
Half-Pike
against
the
Javan
,
who
ran
furiously
upon
it
,
and
so
killed
himself
.
His
Body
,
was
,
for
an
Example
to
the
rest
,
dragg'd
about
the
City
by
the
Executioner's
Men
,
(
who
are
Caffers
of
Angola
,
)
and
after
that
Hang'd
up
upon
a
Tree
by
Jacatra
.
The
16th
,
We
had
a
great
deal
of
terrible
Lightning
that
set
fire
on
many
Chinese
Ships
,
and
consumed
them
.
It
look'd
all
that
day
,
as
if
the
Cannon
had
been
perpetually
firing
.
The
reason
of
which
is
,
That
their
Masts
and
Ships
(
Jonckers
as
they
call
'em
)
are
of
Bamboo-Canes
,
the
Knots
of
which
,
when
the
Fire
comes
to
crack
them
,
give
a
very
great
Bounce
in
the
Air.
The
17th
,
Two
Soldiers
and
one
Seaman
deserted
out
of
the
Garrison
,
and
went
to
joyn
with
the
Robbers
that
dwell
on
the
Blaew-bergh
,
that
is
,
Blew-Hill
,
about
12
Leagues
off
here
.
These
Robbers
are
a
parcel
of
Soldiers
and
Seamen
that
are
run
away
from
the
Dutch
Service
,
and
live
about
the
Blaew-bergh
with
their
Wives
that
are
Javans
,
and
much
annoy
the
Passengers
.
The
19th
,
Twelve
Javan
Wild-Horses
were
brought
over
from
Bantam
for
a
Present
,
to
the
Heer
Maetzuycker
our
General
.
The
20th
,
Some
Javans
brought
a
Dead
Serpent
26
foot
long
,
before
our
General
's
Lodgings
.
When
the
General
had
seen
this
dreadful
Creature
,
he
order'd
it
to
be
carried
to
his
Physician
Dr.
Kleyer
,
who
had
it
cut
open
by
one
John
Otto
Helwigh
,
a
Saxon
Doctor
of
Physick
,
(
that
came
over
with
us
as
a
Soldier
)
and
had
his
Skin
stuff'd
up
,
and
kept
for
a
Show
.
The
21th
,
Three
Month's
Pay
was
paid
to
all
the
Garrison
,
in
Money
,
Silks
,
Stuffs
,
Linnen
from
China
,
Shirts
,
Shooes
and
Stockings
;
instead
of
Victuals
here
,
we
are
allowed
Board-Wages
.
The
Pay
is
as
followeth
.
A
Captain
's
,
80
or
100
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
10
Rixdollars
,
and
7
Cans
of
Wine
,
and
two
of
Oil
,
Board-Wages
.
A
Lieutenant's
,
50
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
and
6
Rixdollars
,
Board-Wages
.
An
Ensign's
,
36
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
and
6
Rixdollars
,
Board-Wages
.
A
Serjeant's
,
20
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
and
4
Rixdollars
,
Board-Wages
.
A
Corporal
's
,
14
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
and
4
Guldens
,
Board-Wages
.
And
a
Private
Soldier
's
,
10
Guldens
per
Month
Salary
;
and
4
Guldens
,
and
40
pound
of
Rice
,
Board-Wages
.
The
22th
,
The
Vtrecht
that
was
come
some
days
before
from
the
Western-Coasts
,
and
loaded
with
400
Lasts
of
Pepper
,
was
burnt
in
the
Road
of
Batavia
.
The
Cannon
and
Anchors
were
hall'd
up
again
,
by
reason
it
was
not
very
deep
,
and
all
the
Men
saved
.
The
23th
,
Our
Major
Poolman
order'd
a
Lieutenant
,
with
60
Soldiers
,
to
go
with
the
Asia
to
the
Western
Coast
.
The
24th
,
Two
Ships
happily
arrived
before
Batavia
;
the
one
from
Siam
,
loaden
with
Spiauter
;
the
other
from
Tarnate
,
loaden
with
Cloves
,
Nutmegs
,
and
Mace
.
They
brought
us
the
News
of
a
great
deal
of
mischief
that
had
happened
in
Amboina
and
Tarnate
about
500
miles
Eastward
from
Batavia
,
by
the
Earthquakes
,
that
are
very
frequent
there
,
and
commonly
every
year
.
Amongst
others
,
a
part
of
an
Island
that
was
sunk
by
an
Earthquake
in
the
year
1674.
which
at
that
time
was
saved
,
and
was
very
rich
in
Clove-Trees
,
was
now
wholly
sunk
.
Those
that
know
the
way
of
living
here
,
need
not
much
wonder
why
that
Island
should
have
such
severe
Misfortunes
fall
on
it
.
The
Spaniards
heretofore
found
this
Island
,
and
seeing
it
abound
so
much
in
Spices
,
fortified
it
with
Castles
and
Towers
,
and
adorn'd
it
with
Churches
,
Cloisters
,
and
Schools
:
But
they
exercised
an
excessive
Tyranny
over
the
Inhabitants
.
For
after
they
had
treated
with
them
and
establisht
themselves
in
Peace
,
the
Don
's
carried
themselves
so
haughtily
and
cruelly
,
that
if
an
Inhabitant
chanced
to
meet
'em
,
and
did
not
go
10
or
12
steps
out
of
their
way
,
and
then
stand
still
,
till
the
proud
Spaniard
was
gone
by
,
Sinioro
made
no
more
on
't
,
but
thrust
him
through
the
Guts
with
his
Cinque-Palm
,
(
a
Sword
five
Span's
long
)
and
laid
a
certain
piece
of
Money
,
call'd
a
Perdau
,
upon
the
Dead
Body
:
After
which
,
the
Murtherer
was
free
from
any
Punishment
,
nor
was
he
liable
to
be
accused
or
reckon'd
a
Murtherer
.
And
in
this
manner
they
have
dealt
with
abundance
of
poor
Indians
upon
any
slight
occasion
,
and
oftentimes
out
of
a
meer
insolent
Humour
.
This
Tyrannical
Spanish
Yoke
hath
been
made
somewhat
lighter
to
'em
by
the
assistance
of
the
Dutch
;
but
the
latter
too
,
often
plagued
them
sufficiently
,
tho'
not
so
bad
as
the
former
;
and
being
once
become
Masters
,
turn'd
the
Churches
,
Schools
,
and
Cloisters
into
Warehouses
,
Inns
,
or
Taverns
,
to
save
the
Charge
of
Building
new
ones
.
To
this
excessive
height
of
Inhumanity
and
Irreligion
they
were
come
,
till
in
the
year
1674.
they
were
overwhelm'd
by
an
Earthquake
,
and
their
Forts
,
Walls
,
and
Houses
sunk
,
together
with
a
great
number
of
the
Inhabitants
.
The
25th
,
Two
Elephants
passed
by
our
Fort
,
which
the
King
of
Siam
,
who
keeps
his
Residence
in
Odea
,
sent
as
a
Present
to
General
Maetzuycker
;
besides
35
hundred
weight
of
Spiauter
:
With
this
,
His
Request
was
,
That
we
should
lend
him
a
Man
to
make
him
some
Gun-Powder
;
promising
that
he
would
send
him
back
again
to
Batavia
in
two
years
time
.
The
General
received
the
Present
,
thanking
the
Ambassador
;
and
desired
him
to
return
his
Thanks
to
his
Master
for
his
Favours
,
and
to
tell
him
,
That
he
would
heartily
have
fulfill'd
his
Majesty's
Desire
,
but
that
he
could
not
possibly
do
it
then
,
because
he
had
but
one
of
them
himself
,
which
he
could
by
no
means
spare
;
but
that
he
had
some
Powder
that
was
at
his
Majesty's
Service
.
From
the
26th
to
the
31th
,
We
were
obliged
to
appear
every
day
upon
the
place
where
we
used
to
Exercise
,
with
our
Companies
,
and
fire
against
two
Elephants
that
were
newly
come
from
Ceylon
,
which
were
brought
every
day
to
that
place
,
that
they
might
stand
firing
,
and
be
useful
in
fight
.
From
the
1st
to
the
30th
of
September
,
I
did
not
stir
out
of
the
Fort
,
by
reason
of
a
terrible
Head-Ach
that
seiz'd
me
,
and
such
a
terrible
one
,
that
it
fetch'd
all
the
Hair
off
my
Head
;
nor
was
I
able
to
bear
the
excessive
heat
of
the
Weather
.
I
us'd
no
other
Remedies
but
Bathing
●nd
Refreshing
my self
every
night
and
morning
(
after
Sun-rising
and
Sun-setting
)
in
the
Water
that
runs
about
the
Fort
,
tho'
that
was
very
dangerous
,
by
reason
of
the
Crocodiles
that
are
there
.
The
1st
of
October
,
Three
Companies
of
the
Garrison
of
Batavia
were
order'd
to
Embark
in
three
Ships
,
call'd
the
Macassar
,
Polsbroeck
,
and
Polran
to
go
to
the
Island
Ceylon
.
They
were
all
to
be
ready
the
next
day
to
go
off
:
I
being
one
of
the
Company
that
was
to
go
,
took
my
leave
of
my
Friends
,
and
made
my
Provision
of
Fish
,
Sugar
,
Dates
,
Citrons
,
and
other
Necessaries
for
my
Voyage
.
The
2d
,
About
10
a
Clock
in
the
Forenoon
,
each
Company
went
to
its
appointed
Ship
;
We
and
our
Lieutenant
(
called
Henrick
Rentzen
Van
Oldenburgh
)
went
to
our
Admiral-Ship
,
call'd
the
Macassar
;
In
the
Afternoon
a
Muster-Master
came
to
visit
the
Ships
,
to
see
whether
all
the
Men
were
on
Board
or
no.
If
at
any
time
one
absents
himself
after
Orders
given
,
and
is
found
on
shore
,
he
is
condemn'd
to
remain
in
Chains
till
the
Ship
in
which
he
was
to
have
gone
is
come
back
again
.
The
3d
,
early
before
day
,
The
Master
order'd
the
Gunner
to
fire
one
piece
,
which
was
the
signal
for
our
two
other
Ships
to
weigh
Anchor
,
and
to
hoist
up
Sails
.
At
break
of
day
,
(
the
Sun
rising
here
all
the
year
round
at
6
in
the
morning
,
and
setting
at
6
at
night
)
we
sail'd
with
a
Land-Wind
by
Bantam
:
In
the
afternoon
,
when
we
came
to
have
a
Sea-Wind
,
it
blew
very
hard
,
and
quite
against
us
;
so
we
were
forced
to
cast
Anchor
,
and
lie
there
still
,
till
The
4th
,
about
two
at
night
,
The
Tide
and
Land-Wind
turn'd
for
us
again
,
which
carried
us
as
far
as
the
Prince's
Island
,
where
we
were
to
take
in
Wood
and
fresh
Water
.
The
5th
,
6th
,
and
7th
,
I
went
ashore
with
five
Soldiers
,
well
provided
with
Arms
,
to
defend
those
that
cut
the
Wood
,
from
the
Tygers
;
and
to
shoot
some
Fowls
,
such
as
Peacocks
and
Ducks
;
for
this
Island
being
not
much
inhabited
,
does
very
much
abound
with
all
sorts
of
Fowl
.
The
8th
,
at
break
of
day
,
We
weigh'd
our
Anchors
,
and
pass'd
that
day
through
the
Road
of
Sunda
,
and
came
about
the
evening
into
the
Sea
.
The
Wind
was
S.
E.
and
by
S.
our
Course
lay
most
toward
the
North.
The
9th
,
We
were
divided
into
two
Quarters
,
for
the
better
regulating
the
Watch
,
that
every
one
might
know
when
to
Watch
,
and
when
to
enjoy
his
Humour
.
Till
this
time
we
had
Water
to
Drink
,
and
Rice
enough
,
but
boil'd
only
in
Water
.
The
10th
,
We
had
a
very
favourable
Wind
,
And
this
day
we
came
to
an
Allowance
,
which
was
,
To
each
Person
half
a
pound
of
boil'd
Rice
every
day
,
half
a
Pint
of
distill'd
Arack
,
and
a
Pint
and
a
half
of
Water
:
Two
Pound
of
Bisket
a
week
,
and
half
a
Pint
of
Vinegar
,
and
half
that
quantity
of
Lisbon
Oil.
Sundays
and
Thursdays
three
quarters
of
a
pound
of
Flesh
:
On
Tuesdays
a
Quartern
and
a
half
of
Bacon
;
Mondays
,
Wednesdays
,
Fridays
,
and
Saturdays
,
Gray-Pease
,
which
we
Eat
with
Oil
and
Vinegar
.
The
11th
,
12th
,
13th
,
14th
,
and
15th
,
We
had
still
a
good
Wind
,
and
we
began
to
draw
pretty
near
the
Western
Coast
.
In
the
night
,
about
the
2d
Watch
,
which
is
between
10
and
2
of
the
Clock
,
we
saw
a
continual
Lightning
shoot
through
the
Clouds
,
which
look'd
like
a
mixture
of
black
and
red
,
and
made
the
most
dismal
sight
that
Man
ever
saw
.
In
the
3d
Watch
,
called
the
Day-Watch
,
about
3
of
the
Clock
,
we
chang'd
our
Course
from
West
and
by
North
,
to
North
and
by
East
.
The
16th
,
It
was
a
very
serene
Calm
;
But
on
The
17th
,
18th
,
and
19th
,
We
had
nothing
but
very
unconstant
Winds
and
Weather
,
and
very
dark
Clouds
all
about
us
.
The
20th
and
21th
,
We
saw
neither
Sun
,
Moon
,
nor
Stars
;
from
whence
we
concluded
that
we
might
expect
a
great
Storm
,
and
for
fear
of
it
we
took
in
our
Sails
,
and
prepared
our selves
for
it
.
The
22th
,
We
had
a
smooth
Gale
of
Wind
at
West
:
Our
Course
being
Northward
,
we
saw
continual
Lightning
,
and
heard
much
Thunder
:
I
was
Amazed
that
it
lasted
so
long
,
and
I
enquired
of
our
Master
,
and
of
some
of
the
oldest
Seamen
,
what
could
be
the
reason
of
it
.
They
told
me
,
That
it
was
dark
in
that
Country
of
West-Kust
six
months
together
;
that
the
Country
afforded
great
store
of
Pepper
,
and
some
Gold
was
to
be
found
in
the
Mountains
of
it
.
For
that
Reason
,
the
Dutch
,
after
a
long
War
,
had
built
there
some
Fortisications
,
and
kept
Soldiers
there
,
which
hold
it
to
this
day
.
That
the
Europeans
cannot
bear
the
Climate
long
,
it
being
very
unhealthy
;
and
unless
they
are
fetch'd
away
within
three
years
time
,
they
generally
Die.
To
prevent
which
,
they
send
fresh
Men
thither
every
year
.
That
those
that
Die
there
are
commonly
taken
away
suddenly
,
as
they
are
Eating
or
Drinking
at
Table
.
Their
Food
is
Rice
instead
of
Bread
,
Bufflars
Flesh
,
Beef
and
Pork
,
and
Fish
in
abundance
:
Their
Drink
is
Suri
that
comes
from
the
Coco's
,
and
Sugar-Beer
,
3
or
4
years
old
,
which
they
keep
under
Ground
.
The
23th
,
The
Wind
blew
hard
at
West
.
We
saw
an
infinite
number
of
Fishes
,
called
Springers
;
their
length
is
generally
about
6
or
7
foot
,
and
about
as
much
in
thickness
.
Their
Flesh
is
very
firm
;
they
Swim
always
against
the
Wind.
When
they
Leap
very
high
out
of
the
Water
(
as
they
did
then
)
the
Seamen
expect
a
very
great
Storm
and
Tempest
.
We
catch'd
several
of
'em
with
a
certain
Instrument
,
which
they
call
an
Ellegaer
,
striking
it
into
their
Bodies
.
This
night
the
Polran
parted
from
us
,
but
we
could
not
tell
whether
it
was
done
designedly
by
the
Master
,
or
whether
it
was
by
the
Carelessness
of
the
Helms-Man
,
whose
turn
it
was
to
Watch.
The
24th
,
We
were
forced
to
take
in
our
Main-Sail
,
by
reason
of
the
hard
Wind
,
and
defend
our
Deck
all
over
with
pitch'd
Canvas
from
the
Waves
that
were
so
boisterous
,
that
they
almost
overwhelmed
our
Ship
.
The
25th
,
26th
,
27th
,
and
28th
,
We
had
stormy
Winds
,
but
yet
so
tollerable
,
that
we
made
25
or
30
miles
of
our
way
in
24
hours
.
The
29th
,
The
Wind
increased
.
The
Polsbroeck
,
which
still
kept
us
Company
,
gave
us
a
Signal
,
that
she
was
so
full
of
Water
,
that
she
stood
in
need
of
our
help
.
When
we
came
to
be
somewhat
near
,
the
Master
told
us
,
That
his
Pumps
were
good
for
nothing
,
and
begg'd
of
us
to
lend
him
some
of
ours
,
which
we
did
;
for
our
Ship
was
so
strong
and
close
,
that
it
receiv'd
no
Water
,
and
we
did
not
want'em
our selves
;
but
that
night
this
Companion
of
ours
lost
us
too
.
The
30th
,
We
took
in
all
our
Sails
,
and
lower'd
our
Yards
,
and
made
our selves
ready
for
a
Drift
;
that
is
,
to
bind
the
Helm
fast
,
and
commit
our selves
to
the
Winds
and
Waves
to
drive
us
where
they
pleased
.
This
Drift
we
held
out
in
,
till
The
4th
of
November
,
five
days
together
.
Upon
Consultation
held
,
we
cut
down
our
Main-Mast
,
which
,
with
the
force
of
its
fall
,
was
like
to
have
sunk
our
Ship
.
Till
that
day
we
had
not
taken
the
height
of
the
Sun
,
so
that
we
could
not
tell
whither
,
or
how
far
,
we
were
cast
.
The
5th
,
The
Wind
fell
,
and
changed
to
the
S.
E.
Then
we
hoisted
up
our
Sails
,
and
took
the
height
of
the
Sun
,
whereby
we
found
that
we
were
close
by
the
Equinoctial
,
and
not
cast
yet
away
so
far
as
we
were
afraid
we
had
been
.
We
sailed
N.
E.
and
by
E.
all
this
Voyage
we
had
that
kind
of
Birds
flying
about
us
,
that
live
upon
the
flying
Fishes
;
but
upon
the
great
Heat
we
were
now
come
into
,
they
left
us
.
The
6th
,
We
had
a
brisk
Wind
,
and
from
six
in
the
morning
to
six
at
night
we
made
20
miles
of
our
way
,
and
found
the
next
day
,
being
The
7th
,
That
we
had
pass'd
the
Line
.
Two
Soldiers
and
three
Seamen
died
out
of
our
Ship
that
day
,
and
were
thrown
,
after
Prayers
,
into
the
Sea
:
And
we
had
about
20
sick
.
The
8th
,
The
Wind
changed
to
the
South
;
and
we
were
directly
to
go
Northward
.
The
Boatswain's
Mate
catch'd
a
large
Shark
,
in
which
they
found
four
Boys
,
and
some
Bones
of
Men.
The
9th
,
We
saw
a
little
Vessel
that
made
towards
us
;
in
the
afternoon
it
came
near
to
us
,
and
we
were
big
with
the
hopes
of
some
News
they
brought
,
but
they
were
all
vain
:
For
our
Orlamen
(
as
we
call
them
that
have
been
before
in
the
Indies
)
spoke
to
them
in
the
Malleyers
,
Amboineses
,
Cingulaish
,
Malabarish
,
and
Maldavish
Languages
,
but
neither
would
do
;
and
they
answer'd
us
in
a
Language
that
none
of
us
could
tell
what
to
make
of
;
but
they
made
us
to
understand
by
Signs
,
that
they
were
in
great
want
of
Drink
:
Our
Master
had
their
Vessel
boarded
,
and
in
it
we
found
24
Indians
,
with
long
Hair
ty'd
up
on
the
left
side
of
their
Heads
.
They
had
with
them
12
Muskets
,
some
Gun-Powder
,
and
Iron-Balls
;
pretty
good
store
of
Rice
,
Pepper
,
and
dry'd
Fish
,
but
no
Water
.
We
supposed
them
to
be
some
Indian
Robbers
come
from
the
West-Kust
,
and
drove
thus
far
into
the
Sea
by
the
late
Storm
.
Our
Master
order'd
them
to
be
taken
into
our
Ship
,
together
with
their
Provisions
,
and
we
drew
their
Vessel
along
after
us
,
ty'd
with
a
strong
Rope
to
our
Ship
.
We
allowed
them
Bread
and
Water
,
and
we
made
them
Pump
the
Water
out
of
our
Ship
,
and
Swab
it
.
The
10th
,
11th
,
12th
,
and
13th
,
The
Wind
continued
directly
for
us
at
South
,
we
going
on
still
Northward
.
On
the
14th
,
We
changed
our
Course
to
the
N.
W.
and
by
W.
the
Wind
kept
where
it
was
,
but
something
weaker
.
This
day
one
that
sate
on
the
Foremast
,
holding
by
a
Cord
,
the
Cord
broke
,
and
he
fell
down
Dead
into
the
Ship
.
The
15th
,
We
observed
,
that
the
Water
begun
to
change
colour
;
at
night
we
used
the
Plummet
to
sound
the
Water
,
but
we
could
find
no
bottom
,
tho'
the
Line
was
200
Fathoms
long
.
The
16th
,
The
Water
changed
yet
more
,
and
seemed
whitish
;
we
made
our
Anchors
and
Cables
ready
,
if
occasion
should
be
,
to
use
them
.
The
17th
,
Our
Master
promised
six
Rixdollars
to
the
first
Man
that
should
spy
Land
,
and
a
Flaggon
of
Wine
.
The
18th
,
We
had
a
lovely
Wind
and
good
Sailing
.
A
Seaman
that
stood
on
the
out-side
of
the
Ship
to
draw
up
Water
,
was
wash'd
of
by
a
Wave
.
We
immediately
tack'd
our
Ship
,
and
back'd
our
Sails
,
and
threw
out
our
Long-Boat
to
go
and
take
him
up
;
which
they
did
,
and
in
about
two
hours
time
brought
him
safe
to
us
.
The
19th
,
We
had
a
very
fair
Wind
and
fine
Weather
.
Two
of
our
Seamen
quarrel'd
,
and
fell
at
last
to
their
Knives
,
and
wounded
each
other
.
As
soon
as
the
Master
knew
of
it
,
he
had
'em
both
Duck'd
from
the
Main-mast
,
as
wilful
Transgressors
of
the
Laws
of
the
Ship
.
The
20th
,
about
6
in
morning
,
our
Boatswain
,
a
very
expert
Seaman
,
climb'd
up
the
Main-top-gallant-Mast
,
which
is
the
highest
part
of
the
Ship
;
no
sooner
had
he
look'd
about
him
,
but
he
cry'd
out
aloud
,
Land
,
Land
:
The
Master
ask'd
him
,
which
way
,
and
he
told
him
to
the
North-East
;
streight
we
changed
our
Course
from
North
West
thither
.
The
Helmsman
threw
out
the
Plummet
,
and
found
a
sandy
bottom
at
80
Fathoms
.
In
the
afternoon
we
got
sight
of
the
high
steep
Mountain
,
call'd
Adam's
Pick
,
and
by
that
we
knew
that
this
was
the
place
we
wanted
to
be
at
,
viz.
the
Island
Ceylon
.
Towards
night
we
changed
our
Course
again
to
the
East
,
and
sometimes
to
the
E.
and
by
N.
for
we
had
no
mind
to
be
near
Land
that
night
,
and
we
could
not
have
reach'd
the
Road
that
day
.
In
the
first
Watch
,
between
6
and
10
,
we
could
feel
ground
still
,
but
in
the
2d
and
3d
we
could
not
.
The
21th
,
in
the
morning
,
at
break
of
day
,
We
chang'd
our
Course
again
,
and
went
directly
towards
Land
lying
South-East
of
us
,
with
the
Wind
at
S.
W.
About
10
a
Clock
before
Noon
we
saw
the
Ships
that
lay
at
Anchor
upon
the
Road
by
the
City
of
Columbo
.
In
the
mean
while
,
the
Wind
veer'd
four
Points
more
to
the
W.
and
so
much
the
fitter
for
us
.
About
Noon
,
we
felt
a
sandy
ground
at
40
Fathoms
,
but
we
kept
Sounding
still
,
till
we
were
quite
out
of
the
deep
,
and
in
full
sight
of
the
Land
.
This
day
every
one
had
plenty
enough
of
boil'd
Rice
,
and
the
Water
Vessels
were
free
to
any
body
.
We
had
suffer'd
a
great
while
Hunger
and
Thirst
,
notwithstanding
that
we
had
Course
Diet
enough
,
and
above
40
Barrels
of
Dutch
and
Batavian
Water
.
The
Soldiers
now
begun
to
Equip
themselves
,
to
make
a
shew
at
their
Landing
,
and
dress'd
themselves
very
sine
with
great
Joy
and
Satisfaction
.
Their
Arms
,
which
till
then
had
been
kept
up
in
the
Gunner's
Room
,
were
delivered
to
'em
,
to
go
out
Arm'd
,
as
is
usual
,
to
Shore
.
All
our
Flags
were
out
till
about
three
in
the
afternoon
,
when
we
cast
our
Anchors
,
and
found
still
12
Fathom
Water
.
The
Gunner
was
ordered
to
fire
one
Gun
,
and
one
Seaman
was
to
strike
our
Admiral
's
Main-mast
Flag
before
the
City
of
Columbo
,
but
immediately
again
to
set
it
up
.
After
this
,
we
fired
all
our
Guns
,
to
which
the
Fort
of
Columbo
answer'd
with
seven
of
their
Cannon
.
The
Governor
of
this
City
sent
two
great
Sloops
of
Ceylon
to
fetch
us
ashore
;
in
which
our
Lieutenant
and
Men
went
up
to
the
Governor's
House
,
who
welcomed
us
all
very
heartily
,
and
gave
all
our
Men
three
days
liberty
to
refresh
themselves
after
their
hard
Voyage
.
The
distance
between
Columbo
and
Batavia
is
about
500
Dutch
miles
,
which
we
had
reach'd
in
49
days
,
from
the
3d
of
October
to
the
21th
of
November
.
The
22th
,
I
went
to
Board
with
an
old
Cingulaish
Woman
,
because
she
could
speak
a
little
Dutch
;
and
she
got
her
living
by
keeping
a
House
to
entertain
the
Dutch
,
of
which
she
had
generally
20
or
30
in
her
House
.
I
paid
15
s.
a
Month
,
and
40
pound
of
black
Rice
.
We
had
every
one
his
own
Dish
,
served
up
with
Flesh
,
Fish
,
Figs
,
and
such
like
Diet
,
twice
every
day
,
at
8
a
Clock
in
the
morning
,
and
4
in
the
afternoon
.
Our
House
was
only
a
Hut
,
made
up
of
Boughs
of
Trees
.
And
here
I
met
with
three
of
my
old
Acquaintance
;
who
,
On
the
23th
,
took
me
Abroad
to
a
very
large
Orchard
,
call'd
Tang
Salgato
,
where
we
drank
some
Sury
fresh
from
the
Coco-Trees
.
This
was
in
the
morning
,
and
about
noon
we
bespoke
a
hot
sort
of
Liquor
,
called
Massack
,
which
is
made
in
the
following
manner
.
They
put
into
a
Vessel
8
Quarts
of
Suri
,
and
to
that
,
one
Quart
of
Arack
or
Brandy
.
All
this
boil'd
together
,
and
about
20
or
25
Eggs
are
broke
into
't
,
which
gives
it
substance
,
and
a
good
colour
.
Then
they
add
to
all
this
some
Kings
Sugar
,
(
which
they
get
from
some
certain
Trees
there
)
and
some
Nutmeg
,
and
Mace
:
All
this
came
to
half
a
Rixdollar
.
We
had
some
Women
to
wait
upon
us
,
which
they
call
Bulliatoses
,
who
diverted
us
with
various
Leaping
and
Dancing
.
Their
Ears
are
about
a
Span
long
,
with
Golden
Pendants
in
them
;
They
saw
by
my
Dress
,
that
I
was
newly
come
from
Europe
;
and
I
found
they
had
a
great
mind
to
Converse
with
me
,
but
I
not
understanding
them
,
made
them
understand
by
shaking
my
Head
,
that
I
did
not
Care
for
their
Company
.
The
24th
,
We
took
a
walk
about
two
or
three
miles
out
of
Columbo
,
to
see
some
tame
Elephants
that
were
kept
in
Orchards
there
.
And
having
seen
them
,
we
went
into
the
House
which
belong'd
to
a
Portuguese
,
who
treated
us
very
nobly
;
and
at
night
had
us
home
upon
an
Elephant
of
his
.
This
day
an
Ambassador
,
named
Myn
Heer
Bucquoi
,
was
sent
from
Ceylon
,
with
a
Lion
,
for
a
Present
to
the
King
of
Candy
.
From
the
25th
to
the
30th
,
Our
Men
were
daily
Exercised
,
and
at
night
our
turn
began
to
be
upon
the
Guard
,
where
my
Post
obliged
me
to
be
,
till
The
25th
of
April
1677.
which
was
five
months
,
in
which
time
I
learned
the
Cingulaish
and
Portuguese
Languages
,
finding
them
not
only
useful
,
but
necessary
to
those
that
are
to
stay
there
.
The
22th
,
I
was
sent
with
30
Soldiers
to
the
Fort
of
Galture
,
8
Leagues
from
Columbo
,
to
have
some
new
Ramparts
added
to
it
.
Of
this
Fort
I
intend
to
speak
by
and
by
,
designing
now
to
give
an
Account
of
the
Cities
,
Inhabitants
,
Cattle
,
and
Fruits
of
the
Island
Ceylon
,
as
far
as
I
could
observe
of
them
while
I
staid
there
.
CHAP.
IV.
A
Description
of
the
Isle
of
Ceylon
,
its
Cities
,
Forts
,
and
Inhabitants
,
which
are
chiefly
of
two
sorts
.
An
Account
of
the
King
of
Candi's
Court
,
Officers
,
Counsellors
,
and
his
other
Subjects
:
Their
Customs
,
Manners
,
Religion
,
&c.
Their
Houses
over-run
with
Fleas
and
Pismires
;
Their
manner
of
Eating
and
Trading
.
The
King
of
Candi's
a
Cruel
Tyrant
.
The
Cingulayans
Customs
in
War
;
Their
Arms
and
Exploits
.
The
other
Inhabitants
of
Ceylon
are
Malabarians
,
who
are
Subjects
of
the
Dutch
:
They
Worship
the
Devil
,
Crocodiles
,
Serpents
,
&c.
Their
Burials
.
The
Dutch
took
Columbo
,
and
other
Cities
of
Ceylon
from
the
Portugueses
,
and
the
King
of
Candi
,
tho'
he
had
help'd
them
against
the
Portugueses
.
The
King
of
Candi's
Resentment
of
it
to
this
very
day
.
Vnhealthy
Climate
of
this
Country
.
THE
Island
Ceylon
is
about
200
Dutch
miles
in
compass
.
It
lies
in
the
Indian
Sea
,
not
far
from
the
Maldivian
Islands
,
and
the
Wild
Coasts
of
Cormandel
and
Malabar
.
It
was
found
out
about
200
years
ago
by
the
Spaniards
,
who
invaded
the
Kingdom
of
Cotta
,
which
the
City
of
Columbo
belongs
to
,
in
this
following
manner
.
They
came
with
two
Ships
,
and
landed
at
the
place
,
where
now
Columbo
is
:
The
Cingulaish
King
,
being
informed
of
it
at
Cotta
,
came
out
with
an
Army
to
meet
them
,
but
in
vain
;
for
his
Men
could
not
abide
the
smell
of
Gun-Powder
.
The
Spaniards
fell
to
Building
some
small
Fortifications
,
and
to
settle
themselves
in
the
Country
:
As
soon
as
they
were
able
to
get
some
Assistance
,
being
well
pleased
with
the
Land
and
their
Success
,
they
carried
on
the
War
not
only
against
the
said
King
of
Cotta
,
so
as
to
beat
him
out
of
the
City
where
he
resided
,
and
lay
it
waste
,
(
as
it
is
now
to
this
day
,
a
place
where
the
wild
Elephants
are
catch'd
)
but
in
time
reach'd
farther
;
and
at
last
,
of
seven
Kings
that
had
possession
of
this
Island
,
they
destroyed
six
.
But
the
seventh
,
who
resided
at
Candi
,
in
the
middle
of
the
Island
,
being
vex'd
to
see
with
what
Tyranny
they
used
his
Subjects
,
begun
to
carry
on
a
War
very
vigorously
against
them
,
and
continually
Plagues
the
Cities
and
Forts
,
which
they
had
built
on
the
Sea-side
,
and
for
about
20
miles
into
the
Land
.
.
How
this
Country
fell
from
the
Spaniards
to
the
Portugueses
,
and
from
the
Portugueses
to
the
Dutch
,
I
will
give
an
Account
hereafter
.
Their
chief
Fortifications
,
are
,
the
City
and
Castle
of
Columbo
;
eight
Leagues
Eastward
of
that
lies
the
Fort
Negombo
;
20
miles
further
,
the
Fort
Calpintin
;
again
,
22
miles
from
thence
,
another
call'd
Aripen
;
and
between
those
two
,
the
Paerl-Bank
,
heretofore
so
famous
:
Six
miles
further
,
a
very
strong
Fort
on
the
Island
of
Manara
,
very
fruitful
,
and
seven
miles
in
compass
.
This
Island
of
Manara
is
divided
from
Ceylon
by
an
Arm
of
Salt-Water
,
about
a
Cannon-shot
wide
.
Jasnapaparnum
,
a
fortified
City
,
lies
22
miles
distant
from
Manara
,
and
is
secured
with
Bastions
,
call'd
by
these
Names
,
Pas-Piil
,
Pas-Beschatter
,
Pas-Elephant
,
and
Punt
de
Pedre
.
Six
and
thirty
miles
farther
,
is
the
Fort
called
Trinconamale
,
built
by
the
Dutch
against
the
French
.
This
Fort
the
French
had
taken
Possession
of
;
as
also
of
the
Bay
,
where
Ships
ride
very
safe
,
under
the
Command
of
Monsieur
de
la
Haye
,
as
Viceroy
,
till
the
Dutch
drove
them
away
again
.
There
is
another
Fort
call'd
Battacolo
40
miles
from
that
.
Thence
to
Punt
de
Gala
30
miles
.
Thence
to
Alecan
11
miles
.
Thence
to
Galture
5
miles
.
Thence
round
back
again
to
Columbo
6
miles
.
The
Description
I
have
given
here
of
these
outward
Fortifications
,
makes
the
Circuit
of
this
Island
to
be
in
all
206
miles
.
The
Inland
Fortifications
,
are
;
Maluane
,
6
Leagues
from
Columbo
;
Hanguelli
or
Gourwebell
,
2
Leagues
from
Malvane
;
Sittawaca
4
miles
farther
;
Ruenell
also
4
Leagues
farther
;
Saffrigan
and
Bibliogam
,
8
Leagues
from
Ruenell
:
And
12
Leagues
on
this
side
of
Columbo
,
you
have
Anguradotten
and
Caudingellen
,
lying
upon
two
Rivers
that
run
out
of
the
King
of
Candi's
Country
,
very
rich
in
precious
Stones
.
The
Island
of
Ceylon
hath
chiefly
two
sorts
of
Inhabitants
.
Those
of
Columbo
,
from
Columbo
to
Gala
,
are
called
Cinguleeses
or
Cingulaians
.
They
are
very
well
shaped
,
part
of
a
black
,
and
part
of
a
yellowish
Complexion
.
The
Men
have
long
streight
Hair
,
and
wear
their
Beards
very
large
,
like
the
Suissers
.
They
are
generally
very
Hairy
upon
their
Breasts
,
and
they
are
very
proud
of
it
.
They
wear
a
piece
of
Linnen
about
their
middle
,
from
the
Navel
down
to
their
Knees
:
But
they
make
a
very
great
distinction
of
their
Apparel
,
according
to
their
Dignity
,
and
Quality
.
Their
King
dresseth
himself
as
he
pleases
.
His
Cap
is
of
Silk
,
wrought
with
Gold
about
a
yard
high
,
with
a
great
Carbuncle
before
,
and
Rubies
and
Saphiires
all
round
about
it
,
and
at
the
top
a
Bird
of
Paradise
.
His
Shirt
and
Wastcoat
is
made
of
the
finest
Cotton
,
with
Golden
Buttons
,
and
he
wears
a
Garment
of
colour'd
Silk
,
that
goes
4
or
5
times
round
his
middle
,
and
hangs
down
to
his
Knees
.
His
Stockings
are
fastned
above
his
Knees
with
a
string
,
whereon
is
fastned
a
silver
Plate
as
large
almost
as
a
Trencher
.
His
Shoes
are
only
Leathern
Soles
with
strings
,
one
of
which
comes
up
between
his
Toes
,
and
the
other
comes
round
his
Foot
,
and
ties
the
Sole
fast
to
it
:
And
all
these
strings
are
set
out
with
Saphires
and
Rubies
.
He
wears
a
Sword
close
under
his
right
Arm
,
tied
to
a
Silk
Ribbon
:
It
is
very
heavy
,
being
in
a
massy
Silver
Scabbard
;
it
is
made
like
a
Hanger
,
and
about
a
yard
long
;
the
Handle
is
ordered
with
fine
precious
Stones
.
On
his
left
side
,
between
his
Shirt
and
his
Wastcoat
,
he
wears
a
long
Knife
,
besides
his
Sword
,
inlaid
with
Gold
and
Jewels
,
and
by
that
a
sharp
Pen
,
(
wherewith
they
write
upon
Leaves
of
Trees
)
in
a
Silver
Sheath
.
Those
of
his
Council
,
called
Pisare
,
and
his
Generals
,
may
also
wear
Silk
,
Gold
and
Silver
,
but
they
are
not
permitted
precious
Stones
for
Ornaments
;
and
it
is
as
much
as
their
Lives
are
worth
,
to
offer
or
pretend
to
wear
any
of
'em
,
tho'
they
are
of
little
or
no
value
;
Nor
do
they
dare
so
much
as
take
up
one
of
them
when
they
find
them
any
where
;
and
the
greatest
,
as
well
as
the
meanest
Persons
throughout
all
the
Kingdom
,
are
equally
obliged
to
the
Observation
of
this
Custom
.
His
Corals
,
which
are
Governors
over
some
one
Coral
or
County
,
may
wear
Silk
,
but
neither
Sword
nor
Stockings
.
They
wear
a
Staff
tipt
with
Silver
,
with
the
King's
Arms
on
it
;
they
wear
a
sort
of
Slipper
or
Shoe
made
of
Wood
,
mighty
neat
,
and
very
curiously
wrought
.
Next
to
these
Corals
,
the
Apohami
or
Nobles
are
rank'd
:
They
go
drest
as
the
Corals
,
excepting
that
they
may
not
tie
,
like
them
,
the
Caps
they
wear
on
their
Heads
.
These
are
to
be
known
,
when
they
come
into
the
City
,
by
their
having
a
Slave
always
behind
them
to
carry
a
Talpot
Leaf
after
them
,
which
serves
as
an
Umbrello
when
it
Rains
.
The
next
in
Rank
are
the
Scriveners
and
Husbandmen
,
who
Manure
the
Fields
of
Rice
.
They
must
wear
nothing
but
Linnen
,
no
Swords
,
Shooes
,
Stockings
,
nor
Caps
,
only
a
Knife
they
may
,
and
an
Iron
Pen.
Their
Wives
,
and
those
of
the
above-named
Persons
may
have
their
Garments
from
a
handful
above
the
Navel
down
to
the
Ground
;
but
nothing
upwards
,
but
a
short
Bajuvan
,
as
they
Name
it
,
which
doth
not
come
so
low
as
to
cover
their
Breasts
.
After
these
,
are
the
Handicrafts-Men
,
as
Carpenters
,
Goldsmiths
,
Blacksmiths
,
Potters
,
Barbers
,
Burners
of
Chalk
,
&c.
These
and
their
Wives
may
wear
a
Linnen
Garment
from
the
middle
downwards
,
and
set
out
their
Ears
with
Gold
.
After
them
are
the
Trivitors
,
who
gather
the
Drink
from
the
Trees
and
boyl
the
Sugar
:
Tschallias
that
peel
off
the
Cinnamon
:
The
Fishermen
and
the
Laserins
their
Soldiers
:
Mainets
their
Washers
:
Borrowayen
,
their
Drummers
:
Cubin
,
who
are
a
sort
of
People
that
will
carry
People
where
they
please
for
Money
:
the
meanest
of
all
are
the
Batins
and
Zubies
;
These
may
not
lay
them
down
upon
the
Ground
,
but
must
always
have
a
Fan
with
them
to
lie
in
;
Nor
are
they
permitted
to
lie
under
any
Roof
.
All
their
Women
are
obliged
to
go
Naked
all
upwards
upon
pain
of
being
whipt
.
To
give
you
a
Specimen
of
the
Cingulaish
Language
,
they
express
their
numbers
thus
:
1
|
Eckai
.
|
2
|
Deccai
.
|
3
|
Dunai
.
|
4
|
Hattarai
.
|
5
|
Paurai
.
|
6
|
Hasai
.
|
7
|
Hattai
.
|
8
|
Attai
.
|
9
|
Nahahai
.
|
10
|
Dahahai
.
|
11
|
Eccollahai
.
|
12
|
Dollahai
.
|
13
|
Dahattunai
.
|
14
|
Dahattarai
.
|
15
|
Pahallohai
.
|
20
|
Wishai
.
|
30
|
Dihai
.
|
40
|
Hattalishai
|
50
|
Paswichai
.
|
100
|
Sihai
.
|
But
it
is
to
be
observed
,
That
here
are
Diversity
of
Dialects
,
as
in
the
several
Provinces
of
other
Countries
,
and
so
the
Inland
Cingularians
differ
from
the
Borderers
;
which
makes
Rob.
Knox
in
his
Description
of
Ceylon
,
give
a
different
Account
;
and
generally
writes
with
an
o
,
what
I
put
down
with
an
a
;
as
Echoi
,
Dechoi
,
Tunhoi
,
Hutterhoi
,
Pauhhoi
,
Hoyhoi
.
Their
Salutation
is
in
these
Words
,
Deo
wardende
Sacradende
Neinde
;
and
is
answer'd
with
the
same
,
both
clapping
their
Hands
to
their
Foreheads
.
Whither
go
you
,
Gaudi
Januade
.
I
don't
know
,
Dutwanetti
.
Fire
,
Genere
.
Water
,
Diwere
.
They
write
upon
the
Leaves
of
Sugar-Trees
;
when
they
read
,
it
is
with
a
very
unpleasant
Accent
,
and
very
long
Tone
,
as
if
they
sung
.
They
write
to
each
other
on
these
Leaves
,
which
are
about
an
Ell
long
,
and
two
Inches
broad
,
and
can
fold
them
up
so
artificially
,
that
none
can
open
them
,
without
discovering
that
they
have
been
open'd
.
They
teach
their
Children
to
write
upon
the
Sand
or
Ground
with
their
Fingers
.
As
to
their
Religion
,
they
believe
,
That
God
,
whom
they
call
Deine
,
governs
in
Heaven
,
and
that
the
Devil
governs
on
Earth
.
Wherefore
they
Religiously
serve
him
,
giving
him
the
Name
of
Jacie
;
and
that
not
only
by
Offerings
,
and
Songs
in
their
Temples
,
but
with
Meetings
in
the
Fields
,
under
a
sort
of
Tree
,
which
I
cannot
compare
to
any
Tree
so
well
as
a
Lime-Tree
.
There
is
a
Wall
built
round
it
of
about
half
a
Man's
height
;
Here
they
Dance
,
Leap
,
and
Sing
,
to
his
Honour
:
He
comes
to
them
in
their
Dance
,
and
gives
them
Answers
to
their
Questions
about
things
to
Come
:
As
whether
it
shall
be
a
plentiful
Year
,
dry
,
or
wet
,
and
other
things
of
this
kind
.
The
Soothsayer
too
,
that
receives
the
Answer
,
hath
great
Honours
paid
him
.
But
because
the
Devil
torments
him
too
much
,
they
are
forced
to
carry
him
away
home
.
They
believe
,
That
those
that
Die
are
turn'd
into
a
Bufflar
,
wherefore
they
give
the
Bufflars
the
name
of
Apetie
,
which
signifies
Father
;
and
to
the
Cows
,
that
of
Amme
,
which
signifies
Mother
.
When
the
mean
illiterate
People
(
who
cannot
Read
)
have
a
Child
Born
,
the
Father
Plants
a
young
Jacken
or
Jager-Tree
by
his
House
,
by
which
he
can
reckon
up
the
Child's
Age.
I
have
been
at
some
of
these
Men's
Houses
to
Buy
Goods
,
and
happen'd
to
ask
the
Age
of
some
of
their
Children
that
came
about
me
,
and
they
shew'd
me
a
Tree
,
and
told
me
,
he
was
of
the
same
Age
with
that
.
But
they
have
there
a
Proverb
,
the
cursed
Allusion
of
which
they
verifie
in
earnest
,
which
is
,
That
it
is
fit
a
Man
should
Eat
the
first
Fruits
of
the
Trees
they
Plant
;
so
the
Father
always
deflowers
his
Daughter
as
soon
as
she
is
come
of
Age.
They
have
a
New-Year's
Festival
,
which
lasts
six
weeks
,
and
begins
about
our
Easter
.
In
the
first
three
weeks
they
wash
themselves
every
day
;
the
other
three
weeks
they
pass
away
in
Singing
,
and
all
kind
of
Mirth
.
Their
dwelling
Houses
are
made
according
to
the
conveniency
of
the
Country
;
some
are
near
one
another
,
after
the
manner
of
our
Villages
,
which
they
call
Aldeen
.
Others
stand
by
themselves
upon
some
rising
Ground
,
to
be
secure
from
the
Water
,
which
sometimes
rises
very
high
,
by
reason
of
their
great
Rains
:
They
are
cover'd
with
Leaves
of
Trees
.
There
is
commonly
but
Room
where
they
Eat
and
Lie
,
and
another
to
Dress
their
Victuals
in
,
which
they
besmear
every
week
with
Bufflar's
Grease
,
to
free
themselves
from
Fleas
and
Pismires
.
Their
Money
they
generally
Bury
in
a
Pot
under
the
Hearth
,
or
sometimes
under
the
Devil's
Tree
,
in
the
Field
,
where
it
is
Sacred
.
Their
Victuals
is
Rice
boyl'd
instead
of
Bread
,
and
what
they
Eat
with
it
,
is
made
of
all
kinds
of
Herbs
,
Roots
,
Fruit
,
dry'd
or
fresh
Fish
,
which
they
Boil
with
a
deal
of
green
Pepper
,
or
else
with
the
Milk
that
comes
from
the
Coco-Nuts
.
Every
one
takes
his
share
of
Rice
upon
a
Fig-Leaf
,
(
instead
of
a
Plate
)
and
takes
his
other
Meat
,
and
mixes
it
together
with
his
Hand
,
and
so
Eats
it
.
They
wash
their
Hands
and
Mouths
very
clean
before
and
after
Meals
.
They
chaw
Betel
all
day
which
they
prepare
after
this
manner
.
They
take
one
or
two
of
the
Leaves
,
about
as
broad
as
one's
Hand
,
they
call
them
Bular
:
They
grow
all
round
about
,
against
Fruit-Trees
,
as
Ivy
does
.
Then
they
take
some
very
fine
Chalk
,
made
of
small
Mussel-shells
burnt
,
and
of
it
they
scatter
about
as
much
as
will
lie
on
the
top
of
a
Knife
over
those
Leaves
,
and
then
rowl
them
up
,
and
put
into
the
middle
a
fourth
part
of
an
Arck
,
which
is
a
Fruit
like
a
Nutmeg
;
and
to
this
Composition
they
give
the
Name
of
Betel
,
which
they
keep
continually
in
their
Mouth
:
And
this
is
to
prevent
the
Scurvy
.
They
Smoak
Tobacco
too
,
not
out
of
Pipes
,
but
wound
up
in
a
dry
Leaf
.
In
their
Trade
,
like
other
Nations
,
they
love
to
Buy
as
cheap
,
and
Sell
as
dear
,
as
they
can
.
They
have
no
particular
Traffick
amongst
them
,
dealing
almost
all
in
the
same
Goods
.
One
thing
which
seemed
mighty
strange
to
me
,
was
,
That
when
I
,
or
other
Europeans
came
to
Buy
any
such
things
,
as
Butter
,
Pepper
,
Sugar
,
Honey
,
Figs
,
Fowls
,
Rice
,
&c.
and
ask'd
them
if
they
had
any
;
they
used
to
say
Netti
,
which
is
to
say
,
No.
So
that
we
were
forced
to
give
them
very
good
Words
,
and
insinuate
our selves
into
their
favour
,
by
giving
their
Children
some
Tobacco
,
or
some
little
Trifle
;
Then
they
would
ask
their
Children
,
even
the
smallest
of
'em
,
whether
they
had
best
Sell
any
thing
to
these
Persons
;
and
according
to
their
Answer
,
they
either
sold
to
us
,
or
refused
us
,
and
would
not
have
sold
us
any
thing
without
their
Consent
,
tho'
we
would
have
paid
ten
times
the
value
of
their
Goods
.
When
they
had
sold
us
any
thing
,
and
received
their
full
Price
,
they
would
beg
of
us
,
that
we
would
give
them
some
of
it
again
,
tho'
at
the
same
time
they
were
well
stock'd
with
the
same
Commodity
.
Theft
,
tho'
but
inconsiderable
,
is
punished
with
Death
.
All
their
King's
Commands
must
punctually
be
observed
upon
Pain
of
Death
;
and
that
not
of
the
Person
only
that
hath
Transgressed
,
but
of
his
Kindred
,
to
a
third
Generation
.
This
King
of
Candi
is
a
very
cruel
Tyrant
.
Some
Europeans
,
that
had
been
Prisoners
at
his
Court
for
above
20
years
,
have
told
me
,
That
he
had
order'd
no
less
than
300
in
some
years
,
to
be
drawn
in
pieces
with
Elephants
,
for
a
very
small
Fault
,
or
sometimes
a
meer
Humour
.
We
will
now
give
you
some
Account
of
their
Military
Exploits
and
Discipline
.
They
have
a
General
,
which
they
call
Dissave
;
next
to
him
some
Saudis
.
Then
the
Araski
,
which
are
as
Captains
over
20
or
30
men
each
,
with
an
Ensign
.
Their
Artillery
is
only
a
sort
of
Muskets
,
which
stand
upon
a
frame
with
three
Feet
,
of
which
the
hindmost
is
broad
,
and
shorter
than
the
two
foremost
:
Having
no
Lead
,
they
shoot
with
Iron
Bullets
.
These
Muskets
,
the
Nobility
,
which
serve
the
King
,
carry
with
'em
in
fights
.
They
come
into
the
Field
,
30
,
40
,
or
50000
strong
,
all
barefoot
.
Their
Arms
are
a
heavy
Iron
Cimiter
about
a
yard
long
,
and
a
light
Half
Pike
.
Few
have
Muskets
or
Fire-Locks
;
or
if
they
have
,
they
do
little
Execution
with
them
;
tho'
they
have
never
so
much
room
to
draw
up
,
yet
they
never
advance
but
in
single
Ranks
,
for
fear
the
Hollanders
should
take
too
many
of
them
off
at
once
with
their
Field-Pieces
.
Their
Drummers
are
very
much
despised
,
being
taken
out
of
a
sort
of
People
,
(
tho'
Cingulaians
too
)
that
live
upon
Bufflars
Flesh
,
and
the
Flesh
of
any
kind
of
Beasts
.
They
call
them
Borrowayen
.
They
tie
to
their
Body
,
two
little
sorts
of
Drums
call'd
Tamelins
;
others
have
but
one
of
'em
,
but
then
it
is
bigger
.
They
beat
distinct
Marches
,
with
a
great
deal
of
Art
,
and
the
Soldiers
understand
them
very
well
.
They
beat
morning
and
night
,
but
differently
.
Their
Pipers
use
both
a
straight
and
a
crooked
sort
of
Pipe
,
and
make
pretty
Musick
with
them
both
together
.
Any
Dutchmen
,
that
are
taken
by
these
People
,
are
never
to
be
Ransom'd
at
any
Rate
;
but
must
remain
amongst
them
in
great
Slavery
all
the
days
of
their
Life
;
and
all
the
ways
are
so
strictly
guarded
,
that
there
is
no
escaping
by
any
means
.
The
Dutch
that
sometimes
desert
us
,
and
go
over
to
the
King
of
Candi
,
are
maintained
in
Necessaries
,
but
are
not
trusted
in
any
Employment
.
The
other
sort
of
Inhabitants
of
this
Island
,
are
those
of
Gala
Batacolo
,
Trinconomala
,
Jafnapatnam
,
Manara
,
Aripen
,
Calpintin
,
as
far
as
Negombo
;
and
are
called
Malabars
.
These
are
all
very
well
shaped
,
and
very
black
.
They
are
all
under
the
Government
of
the
Hollanders
,
except
those
of
Wani
,
who
have
a
King
of
their
own
.
But
he
is
obliged
to
pay
to
the
East-India
Company
a
yearly
Tribute
of
many
Elephants
,
and
Money
besides
.
These
Malabars
come
originally
from
the
Wild
Coast
of
Malabar
,
lying
by
Manara
,
and
from
the
Kingdoms
of
the
great
Samerin
,
Calicut
,
Cananor
,
and
others
.
They
are
all
Infidels
,
and
of
different
Opinions
.
Some
of
'em
,
who
are
call'd
Vitzliputzli
or
Joosie
,
Worship
the
Devil
;
others
,
a
Serpent
,
a
Crocodile
,
or
an
Elephant
,
and
commonly
what
they
please
themselves
.
They
neither
Eat
the
Flesh
of
Bufflars
,
nor
Swine
.
They
hire
old
Women
to
Mourn
over
their
Dead
a
whole
night
,
and
cry
over
the
Corps
all
the
time
:
Ajo
aniate
,
ariate
,
inguwarre
,
which
is
as
much
as
to
say
,
Why
did
you
Die
,
Come
,
come
live
again
,
&c.
Then
they
Bury
him
,
and
leave
the
Hutt
out
of
which
the
Man
died
,
and
build
another
.
They
are
a
little
more
Civil
than
the
Cingulaians
,
and
their
Dress
is
a
little
more
comely
.
The
Women
never
let
themselves
be
seen
uncovered
by
the
Christians
.
When
they
go
abroad
,
they
are
all
covered
with
white
Linnen
,
and
so
close
,
that
they
can
but
just
see
their
way
with
the
corner
of
one
Eye
:
Their
Arms
and
their
Legs
are
all
adorned
with
Silver
Rings
,
and
their
Ears
,
about
a
Span
long
,
with
Gold
:
Their
Fingers
and
Toes
too
are
all
richly
set
out
with
several
sorts
of
Rings
,
most
of
Silver
and
Gold
.
Their
Numbers
are
;
1
Onera
,
2
Renda
,
3
Muna
,
4
Nala
,
5
Anse
,
6
Ara
,
7
Ola
,
8
Orta
,
9
Otta
,
10
Padda
,
11
Paddona
,
12
Padda-renda
,
13
Paddamuna
,
14
Padda-nala
,
15
Padda-anse
,
&c.
The
manner
of
their
Salutation
,
is
,
Laying
their
Hand
on
their
Forehead
,
and
saying
Damrian
Amadran
,
which
is
returned
the
same
way
.
They
write
likewise
upon
Leaves
of
Trees
with
an
Iron-Pin
,
and
make
whole
Books
of
'
em
.
We
will
now
give
you
some
Account
,
How
the
Hollanders
came
to
Conquer
this
Country
,
and
make
themselves
Masters
of
it
.
I
have
already
told
you
,
how
it
came
to
be
in
the
Power
of
the
King
of
Spain
,
and
fortified
by
the
Spaniards
:
It
remained
a
great
while
in
their
Hands
,
till
the
Portugueses
Rebelling
in
Spain
,
chose
a
King
to
themselves
,
with
whom
all
the
Spaniards
that
were
in
the
East-Indies
,
joyn'd
.
And
thus
the
King
of
Spain
lost
all
his
Pretensions
in
those
Countries
,
which
was
no
small
loss
to
him
.
The
Portugueses
would
be
improving
their
Conquests
,
and
try
their
Strength
against
the
King
of
Candi
,
and
thought
by
Fire
and
Sword
,
and
their
barbarous
Slaughters
and
Murthers
,
to
frighten
him
out
of
his
Kingdom
,
but
all
in
vain
.
For
the
King
of
Candi
,
finding
himself
in
a
great
Extremity
,
call'd
the
Dutch
to
his
Assistance
;
who
together
fell
upon
the
Portugueses
,
and
became
at
length
Masters
of
all
their
Cities
and
Fortifications
above-named
.
The
last
that
was
Besieged
by
'em
,
was
the
Capital
City
of
Columbo
,
which
is
about
28
years
ago
.
The
King
of
Candi
was
now
free
,
and
had
an
Army
of
50000
Men.
The
Dutch
General
on
the
other
side
,
(
call'd
Min
Heer
Vander
Hulft
)
had
an
Army
of
12
Companies
of
80
Men
each
,
together
with
a
Fleet
of
8
Ships
.
Both
these
,
tho'
the
one
a
Heathen
,
and
the
other
a
Christian
,
agreed
very
well
together
,
put
things
into
very
good
Order
,
and
made
a
Treaty
;
That
when
the
City
of
Columbo
,
both
the
old
and
the
new
,
should
be
taken
,
the
King
should
have
the
Old
one
for
his
Residence
,
and
the
Fort
Negombo
,
lying
8
Leagues
from
thence
,
towards
the
Kingdom
of
Candi
,
in
his
full
Possession
:
The
Dutch
for
their
part
should
have
the
new
City
of
Columbo
without
any
Molestation
,
with
all
the
other
Fortisications
they
were
already
possest
of
;
and
besides
this
,
should
have
Priviledge
to
Trade
in
any
part
of
the
Kingdom
whatsoever
with
its
Inhabitants
.
The
City
of
Columbo
being
taken
at
last
by
the
Dutch
Admiral
Ryclof
Van
Goens
,
(
the
above-mentiou'd
Heer
Vander
Hulst
being
shot
Dead
in
the
Trenches
)
and
by
the
Assistance
of
the
King's
Forces
,
who
did
not
suspect
any
Falshood
after
the
Treaty
made
.
The
Heer
Van
Goens
,
having
gather'd
together
the
King's
Army
under
pretence
of
giving
them
a
Treat
,
and
the
Streets
being
filled
with
them
,
he
sets
all
his
own
Men
upon
them
,
(
for
what
Reason
I
cannot
tell
)
who
cut
the
best
part
of
them
in
pieces
,
and
put
the
rest
to
flight
.
The
King
,
whom
they
thought
to
have
taken
Prisoner
,
made
his
escape
upon
his
Elephant
,
and
got
over
high
Mountains
,
Rocks
,
and
Wildernesses
,
and
at
last
into
his
Kingdom
of
Candi
,
where
being
secure
,
he
swore
never
to
forget
the
Falshood
and
Treachery
of
the
Christians
,
but
to
continue
in
a
perpetual
War
and
Enmity
against
them
.
And
in
that
he
hath
so
constantly
kept
his
Resolution
,
that
in
these
28
years
,
he
hath
taken
Prisoners
,
and
put
to
Death
some
thousands
of
them
.
Therefore
this
Island
of
Ceylon
is
not
unjustly
call'd
the
Dutch
Soldier
's
Slaughter-House
;
and
when
they
are
commanded
thither
,
they
reckon
themselves
going
to
Execution
.
For
the
Cingulaish
Soldiers
or
Inhabitants
are
not
the
only
Enemies
they
have
there
,
but
the
Blood-Suckers
,
or
Hedge-Hogs
,
which
the
Ground
is
cover'd
with
after
a
show'r
of
Rain
,
will
suck
the
Blood
out
of
'em
:
Besides
this
,
there
are
other
Dangers
;
which
are
,
First
,
Being
very
often
Pinch'd
with
Hunger
;
and
then
the
Unwholsomness
of
the
Air
,
by
which
those
that
are
not
used
to
the
Climate
,
fall
into
many
Distempers
.
Some
are
seized
with
a
Stiffness
in
their
Limbs
,
others
with
a
Dizziness
and
Swimming
of
the
Head
,
and
cannot
endure
to
look
on
the
Light
.
Others
are
killed
by
the
Bloody
Flux
;
and
with
these
Distempers
,
I
have
seen
more
Soldiers
at
one
time
in
the
Hospital
than
in
the
Garrison
:
Besides
many
others
,
who
in
pursuit
of
their
Lustful
Desires
,
destroy
themselves
by
Venereal
Distempers
.
CHAP.
V.
Giving
an
Account
of
the
sundry
sorts
of
Beasts
,
Fowls
,
&c.
that
are
in
Ceylon
;
a
more
particular
one
of
the
Elephants
,
concerning
which
,
many
things
very
wonderful
are
attested
,
upon
the
Author
's
own
Experience
.
The
manner
of
catching
them
,
their
peculiar
Qualities
,
&c.
Wild-Bufflars
,
Tygers
,
Bears
,
Jackalls
,
Bitsche-Vergunie
,
or
the
Devil
of
Negombo
,
very
rare
;
Levers
a
lazy
sort
of
Beast
,
Wandura
or
Apes
.
Wild
Cats
.
And
many
other
sorts
of
Beasts
.
Of
Fowls
,
Parrots
,
Batts
,
&c.
Crocodiles
,
will
live
300
years
.
Different
sorts
of
Serpents
;
of
Pismires
;
Blood-Suckers
;
Sword-Fishes
;
Sharks
;
Sail-Fish
;
St.
Peter's
Fish
;
Sea-Swine
;
Sea-Devils
;
Tortoises
.
The
manner
of
the
Malabarians
Fishing
with
their
Netts
.
I
Come
now
to
give
a
short
Account
of
the
Wild
and
Tame
Beasts
that
are
in
this
Island
of
Ceylon
.
Among
the
Wild
ones
,
I
will
speak
first
of
the
Elephants
.
They
are
finer
and
more
Docile
than
in
other
Countries
.
Therefore
they
catch
a
great
many
of
'em
,
which
they
make
Tame
,
and
fit
for
War
,
and
send
them
to
the
Kingdoms
of
Persia
,
Surrat
,
the
Great
Mogul
,
and
several
other
places
;
and
the
Dutch
themselves
make
use
of
them
in
the
Field
.
I
have
been
very
curious
in
Searching
into
the
Nature
,
Disposition
,
and
Qualities
of
these
Elephants
;
and
for
that
purpose
conversed
much
with
those
that
Catch
them
,
when
they
are
young
,
and
have
my self
help'd
to
catch
'
em
.
I
have
found
in
them
all
a
great
deal
of
Cunning
,
and
a
good
Memory
,
in
which
they
seem
to
be
almost
Rational
Creatures
.
They
never
forget
a
Master's
kind
Usage
;
but
that
of
a
rough
and
cruel
one
,
they
on
the
other
side
,
never
leave
unrevenged
.
They
never
Couple
together
in
the
sight
of
Men
,
but
first
they
search
round
about
the
Wilderness
to
see
if
no
Body
is
there
hidden
in
any
Tree
to
spy
'em
;
and
if
they
find
any
,
woe
be
to
them
.
The
Male
hath
his
Testicles
inwards
,
and
the
Female
gives
Suck
between
her
fore
Legs
.
When
they
are
Catch'd
and
Tame'd
,
they
never
Couple
together
.
They
carry
their
young
ones
seven
years
,
and
this
has
often
been
manifest
by
the
Wild
She-Elephants
that
have
been
taken
,
and
kept
in
the
Stables
which
they
have
for
'em
at
Gala
,
and
have
brought
forth
their
young
at
seven
years
end
,
after
they
were
catcht
.
The
young
ones
are
,
at
first
,
about
the
bigness
of
a
Calf
half
a
year
old
.
They
feed
on
Grass
,
Figs
,
Leaves
,
and
Coco-Nuts
,
Rice
,
and
other
Fruits
,
and
Bread
if
one
gives
it
them
.
This
they
reach
and
hold
faste
with
the
end
of
their
Trunk
,
and
then
thrust
it
into
their
Mouths
.
Before
they
Eat
any
Grass
,
they
throw
it
and
toss
it
about
,
to
shake
out
the
Pismires
,
by
which
they
are
mightily
tormented
sometimes
.
If
these
little
Animals
chance
to
get
in
their
Trunk
,
they
walk
about
there
and
tickle
them
intolerably
.
Tho'
they
have
no
Hair
,
except
on
the
Tail
and
Ears
,
yet
they
Swim
very
well
.
They
'll
live
above
200
years
,
as
has
been
seen
in
some
whose
Age
has
been
designedly
mark'd
.
They
go
together
in
the
Woods
some
8
,
10
,
or
20
in
a
Company
.
They
have
a
sort
of
King
,
or
Master-Elephant
,
which
they
follow
;
the
young
ones
go
in
the
middle
.
In
the
day
time
,
they
keep
on
the
Mountains
in
the
shade
,
but
towards
the
Dusk
of
the
evening
,
they
repair
to
the
Meadows
and
Water-side
.
They
break
their
way
through
the
Boughs
and
Bushes
with
their
Trunk
;
so
that
by
the
Noise
they
make
,
one
may
hear
them
coming
a
Mile
off
.
Then
the
Inhabitants
,
and
the
Keepers
of
the
Fields
,
cry
out
to
one
another
for
help
,
to
keep
them
out
of
their
Grounds
,
where
they
destroy
all
when
they
come
.
They
holloe
first
,
Hu
,
Hu
,
and
then
they
cry
for
help
,
Alia
innuwate
,
The
Elephants
are
a
coming
:
Therefore
,
when
they
come
near
their
Hutts
,
Orchards
,
or
Fields
,
they
light
Torches
,
which
they
have
on
purpose
made
of
long
dry
Wood
,
and
with
this
they
drive
them
away
,
making
a
great
deal
of
Shouting
and
Noise
.
Those
that
watch
the
Fields
of
Rice
,
sit
and
sing
all
night
in
a
little
Hutt
raised
upon
four
Posts
;
and
when
they
hear
the
Elephants
coming
,
they
holloe
and
light
their
Torches
.
There
is
two
different
ways
of
Catching
the
Elephants
.
Among
the
Malabars
,
from
Trinconomala
to
Batacale
:
There
are
some
that
Worship
the
Devil
,
by
whose
help
they
Charm
these
Creatures
,
after
having
Sacrificed
to
him
a
Cock
for
an
Offering
.
After
they
have
Caught
'em
with
their
Hands
,
they
tie
them
with
strong
Thongs
of
Bufflar's
Leather
,
and
Tame
'em
:
But
neither
the
Persians
,
nor
the
Moors
,
care
to
Buy
those
that
are
catch'd
this
way
.
The
other
way
of
Catching
them
,
is
in
a
Pound
prepared
for
that
purpose
,
as
I
have
seen
one
in
the
Kingdom
of
Cotta
,
two
Leagues
from
Columbo
,
near
the
Aldee
or
Village
Battalamuda
:
And
I
have
been
my self
at
the
Catching
of
50
of
them
,
young
and
old
;
which
is
done
thus
.
When
the
Inhabitants
have
notice
where
they
are
,
and
what
place
they
frequent
most
,
the
Governour
of
Columbo
gives
a
general
Order
for
a
Hunting
Day
;
on
which
every
body
high
and
low
,
even
the
Nobles
themselves
,
meet
at
the
appointed
place
:
Besides
this
,
the
Governour
takes
all
the
Soldiers
,
Drums
,
and
Burghers
,
along
with
him
;
being
all
met
,
they
spread
themselves
in
a
Wing
a
League
or
two
long
.
Thus
they
go
holloing
and
shooting
along
the
whole
day
,
thro'
Woods
and
over
Mountains
:
At
Night
they
rest
,
and
for
fear
the
Elephants
should
get
out
back
again
,
they
light
Fires
all
along
about
a
Stone
's
throw
from
each
other
,
which
the
Elephants
are
very
much
afraid
of
.
The
next
day
they
go
on
again
,
and
draw
the
Elephant's
into
a
narrower
compass
.
If
any
of
'em
offer
to
go
back
,
and
break
through
,
they
fright
them
with
Drums
,
and
shooting
and
holloing
.
If
one
of
them
should
chance
to
break
through
,
all
the
rest
would
inevitably
follow
.
When
all
the
Hunters
have
in
3
or
4
weeks
time
ranged
over
20
or
30
miles
Ground
,
these
Wild
Elephants
are
at
length
,
by
the
means
of
Tame
ones
that
serve
to
decoy
them
drove
into
the
Pound
,
which
we
mention'd
above
.
Then
they
tie
a
Wild
one
to
a
Tame
one
,
or
if
it
is
a
very
lusty
one
,
between
two
.
Then
they
make
'em
so
Tame
by
giving
them
neither
Meat
nor
Drink
,
that
with
a
certain
Instrument
they
use
,
a
Child
may
manage
them
.
Notwithstanding
there
are
some
which
they
can
never
Master
,
and
those
they
turn
out
again
to
Breed
and
Increase
.
The
East-Indian
Kings
and
Merchants
buy
the
Elephants
by
their
height
,
which
they
measure
to
an
Inch
(
as
we
do
Horses
here
)
from
the
Ground
to
the
ridge
of
the
Back
.
According
to
their
height
,
they
are
worth
7
,
8
,
900
or
1000
Rixdollars
.
Sometimes
they
Buy
them
(
when
they
are
of
an
extraordinary
vast
Bulk
)
for
shew
.
Otherwise
they
use
'em
in
War
,
and
to
draw
the
Baggage
,
and
great
Artillery
.
The
Great
Mogul
hath
frequently
with
him
4
or
500
in
the
Field
;
And
we
used
them
in
all
Expeditions
:
Each
Company
had
an
Elephant
,
as
we
shall
tell
more
largely
hereafter
.
The
two
Teeth
that
stick
bending
so
long
out
of
their
Mouth
,
are
sufficiently
known
by
the
Name
of
Elephant's
Teeth
.
The
Flesh
of
Elephants
is
not
fit
to
Eat
,
and
their
Hides
are
made
no
use
of
,
by
reason
of
their
wanting
Men
to
dress
and
prepare
them
.
They
are
extream
thick
.
The
Flesh
is
Spungy
,
and
Rotts
in
two
or
three
days
.
The
Hair
that
grows
upon
the
Tail
they
hold
very
good
against
the
Cramp
,
and
as
an
approved
Remedy
they
wear
it
made
up
in
Rings
on
their
Fingers
.
When
they
are
to
draw
a
Load
,
they
go
side
long
and
look
steadily
upon
the
Waggon
,
to
see
that
no
Body
lays
any
thing
more
upon
't
than
what
is
usual
;
and
if
one
doth
,
they
will
not
wag
a
foot
further
till
it
be
taken
off
again
:
But
what
is
more
strange
then
that
,
is
,
what
I
have
often
seen
at
Columbo
and
Jafnapatnam
,
That
these
Elephants
when
they
were
drawing
a
Load
of
Stones
for
the
Fortifications
,
would
stand
stock
still
at
11
a
Clock
,
which
is
the
Dinner
time
allowed
to
all
the
Slaves
and
Workmen
,
and
would
not
draw
an
Inch
further
,
tho'
they
were
just
at
the
place
,
and
the
Drivers
encouraged
'em
never
so
much
.
There
is
great
store
of
Bufflars
in
Ceylon
,
especially
in
and
about
Calpintin
.
They
are
about
the
bigness
of
a
Podolian
or
Hungarian
Ox
,
but
stronger
.
Their
Horns
are
about
two
yards
long
:
They
are
of
an
ash-colour
.
In
the
day
time
they
lie
in
the
Water
up
to
their
Nose
,
and
at
night
they
come
to
Graze
in
the
Meadows
.
Their
Flesh
is
Eatable
,
when
it
hath
lain
2
or
3
days
in
Salt
;
but
very
hot
,
and
gives
the
Bloody-Flux
to
most
People
that
Eat
of
it
.
They
are
very
dangerous
to
go
near
,
especially
to
the
Europeans
,
and
chiefly
if
they
have
any
young
ones
by
them
.
Tygers
are
here
also
in
abundance
,
and
very
pernicious
to
Man
and
Beast
,
and
particularly
to
Stags
and
Deer
.
They
are
about
the
bigness
of
a
large
Ass
,
but
something
longer
;
they
are
spotted
with
yellowish
and
whitish
spots
,
and
in
their
Make
exactly
like
a
Cat.
Their
Flesh
is
white
,
and
many
People
Eat
of
it
.
Their
Skins
serve
to
make
Belts
,
Holsters
,
&c.
and
are
much
used
for
covering
of
Trunks
and
Boxes
.
They
have
so
much
of
the
Scent
of
Musk
,
that
the
Huntsmen
,
if
they
take
the
Wind
right
,
will
sind
them
out
by
it
,
and
so
in
their
pursuit
of
other
Beasts
,
avoid
them
.
Bears
are
likewise
found
here
in
several
Parts
,
and
are
dangerous
Creatures
:
Yet
they
are
not
so
much
fear'd
here
,
as
the
Wolves
are
in
Germany
.
Jackalls
are
of
shape
and
bigness
like
a
Fox
,
only
a
sharper
Snout
:
They
keep
all
day
in
their
Dens
,
and
at
night
they
gather
together
a
hundred
of
them
or
more
,
and
come
to
the
outside
of
the
City
of
Columbo
,
in
quest
of
Dead
Bodies
,
and
fall
sometimes
upon
a
Man
,
if
they
chance
to
find
him
asleep
.
There
is
a
sort
of
Creature
here
,
that
is
not
very
well
known
,
because
it
is
rare
;
it
is
called
Bitsche
Vergunie
,
and
by
the
Dutch
,
The
Devil
of
Negombo
,
which
Name
they
have
given
it
,
because
of
its
Qualities
,
as
I
am
going
to
tell
you
,
and
because
they
are
most
frequently
about
Negombo
.
It
is
about
a
yard
high
,
and
three
yards
long
.
It
hath
a
sharp
Snout
,
and
very
sharp
Teeth
.
The
Body
is
as
it
were
Harnass'd
over
with
thick
round
yellow
Shells
.
When
it
is
pursued
,
it
can
winde
it self
up
into
a
Ball.
At
night
it
makes
such
a
dismal
frightful
Noise
,
that
it
hath
often
scar'd
the
Centinels
from
their
Posts
.
The
Lewer
is
another
,
called
by
the
Dutch
,
Luiste
Dier
;
i.
e.
Slow-Beast
.
These
Beasts
are
made
like
an
Ape
,
with
Hands
and
Feet
,
look
very
ghastly
,
and
as
lean
as
a
Skeleton
,
wonderful
slow
in
their
Eating
,
Drinking
,
and
Going
;
tho'
Dogs
,
or
any
Wild
Beasts
come
towards
'em
,
they
will
not
hasten
their
pace
in
the
least
;
and
when
they
come
near
'em
,
they
turn
themselves
to
'em
,
and
with
their
glaring
Eyes
,
fright
away
the
fiercest
Dog
that
can
be
.
Their
Eyes
stand
quite
out
of
their
Heads
,
and
appear
very
terrible
:
When
Men
come
after
'em
,
they
do
the
same
:
But
it
hath
not
the
same
Effect
,
for
Men
have
a
Snare
,
which
they
clap
on
their
hinder
parts
,
and
so
catch
them
as
they
do
Monkies
.
After
they
are
catch'd
,
they
are
still
slow
as
before
,
and
would
not
go
above
a
League
in
a
day
,
if
one
left
'em
to
themselves
.
They
are
kept
in
Cities
for
a
Rarity
,
but
they
are
too
tender
to
transport
into
other
Countries
.
Wandura
or
Apes
are
here
in
abundance
;
they
are
black
,
excepting
a
whitish
Ring
about
the
hinder
part
of
the
Body
,
and
a
great
gray
Beard
,
which
makes
them
look
very
much
like
some
of
the
Old
Cingulayans
.
They
are
about
the
bigness
of
a
Mastiff
,
and
have
a
very
long
Tail
.
They
skip
about
the
Woods
from
Tree
to
Tree
,
making
a
great
noise
,
their
young
ones
hanging
all
the
while
about
'
em
.
If
you
shoot
'em
,
the
young
ones
fall
with
'em
,
and
then
you
take
'em
off
to
keep
and
breed
up
:
But
this
is
not
a
true
kind
of
Ape
for
keeping
,
so
that
few
People
take
the
trouble
to
Catch
them
;
for
they
do
not
take
any
thing
that
's
taught
'em
,
as
others
will
.
If
a
shot
wounds
them
so
as
to
fetch
out
a
part
of
their
Guts
,
they
work
out
the
rest
with
both
their
Hands
,
(
if
I
may
so
call
'em
)
and
so
fall
down
.
Those
that
are
Catch'd
will
never
Couple
together
,
tho'
one
keeps
them
ever
so
long
.
Wild-Cats
;
there
are
of
two
sorts
:
One
of
which
is
as
large
as
our
common
House-Cats
,
and
live
upon
all
sorts
of
Fowl
.
The
other
is
as
small
as
our
Squirrels
,
and
are
called
Suri-Cats
;
because
they
keep
about
the
Coco-Trees
,
whence
the
Suri
comes
.
Their
Hair
is
of
a
grey
colour
;
and
they
make
a
noise
like
a
young
Turkey
.
Stags
are
bigger
than
the
Stags
in
Holland
.
Deer
,
are
somewhat
less
,
and
full
of
white
spots
.
Wild-Goats
are
a
little
bigger
than
our
Hares
.
The
Hares
less
than
with
us
.
Wild-Boars
here
as
in
Africa
.
All
these
are
in
vast
numbers
,
because
but
few
People
Hunt
'em
;
there
being
so
great
a
quantity
of
Wild-Beasts
there
that
are
better
.
Wild-Horses
are
very
plentyful
in
the
Isle
of
Manara
,
and
not
far
from
thence
in
another
Isle
towards
Jafnapatnam
;
but
they
are
less
than
our
Horses
in
Holland
.
Sometimes
they
catch
some
of
the
finest
of
'em
,
which
they
Break
for
the
Saddle
,
or
else
they
use
'em
for
Carts
and
Waggons
.
Among
the
Tame
Beasts
and
Cattle
,
Oxen
and
Cows
are
in
so
great
plenty
,
that
one
of
'em
is
not
worth
above
two
or
three
Gulders
.
Bufflars
are
in
abundance
;
the
Country
Fellows
use
them
in
their
Rice-Fields
:
One
of
them
is
worth
three
or
four
Gulders
.
Three
sorts
of
Sheep
there
are
amongst
'em
;
one
which
comes
out
of
Persia
,
which
for
Wool
,
&c.
are
like
those
in
Holland
,
excepting
that
their
Tails
are
so
vastly
big
,
that
some
of
'em
will
weigh
20
or
25
Pound
:
Another
sort
comes
out
of
Africa
,
with
Horns
about
a
Span
long
,
but
no
Wool
,
only
Hair
like
Calves
:
A
third
sort
hath
Wool
like
the
first
,
but
very
long
Ears
.
Goats
are
in
good
store
here
,
and
Swine
,
such
as
in
Holland
.
One
of
the
biggest
and
fattest
in
the
Island
Manara
is
not
worth
above
a
Rixdollar
.
Now
for
the
Wild-Fowl
.
There
are
Peacocks
of
the
same
colour
as
here
;
and
besides
those
,
there
are
many
as
white
as
Swans
.
Wild-Cocks
and
Hens
are
about
the
bigness
of
ours
.
Water-Fowl
,
Snipes
,
Stock-Doves
,
and
others
.
Two
sort
of
Herons
,
one
of
'em
bluish
,
the
other
half
black
.
Geese
and
Ducks
in
great
numbers
.
I
will
not
make
any
mention
of
their
small
Birds
,
&c.
I
will
only
give
you
some
Account
of
the
Parrots
,
which
are
here
of
three
sorts
.
The
largest
are
of
a
green
colour
,
mixt
with
blue
and
red
,
with
a
black
Ring
round
the
Neck
,
and
are
accounted
the
best
.
A
lesser
size
there
is
,
all
green
,
with
a
red
Ring
round
the
Neck
,
which
is
but
little
valued
;
and
a
less
than
that
which
is
less
esteemed
too
,
because
it
is
the
least
docile
.
They
Eat
Rice
and
Figs.
They
are
best
to
be
taught
when
they
are
young
.
They
are
tied
to
a
Cord
or
Chain
,
and
morning
and
night
,
while
it
is
duskish
,
one
talks
to
'em
half
an
hour
or
thereabouts
,
till
they
get
'em
at
last
to
speak
any
thing
after
them
.
There
is
also
a
great
many
Birds
of
Prey
;
as
Falcons
,
Hawks
,
and
Ravens
,
with
a
white
Ring
about
their
Neck
.
Batts
are
of
two
sorts
;
the
one
small
as
ours
here
,
that
fly
by
night
;
and
the
other
as
big
as
those
I
have
spoken
of
in
Java
.
There
is
another
sort
of
Bird
,
which
is
call'd
,
a
Navi
,
(
because
it
makes
a
noise
which
sounds
like
that
word
)
which
when
the
Portugueses
hear
,
they
expect
the
arrival
of
some
Ships
in
a
short
time
.
They
have
but
few
Geese
,
except
such
as
are
brought
hither
from
the
Cape
of
Good
Hope
;
they
have
a
Bunch
growing
on
their
Bill
:
They
cost
a
Rixdollar
a-piece
.
Other
Tame
Fowl
is
there
in
such
plenty
,
that
one
may
Buy
a
Pullet
for
a
Peny
,
and
40
,
50
,
or
60
Eggs
for
the
same
price
.
Ducks
that
lay
200
or
300
Eggs
after
one
another
,
without
one
days
intermission
,
will
cost
but
Two
Pence
or
Two
Pence
half
peny
.
Many
keep
Pigeons
likewise
,
which
come
from
Holland
,
which
they
Buy
for
10
d.
a
pair
.
Among
the
four-footed
Animals
,
in
the
Rivers
;
There
is
the
Crocodile
which
devours
many
Men
that
live
near
them
,
as
they
are
Fishing
,
Washing
,
or
Bathing
themselves
,
if
they
do
not
take
an
especial
Care
:
But
I
will
in
short
describe
something
of
the
Nature
of
them
.
The
Crocodile
is
not
so
very
furious
as
some
People
imagine
.
He
seeks
his
Prey
alone
;
but
when
he
is
hungry
,
he
Devours
any
living
thing
he
can
Eat
,
whether
Man
,
Fish
,
Beast
,
Dogs
,
&c.
shews
himself
commonly
,
and
swims
any
part
of
the
day
at
the
top
of
the
Water
,
like
a
piece
of
Timber
.
He
sets
open
his
Mouth
for
a
certain
Bird
to
pick
his
Teeth
with
his
Bill
,
which
is
about
the
length
of
one's
Finger
.
At
night
he
comes
upon
Land
to
seek
out
for
Meat
.
These
Animals
lay
their
Eggs
upon
the
bare
Sand
,
and
leave
the
Sun
to
produce
the
young
ones
out
of
'em
,
who
as
soon
as
they
come
out
,
are
about
half
a
yard
long
;
The
Egg
it self
is
about
twice
as
big
as
that
of
a
Goose
.
They
continually
keep
growing
as
long
as
they
live
,
and
come
to
be
some
20
,
some
25
,
some
30
foot
long
:
The
Body
is
armed
all
over
with
a
thick
Scale
:
Their
Teeth
are
exceeding
sharp
;
and
so
much
strength
is
in
their
Tail
,
that
they
'll
kill
any
Fish
or
other
Animal
with
a
blow
of
it
.
Upon
Land
they
can
run
faster
than
most
Men
;
but
in
a
short
turning
,
a
Man
may
have
the
Advantage
of
'em
,
because
they
must
take
a
great
compass
;
and
being
so
long
and
thick
,
without
any
bending
in
their
Backs
,
they
are
forced
to
take
a
large
turn
,
which
affords
a
Man
fair
time
to
escape
out
of
their
reach
.
Here
is
another
sort
of
Beast
,
much
like
the
Crocodile
,
which
is
call'd
a
Caprigoy
;
but
it
hath
neither
Shells
,
nor
Scales
on
it
,
and
its
Tongue
is
very
long
and
pointed
.
The
longest
I
ever
saw
of
these
was
not
above
ten
foot
.
Another
not
much
unlike
this
,
but
less
yet
,
call'd
a
Leguwan
,
the
Flesh
of
which
many
People
Eat
.
Now
of
Serpents
there
are
several
sorts
;
one
of
'em
is
called
Worgers
,
they
are
10
or
15
foot
long
.
They
will
seize
a
Man
,
and
clasp
themselves
round
about
him
,
and
squeeze
him
so
that
he
can't
Breath
,
and
falls
down
Dead
:
And
to
be
arm'd
against
these
,
no
Man
goes
abroad
without
a
good
Knife
about
him
,
to
cut
them
in
two
,
which
makes
them
let
go
their
hold
quickly
.
Another
sort
,
which
is
called
,
Chapel-Snakes
,
because
they
keep
in
Chapels
or
Churches
,
and
sometimes
in
Houses
;
These
are
very
mischievous
and
venomous
,
and
without
a
timely
Antidote
,
they
who
are
bit
by
them
,
die
Infallibly
.
They
are
commonly
from
4
to
6
foot
long
;
and
they
have
a
sort
of
Bladder
,
or
spot
of
white
,
which
shews
it self
on
the
top
of
their
Head
when
they
are
vex'd
.
There
is
another
sort
of
'em
,
which
they
call
Rat-Catchers
,
which
are
not
so
dangerous
.
They
live
all
in
Houses
,
and
destroy
the
Rats
and
Mice
as
much
as
any
Cats
would
.
They
are
nine
or
ten
foot
long
,
and
will
never
hurt
any
Body
unless
one
Angers
them
.
The
Green
Serpents
keep
upon
the
Trees
,
and
when
any
Man
or
Beast
comes
near
them
,
they
dart
themselves
upon
them
,
and
with
their
sharp
Tongues
endeavour
to
put
out
their
Eyes
.
They
are
about
two
yards
long
.
The
most
poisonous
of
all
,
are
,
the
two
headed
ones
,
which
have
a
Head
at
each
end
.
Here
are
two
sorts
of
Remedies
against
the
Poison
of
those
Animals
:
The
one
,
which
the
Inhabitants
use
frequently
,
is
Witchcraft
:
The
other
,
which
I
have
often
used
,
is
a
Serpent-Stone
.
This
Stone
is
laid
upon
the
Wound
,
and
it
sticks
to
it
,
till
it
hath
drawn
to
it self
all
the
Venom
out
of
it
.
When
it
is
come
off
,
it
is
thrown
into
new
Milk
,
which
fetcheth
all
the
Poison
out
of
the
Stone
,
and
grows
black
and
blue
with
it
:
Then
the
Stone
is
applied
afresh
to
the
Wound
,
and
if
there
be
any
Poison
remaining
,
it
sticks
on
,
if
not
,
it
falls
off
,
and
the
Person
is
secure
.
I
have
seen
many
Scorpions
here
as
big
as
a
common
Crab
,
but
their
Stings
are
not
dangerous
,
and
cause
only
a
smarting
for
two
days
,
and
never
prove
mortal
.
The
Hundred-Feet
called
by
the
Portugueses
Cente-Pe
,
because
it
hath
a
Hundred-Feet
,
is
about
half
a
yard
long
,
and
hath
two
Horns
wherewith
it
Pinches
.
It
is
so
full
of
Venom
,
that
it
is
all
over
of
a
blew
and
yellow
colour
with
it
;
if
one
is
pinched
by
'em
,
it
may
prove
very
dangerous
,
besides
the
cruel
Smart
it
causes
,
unless
the
place
is
anointed
quickly
with
Oil
of
Coco's
.
There
are
three
sorts
of
Pismires
,
red
,
black
,
and
white
.
The
first
are
the
biggest
,
and
rid
the
Houses
of
other
Vermine
,
as
Rats
,
Mice
,
and
Serpents
.
The
black
keep
in
the
Fields
;
if
they
touch
a
Man's
Skin
,
they
make
it
Smart
for
about
half
an
hour
.
The
white
ones
live
amongst
Houshold
Goods
;
they
Eat
through
Chests
and
Trunks
,
and
damage
Cloaths
and
Linnen
very
much
.
Fleas
are
here
in
Shoals
,
so
that
Men
could
not
have
any
rest
,
if
they
did
not
besmear
all
their
Houses
with
Cow-Dung
,
to
keep
them
away
.
The
Air
is
full
of
little
Flies
and
Gnats
;
and
in
some
places
People
cannot
Eat
for
'em
,
but
are
forced
to
stay
till
night
when
they
are
settled
.
Blood-Suckers
,
or
Leeches
,
are
the
worst
Vermine
on
the
Island
:
They
are
most
towards
the
North
between
Candi
and
Columbo
.
There
are
of
two
sorts
of
'em
,
the
great
and
the
small
;
The
first
are
the
common
Plagues
of
Bufflers
:
The
other
of
Men.
They
keep
in
the
Water
,
and
are
made
much
like
our
Hedge-Hogs
.
When
any
Man
or
Beast
goes
into
the
Water
,
they
hang
upon
him
till
they
have
suckt
their
fill
,
and
swell
three
times
as
big
as
they
were
at
first
,
then
they
fall
off
.
If
one
goes
to
strike
them
off
,
immediately
they
break
off
and
leave
the
Head
in
the
Flesh
,
which
makes
the
Wound
the
more
dangerous
:
But
the
best
way
to
deal
with
'em
is
to
have
some
green
Lemons
with
one
,
or
good
Vinegar
and
Salt
or
Salt-Petre
,
and
wet
them
with
it
,
and
they
fall
off
immediately
.
The
small
sort
are
about
the
bigness
of
a
Straw
,
and
about
three
Inches
in
length
,
and
of
a
brown
colour
.
They
have
neither
Eyes
nor
Feet
.
In
dry
Weather
they
are
seldom
to
be
seen
;
but
after
some
Rain
,
they
fill
the
Ways
and
Shrubs
.
They
do
not
creep
as
Worms
do
,
but
raise
themselves
up
an
end
,
and
throw
themselves
upwards
.
If
they
lay
hold
of
a
Man
they
are
not
easily
got
off
again
,
nor
without
great
danger
.
Some
Cingulayans
say
,
That
these
things
were
first
brought
over
into
this
Country
by
the
contrivance
of
one
Lamammea
,
one
of
the
Kings
of
Candi's
Sister
,
(
whose
Brother
the
Portugueses
had
taken
away
by
violence
)
to
be
a
Plague
to
them
,
but
how
much
truth
there
is
in
the
Story
,
I
leave
the
Reader
to
judge
.
Amongst
the
Sea-Fish
commonly
catch'd
here
,
I
place
the
Sword-Fish
;
it
is
from
8
to
12
foot
in
length
:
It
is
called
by
that
Name
from
a
sort
of
Sword
it
hath
upon
his
Nose
,
which
is
like
a
Saw
,
with
about
50
Teeth
about
the
bigness
of
one's
Finger
.
The
biggest
of
those
Swords
that
I
ever
saw
was
an
Ell
long
.
The
Flesh
of
this
Fish
is
fit
to
Eat
,
but
the
younger
the
Fish
is
,
the
better
.
These
Sword-Fishes
are
not
of
that
sort
which
are
so
great
Enemies
to
Whales
,
for
they
never
come
so
far
into
the
North
,
it
being
too
Cold
for
them
there
:
Besides
,
those
that
sight
with
the
Whales
have
their
Sword
on
their
Back
,
and
keep
about
Greenland
and
Ysland
in
vast
numbers
.
Sharks
are
right
Sea-Wolves
,
and
devour
the
Men
they
can
catch
,
but
they
are
often
catch'd
and
devour'd
themselves
.
The
Sail-Fish
,
so
called
,
because
it
hath
a
large
Finn
,
which
stands
upon
the
Back
of
it
above
Water
,
and
lets
the
Wind
drive
it
forwards
;
hath
a
sharp
long
Head
of
about
an
Ell
long
,
and
his
Body
is
twice
as
long
again
:
tho'
its
Flesh
is
but
course
,
yet
a
great
many
People
Eat
it
.
There
is
a
Fish
which
they
call
Oan-Egbertsen
half
an
Ell
long
,
and
very
full
of
Blood
.
They
are
in
so
great
plenty
,
that
they
pull
up
7
,
8
,
or
900
at
one
Draught
.
The
great
time
of
Fishing
for
'em
is
in
February
,
at
which
time
not
the
Fish
only
is
very
cheap
,
but
all
sorts
of
Meat
and
other
Victuals
are
at
very
low
Rates
.
The
St.
Peter's
Fish
,
or
Five
Finger-Fish
,
is
called
by
some
the
Leather-Fish
,
by
reason
of
the
thickness
of
his
Skin
;
Hath
five
white
streaks
on
the
Back
in
the
shape
of
a
Man's
Fingers
;
it
is
about
two
yards
in
length
,
and
very
good
to
Eat
:
It
is
most
in
season
in
March
,
and
then
they
catch
likely
2
or
300
of
them
at
once
.
The
old
Portugueses
will
tell
you
that
this
mark
on
the
Back
came
by
St.
Peter
,
who
drew
up
one
of
them
in
his
Net
,
and
left
the
figure
of
his
Fingers
upon
it
.
But
this
I
leave
the
Reader
to
believe
at
Discretion
.
Jacks
are
here
of
the
same
kind
as
in
Holland
,
one
,
two
,
or
three
yards
in
length
,
and
are
to
be
catch'd
with
Angles
in
April
or
May.
The
King's
Fish
is
the
best
sort
that
is
here
,
and
is
something
like
our
Carps
.
Cablins
are
like
our
Herrings
,
but
a
little
broader
,
there
is
vast
plenty
of
'em
,
and
one
Buys
10
or
20
,
sometimes
40
,
for
a
Peny
.
The
Sertin
is
a
small
lean
Fish
.
They
catch
some
thousands
of
them
at
one
Draught
,
because
they
go
together
in
Shoals
.
Sea-Swine
or
Sea-Hogs
,
are
catcht
here
in
great
numbers
;
their
length
is
five
or
six
yards
,
and
half
that
about
:
They
have
a
sharp
Snout
like
ordinary
Hogs
;
The
Flesh
of
'em
is
very
fat
,
and
the
Blood
very
hot
:
In
the
Water
they
out-swim
all
other
Fishes
.
Sea-Devils
or
Sand-Creepers
are
5
or
6
yards
long
,
with
a
frightful
Head
,
very
broad
,
but
not
thick
,
black
at
top
,
and
white
underneath
.
There
is
much
difficulty
in
catching
of
'em
with
Angles
,
because
they
lie
15
or
20
Fathoms
deep
.
Scaits
are
round
and
flat
:
Have
their
Eyes
in
their
Body
,
and
a
thin
flat
Tail
about
two
Yards
long
;
they
are
very
good
to
Eat
.
The
Piil-Staert
,
as
they
call
it
,
(
which
signisies
Arrow-Tail
)
is
much
like
it
;
it
is
as
good
to
Eat
too
:
But
the
Tail
is
of
that
Nature
,
that
if
he
wounds
a
Man
with
it
,
't
is
mortal
to
him
:
Wherefore
great
Care
is
taken
to
cut
that
off
as
soon
as
they
have
catch'd
'
em
.
Tortoises
,
are
catch'd
here
of
200
pound
weight
.
They
lay
their
Eggs
on
the
Sand
,
200
at
a
time
,
and
leave
them
to
the
Sun
to
hatch
;
they
have
no
Shell
,
only
are
cover'd
with
a
Tough
Skin
.
When
they
come
upon
Land
,
the
Indians
turn
them
over
on
their
Backs
,
from
which
they
cannot
rise
again
,
having
not
the
command
of
their
Legs
.
When
they
have
them
thus
,
three
or
four
Men
carry
them
to
Market
,
and
there
cut
them
out
.
The
Shells
of
these
very
large
ones
are
not
useful
,
but
the
small
ones
are
of
great
use
for
inlaid
Work
,
Combs
,
&c.
Sea-Crabs
,
and
Sea-Lobsters
:
These
are
here
a
Yard
long
,
with
large
Claws
;
and
the
other
round
with
a
very
hard
Shell
.
Sea-Lice
,
are
made
like
Lice
,
cover'd
over
with
a
white
Shell
,
about
the
bigness
of
a
Walnut
.
They
keep
in
the
wet
Sand
on
the
Shore
,
and
are
Eaten
only
by
the
Malabarian
Fishermen
.
Muscles
stick
to
the
Rocks
,
and
when
the
Sea
is
at
Ebb
,
they
pick
them
up
.
The
manner
of
Fishing
,
which
the
Malabarians
use
,
is
much
like
ours
.
Their
Nets
are
exceeding
long
,
so
as
to
reach
about
half
a
mile
in
compass
,
and
are
buoy'd
up
with
Wood
instead
of
Cork
;
and
in
the
middle
of
it
,
which
comes
last
to
shore
,
they
have
a
great
Bag
,
into
which
the
Fish
is
all
driven
.
Fresh
River-Fish
are
these
:
The
St.
Pilang
,
a
Fish
with
a
broad
Head
,
as
smooth
as
an
Eel
,
about
a
yard
long
,
and
two
Spans
about
.
The
Bald-Head
is
a
better
sort
of
Fish
,
all
Scaly
like
a
Carp
,
excepting
the
Head
;
weighs
generally
7
or
8
pound
.
A
Fish
called
a
Fool
,
because
whoever
Eats
any
thing
of
the
Head
,
becomes
stupid
:
Wherefore
the
Head
is
always
thrown
away
,
the
rest
is
very
good
to
Eat
.
The
Pager
is
a
black
Fish
,
with
a
hard
thick
Head
;
its
Body
is
round
,
with
very
sharp
Finns
.
There
is
small
Fish
also
in
abundance
,
as
we
have
here
,
such
as
Gudgeons
,
Craw-Fish
,
&c.
Gurnets
are
a
small
sort
of
Fish
like
the
Craw-Fish
,
without
a
Shell
,
and
have
only
a
whitish
Scale
over
their
Body
.
They
are
most
used
in
Angling
,
for
a
Bait
to
catch
other
Fish
with
.
CHAP.
VI.
The
Year
in
Ceylon
is
divided
into
two
Seasons
only
.
Great
Floods
there
during
one
of
the
Seasons
.
An
Account
of
Caudingelle
,
a
Fort
built
and
forsaken
by
the
Dutch
;
much
annoyed
by
the
King
of
Candi's
Men.
The
Author
is
ordered
to
Anguratot
;
Description
of
that
Place
;
how
the
Europeans
live
there
with
Cingulaish
Women
.
He
goes
back
to
Columbo
;
one
of
the
Boats
is
lost
by
the
way
.
He
lives
a
while
there
with
one
of
the
Council
.
Is
sent
to
Malvane
,
an
unhealthy
Place
,
which
the
King
of
Candi
Besieges
with
30000
Men
,
but
his
General
comes
over
to
the
Dutch
.
The
Prince
of
Candi
runs
away
from
Columbo
,
where
he
had
been
kept
a
long
while
,
and
for
what
Reason
.
The
Author
with
two
Companies
of
Voluntiers
are
sent
out
,
and
in
their
March
suffered
much
Thirst
,
and
went
all
Bare-foot
.
They
come
to
Calpintin
,
Aripen
,
Manaca
,
Jafnapatnam
;
all
which
Places
he
gives
a
Description
of
.
Then
he
goes
to
Porto
Novo
,
where
he
hath
two
Arrows
shot
in
him
.
He
goes
back
to
Columbo
,
where
he
is
Cured
.
THE
whole
Year
is
divided
into
two
Seasons
only
,
call'd
the
good
and
the
bad
Season
.
Each
of
them
consists
of
five
Months
;
the
other
two
are
call'd
the
Dubious
Months
,
being
March
and
September
,
in
which
are
the
two
Solstices
,
on
the
12th
Old
Stile
,
or
22d
New
Stile
,
of
each
of
those
Months
.
In
the
Month
of
March
,
the
Rains
begin
to
fall
on
that
side
on
which
Columbo
is
Situated
,
and
continue
most
commonly
to
the
Month
of
September
;
so
that
all
the
Rivers
overflow
the
Countries
in
such
a
manner
,
that
the
People
,
Cattle
and
Wild-Beasts
are
surrounded
on
a
sudden
,
and
carried
away
by
the
Water-floods
.
Those
that
delight
in
Hunting
,
may
find
great
quantities
of
Beasts
forced
up
into
the
Mountains
at
that
time
.
In
September
it
begins
to
hold
up
,
and
the
Weather
is
much
like
what
we
use
to
have
in
April
,
in
Holland
:
Then
the
Sun-beams
come
to
be
so
violently
hot
,
that
it
dries
up
sometimes
Navigable
Rivers
,
and
then
the
Wild-Beasts
are
forced
to
run
a
vast
way
to
get
Water
.
In
this
good
Season
(
as
they
term
it
)
Thunder
and
Lightning
are
very
frequent
,
and
to
that
degree
,
that
many
huge
Trees
are
split
and
rent
to
pieces
with
it
.
The
Sun
doth
not
move
far
from
this
Place
,
wherefore
little
notice
can
be
taken
of
the
lengthning
or
shortning
of
the
Days
:
Nor
is
it
ever
very
cold
here
;
only
when
the
North
Wind
begins
to
blow
in
February
,
and
which
holds
on
for
about
four
Months
,
one
may
bear
a
cotton
Garment
on
.
In
this
Season
,
the
Fishermen
have
seldom
the
opportunity
of
Fishing
,
by
reason
of
the
roughness
of
the
Sea
.
Whilst
the
good
Season
is
on
that
side
of
Columbo
,
the
other
side
towards
Cormandel
,
Jafnapatnam
,
Manara
,
Batacolo
,
&c.
have
the
bad
with
them
,
which
is
not
a
little
strange
,
considering
that
they
are
not
far
from
one
another
.
I
was
upon
Duty
in
the
Fort
Galture
,
where
our
Men
work'd
by
Day
on
the
Fortifications
,
and
at
Night
stood
Sentinels
,
(
the
Night
lasting
but
two
Hours
)
from
the
22d
of
April
1677
,
till
the
last
of
September
of
the
same
Year
.
Our
head
Officer
there
was
a
Lieutenant
,
one
Adam
Slecht
,
a
Bohemian
.
On
the
1st
of
October
,
we
were
order'd
by
our
Governor
to
march
to
a
Forlorn
Fort
,
call'd
Candingelle
,
six
Leagues
from
Galture
,
with
40
Europeans
,
and
200
Lascarins
,
or
Cingulaish
Soldiers
.
A
very
hard
Storm
fell
upon
us
in
the
way
,
which
so
swelled
the
Waters
about
us
,
that
we
were
forced
to
wade
with
our
Cloaths
tuck'd
up
,
and
we
were
not
a
little
plagued
with
the
Blood-suckers
.
We
found
the
said
Fort
overgrown
with
Trees
and
Shrubs
,
and
no
Inhabitants
within
two
Leagues
of
it
;
they
were
all
retir'd
up
into
the
high
Mountains
,
because
those
of
Candi
continually
made
Incursions
upon
that
side
of
the
Country
,
Spoiling
,
Burning
and
Destroying
all
they
came
near
.
The
Hollanders
had
built
this
Fort
some
Years
since
;
but
having
not
made
it
strong
enough
,
and
provided
it
with
necessaries
sufficient
,
they
were
forc'd
to
leave
it
.
It
takes
up
about
two
Acres
of
Land
;
it
hath
four
Bastions
,
a
Parapet
,
and
Pallisado's
as
high
as
a
Pike
,
and
as
thick
as
a
Man
's
middle
.
We
Europeans
were
posted
within
,
and
the
Cingulaians
on
the
outward
Works
;
and
were
forc'd
to
cut
up
all
the
Wood
about
it
,
within
a
Musquet-shot
.
We
were
in
no
danger
in
the
day-time
,
but
we
had
enough
to
do
at
night
with
several
Parties
of
Candians
,
and
with
Elephants
too
:
But
these
we
frightned
away
easily
with
the
Fires
we
made
,
having
good
store
of
Wood.
Our
Magazine
was
stor'd
with
Salt
,
Rice
,
Bacon
,
Flesh
,
Brandy
,
Powder
and
Shot
,
all
which
we
had
from
Anguratot
,
two
Leagues
distant
from
us
;
and
the
care
of
it
was
given
to
me
.
Our
Water
was
fetch'd
about
a
Pistol-shot
from
the
Fort.
After
we
had
lain
here
eight
days
in
this
wild
and
desert
place
,
the
Candians
came
against
us
,
Headed
by
Dissave
Tennecool
,
the
great
Robber
:
An
Aratsi
of
ours
brought
us
intelligence
that
they
were
coming
with
great
forces
upon
us
.
We
found
then
it
was
high
time
to
remove
our
Quarters
,
which
we
did
,
setting
all
on
Fire
,
and
retired
to
another
place
near
to
Anguratot
.
By
an
order
sent
us
from
Columbo
,
we
were
oblig'd
to
go
back
to
our
old
Quarters
at
Galture
.
The
12th
of
October
I
was
sent
to
Anguratot
to
reside
as
Master
of
the
Stores
,
and
Pay-master
of
the
Forces
.
I
was
made
mighty
welcome
by
our
chief
Dutch-Officer
,
who
lay
there
;
and
by
Mr.
Busterweld
,
who
was
the
Ensign
there
.
He
was
a
Man
that
had
been
employ'd
in
great
Affairs
here
,
and
had
been
sent
as
an
Envoy
to
the
King
of
Candi
.
He
invited
me
to
stay
with
him
and
make
my
abode
at
his
House
to
keep
him
company
,
that
being
together
we
might
spend
our
time
more
agreably
.
I
was
well
enough
pleas'd
to
be
at
Anguratot
,
because
it
was
very
strong
,
and
well
provided
with
Cannon
.
A
very
fine
River
runs
before
it
,
which
comes
from
Saffrigam
,
and
hath
great
store
of
good
Fish
,
and
Tortoises
;
and
we
had
some
thousands
of
Inhabitants
about
us
,
of
whom
we
bought
choice
Fruits
very
cheap
,
and
all
other
sorts
of
Victuals
,
as
Fowls
,
Butter
,
Honey
,
&c.
for
a
very
small
price
.
It
is
very
pleasant
living
here
for
one
that
can
speak
the
Cingulaish
Language
.
The
Europeans
that
live
here
,
who
are
not
above
Forty
or
Fifty
in
number
,
live
live
in
this
following
manner
.
They
have
Prayers
every
day
,
morning
and
night
,
and
a
Sermon
on
Sundays
,
with
Singing
of
Psalms
.
They
watch
,
and
are
free
by
turns
in
the
day-time
,
but
at
night
they
must
all
be
in
the
Fort
upon
pain
of
Death
.
Out
of
the
Fort
ev'ry
one
hath
his
little
House
,
where
each
of
them
keeps
his
Cingulayish
Woman
to
provide
and
dress
his
Victuals
,
and
serves
likewise
for
his
Bedfellow
.
If
a
Woman
at
any
time
is
brought
to
Bed
of
a
White
Child
,
it
is
matter
of
great
Joy
to
the
Parents
and
Relations
,
and
they
grow
very
proud
upon
it
.
If
a
Man
design
to
go
out
of
the
Country
,
he
must
keep
it
exceeding
private
;
for
if
his
Bedfellow
knows
any
thing
of
it
before-hand
,
she
certainly
poisons
him
,
or
bewitches
him
,
as
several
have
been
serv'd
that
have
gone
away
;
and
tho'
they
were
got
2
or
3000
miles
,
yet
they
were
forc'd
to
come
back
again
.
On
the
last
day
of
December
,
a
Letter
came
to
Mr.
Busterweld
from
Columbo
,
advising
him
to
come
thither
,
seeing
he
had
a
mind
to
go
back
into
his
Country
.
He
ask'd
me
if
I
would
not
go
with
him
to
Columbo
:
So
I
accompany'd
him
thither
,
and
we
gave
orders
for
three
Boats
to
be
made
ready
for
our selves
and
our
Baggage
.
The
2d
of
January
,
1678
;
Early
in
the
morning
we
went
out
of
Anguratot
,
and
order'd
the
Cingulayans
(
of
which
there
were
four
in
each
of
our
Boats
)
to
take
a
great
deal
of
care
,
for
we
were
to
pass
thro'
two
several
places
that
were
very
full
of
Rocks
.
The
Dutch
call
the
one
of
them
,
The
Great
Hell
;
the
other
,
The
Little
Hell
,
because
they
swallow
up
so
many
Men.
We
sent
out
before
in
a
Boat
that
went
free
,
and
old
Fellow
(
a
Cingulayan
,
who
was
most
experienc'd
)
to
shew
us
the
way
.
The
Boat
was
loaded
with
Rice
and
Fowls
,
but
the
Men
not
Rowing
so
strong
as
they
should
have
done
,
all
sunk
with
their
Boat
.
We
that
came
just
after
them
were
not
a
little
startled
.
I
encouraged
the
Men
in
my
Boat
,
as
the
Gentleman
did
those
in
his
,
and
we
fortunately
got
through
,
and
we
compass'd
3
Dutch
miles
in
4
hours
:
So
we
got
to
Galture
:
But
we
never
heard
more
of
our
four
Cingulayans
that
we
lost
in
the
first
Boat
.
Our
Lieutenant
Sleght
receiv'd
us
very
nobly
,
and
invited
us
to
Dinner
,
and
gave
us
other
Cingulayans
,
which
we
sent
out
before
with
our
Boats
.
And
being
Columbo
was
a
great
way
from
Galture
,
he
order'd
two
Palanquins
to
be
got
ready
for
us
(
which
are
a
sort
of
Chairs
,
but
so
contriv'd
,
that
one
may
either
sit
or
lye
down
in
them
)
and
two
Culins
or
Slaves
a-piece
to
carry
us
;
they
carry'd
us
very
fast
,
and
we
got
safe
to
Columbo
.
The
5th
,
Mr.
Busterweld
,
having
sent
all
his
things
aboard
,
and
being
to
leave
me
behind
,
introduc'd
me
to
a
certain
Captain
of
Columbo
,
one
Min
Heer
Witzenburg
,
to
whom
after
he
had
recommended
me
,
he
went
on
the
6th
Instant
aboard
his
Ship
to
Punto
de
Gala
,
where
he
was
to
take
in
her
Loading
of
Cinnamon
and
Pepper
,
and
then
put
to
Sea
.
This
Captain
Witzenburg
was
a
brave
Soldier
,
about
50
years
of
Age
,
was
then
in
Columbo
as
Commander
,
and
was
likewise
one
of
the
Council
,
which
consists
of
eight
Men
only
,
who
are
treated
with
no
less
Title
than
that
of
Honourable
.
They
Judge
and
give
Sentence
in
all
Causes
,
as
well
Capital
as
others
.
Our
chief
Merchant
,
one
Van
Vorsten
,
was
the
President
of
them
:
He
had
been
rais'd
to
this
from
a
Cabbin-boy
.
The
best
part
of
them
could
neither
Write
nor
Read
:
nor
could
the
Captain
I
am
speaking
of
,
tho'
he
was
the
third
of
the
Council
.
If
any
Man
will
appeal
from
them
,
he
must
transfer
his
Cause
to
Batavia
,
which
is
500
miles
distant
from
thence
.
I
staid
5
months
with
this
Captain
,
during
which
time
I
was
a
very
serviceable
Companion
,
by
reading
to
him
all
Orders
and
Causes
at
home
,
before
he
went
to
the
Council
(
for
they
were
always
sent
to
them
there
first
)
in
which
he
us'd
to
take
my
opinion
,
and
in
answering
for
him
all
the
Letters
that
came
to
him
.
The
1st
of
July
,
I
was
obliged
to
go
to
a
little
Fort
call'd
Malvane
,
4
leagues
from
Columbo
,
where
I
remain'd
four
months
.
The
place
is
very
strong
,
by
a
River
,
it
hath
Pallisado's
,
Parapets
,
and
a
Ditch
,
eight
Field-pieces
,
and
other
necessaries
,
and
sixty
Men
to
keep
it
.
Our
Head
Officer
there
,
was
one
Oldenburgh
,
a
Lieutenant
.
It
was
very
unhealthy
by
reason
of
the
thick
Fogs
;
and
therefore
the
Garrison
is
often
reliev'd
from
Columbo
.
The
6th
,
We
were
inform'd
that
the
King
of
Candi
would
Besiege
this
Fort
;
wherefore
we
provided
our selves
against
it
.
The
16th
,
The
Dissave
,
or
General
,
appear'd
with
Thirty
Thousand
Men
,
(
this
was
that
Tennecool
the
Renegado
we
have
spoken
of
before
,
)
and
he
let
us
know
privately
On
the
17th
,
That
he
resented
an
affront
which
the
King
of
Candi
had
put
upon
him
,
and
besides
,
that
he
had
deceiv'd
him
in
his
expectations
,
for
which
he
would
now
be
reveng'd
;
and
with
this
opportunity
return
to
the
Dutch
,
and
not
molest
our
Fort
in
any
manner
.
We
were
oblig'd
to
keep
this
very
secret
,
least
it
should
come
to
the
knowledge
of
his
own
Soldiers
;
and
we
sent
an
account
of
his
offers
to
Columbo
,
whence
we
receiv'd
orders
to
direct
him
to
Columbo
,
but
not
receive
him
into
our
Fort.
The
20th
,
He
went
with
three
hundred
of
his
best
Men
to
Columbo
,
where
he
was
receiv'd
honourably
by
the
Governor
,
and
presented
with
a
Gold
Chain
worth
300
Ricxdollars
.
When
the
King
of
Candi
had
an
account
of
this
,
he
order'd
the
siege
to
be
rais'd
,
and
all
Tennecool's
Generation
to
be
destroy'd
.
The
31th
of
October
we
were
reliev'd
,
and
went
altogether
to
Columbo
.
We
were
to
cross
over
a
River
7
or
8
at
a
time
,
with
two
Boats
tyed
to
one
another
.
I
was
one
of
the
last
that
were
to
go
over
.
I
was
here
very
near
being
drown'd
by
an
unlucky
accident
.
The
old
Dottia
or
Waterman
was
just
shoving
the
Boats
off
of
Land
,
when
the
Boats
which
are
exceeding
little
turn'd
over
,
for
the
Rope
broke
that
tyed
them
together
.
My
danger
was
so
much
the
greater
,
for
that
a
lusty
fellow
,
who
fell
in
with
us
,
and
could
not
swim
,
took
fast
hold
of
my
Leg
,
and
would
have
drown'd
us
both
,
had
I
not
fortunately
laid
hands
on
the
post
to
which
the
Boats
used
to
be
tyed
,
by
which
means
we
were
safe
.
Those
that
could
swim
were
in
no
great
danger
:
The
others
hung
luckily
upon
the
Boats
that
were
floating
with
the
bottom
upwards
;
so
that
all
saved
their
Lives
.
Some
Musquets
were
lost
,
but
it
was
a
wonder
that
none
of
the
Men
were
drown'd
or
at
least
devour'd
,
considering
that
there
is
always
so
vast
a
number
of
Crocodiles
in
that
River
.
From
the
1st
to
the
8th
,
We
lay
in
the
Old
Town
of
Columbo
.
The
7th
,
and
8th
,
Several
People
were
sent
out
to
hunt
after
the
Prince
of
Candi
,
who
had
been
kept
some
years
by
the
Dutch
,
with
a
design
to
put
him
on
the
Throne
of
Candi
,
when
the
old
King
should
die
.
He
was
kept
out
of
the
City
,
near
the
old
Hospital
,
and
had
a
Guard
of
six
Files
of
Musqueteers
and
one
Serjeant
;
notwithstanding
which
he
found
means
to
make
his
escape
,
and
was
never
heard
of
since
.
He
had
been
about
six
years
at
Columbo
,
where
,
at
his
coming
,
he
declar'd
himself
to
be
of
the
Royal
Blood
of
Candi
,
and
the
true
Heir
to
that
Crown
,
alledging
that
the
present
King
of
Candi
had
Usurp'd
it
from
him
,
and
that
he
was
the
Person
that
should
have
succeeded
the
Old
King
.
And
indeed
all
the
Inhabitants
were
much
more
affected
to
him
,
which
they
used
to
express
continually
by
the
rich
Presents
they
used
frequently
to
bring
him
.
The
Dutch
allow'd
him
Forty
Rixdollars
per
month
,
and
41
Simmeri's
of
Rice
,
to
maintain
himself
and
his
Retinue
,
which
was
a
Steward
,
a
Wizard
,
a
Captain
,
20
Soldiers
,
6
Drummers
,
4
Leapers
,
and
8
Slaves
,
or
Chair-men
,
to
carry
those
Sedans
we
have
already
spoke
of
;
in
all
21
Men.
They
would
not
have
lost
much
by
this
,
if
he
had
continu'd
at
Columbo
,
and
had
ever
come
to
the
Crown
of
Candi
;
for
they
would
have
made
such
Articles
with
him
before
they
had
setled
him
on
the
Throne
,
that
he
would
have
been
little
more
than
Titular
King
.
The
9th
,
Two
Companies
of
Volunteers
were
form'd
out
of
the
Garrisons
of
the
City
and
Castle
,
of
80
Men
each
,
and
were
order'd
to
go
to
the
Coast
of
Cormandel
.
The
10th
,
We
were
muster'd
up
,
and
receiv'd
the
next
day
two
months
Pay
.
Our
chief
Officer
was
a
Dantzicker
,
one
Tobias
Guntz
,
Captain-Lieutenant
,
and
our
two
Lieutenants
were
one
Koningh
,
and
one
Vernie
.
The
12th
,
We
went
aboard
in
two
small
Vessels
,
and
arriv'd
the
next
day
at
Calpintin
,
where
our
Men
were
lodg'd
in
a
Church
which
stands
out
of
the
Fortification
,
where
Divine
Service
is
done
in
Dutch
,
Portuguese
,
and
Malabarish
.
This
Fort
was
built
here
,
and
is
carefully
look'd
after
,
because
it
is
a
considerable
Pass
for
other
Nations
;
and
besides
the
Inhabitants
drive
no
small
Trade
with
the
Moors
,
and
others
.
A
great
Commodity
there
,
is
Areck
,
which
is
a
Fruit
that
grows
like
the
Nutmeg
.
Most
of
the
Eastern
Indians
cannot
live
without
it
,
being
so
us'd
to
it
,
that
they
are
never
well
,
but
when
they
are
chawing
of
it
.
The
Soldiers
here
,
which
are
100
in
number
,
keep
Dogs
,
with
which
they
go
and
Hunt
Bufflers
,
Sheep
,
Stags
.
&c.
upon
which
they
live
:
For
the
Land
affords
nothing
but
what
's
Wild
,
some
Fish
and
some
Rice
.
We
lay
still
from
the
14th
,
to
the
18th
,
Then
orders
were
given
for
every
Man
to
make
his
own
Provision
for
three
days
,
and
to
be
ready
on
the
19th
of
March
.
Accordingly
they
were
;
and
I
having
a
desire
to
be
in
the
adventure
,
provided
for
my self
too
,
and
order'd
one
of
the
Men
to
get
me
6
pound
of
Beet
boyl'd
in
Salt-water
,
and
half
a
pound
of
Bisket
.
The
next
morning
early
we
set
out
.
Our
two
Malabarian
Guides
went
before
us
.
At
noon
we
came
near
to
a
Well
,
but
found
no
Water
there
,
which
we
began
to
want
;
but
our
want
rather
increased
:
Then
we
turn'd
our selves
to
a
River
;
where
we
thought
to
have
satisfy'd
our selves
,
and
found
the
Water
to
be
Salt
.
Our
comfort
was
,
that
we
were
to
come
in
the
evening
to
a
Well
;
but
when
we
came
to
it
,
we
found
a
Buffler
fall'n
in
and
drown'd
,
which
made
us
all
abstain
from
drinking
,
notwithstanding
we
were
exceeding
thirsty
.
Our
Guide
then
took
us
half
a
mile
farther
,
to
a
deep
sandy
Soil
,
where
they
told
us
we
might
have
Water
.
There
we
were
forc'd
to
make
several
holes
in
the
Ground
,
2
or
3
yards
deep
,
to
get
at
it
;
but
we
were
happy
still
to
have
it
upon
any
terms
.
In
this
place
we
lay
all
night
,
having
set
some
Men
to
watch
,
and
kindl'd
some
Fires
to
prevent
the
wild
Beasts
coming
upon
us
.
The
20th
,
Early
in
the
morning
we
march'd
on
thro'
great
Woods
and
Desert-places
,
where
we
saw
and
heard
nothing
but
Elephants
,
Tygers
,
Bears
,
&c.
there
being
no
Man
in
all
that
part
of
the
Country
.
We
came
in
the
forenoon
to
an
Arm
of
a
Salt-River
that
reach'd
into
the
Land
a
great
way
;
so
that
we
were
forc'd
to
wade
over
,
after
we
had
staid
about
three
hours
,
till
the
ebb
was
at
the
lowest
;
and
then
too
we
were
all
forc'd
to
strip
,
and
pack
up
all
our
Cloaths
,
Provisions
,
and
Arms
,
and
carry
them
on
our
Heads
.
We
were
almost
half
a
quarter
of
an
hour
going
over
;
and
it
was
so
deep
,
that
some
of
the
least
of
our
Men
,
had
much
to
do
to
keep
the
Water
from
running
in
at
their
mouths
.
Some
that
thought
to
be
wiser
than
our
Guides
,
went
up
to
a
place
where
they
saw
the
Water
run
very
rough
,
because
it
was
not
so
deep
there
.
It
was
but
shallow
indeed
,
but
the
stream
was
so
strong
there
,
that
it
threw
'em
off
out
of
their
depth
,
and
drown'd
most
of
'
em
.
We
being
got
over
made
haste
on
,
for
we
were
by
this
time
in
want
of
Water
again
,
and
the
best
allay
of
our
thirst
we
could
get
,
was
our
Bullets
which
we
rowl'd
about
in
our
mouth
to
moisten
them
.
At
night
we
lay
still
at
a
place
,
whence
those
that
would
of
necessity
drink
were
forc'd
to
go
about
a
mile
for
Water
,
and
then
dig
for
it
too
.
After
they
had
made
each
of
them
their
hole
,
they
drank
their
fill
,
and
then
laid
down
in
it
for
coolness
,
and
took
a
nap
there
.
The
21th
,
Three
Soldiers
came
to
meet
us
with
three
Horses
sent
from
Manara
for
the
Officers
.
We
got
upon
them
with
a
very
good
will
,
while
the
poor
fellows
were
forc'd
to
drudge
on
without
Shoes
or
Stockings
(
in
the
same
manner
as
they
set
out
)
.
We
arriv'd
all
at
Aripen
about
3
of
the
clock
in
the
afternoon
,
having
gone
about
22
Leagues
in
our
three
days
march
;
which
was
very
hard
for
our
Men
,
who
went
all
the
way
barefoot
.
Aripen
is
a
pretty
strong
place
,
kept
by
20
Dutch
Soldiers
,
provided
with
4
Field-pieces
,
and
other
Warlike
Necessaries
convenient
for
a
place
of
that
bigness
.
Many
Malabarians
live
about
it
,
of
whom
one
may
buy
Flesh
,
Milk
,
Butter
,
Eggs
,
Fowls
,
&c.
cheap
enough
:
And
we
bought
here
two
pretty
good
Bullocks
for
one
Rixdollar
,
that
serv'd
both
our
Companies
.
This
place
is
chiefly
design'd
to
keep
the
Pearl-bank
from
being
sish'd
by
any
one
that
hath
no
title
to
it
,
which
is
an
ossence
punishable
with
death
.
It
is
very
unhealthy
there
,
and
no
European
but
must
expect
a
Fever
that
will
kill
him
,
it
he
stays
there
long
.
For
which
reason
they
are
exchang'd
from
Manara
ev'ry
four
months
;
and
yet
they
lose
generally
half
their
Men.
We
staid
there
all
night
,
and
On
the
22th
,
We
march'd
away
again
,
and
at
night
came
by
the
Island
Manara
,
to
go
to
which
we
were
to
cross
the
Waters
,
which
is
about
a
mile
broad
:
It
is
six
miles
from
Aripen
.
We
were
very
kindly
receiv'd
by
the
Dutch
Captain
that
lay
there
;
and
treated
very
nobly
with
Flesh
and
Fish
,
which
is
here
in
great
plenty
.
This
Island
,
as
we
mention'd
before
,
hath
seven
miles
compass
:
It
is
inhabited
by
several
Malabars
,
and
abounds
in
Flesh
,
Fowls
,
and
fruitful
Trees
;
and
all
the
Water
about
it
affords
plenty
of
Fish
.
In
short
,
it
may
be
call'd
an
Earthly
Paradise
.
The
Fort
is
well
provided
,
and
is
kept
by
near
100
Dutch
Soldiers
.
Each
Soldier
keeps
a
Boy
to
clean
his
Arms
and
carry
them
for
him
,
and
a
Woman
to
look
after
his
Meat
and
serve
him
.
Proportionably
to
this
,
the
Officers
live
in
very
great
State
.
We
lay
here
three
days
,
and
The
16th
,
We
went
in
three
Dutch
Boats
to
Jafnapatan
,
where
we
arriv'd
on
The
27th
,
And
were
very
well
receiv'd
,
and
Quarter'd
in
the
Fort
that
lies
to
the
Sea
.
The
28th
,
29th
,
and
30th
,
Our
Men
were
exercis'd
,
and
20
Elephants
were
brought
upon
the
place
whilst
we
Fir'd
,
to
use
them
to
stand
it
without
starting
in
War
.
At
first
they
were
very
fearful
and
untractable
,
not
being
able
to
bear
the
noise
and
smoak
of
our
Guns
,
tossing
up
their
Trunks
,
and
were
very
furious
.
At
last
they
were
brought
to
it
so
,
that
an
Indian
could
get
upon
them
,
and
ride
about
a
Furlong
away
from
us
,
and
then
drive
them
upon
us
,
(
we
firing
against
them
all
the
while
,
)
at
length
they
'd
break
our
Ranks
,
take
what
care
we
could
;
and
tho'
we
shot
in
their
very
Noses
;
and
if
the
Cingulayans
that
rid
them
had
not
prevented
them
with
their
Instruments
,
they
would
have
trampl'd
us
under
foot
.
The
1st
of
December
,
Two
Companies
of
Soldiers
came
to
us
from
the
Coast
of
Cormandel
,
out
of
the
Fort
Palliacate
,
and
Nagapatan
.
They
were
Quarter'd
in
a
Stable
,
used
generally
to
keep
Elephants
in
.
The
2d
,
Another
Company
came
from
Gala
,
Battacula
,
and
Triconomala
.
The
3d
,
We
had
a
general
Muster
,
and
march'd
with
our
7
Companies
,
and
8
Field-pieces
drawn
by
Elephants
,
and
20
others
Elephants
besides
,
out
of
the
Fort
of
Jafnapatan
.
And
being
drawn
out
in
the
Fields
there
,
we
were
commanded
to
inclose
our
Leaders
;
that
is
,
to
form
our selves
into
a
Ring
,
where
we
heard
the
Articles
of
War
read
to
us
.
Jafnapatan
bears
the
Name
of
a
small
Kingdom
,
which
the
Dutch
took
by
surprize
from
the
Portugueses
.
It
s
Fort
is
well
built
,
and
strong
;
having
four
Bastions
,
two
Towers
,
a
Counterscarp
,
and
a
deep
Ditch
.
It
lies
upon
a
Salt-water
on
the
side
of
Manara
,
where
the
Dutch
have
built
a
very
strong
fine
Key
.
All
the
chief
Officers
lodge
within
the
Fort
with
their
Wives
.
The
under
Officers
and
Soldiers
Wives
live
amongst
the
other
Inhabitants
in
the
Town
,
which
is
about
a
League
in
compass
:
But
there
are
a
great
many
Gardens
in
it
,
and
many
poor
small
Hutts
;
as
also
fair
large
Streets
.
There
are
two
different
Market-places
in
it
;
the
one
for
Fish
,
the
other
is
for
all
sorts
of
Commodities
,
as
Silks
,
Linnen
,
Pearls
,
Gold
,
Silver
,
Spices
,
Salt
,
Butter
,
Allum
,
Tobacco
,
Rats
and
Mice
,
Herbs
,
all
sorts
of
Colours
;
in
short
,
all
a
Man
can
desire
.
Their
current
Money
is
made
of
Copper
,
and
is
either
Shillings
,
Two-pences
,
Peny-pieces
,
Damagasties
,
Half-penies
,
and
Farthings
.
One
may
buy
10
or
15
Figs
for
a
Farthing
,
that
are
almost
a
span
long
;
and
sometimes
2
or
3
Pounds
of
Fish
for
the
same
price
:
So
that
a
Man
that
goes
to
Market
with
4
or
5
Farthings
,
may
buy
Provisions
to
serve
a
common
Family
two
days
for
his
Money
.
I
met
here
with
an
acquaintance
of
mine
,
a
Physician
,
who
was
chief
Chirurgeon
to
the
Dutch
Hospital
,
and
Physician
to
Min
Heer
Laurent
Piil
,
the
Governor
,
and
was
much
esteem'd
among
the
Natives
of
the
Country
for
his
Abilities
,
and
the
great
Cures
he
perform'd
.
The
4th
,
We
march'd
out
.
Our
Major
Clebout
went
first
,
carry'd
by
Slaves
in
a
Palankin
,
a
sort
of
Sedan
,
I
have
already
mention'd
.
After
him
march'd
the
6
Companies
,
with
each
an
Elephant
to
draw
the
Baggage
.
It
was
suppos'd
that
we
were
design'd
to
march
to
Wani
,
where
the
Inhabitants
had
chosen
a
new
Prince
without
consent
of
the
Dutch
,
their
Prince
Don
Philip
being
Dead
;
and
design'd
to
free
themselves
for
the
future
from
paying
Tribute
to
Jafnapatan
.
But
as
soon
as
they
understood
that
we
were
drawing
towards
'em
,
they
sent
to
meet
us
with
ten
Elephants
,
with
offers
to
continue
willingly
a
yearly
Tribute
of
Elephants
and
Money
,
on
conditions
we
would
secure
them
from
the
King
of
Candi
.
The
Major
sent
them
to
Jafnapatan
with
a
Letter
,
and
we
came
at
night
to
a
place
call'd
Pas-Piil
,
where
a
Dutch
Garrison
lay
.
Here
the
Hutts
were
ready
for
our
Men
,
and
provided
with
necessaries
against
our
coming
.
The
5th
,
6th
,
and
7th
,
We
lay
still
here
,
being
much
tir'd
with
going
ten
Leagues
in
a
day
in
all
that
heat
,
and
so
sandy
a
Country
.
We
found
there
three
great
Dutch
Ships
that
were
come
from
Batavia
.
The
8th
,
Four
of
our
Companies
,
viz.
The
two
that
came
from
Columbo
,
the
other
two
from
Cormandel
,
were
to
Embark
secretly
,
and
the
two
other
Companies
were
to
remain
in
the
Fort
,
by
reason
of
the
Troubles
that
were
in
Wani
,
That
very
evening
we
set
forwards
for
the
Coast
of
Cormandel
.
The
9th
,
Early
in
the
morning
,
we
came
before
Negapatan
.
Here
a
Dutch
Yatch
joyn'd
us
,
and
two
other
Vessels
,
together
with
three
great
Boats
well
Mann'd
with
Seamen
.
With
this
Fleet
we
sail'd
along
the
Coast
by
Krancko
Baar
,
a
City
belonging
to
the
King
of
Denmark
,
and
lying
8
Leagues
from
Negapatan
.
We
sail'd
by
the
Danish
Admiral
that
lay
in
the
Road
,
with
two
other
Ships
,
to
whom
we
struck
our
Pendants
.
We
pass'd
on
by
Porto
Novo
,
a
Fort
that
belongs
to
the
Moors
,
under
the
command
of
the
King
of
Volkendal
.
They
had
a
great
many
Boats
before
it
,
and
one
at
a
distance
to
watch
the
rest
.
This
one
put
up
a
Flag
,
and
fir'd
a
Piece
for
a
Signal
;
and
of
a
sudden
they
were
all
under
Sail
,
taking
us
for
Enemies
.
But
it
was
but
a
false
alarm
of
theirs
;
for
our
design
was
only
upon
the
Fort
Policere
(
which
is
not
far
from
St.
Thomas
)
into
which
many
Soldiers
that
had
deserted
from
the
Viceroy
Lakay
,
were
got
:
And
this
Fort
we
had
orders
to
Invest
and
Demolish
,
because
it
was
a
great
hindrance
to
the
Dutch
Commerce
.
But
on
the
21th
,
A
Yatch
met
us
,
that
was
coming
to
bring
us
word
,
that
the
French
,
upon
notice
of
our
coming
,
were
fled
out
of
the
Fort
,
and
gone
to
the
King
of
Volkendal
.
So
we
went
back
to
Nagapatan
,
where
we
arriv'd
The
11th
,
at
night
,
and
cast
Anchor
there
.
We
heard
that
the
Moors
had
drove
away
a
Dutch
Merchant
that
was
Registerer
,
and
Secretary
of
Matapatan
,
and
had
seiz'd
all
his
Goods
:
Upon
which
we
sent
2
of
our
Boats
with
150
men
to
redress
this
Injury
.
And
on
the
13th
,
They
came
back
with
an
account
of
their
good
success
;
and
that
they
had
restor'd
the
Merchant
his
Habitation
,
and
forc'd
the
Moors
to
give
back
all
they
had
taken
from
him
.
Our
Ship
being
to
take
up
400
quarters
of
Rice
at
this
place
,
we
lay
still
there
till
The
12th
of
January
,
1679
,
When
we
set
sail
,
and
came
on
The
13th
,
To
a
Dutch
Fort
call'd
Punto
de
Pedre
,
a
very
pleasant
place
,
having
great
plenty
of
Onions
,
Tamarins
,
Figgs
,
Cocos
,
Jager
,
and
Arecktrees
,
which
make
delicate
shady
Walks
,
some
of
'em
a
mile
or
two
long
;
and
a
fine
Campaign
Country
;
There
we
lay
all
night
,
and
very
well
lodg'd
we
were
.
The
14th
,
Early
in
the
morning
,
we
march'd
on
foot
to
Jafnapatan
.
I
was
very
dry
in
the
march
;
and
coming
to
a
Malabarian
Village
,
I
slipp'd
into
a
little
Hutt
to
get
me
some
milk
to
drink
.
I
found
an
old
Woman
there
with
her
Daughter
:
I
desir'd
a
Pint
of
milk
,
and
they
gave
it
me
,
asking
me
a
Damagas
for
it
(
which
is
two-pence
;
)
I
drunk
it
off
,
and
having
paid
my
money
,
went
away
to
overtake
the
rest
of
my
Company
;
and
not
thinking
of
any
thing
,
I
was
immediately
shot
in
the
Leg
with
one
Arrow
,
and
with
another
in
my
Thigh
.
I
pull'd
them
out
,
and
look'd
all
about
me
,
but
could
not
perceive
any
body
,
nor
whence
they
should
come
.
However
I
thought
to
fright
them
,
and
cry'd
out
,
O
Nay
,
Dayoli
,
mettene
Landes
inguw●●●e
;
which
signisies
,
Ye
dogs
,
there
are
more
Dutch
a
coming
.
But
that
was
all
the
revenge
I
could
have
,
for
I
durst
not
complain
of
it
,
because
it
was
done
by
stealth
,
and
contrary
to
our
orders
,
that
I
stopt
there
.
So
I
went
out
of
the
Village
as
fast
as
I
could
,
and
stopp'd
my
Wounds
with
an
old
rag
,
that
I
used
to
wrap
the
lock
of
my
Fusil
in
,
and
overtook
my
Company
,
and
went
on
to
Jafnapatan
in
great
pain
.
There
our
Post
was
;
and
I
immediately
went
to
my
Countryman
Lutz
the
Physician
,
who
Cur'd
me
;
but
was
forc'd
to
cut
open
my
Wounds
,
because
the
Arrows
were
poison'd
.
We
staid
there
till
The
14th
of
February
,
And
then
we
were
carried
back
in
Boats
to
Manara
.
There
was
a
Vessel
here
that
would
have
held
us
all
very
well
,
but
the
Captain-Lieutenant
would
take
but
one
Company
in
with
him
,
wanting
room
for
good
quantity
of
Hogs
and
Onions
,
that
he
had
a
mind
to
carry
to
Columbo
to
trade
with
.
We
had
very
good
Quarters
here
,
and
staid
till
The
1st
of
March
,
Then
we
were
divided
,
and
went
in
two
Boats
:
The
one
was
a
large
Dutch
one
,
call'd
the
Elephant
;
the
other
a
poor
little
Mallabarish
one
,
into
which
it
was
my
lot
to
go
:
It
was
quite
open
,
and
had
neither
Rudder
,
nor
Compass
.
But
those
in
the
Dutch
Vessel
told
us
that
we
should
not
want
one
,
if
we
would
but
follow
'em
;
we
told
'em
we
would
if
we
could
;
but
we
gave
our selves
over
for
lost
,
and
never
expected
that
it
would
carry
us
over
the
Sea
.
However
we
went
well
enough
while
the
day
lasted
;
but
towards
the
evening
,
coming
to
the
Pearl
Bank
at
Aripen
,
it
began
to
Rain
,
and
blow
exceedingly
.
The
Wind
was
good
,
but
so
strong
,
that
we
were
afraid
of
overturning
ev'ry
minute
.
Our
four
Seamen
,
who
were
Malabarians
,
thought
good
to
keep
as
nigh
to
the
shore
as
we
could
;
all
of
us
thought
very
well
of
that
too
:
But
the
Rogues
,
more
afraid
than
we
,
as
soon
as
they
came
in
sight
of
the
Land
,
leap'd
into
the
Sea
,
and
left
us
,
and
swam
to
shore
.
By
mere
good
fortune
we
had
some
Soldiers
amongst
us
,
that
had
been
Saylors
,
who
manag'd
the
Sails
and
Stern
.
I
had
chosen
to
lay
me
down
by
the
Hearth
,
where
they
used
to
dress
their
Victuals
,
to
keep
my self
and
my
Writings
dry
;
but
the
Rain
beat
upon
me
,
and
mixing
the
Ashes
and
Soot
with
it
,
I
look'd
next
morning
like
a
Chimney-Sweeper
;
but
the
best
on
't
was
,
that
I
kept
my
Papers
very
safe
.
This
was
a
bitter
night
;
and
in
the
morning
we
struck
upon
a
little
marshy
Island
,
and
there
staid
till
day
,
to
see
which
way
we
were
to
take
.
There
was
an
old
fellow
with
us
,
that
knew
where-about
Calpintin
was
,
being
well
acquainted
with
the
Country
;
by
the
help
of
his
Directions
,
we
thrust
off
our
Boat
,
and
sail'd
by
many
other
little
Islands
like
this
,
and
got
in
sight
of
Calpintin
,
and
by
the
next
morning
to
it
.
Here
we
found
the
fellows
tha●
should
have
been
our
Guides
,
but
had
basely
left
us
.
We
lay
still
here
till
the
5th
Instant
.
CHAP.
VII
.
The
manner
of
Fishing
for
Pearls
:
Why
this
sort
of
Fishing
was
laid
by
for
seven
years
.
The
Author's
departure
from
Calpintin
to
Columbo
.
The
Dangers
he
went
through
in
his
Journey
.
Comes
to
Columbo
.
Presents
sent
by
the
Governor
to
the
King
of
Candi
:
What
they
were
.
The
Author
is
order'd
to
go
along
with
them
.
In
what
base
manner
the
Candians
receiv'd
the
Presents
;
and
then
treacherously
fell
upon
those
that
brought
them
.
How
they
came
off
,
and
in
their
retreat
destroy'd
two
Heathen
Temples
.
What
strange
things
happen'd
while
they
were
about
it
.
They
return
to
Columbo
.
The
Gates
there
are
shut
up
twice
a
day
,
and
why
.
An
account
of
Sittawack
,
and
of
the
Amboineses
who
serve
the
Dutch
Company
there
.
Precious
Stones
in
the
Earth
and
in
the
Rivers
;
where
most
found
.
A
Description
of
them
;
and
where
,
and
how
they
grow
.
What
policy
the
Author
was
forc'd
to
use
to
get
a
Saphir
of
an
Old
Cingulayan
.
A
strange
Cock
.
An
Elephant
falls
into
a
Well
,
out
of
which
there
was
no
getting
of
him
.
An
Earthquake
.
BEfore
I
proceed
,
I
will
inform
the
Reader
how
the
Pearls
are
got
here
,
how
Fish'd
for
,
and
how
Sold.
The
Bank
,
where
they
are
,
lies
in
the
Sea
,
not
far
from
the
Land
.
It
is
about
twenty
miles
long
,
and
two
broad
;
from
seven
to
ten
Fathoms
deep
.
It
belongs
at
this
time
to
the
Hollanders
.
The
Oysters
in
which
the
Pearls
are
found
,
are
about
the
breadth
of
one's
hand
.
They
stick
to
the
bottoms
of
Rocks
,
some
twenty
or
thirty
together
.
There
are
People
to
look
every
year
,
and
see
whether
the
Pearls
are
ripe
;
when
they
are
so
,
they
write
to
all
the
neighbouring
Kings
to
let
them
know
what
time
the
Fishing
is
to
begin
.
Then
the
Divers
are
sent
,
who
are
Malabarian
Fishermen
,
who
come
with
their
Boats
,
and
some
Stones
along
with
them
.
Each
Diver
hangs
a
Stone
upon
his
Foot
to
sink
him
the
sooner
;
when
he
is
at
the
bottom
,
he
fills
his
Net
with
Oysters
,
and
then
loosens
himself
from
the
Stone
.
Then
the
Stone
,
together
with
the
Net
,
is
drawn
up
by
another
Malabarian
in
the
Boat
,
whilst
the
Man
shoots
himself
up
to
fetch
breath
.
When
they
have
thus
fill'd
their
Boat
with
Oysters
,
they
row
to
Land
,
and
throw
them
out
.
There
is
a
Dutch
Soldier
waits
on
each
Boat
,
to
see
that
the
Malabarians
do
not
take
any
of
the
Pearls
away
.
The
three
first
days
these
Boats
are
all
employ'd
for
the
East-India
Company
;
after
this
they
may
Fish
for
themselves
paying
a
Rixdoller
a
day
for
every
Diver
.
The
Oysters
are
laid
in
heaps
on
the
Shore
,
and
the
Merchants
come
there
to
buy
them
.
They
are
sold
at
the
rate
of
eight
hundred
for
a
Rixdollar
.
The
gain
or
loss
of
the
Buyer
depends
on
meer
chance
:
For
some
may
be
find
no
Pearls
in
all
they
buy
;
others
make
vast
advantage
of
their
Bargain
.
There
hath
been
no
Fishing
here
for
these
eight
years
.
Some
superstitiously
think
that
the
place
is
bewitched
:
Others
give
this
for
a
reason
(
which
I
rather
approve
of
)
that
the
boisterousness
of
the
Sea
hath
cover'd
the
Oysters
with
Sand
,
so
that
they
cannot
come
at
them
.
The
6th
,
In
the
morning
all
our
Company
went
in
the
Boat
call'd
the
Elephant
;
and
having
the
Wind
for
us
,
we
expected
to
reach
to
Columbo
by
night
.
The
number
of
the
Soldiers
and
Officers
was
in
all
110.
We
had
but
a
small
Vessel
with
Water
,
a
bushell
of
Rice
,
a
small
Buffler
,
and
a
young
Buck
;
which
two
last
things
were
for
a
present
to
the
Governor
.
Thus
the
Boat
was
quite
full
,
and
no
Man
had
room
to
lye
down
,
but
was
forc'd
to
keep
his
Seat
.
The
Wind
blew
North
:
But
at
noon
it
ceas'd
,
and
then
we
went
but
flowly
:
but
we
kept
in
sight
of
Land
all
along
on
our
left
hand
.
Toward
night
,
the
Wind
arose
again
;
and
and
then
we
made
some
speed
.
Therefore
the
Steers-men
bad
us
all
look
out
sharp
for
Columbo
,
where
we
earnestly
desir'd
to
be
,
especially
because
our
Water
Vessel
was
every
drop
drunk
out
.
The
7th
,
By
break
of
day
,
we
found
that
we
were
carry'd
wide
off
of
it
by
the
strength
of
the
current
,
and
partly
by
the
oversight
of
our
Steersman
:
For
we
could
see
no
Columbo
,
nor
Land
neither
.
All
the
Officers
were
very
angry
with
him
for
't
,
and
would
certainly
have
thrown
him
into
Sea
,
if
he
had
not
got
up
to
the
top
of
the
Mast
,
where
they
made
him
stay
all
that
day
for
his
Punishment
.
Our
Captain
consulted
the
Map
of
the
Island
Ceylon
,
and
he
directed
us
somewhat
in
our
course
;
and
about
night
we
got
in
sight
of
Picod
'
Adam
,
or
Adam's-Hill
;
and
at
six
of
the
Clock
next
morning
we
got
happily
to
Columbo
.
It
was
high
time
for
us
to
get
thither
,
considering
that
we
had
been
two
days
and
three
nights
without
Meat
or
Drink
.
The
Steersman
begg'd
we
would
pardon
him
,
and
not
complain
of
him
to
the
Governor
.
The
8th
,
As
soon
as
the
Gates
were
open'd
,
we
enter'd
the
City
and
went
to
our
respective
Posts
.
The
Captain
,
with
whom
I
spent
some
time
when
I
was
here
before
,
sent
to
me
to
desire
me
to
make
his
House
my
own
again
,
if
I
pleased
.
I
did
not
make
any
refusal
of
so
advantagious
a
proffer
,
but
accepted
of
it
,
and
I
staid
with
him
till
The
16th
,
When
I
was
order'd
to
go
with
several
others
to
carry
a
Present
,
which
the
Governor
sent
to
the
King
of
Candi
;
during
which
time
I
had
the
Title
and
Office
of
Captain
.
The
Presents
were
,
two
Persian
Horses
,
with
sine
Velvet
Cloaths
and
Trappings
,
each
Horse
led
by
two
Malabarian
Slaves
:
Ten
Falcons
,
each
carry'd
by
a
Malabarian
dress'd
all
in
white
:
Six
Musk-Cats
,
each
in
a
different
Cage
,
carry'd
by
two
Slaves
:
Six
very
large
Cocks
from
Tutucurini
,
each
of
them
likewise
in
a
Cage
,
cover'd
with
green
Velvet
:
Two
Persian
Sheep
,
each
with
a
Tail
that
weigh'd
20
or
25
pound
:
A
Box
that
had
two
Bottles
in
it
,
that
held
each
of
them
six
Gallons
of
Persian
Wine
:
Besides
this
,
a
great
piece
of
Sandel
Wood
,
that
weigh'd
200
pound
,
wrapp'd
up
in
sine
white
Linnen
.
The
Letter
that
was
to
be
deliver'd
to
the
King
,
was
carry'd
in
a
Silver
Cap
by
a
Serjeant
bare-headed
,
and
a
Canopy
was
carry'd
over
it
by
four
Cingulayan
Nobles
:
By
each
of
which
another
went
with
a
large
Wax-Candle
lighted
as
long
as
a
half
Pike
.
Our
march
began
in
order
at
the
Governor's
House
.
Some
Companies
of
Cingulaish
Soldiers
went
first
;
then
some
Companies
of
Dutch
;
then
the
Presents
;
after
them
two
Companies
more
of
Dutch
.
These
were
order'd
to
go
as
far
as
the
King
of
Candi's
residential
Town
,
Ruenel
.
All
the
City
was
in
Arms
,
and
all
the
Cannon
was
Fir'd
round
,
and
a
Dutch
Company
that
conducted
us
out
of
Town
gave
three
Vollies
and
went
back
again
.
We
,
together
with
the
others
before-mention'd
,
went
on
with
the
Presents
.
At
night
we
came
to
a
place
,
where
Dutch
Potters
live
,
two
Leagues
from
Columbo
;
there
we
lay
that
night
,
and
the
next
morning
march'd
on
,
and
came
The
17th
,
At
night
to
Hanquelle
or
Gourwebel
,
a
Dutch
Fort
,
where
we
lay
.
The
18th
,
We
had
a
very
unpleasant
and
dirty
way
,
and
were
not
a
little
tormented
with
Blood-suckers
,
till
we
came
to
the
Fort
Sittawack
,
which
is
in
possession
of
the
Dutch
,
and
12
Leagues
distant
from
Columbo
.
Immediately
Letters
were
written
,
on
leaves
of
Sugar-trees
,
and
dispatch'd
to
the
Coral
of
Candi
at
Ruenel
,
to
acquaint
him
with
our
being
come
thither
,
with
a
Present
for
the
King
his
Master
;
and
that
he
should
permit
them
to
come
forwards
,
if
he
pleas'd
to
receive
them
.
But
not
a
word
of
answer
did
we
get
,
and
we
staid
here
in
expectation
of
it
six
whole
Weeks
,
till
the
end
of
September
.
At
last
we
had
Directions
sent
us
from
Columbo
,
which
were
,
That
we
should
go
four
Leagues
farther
beyond
Ruenel
,
and
deliver
them
to
the
Coral
,
and
then
come
back
.
And
accordingly
The
1st
of
October
,
We
went
;
and
after
having
crossed
seven
little
Rivers
,
we
came
to
Ruenel
.
This
Fort
heretofore
belong'd
to
the
Dutch
,
but
was
abandon'd
by
them
,
tho'
themselves
had
built
it
.
There
we
cross'd
over
,
and
having
march'd
a
League
further
,
we
came
to
a
large
Plain
,
where
we
halted
a
while
to
rest
and
refresh
our selves
.
By
that
time
we
had
been
there
about
half
an
hour
,
we
saw
and
heard
several
small
Parties
of
Cinguleses
coming
upon
us
from
ev'ry
side
.
Our
chief
Commander
sent
some
Cingulayans
to
ask
what
they
meant
to
do
?
They
answer'd
them
,
that
the
King
of
Candi
had
sent
them
to
take
the
Presents
we
had
brought
.
We
would
not
trust
'
em
.
So
we
put
our selves
in
order
,
and
stood
our
Ground
.
Their
number
still
encreased
,
and
they
came
very
thick
out
of
a
Wood.
At
last
their
Artillery
(
which
was
very
small
)
appear'd
too
,
and
then
they
drew
towards
us
.
We
sent
again
to
'em
to
know
what
they
design'd
to
do
with
their
Artillery
,
and
whether
this
was
their
custom
to
repay
Civilities
?
They
told
us
their
Field-pieces
were
not
loaded
.
We
would
have
been
glad
to
have
been
at
home
again
,
for
we
were
but
two
Companies
of
Dutch
of
160
Men
each
,
and
two
or
three
hundred
Cingulayans
;
and
these
Heathens
were
almost
innumerable
.
They
appeared
as
thick
as
Grass
on
the
Field
.
The
Presents
were
sent
for
by
the
Monthou
,
who
was
one
of
the
King
's
Chief
Officers
,
and
an
under
Officer
took
them
and
delivered
them
to
him
.
He
received
them
,
and
he
giving
no
orders
for
their
Artillery
to
be
dischrged
,
we
gave
no
Volley
of
our
side
.
Our
Officer
desired
to
speak
to
the
King
's
Saudi
in
Person
,
and
a
place
was
appointed
for
them
to
meet
at
,
equally
distant
from
them
both
.
The
Saudi
came
upon
an
Elephant
,
and
our
Officer
was
on
Horse-back
.
These
two
sorts
of
Creatures
are
not
to
be
brought
near
one
another
,
wherefore
they
were
forced
to
light
,
and
meet
a-foot
.
The
Saudi
did
not
take
off
his
Cap
,
because
he
belong'd
to
Crown'd
a
Head
:
Ours
only
represented
a
body
of
Merchants
,
and
Deputy
Governors
.
Our
Officer
complained
of
the
manner
of
our
Reception
,
and
ask'd
why
so
many
thousand
Men
were
drawn
out
against
us
,
knowing
that
we
had
but
two
Companies
of
Dutch
:
The
reason
the
Saudi
gave
was
,
That
his
Master
had
commanded
it
to
be
so
;
so
they
parted
,
but
neither
would
draw
his
Men
off
first
.
At
last
,
Night
coming
upon
us
,
we
were
forced
to
retire
.
They
let
us
pass
by
quietly
enough
till
we
were
got
to
the
River
by
Ruenel
(
which
is
most
like
the
Rhine
of
any
I
ever
saw
;
)
But
as
soon
as
one
of
our
Companies
was
got
over
,
they
fell
upon
the
Rear
of
the
other
.
Our
Cingulayans
took
the
River
,
and
swam
over
,
leaving
us
in
the
lurch
.
We
continued
Firing
upon
them
,
and
they
upon
us
;
till
we
were
all
got
quite
over
.
We
lost
our
Lieutenant
and
two
private
Soldiers
.
We
killed
several
of
theirs
,
and
wounded
many
more
.
We
had
a
very
bad
way
to
go
,
and
it
fell
a
Raining
,
which
made
it
more
Dirty
and
Slippery
,
so
that
we
could
not
go
so
fast
as
we
would
have
done
.
We
retired
towards
Sittawack
,
and
passed
by
a
steep
Rock
;
whence
it
is
reported
,
That
the
late
King
of
Sittawack's
Wife
and
Daughter
flung
themselves
down
headlong
,
having
received
the
News
that
he
had
lost
the
Battle
against
the
King
of
Candi
.
The
Candians
all
the
while
came
after
us
,
but
were
not
able
to
do
us
any
great
harm
,
because
the
ways
were
so
narrow
that
they
could
not
come
up
to
us
.
Yet
we
were
forced
every
now
and
then
to
Fire
in
the
Rear
of
us
.
The
2d
,
3d
and
4th
we
rested
at
Sittawack
,
the
next
day
we
destroyed
two
Heathenish
Temples
not
far
from
that
place
;
they
were
built
upon
a
rising
Ground
,
and
cut
out
of
a
vast
Rock
:
Within
they
were
adorned
with
many
Images
and
Statues
of
Wood
and
Stone
,
representing
Devils
,
&c.
Under
one
of
the
Pagods
we
found
a
dark
black
hole
,
as
it
were
grown
so
with
Smoak
,
no
body
durst
venture
to
creep
in
.
We
threw
some
Straw
into
it
,
and
Fired
it
,
but
we
could
not
sound
the
Depth
or
Length
of
it
.
Some
Fellows
were
mightily
afraid
of
standing
near
the
hole
,
and
were
afraid
that
we
should
poke
some
Cingulayan
Devil
out
of
it
;
but
if
he
was
there
,
he
did
not
come
out
,
nor
did
we
find
out
what
it
was
made
for
.
We
had
several
Lutherans
and
Papists
amongst
us
;
the
first
of
these
fell
a
Singing
some
Spiritual
Hymns
in
the
Temple
,
that
had
that
hole
under
it
.
The
Papists
went
together
into
the
other
,
and
they
having
among
them
an
Old
Fellow
that
had
been
a
a
Priest
heretofore
,
he
fell
to
saying
Mass
.
There
was
on
the
sudden
such
a
noise
,
and
thundring
,
and
cracking
,
that
we
thought
we
should
have
been
a
blown
up
,
or
that
the
Temple
would
have
fallen
upon
us
,
Some
run
out
thinking
to
be
safer
,
but
the
noise
and
hurly-burly
was
greater
there
than
within
,
so
that
some
came
in
again
;
and
this
continued
a
quarter
of
an
Hour
.
The
6th
we
came
away
,
and
toward
the
Evening
entred
into
Columbo
;
where
we
found
two
great
Ships
lying
in
the
Road
come
from
Japan
,
with
Copper
,
Gold
,
China
and
Saccapali
which
is
a
liquor
of
a
faint
smell
,
but
very
wholsome
.
The
7th
I
was
ordered
to
my
Post
,
which
was
at
the
Gate
call'd
Victoria
,
where
I
stay'd
till
the
2d
of
February
1680.
I
had
110
Men
under
me
.
The
Castle
Gates
were
open'd
and
shut
,
every
Morning
and
Night
at
Six
of
the
Clock
,
and
all
the
Keys
ty'd
together
with
a
Silver
Chain
,
were
carried
to
the
Governor
:
The
Gates
are
shut
likewise
from
Eleven
to
One
a
Clock
in
the
Day
time
,
that
being
the
hottest
part
of
the
Day
,
and
therefore
generally
taken
to
sleep
in
.
We
Exercised
our
Men
every
Mondy
,
and
every
Sunday
we
went
constantly
twice
a
Day
to
Church
,
where
Divine
Service
was
performed
in
Dutch
and
Portuguese
,
after
the
Reformed
way
.
The
9th
Instant
we
went
to
relieve
the
Company
that
was
at
Sittawack
,
Twelve
Leagues
from
Columbo
;
we
got
there
that
Night
,
and
the
next
Day
being
The
10th
,
the
Company
march'd
out
and
left
us
.
And
here
I
shall
give
the
Reader
some
short
Account
of
the
Fort
of
Sittawack
:
It
is
scituated
upon
a
Rocky
Ground
;
near
to
this
,
just
over
the
River
,
stood
heretofore
the
King
of
Sittawack's
Palace
,
ruin'd
since
by
the
Portuguese
:
It
is
about
four
hundred
Paces
in
Circuit
:
It
is
built
four-square
,
with
four
Bastions
,
call'd
,
Rycloff
,
Louisa
,
Columbo
,
and
Gala
;
Each
of
these
Bastions
hath
two
Pieces
of
large
Cannon
.
In
the
middle
of
this
place
is
a
large
square
Bulwark
:
Under
this
are
kept
the
Provisions
,
as
Rice
,
Flesh
,
Salt
,
and
Brandy
;
and
the
Ammunitious
of
War
,
Powder
,
Granadoes
,
and
Balls
:
Over
that
was
the
Guard
Room
,
where
all
the
Men
lay
;
at
each
corner
of
which
were
two
small
Pieces
of
Cannon
.
Half
the
Men
might
have
leave
to
be
out
of
the
Fort
in
the
Day-time
,
but
at
Night
they
were
to
be
in
,
every
Man
,
upon
pain
of
Death
.
Every
Night
the
Names
were
call'd
over
,
and
Prayers
Read
;
and
on
Sunday
Night
we
had
a
Sermon
preach'd
in
the
Guard-Chamber
.
Here
is
also
a
Company
of
Amboineses
continually
kept
in
the
Dutch
Service
.
Their
Licutenant
was
call'd
Alons
,
and
was
of
Royal
Blood
.
They
live
in
the
Town
altogether
,
and
with
their
Huts
they
make
a
very
pretty
Street
,
and
they
have
their
Wives
with
them
.
But
at
Night
they
are
as
much
obliged
to
be
in
the
Fort
as
any
of
us
.
They
are
very
nimble
and
active
at
Running
or
Leaping
.
They
never
have
but
little
Beards
,
and
behind
in
their
Necks
they
have
a
sort
of
bunch
grows
like
a
Wen.
Their
Pay
is
,
for
a
Lieutenant
24
Rix
Dollars
a
Month
,
an
Ensign
16
,
a
Corporal
8
,
a
Private
Centinel
5
,
all
paid
in
Mony
.
The
Cingulayans
are
mightily
afraid
of
the
Amboineses
,
and
rather
more
than
the
Europeans
are
;
for
they
are
great
devourers
of
Men.
They
wear
Muskets
and
short
Swords
.
Besides
their
own
Language
,
they
generally
speak
Maleysh
,
Cingulaish
,
Portuguese
,
and
Dutch
.
They
love
Gaming
excessively
,
and
the
day
time
they
generally
spend
in
Cock-fighting
,
Cards
,
and
Dice
;
and
when
they
have
lost
all
their
Mony
,
they
go
to
some
work
or
other
,
as
Carving
several
things
in
Stone
or
Wood
,
&c.
till
their
Month's
Pay
comes
into
their
hands
again
,
and
as
soon
as
they
have
paid
their
Debts
,
what
is
left
they
put
to
the
venture
;
and
when
they
have
lost
that
,
it
is
much
if
the
Wife
is
not
strip'd
of
all
her
Ornaments
to
supply
him
in
the
pursuit
of
his
Gaming
,
and
the
Family
is
left
often
in
an
extream
necessity
,
and
ready
to
starve
.
As
for
Sittawack
,
it
is
a
Fort
design'd
to
resist
the
King
of
Candi
:
It
hath
three
little
Counties
or
Corls
depending
upon
it
,
the
one
is
call'd
Cuculi
and
in
Dutch
the
Hoender
Grafschap
,
(
Hoender
signifying
Fowls
,
which
are
there
in
abundance
;
)
the
second
is
call'd
Bulatkam-Corl
,
from
the
quantity
of
Plants
it
produces
,
which
serve
for
Food
to
the
Inhabitants
:
The
third
Bisang-Corl
,
from
the
great
quantity
of
Figs
that
grow
there
.
In
each
of
these
Corls
are
some
hundreds
of
Peasants
that
are
under
Contribution
,
and
are
forced
to
pay
a
fourth
part
of
all
their
Rice
to
the
Fort
,
and
likewise
of
their
Fruit-bearing
Trees
,
as
Cocos
,
A
ack
,
Sugar
.
This
Fort
besides
serves
for
a
Guard
upon
all
the
pretious
Stones
,
as
Rubies
,
Saphyrs
,
Emeralds
,
the
Topaz
and
Azure
Stones
,
that
lie
in
and
upon
the
Ground
:
They
are
sometimes
washt
into
the
Rivers
by
the
great
Rain
and
Water
Floods
.
In
the
River
that
runs
from
Saffrigam
(
which
was
once
a
Dutch
Fortification
,
but
now
left
)
one
may
find
abundance
of
little
Rubies
,
and
sometimes
a
pretty
large
one
;
the
very
Sand
of
that
River
is
almost
of
the
same
substance
with
the
Stones
,
being
of
a
Red
and
Blue
Colour
.
We
often
used
to
go
to
bath
in
that
River
,
and
seek
for
precious
Stones
,
but
not
when
the
Water
was
high
,
for
fear
of
the
Crocodiles
;
though
it
was
not
worth
any
Man's
while
,
unless
he
could
swim
,
and
venture
to
dive
in
the
deepest
places
for
'em
;
because
it
is
there
only
that
those
of
any
considerable
bigness
are
to
be
found
.
There
is
a
little
rivulet
that
runs
below
this
Fort
,
coming
from
between
two
high
Hills
,
and
discharges
or
empties
it self
into
the
River
,
in
which
are
found
Saphyrs
,
Emeralds
,
Topaz
and
Lazule-Stones
:
We
have
walk'd
many
a
day
in
this
Water
for
two
or
three
Miles
an
end
,
to
look
for
'
em
.
We
had
little
Basket-nets
which
the
Amboineses
lent
us
;
and
we
us'd
to
thrust
the
Nets
into
holes
,
and
fetch'd
out
good
and
bad
together
,
and
shake
out
of
the
Net
all
the
Sand
and
Gravel
,
and
the
Stones
that
were
of
any
bigness
remain'd
.
Those
that
had
no
Net
made
but
but
little
on
't
.
The
Elephants
us'd
to
be
very
troublesome
to
us
,
and
we
were
forc'd
often
to
go
some
Miles
about
to
avoid
them
,
and
I
for
my
part
was
always
provided
with
a
Gun
against
them
;
and
for
fear
too
of
Tygers
and
Serpents
.
A
small
account
of
the
Nature
of
these
Stones
will
not
be
unpleasant
to
the
Reader
;
wherefore
I
will
,
as
far
as
I
know
,
give
as
brief
an
account
of
them
as
I
can
:
And
first
for
the
Rubies
,
they
grow
in
a
reddish
,
stony
,
sandy
Ground
,
one
Fathom
or
two
deep
,
spreading
themselves
like
Veins
,
and
though
the
great
Floods
carry
them
away
in
the
Rivers
;
they
keep
their
Beauty
and
Colour
as
well
under
water
as
under
ground
,
but
if
the
water
runs
off
of
them
,
and
leaves
them
ever
so
little
exposed
to
the
Sun
,
they
turn
as
black
as
a
Coal
.
The
Saphirs
grow
in
a
hard
bluish
ground
,
about
a
Fathom
deep
,
and
in
veins
too
,
and
are
washt
likewise
into
the
Rivers
by
the
violent
Rains
and
Flood
.
Some
are
as
big
as
the
top
of
one's
Finger
;
So
are
Emeralds
,
Topazes
,
and
Lazule-stones
,
these
are
as
Red
as
Fire
,
and
as
Blue
as
the
Skie
.
Another
sort
of
stone
is
found
here
,
call'd
Cat
's
Eyes
:
These
are
so
call'd
from
their
colour
,
which
is
a
changable
Blue
and
White
.
Red
,
Blue
,
Yellow
,
Black
,
and
White
Chrystal
is
to
be
found
every
where
,
and
is
very
troublesome
to
Men
upon
their
March
,
when
they
go
bare-foot
,
as
all
our
Men
did
,
but
they
find
an
Herb
very
common
there
,
which
they
call
Horse-foot
,
that
cures
them
in
two
or
three
days
time
.
Some
of
our
Company
us'd
to
frequent
those
Rivers
every
day
,
and
at
last
all
of
'em
contracted
some
Distemper
,
and
that
was
all
that
some
got
by
it
;
wherefore
our
Officers
gave
orders
that
no
man
should
go
any
more
into
the
water
upon
that
design
.
On
a
certain
time
that
I
was
upon
no
Duty
,
I
went
about
a
League
from
the
Fort
,
where
I
spy'd
an
old
Cingulayan
,
with
his
two
Sons
,
in
the
River
seeking
Stones
:
I
took
care
to
come
up
to
them
without
being
discovered
,
least
they
should
have
slipt
away
;
I
ask'd
'em
if
they
had
found
any
stones
,
one
of
'em
answer'd
,
Netti
Ralu
,
which
is
,
no
Sir
;
I
would
not
believe
him
,
so
I
search'd
his
Cloaths
,
and
found
in
some
of
his
Buttons
,
among
other
little
Saphyrs
,
one
that
was
about
the
bigness
of
a
Hazel
Nut.
I
askt
him
if
he
would
sell
it
,
he
refus'd
it
at
first
,
but
at
last
he
offer'd
it
me
,
and
two
small
ones
with
it
,
for
half
a
Dollar
,
Dutch
Mony
.
I
had
at
that
present
time
no
Mony
by
me
,
and
I
durst
not
take
it
by
force
from
the
old
Fellow
neither
,
because
he
was
a
subject
of
the
Dutch
;
and
what
to
do
I
could
not
tell
,
having
a
great
mind
to
the
stone
too
:
I
had
a
piece
of
Chrystal
in
my
Pocket
,
which
I
took
out
,
and
convey'd
the
Saphir
into
my
mouth
;
so
I
told
him
I
would
give
him
his
price
if
he
would
go
to
Sittawack
,
and
offering
to
give
him
it
again
,
to
keep
till
then
,
I
let
the
Piece
of
Chrystal
fall
into
the
Water
,
he
thinking
it
was
his
stone
,
cry'd
out
,
O
Deine
Balatie
,
which
signifies
,
Plague
it
is
gone
:
I
seem'd
concern'd
,
and
told
him
he
might
find
it
again
.
He
and
his
Sons
went
to
seck
for
it
,
but
to
no
purpose
:
They
were
mighty
sorry
for
their
loss
;
I
told
them
I
would
make
them
some
recompence
,
and
took
them
with
me
to
Sittawack
,
where
I
gave
them
three
shillings
,
and
they
went
away
very
well
satisfied
.
I
made
use
of
this
stratagem
,
because
if
I
had
left
the
stone
in
their
keeping
,
they
would
have
mistrusted
me
,
and
never
have
come
to
the
Fort
after
me
.
The
Tenth
of
March
I
went
with
two
other
Lutheran
Gentlemen
,
(
each
of
us
having
a
Gun
with
us
,
)
to
the
Hill
,
where
we
had
not
long
since
destroyed
the
two
Pagods
,
to
see
what
condition
they
were
in
.
We
found
them
ruin'd
as
we
had
left
them
,
and
poked
again
in
the
dark
hole
;
But
I
believe
we
had
routed
the
Devil
the
time
before
,
for
we
could
not
make
him
roar
any
more
,
do
what
we
could
.
At
the
bottom
of
the
Hill
I
saw
abundance
of
fine
Cocks
and
Hens
,
and
I
bought
some
of
the
Hens
and
one
Cock
of
an
old
Woman
they
belong'd
to
.
She
told
me
that
the
Cock
I
bought
was
consacrated
for
an
Offering
,
while
the
Pagods
stood
,
and
therefore
that
I
should
not
kill
him
,
and
that
he
would
beat
any
Cock
whatsoever
.
I
laugh'd
at
the
story
,
and
yet
was
a
little
afraid
because
it
was
design'd
for
the
Devil
,
and
did
not
know
but
he
might
come
and
fetch
him
.
However
I
ventur'd
upon
him
,
and
paid
as
I
did
for
my
Hens
,
a
Dutch
peny
for
each
of
them
.
Being
come
to
the
Fort
,
I
let
him
run
there
:
In
two
or
three
days
he
fought
and
beat
every
Cock
in
the
Fort
that
he
could
come
nigh
.
Every
Body
wondred
at
the
sierceness
of
this
little
Cock
,
and
I
began
to
think
that
what
the
old
Woman
had
told
me
might
be
true
.
At
last
I
made
a
trade
of
Cock-sighting
,
and
I
got
all
the
Amboineses
about
me
.
They
laid
wagers
among
themselves
,
and
I
only
won
the
Cocks
that
mine
beat
,
which
amounted
to
two
or
three
and
thirty
.
At
last
they
ignorantly
hit
the
Nail
on
the
head
,
saying
that
the
Devil
was
in
him
.
Being
to
go
to
Columbo
again
,
I
took
him
with
me
,
and
thought
he
would
have
done
as
great
feats
there
,
but
he
was
overmatched
with
a
Cock
that
came
from
Tutucurini
,
that
beat
him
lustily
.
The
2d
of
March
,
A
Laserin
came
to
Town
,
and
told
us
that
an
Elephant
was
fall'n
into
the
King
's
Well
,
on
the
other
side
of
the
River
.
I
went
with
several
others
,
and
saw
him
lye
at
the
bottom
squeezed
together
,
standing
almost
up
an
end
,
but
his
Legs
bent
,
and
he
was
very
uneasie
.
We
took
some
Fig
leaves
which
we
threw
down
to
him
;
he
took
'em
very
thankfully
,
and
eat
them
.
At
last
he
lifted
up
his
Proboses
,
and
made
a
horrid
noise
,
which
we
interpreted
as
a
begging
us
to
help
him
out
;
but
he
lying
12
Fathoms
deep
,
we
could
not
possibly
do
it
.
One
of
our
Drummers
was
there
with
us
;
who
having
been
pursued
one
time
by
an
Elephant
,
as
he
was
Hunting
,
knew
this
to
be
the
Elephant
,
that
had
put
him
so
hard
to
his
shifts
;
for
if
it
had
not
been
for
a
large
Tree
that
he
climb'd
up
into
,
he
had
certainly
been
kill'd
.
The
Drummer
to
be
reveng'd
of
him
,
went
the
next
day
by
himself
,
threw
a
great
many
dry
sticks
upon
him
,
and
some
straw
,
and
set
it
all
on
Fire
,
and
then
came
home
and
told
us
the
exploit
.
The
3d
of
the
same
Month
about
8
or
9
of
the
Clock
at
night
,
We
felt
a
very
violent
Earthquake
coming
from
the
Northward
,
which
shook
our
Block-house
extreamly
.
All
the
Men
that
lay
in
the
Guard
Room
were
awaked
out
of
their
sleep
,
and
thought
it
was
an
Alarm
.
Ev'ry
body
would
make
haste
to
come
out
,
and
ev'ry
body
would
be
first
down
stairs
.
The
Throng
was
intolerable
;
and
in
the
bustle
the
Lamp
went
out
,
which
made
the
greater
Confusion
;
so
that
at
last
very
few
went
out
as
they
should
do
,
but
fell
down
stairs
.
We
felt
three
several
shakes
,
the
last
of
which
was
so
very
violent
,
that
we
thought
the
whole
Island
would
have
been
lost
;
and
we
heard
from
the
Seamen
that
lay
in
the
Road
before
Columbo
,
that
they
had
felt
it
very
sensibly
too
.
What
conclusions
may
be
drawn
from
this
,
of
the
causes
of
Earthquakes
,
I
leave
Naturalists
to
agree
about
if
they
please
or
can
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
The
Author
,
with
three
others
,
go
a
Hunting
.
They
meet
with
Elephants
,
and
kill
one
of
them
.
All
sorts
of
venomous
Creatures
come
to
Sittawack
,
to
save
themselves
from
the
Water
,
that
overflow'd
all
the
Land
about
it
.
Their
manner
of
Hunting
.
Envoys
that
came
to
bring
Presents
to
the
King
of
Candi
,
kept
Prisoners
by
him
.
Two
English-men
kept
for
Slaves
in
Candi
,
make
their
escape
,
and
come
to
Sittawack
;
they
tell
a
pleasant
Story
of
a
Country
fellow
that
had
used
a
Ruby
for
a
Whetstone
several
Years
.
The
Author
and
the
English-men
come
to
Columbo
,
where
they
are
treated
very
civily
.
He
goes
to
Cormandel
,
thence
to
Columbo
again
.
Execution
done
.
The
Author
is
made
Secretary
of
the
East-India-house
.
A
Jew
turns
Christian
,
and
Marries
a
Cingulaish
Gentlewoman
.
A
Description
of
Columbo
;
and
an
Account
of
the
Manners
of
that
place
,
their
Marriages
,
&c.
I
Spent
all
the
Month
of
March
in
Hunting
,
and
I
liv'd
altogether
upon
what
Game
I
used
to
bring
home
with
me
.
Upon
a
certain
night
the
Moon
being
at
Full
(
knowing
it
would
be
light
all
night
)
I
,
with
three
Gentlemen
more
,
went
out
into
a
fair
Plain
,
about
a
league
from
Sittawack
,
where
we
design'd
to
have
some
Stags
.
We
set
our selves
down
at
the
side
of
a
Hill
,
to
watch
the
wild
Beasts
,
that
we
expected
would
come
out
of
a
Wood
to
feed
where
we
were
,
there
being
very
fine
Grass
.
The
first
that
appear'd
were
Bufflars
,
among
which
there
was
a
Stag
;
they
came
directly
to
the
place
where
one
of
our
Company
was
(
who
was
a
Swede
)
and
did
not
know
what
Creature
it
was
.
As
soon
as
these
came
to
smell
him
,
they
took
to
the
top
of
the
Hill
again
immediately
,
and
made
a
great
noise
there
.
On
the
other
side
we
heard
several
Elephants
making
towards
us
.
About
Mid-night
,
being
tir'd
with
sitting
,
we
got
together
to
ask
one
another's
Advice
,
what
we
should
do
,
when
the
Elephants
came
.
We
resolv'd
to
fall
upon
them
;
because
we
concluded
they
kept
the
Game
from
coming
into
the
Dale
,
and
so
spoil'd
our
sport
.
When
we
got
into
the
middle
of
the
Plain
,
an
Elephant
broke
out
of
the
Wood
,
and
run
at
us
immediately
;
We
took
to
our
Heels
,
and
run
as
fast
as
we
could
to
the
place
where
we
first
sat
down
;
there
we
took
Courage
again
,
and
resolv'd
to
go
on
again
,
and
that
not
one
of
us
would
run
away
,
as
we
had
done
before
:
At
the
left
hand
of
the
Plain
,
we
saw
two
great
Elephants
by
a
Tree
eating
the
Leaves
of
it
.
The
Swede
would
shew
the
greatest
Courage
,
and
went
foremost
;
and
being
within
60
paces
of
'em
,
fir'd
upon
them
,
but
they
did
not
stir
for
all
that
:
After
that
I
went
a
little
nearer
,
and
shot
one
of
of
them
in
the
Head
,
which
made
him
make
a
most
hideous
noise
;
and
then
they
ran
off
into
the
Wood
again
.
We
heard
on
the
other
side
of
us
some
more
of
'em
,
and
went
towards
'em
:
We
heard
where
they
were
,
but
we
could
not
see
'em
;
for
they
were
feeding
about
a
Tree
that
had
boughs
which
reach'd
down
to
the
ground
,
amongst
which
they
stood
like
so
many
Horses
at
a
Manger
.
We
came
close
to
the
very
Tree
,
where
they
were
,
and
yet
could
only
hear
'
em
.
I
went
a
little
on
one
side
of
the
Tree
,
and
then
discover'd
a
terrible
huge
Elephant
,
with
four
small
ones
besides
,
about
ten
paces
from
me
.
My
Gun
was
cock'd
,
and
I
,
having
overcome
that
little
Pannick
fear
that
seiz'd
me
at
first
,
gave
fire
upon
the
biggest
,
and
hit
him
just
on
the
head
,
which
made
him
roar
lustily
.
Then
I
retir'd
,
and
another
stept
in
,
who
fir'd
likewise
,
and
then
another
;
so
we
kept
firing
three
times
a
piece
round
.
The
Elephants
gave
ground
,
but
not
above
20
or
30
paces
,
and
set
up
a
hideous
roaring
.
We
did
not
think
it
safe
to
pursue
any
more
Game
;
So
we
went
back
to
Sittawack
.
The
next
morning
the
neighbouring
Cingulayans
came
down
to
the
Valley
,
to
see
what
was
done
there
,
having
heard
much
shooting
in
the
night
;
They
found
an
Elephant
,
with
two
very
sine
teeth
,
lye
dead
.
They
gave
an
account
of
it
to
our
chief
Officer
,
who
sent
immediately
for
me
,
and
ask'd
if
we
had
shot
the
Elephant
:
I
told
him
it
was
probable
,
because
we
had
been
pursued
in
the
night
by
some
of
'em
,
which
oblig'd
us
to
fire
upon
'
em
.
This
was
the
only
reason
that
could
serve
to
excuse
us
;
for
it
is
strictly
forbidden
to
shoot
any
Elephants
,
unless
a
Man
is
in
danger
of
his
Life
.
Our
Officer
sent
word
of
it
to
the
Governor
of
Columbo
,
and
sent
withal
the
Elephant's
two
Teeth
.
The
Flesh
of
this
kind
of
Animals
is
good
for
nothing
;
the
Fat
is
used
for
Lamps
,
the
rest
was
left
in
the
place
.
In
April
it
rain'd
so
violently
,
that
we
were
almost
overwhelm'd
with
Water
.
The
Amboineses
,
who
,
as
I
told
you
before
,
liv'd
in
the
Town
,
were
forc'd
to
be
taken
into
the
Fort
,
with
their
Wives
and
Children
;
Men
,
and
Beasts
,
both
tame
and
wild
,
were
drove
up
into
the
Mountains
:
And
our
Fort
was
very
full
of
Serpents
,
Scorpions
,
and
other
venomous
Creatures
.
We
did
what
we
could
to
keep
them
out
,
by
making
Fires
at
all
the
Gates
and
Posts
where
the
Sentinels
stood
.
The
Rains
abated
in
May
,
and
likewise
the
Floods
;
and
that
Month
I
saw
nothing
remarkable
,
but
that
the
Elephants
shew'd
themselves
in
vast
Numbers
about
our
Fort.
Most
nights
of
this
Month
I
went
a
Hunting
with
Cingulayan
Sports-men
,
and
with
them
I
had
always
good
Sport
;
and
brought
sometimes
as
much
home
as
would
serve
the
whole
Garrison
.
An
Indian
used
to
go
foremost
,
with
a
lighted
Torch
upon
his
Head
,
and
a
Stick
in
his
Hand
,
to
which
some
Shells
are
tyed
loose
;
and
he
goes
along
shaking
of
'em
,
making
a
continual
rat'ling
.
As
soon
as
any
Bufflers
,
Harts
,
or
Hares
,
&c.
hear
this
,
and
see
the
Fire
,
they
come
towards
it
,
and
within
shot
of
the
fellow
;
then
he
that
goes
behind
him
shoots
as
many
as
he
pleases
of
'
em
.
But
the
fellows
sometimes
are
in
danger
of
being
run
at
by
an
Elephant
,
who
now
and
then
pursues
them
,
and
puts
'em
to
it
very
hard
,
notwithstanding
their
Fire
,
and
the
ratt'ling
of
their
Shells
.
The
1st
of
July
,
There
came
an
Envoy
from
Columbo
to
Sittawack
,
call'd
Mierop
:
He
had
with
him
an
Ambassador
from
the
King
of
Persia
.
He
rode
in
a
very
fine
curious
Chariot
,
made
after
the
Persian
manner
,
drawn
by
two
Oxen
,
cover'd
with
fine
white
Linnen
.
His
Presents
for
the
King
of
Candi
were
two
white
Lions
,
three
Tygers
,
twelve
Musk-Cats
,
all
carry'd
in
very
neat
Cages
,
lin'd
with
green
Velvet
.
Two
black
Persian
Horses
,
cover'd
likewise
with
green
Velvet
;
and
twenty
Falcons
,
carry'd
by
so
many
black
Malabarian
Slaves
.
The
Letter
was
carry'd
by
the
Dutch
Ambassador
in
a
Silver
Cup
,
and
over
him
was
a
Canopy
carry'd
by
4
Cingulayan
Noblemen
bare-headed
.
The
2d
,
We
guarded
these
Presents
as
far
as
a
place
,
call'd
The
Devil's
Tree
,
by
Ruenel
;
and
having
given
our
Ambassadors
three
Vollies
,
we
left
them
.
They
went
forwards
with
their
Presents
to
Buare-Birge
,
which
is
in
the
King
of
Candi's
Dominion
.
As
soon
as
the
King
heard
of
their
coming
thither
,
he
gave
orders
to
have
them
all
secured
,
and
provided
Necessaries
for
the
Men
,
and
the
Beasts
they
brought
along
with
them
;
and
to
keep
them
in
close
custody
till
further
orders
.
And
it
is
a
question
whether
or
no
they
will
ever
be
set
at
liberty
:
For
it
is
above
22
years
since
one
John
Baptista
was
sent
thither
as
an
Envoy
from
the
Dutch
,
and
another
Ambassador
sent
from
the
French
Viceroy
of
Trinconomala
,
who
are
there
still
,
kept
in
Prison
and
in
Fetters
,
without
any
hopes
of
being
ever
free
,
as
long
as
this
King
lives
.
Besides
this
Consinement
,
they
live
very
hard
;
for
tho'
the
King
allows
them
necessaries
(
and
those
it
may
be
not
in
great
plenty
neither
)
the
King's
Officers
convert
the
half
of
them
to
their
own
Use
and
Profit
.
On
this
same
day
,
Two
gray
Old
Men
came
to
us
in
the
Fort
of
Sittawack
,
dress'd
after
the
Cingulayan
manner
.
They
told
us
that
they
came
about
20
years
since
to
Calpintin
with
an
English
Ship
,
and
that
they
,
with
ten
other
Seamen
,
being
sent
on
shore
to
this
Island
to
fetch
Provisions
,
Water
,
and
Wood
,
they
were
trapann'd
by
some
Candians
,
who
sent
them
to
Candi
,
where
they
had
been
kept
Prisoners
all
that
while
every
one
of
'
em
.
That
the
other
ten
were
dead
,
and
they
two
had
ventur'd
their
Lives
to
make
their
escape
,
and
had
left
their
Black
Wives
behind
them
.
They
had
been
eight
days
a
coming
(
or
rather
eight
nights
,
that
being
the
only
time
they
could
travel
in
,
being
forc'd
to
lye
hid
all
day
in
the
Woods
)
.
They
had
heard
that
day
the
shooting
from
our
Fort
,
and
judged
it
,
by
that
,
to
be
a
place
in
the
Hands
of
the
Christians
;
and
were
over-joy'd
to
find
themselves
deliver'd
out
of
the
power
of
their
cruel
Master
,
the
King
of
Candi
.
One
of
them
was
a
Gunner
,
the
other
a
Drummer
,
and
both
spoke
besides
,
English
,
very
good
Cingulaian
and
Portuguese
:
The
Gunner
told
us
a
great
many
passages
of
his
Life
,
during
their
Slavery
;
and
amongst
other
Relations
,
described
to
us
the
Richness
of
the
King
of
Candi's
Warlike
instruments
:
His
Carriages
are
all
over-laid
with
Gold
and
Silver
,
and
inlaid
with
Rubies
and
Saphyrs
.
He
told
us
that
he
had
seen
once
a
great
Ruby
that
a
Cingulaian
Peasant
had
found
,
and
carried
home
to
use
for
a
Whet-stone
,
and
had
whetted
his
Knives
and
Hatchets
with
it
for
some
Years
.
A
certain
Field
Officer
of
the
King
of
Candi
happening
to
go
to
that
Contryman's
House
,
saw
it
,
and
carried
it
to
the
King
,
who
sent
immediatly
for
the
Country
Fellow
,
and
askt
him
what
he
would
have
for
his
Whetstone
:
The
poor
fellow
told
the
King
that
he
had
found
it
in
the
River
of
Bibliogam
,
and
that
it
was
at
his
service
,
and
that
he
could
get
another
stone
to
do
his
business
as
well
.
This
innocent
answer
satisfied
the
King
that
he
did
not
know
the
value
of
his
Jewel
;
for
had
he
known
it
,
it
would
have
cost
him
his
life
.
The
King
dismist
him
,
and
commanded
some
Land
and
Cattle
to
be
given
him
,
ordering
him
for
the
time
to
come
to
let
such
stones
lie
whenever
he
found
'
em
.
The
3d
Instant
these
two
poor
English
Men
were
sent
in
a
Boat
to
Columbo
;
I
went
along
with
them
to
introduce
them
to
the
Governor
,
who
received
us
with
extraordinary
courtesie
,
and
after
a
great
many
questions
to
satisfie
his
curiosity
,
sent
for
Cloaths
,
which
he
freely
presented
them
with
,
and
then
took
them
to
his
Table
,
and
very
civilly
desired
them
to
stay
in
his
House
till
some
opportunity
offer'd
it self
to
send
them
to
Batavia
,
where
they
might
easily
get
an
English
Ship
to
carry
them
to
Bantam
.
The
4th
I
went
back
with
two
Soldiers
to
Sittawack
,
where
I
continued
till
The
12th
;
when
we
were
all
relieved
by
a
fresh
Company
from
Columbo
.
The
15th
we
march'd
from
Sittawack
in
the
Morning
,
and
came
at
Night
to
Columbo
.
I
pack'd
up
amongst
my
things
,
two
or
three
hundred
of
Bulat
Leaves
,
which
two
Cingulayans
carried
after
me
.
These
Leaves
I
have
already
told
you
are
chew'd
commonly
by
the
Inhabitants
;
so
I
brought
them
to
make
a
present
of
to
my
Landlady
.
I
can't
tell
whether
Heaven
design'd
me
an
occasion
of
making
my
Fortune
or
no
,
but
however
it
was
,
I
refus'd
laying
hold
on
it
;
and
how
it
was
I
will
relate
in
short
.
My
Landlady
treated
me
very
civilly
from
the
first
time
of
my
coming
to
her
House
,
where
I
paid
her
3
Rixdollers
by
the
Month
,
and
had
a
very
good
Table
,
and
what
Suri
I
pleas'd
at
Meals
:
Her
entertainment
grew
in
time
kinder
and
kinder
;
and
then
it
broke
out
into
some
preliminary
interrogations
,
why
I
would
not
settle
there
?
Why
I
would
not
Marry
?
and
many
things
of
that
kind
;
at
last
it
came
to
a
close
application
,
and
to
a
plain
offer
of
her self
,
if
I
would
marry
.
When
I
considered
her
on
one
side
,
as
to
her
Fortune
,
I
must
confess
she
did
not
altogether
displease
me
.
Her
first
Husband
was
a
substantial
free
Merchant
at
Columbo
,
call'd
John
Christantz
;
he
was
owner
of
of
a
Ship
,
with
which
he
had
often
been
at
Bengal
at
the
River
Ganges
,
and
drove
there
a
considerable
Trade
,
but
going
there
again
in
the
year
1678
,
was
cast
away
with
a
Hurrican
,
and
he
and
his
ship
lost
.
What
she
lost
by
this
accident
I
do
not
know
,
but
she
was
left
worth
near
thirty
thousand
Ducats
,
and
twenty
Slaves
from
Bengal
which
she
used
very
inhumanly
:
But
the
Figure
she
made
never
would
permit
me
to
entertain
a
thought
of
marrying
her
,
but
that
other
People
may
judge
whether
I
was
too
nice
,
or
but
reasonably
so
,
I
will
give
some
description
of
her
:
I
did
not
dislike
her
merely
for
her
being
Black
,
but
methoughts
her
Ears
,
though
they
were
richly
set
out
with
Gold
,
look'd
but
hideously
,
being
longer
than
my
Hand
:
Her
Hair
,
that
would
reach
down
to
her
Heels
,
she
would
besmear
every
Day
with
Oyl
made
of
Coco-Nuts
,
and
then
wind
it
up
on
her
Head
,
just
as
we
serve
Horses
in
Holland
,
when
they
have
long
Tails
:
She
wore
a
little
short
sort
of
a
Wastcoat
that
hardly
covered
her
Breasts
,
fastned
with
Gold
Buttons
;
from
the
Breast
down
to
beneath
the
Navel
she
was
Naked
.
The
best
part
of
her
Dress
was
from
beneath
the
Navel
downwards
,
having
a
Linnen
Garment
down
to
the
Feet
,
and
another-like
one
at
top
of
that
,
something
longer
than
the
under
one
:
She
had
a
great
Necklace
round
her
Neck
made
of
Gold
and
Ivory
:
She
spoke
no
Dutch
,
but
Portuguese
and
Cingulaish
,
which
were
her
Father
and
Mother's
Languages
,
and
the
Malabarian
which
is
much
the
same
.
All
these
things
together
were
so
far
from
raising
any
Passion
for
her
,
that
they
were
a
preservative
against
it
,
so
I
e'en
left
her
as
I
found
her
.
There
were
at
this
time
two
Sloops
and
a
Yacht
ready
to
set
sail
for
the
Coast
of
Malabar
,
there
to
hinder
the
Malabarians
Boats
in
their
Pepper
Trafsick
:
I
was
sent
to
command
them
,
and
had
my
choice
of
Men
out
of
all
the
Company
:
After
that
I
pick'd
them
out
that
I
liked
best
,
I
took
twenty
of
them
with
my self
on
board
the
Yatch
,
call'd
the
Trinconomala
,
and
in
each
of
the
two
Sloops
went
12
Men
,
and
7
Seamen
.
The
18th
.
in
the
Evening
we
set
sail
.
I
had
with
me
besides
my
twenty
Men
,
a
Steersman
,
and
15
Seamen
;
and
I
put
off
with
our
Flags
and
Pendants
as
Commadore
from
Columbo
.
The
19th
,
20th
,
21st
,
and
22d
,
we
saw
no
Land
:
We
had
the
wind
for
us
,
but
the
stream
was
contrary
to
us
.
The
23d
,
we
espied
land
in
the
Forenoon
,
and
in
the
Afternoon
we
came
before
the
Town
Couchin
,
which
belong'd
heretofore
to
the
Portuguese
.
I
went
to
the
Commadore
that
lay
there
,
and
deliver'd
my
Letter
to
him
from
the
Governor
of
Columbo
.
The
next
Day
he
joyn'd
us
with
another
Sloop
well
Mann'd
,
and
gave
us
instructions
how
we
might
best
annoy
the
Malabarians
.
The
25th
we
went
to
Sea
again
,
and
there
Cruised
along
the
Coast
up
to
Goa
,
a
Portuguese
Town
.
We
were
in
a
continual
Chase
,
and
all
the
Boats
that
we
met
loaden
with
Cardamunga
,
and
Pepper
,
and
could
not
produce
a
Dutch
Pass
,
we
took
.
Their
Provisions
and
Goods
we
stow'd
in
our
Vessels
,
and
sunk
theirs
;
but
many
of
the
Malabarian
Vessels
being
little
ones
,
kept
in
the
Shallows
near
the
Land
,
where
we
could
not
come
,
ours
drawing
much
more
Water
than
theirs
did
,
and
those
were
secure
enough
.
The
6th
of
October
,
we
went
back
to
Couchin
,
and
brought
thither
fifty
Malabarian
Prisoners
with
us
,
and
a
great
deal
of
Onions
,
Pepper
,
Cardamunga
,
Rice
,
and
Dry
Fish
.
I
acquainted
the
Commadore
with
what
I
had
done
,
and
brought
with
me
,
and
he
left
all
the
Booty
amongst
us
,
except
the
Pepper
,
which
he
kept
to
himself
.
Here
we
stay'd
till
the
20th
of
November
,
and
found
it
much
better
living
than
in
Ceylon
.
The
21st
,
we
went
back
homewards
,
and
arrived
happily
at
Columbo
on
the
29th
about
three
of
the
Clock
in
the
Afternoon
:
I
deliver'd
to
the
Governor
my
Letters
from
Couchin
,
and
every
one
went
to
his
respective
Post
.
We
had
but
two
Men
dy'd
in
the
Expedition
,
they
were
shot
with
two
Poyson'd
Assagayen
or
Darts
;
and
one
Seaman
had
his
Arm
shot
off
by
a
Gun
that
burst
in
the
firing
.
The
30th
,
a
Master
Gunner
call'd
Henry
Scholten
was
shot
to
death
,
he
was
a
Lutheran
,
and
would
not
hearken
to
any
instructions
or
advice
that
our
Protestant
Minister
offer'd
him
:
But
being
come
to
the
place
of
Execution
,
he
pray'd
for
himself
:
Three
Muskets
were
fired
upon
him
,
which
dispatch'd
him
in
an
instant
.
Then
his
Friends
took
him
and
put
him
in
a
Coffin
,
and
buried
him
.
The
same
day
two
Moors
of
Volkendal
that
had
been
catch'd
at
Aripen
by
the
Pearl-bank
,
were
soundly
whipt
,
all
their
cry
was
Apoi
Paring
,
Apoi
Paring
in
Malabarian
,
that
is
to
say
,
Mercy
Sirs
,
Mercy
Sirs
;
at
last
they
hung
their
Heads
on
one
side
,
which
made
me
think
they
were
dead
;
but
as
soon
as
the
whipping
was
over
,
they
held
up
their
Heads
briskly
again
.
The
Executioner
rubb'd
their
wounds
afterwards
with
Pepper
and
Salt
,
and
they
were
kept
in
Fetters
,
as
belonging
properly
to
the
Company
.
I
was
now
offer'd
a
Post
,
which
I
thought
more
advantagious
,
and
not
expos'd
to
so
much
Fatigue
,
which
was
to
be
Overseer
of
the
12
Clerks
belong-to
the
East
India
Company
:
I
accepted
of
it
,
and
entred
into
the
Office
on
the
1st
of
December
.
The
Chief
of
that
Office
was
one
Walter
Vander
Beek
.
It
was
open
from
Seven
till
Ten
in
the
Morning
,
and
from
Two
till
Six
in
the
Afternoon
,
all
which
time
there
was
business
enough
for
the
Twelve
Clerks
.
I
Dieted
all
this
while
with
my
long-ear'd
Widow
,
who
continu'd
asking
me
why
I
would
not
marry
:
I
told
her
I
would
have
her
if
she
would
leave
off
Oyling
her
Hair
,
and
let
her
Ears
be
clipt
into
shape
;
at
which
she
shook
her
Head
,
and
said
in
a
doleful
manner
that
she
would
die
first
.
There
was
at
this
time
a
Jew
that
had
liv'd
a
considerable
time
in
the
House
of
a
Cingulaish
Nobleman
,
and
had
been
very
familiar
with
his
Daughter
,
tho'
not
Marry'd
to
her
:
He
had
a
grievous
fit
of
Sickness
,
during
which
she
was
so
faithful
and
serviceable
to
him
,
that
he
promis'd
her
Marriage
as
soon
as
he
should
be
recover'd
.
Being
got
up
again
,
she
pursued
him
to
make
good
his
Promise
;
but
the
Jew
refus'd
it
out
of
meer
shame
of
being
seen
at
Church
with
such
a
long-ear'd
Creature
;
and
told
her
that
was
the
only
reason
he
could
give
her
for
going
back
from
his
Word
.
She
,
to
remedy
that
,
consented
to
have
her
Ears
cut
into
better
fashion
,
and
had
it
done
accordingly
;
after
which
the
Jew
Marry'd
her
in
Columbo
on
a
Sunday
.
A
little
while
after
he
fell
Lame
,
both
in
his
Hands
and
Feet
,
and
nothing
but
misfortunes
befell
him
.
The
cause
of
all
this
he
imputed
wholly
to
his
being
turn'd
Christian
;
and
look'd
upon
all
as
a
just
Judgment
upon
him
for
having
forsaken
the
Jewish
Religion
:
Bitterly
Cursing
the
hour
he
had
ever
been
Baptized
.
Another
Jew
,
a
Convert
likewise
,
Marry'd
at
the
same
time
a
Black
young
Gentlewoman
of
Malabar
,
very
Rich
;
but
this
Marriage
proved
more
happy
than
the
other
.
Being
occasionally
come
to
treat
of
Marriages
,
I
will
give
you
some
Account
how
they
are
perform'd
at
Columbo
.
The
Parties
being
agreed
before-hand
,
the
Bridegroom
comes
,
with
two
or
three
of
his
Friends
,
to
the
Bride's
House
,
where
she
is
dress'd
in
fine
white
Linnen
and
fine
Flowers
,
to
receive
him
.
Her
Father
and
Mother
,
if
she
has
any
,
are
to
be
present
there
;
and
so
are
any
two
Persons
that
were
at
her
Baptism
.
The
Certificate
being
produc'd
,
the
Bride
and
Bridegroom
give
one
another
a
Ring
;
after
this
they
make
merry
.
The
next
Sunday
after
it
,
the
Names
are
publish'd
three
times
in
the
Church
;
and
the
Tuesday
after
that
,
they
are
Marry'd
.
When
they
go
to
Church
,
they
have
several
Balliators
,
or
Leapers
,
that
go
before
them
Dancing
all
the
way
.
Then
goes
the
Bride
between
two
Women
,
with
a
fine
Umbrella
over
her
Head
;
then
the
Bridegroom
between
two
of
his
Friends
.
The
Ceremony
being
ended
;
when
the
Bride
is
come
home
again
,
every
one
in
the
Room
Sprinkles
her
with
Rose-water
,
and
throws
an
handful
of
Flowers
upon
her
.
Then
they
have
a
Wedding-Dinner
,
which
is
always
given
by
the
Maid's
Father
and
Mother
at
their
House
:
When
the
new
Couple
are
got
to
Bed
,
they
fall
a-beating
Drums
,
Tamelins
,
and
other
Instruments
,
for
about
an
hour
;
the
Balliators
all
the
while
Dancing
,
and
making
a
great
noise
.
The
next
day
they
go
about
a
mile
or
two
out
of
Town
,
where
they
have
a
Dinner
at
some
Publick-House
,
which
is
generally
given
by
the
two
Bride-men
.
Any
European
in
Ceylon
may
marry
any
Woman
he
pleases
:
But
if
he
is
in
the
Dutch
Service
,
the
Marriage
is
not
permitted
;
unless
a
Testimonial
is
given
of
the
Woman's
being
Christen'd
,
under
the
Minister's
Hand
and
Seal
.
These
Women
pretend
to
have
a
much
greater
Inclination
and
Love
for
a
white
Man
,
than
for
their
own
Country-men
:
So
that
,
if
there
is
any
Credit
to
be
given
to
'em
,
one
might
be
pretty
secure
of
keeping
one's
Wife
to
himself
,
at
least
,
from
a
black
Rival
.
But
I
have
known
many
Instances
to
the
contrary
,
of
Women
that
have
been
brought
to
Bed
with
black
Children
,
which
never
happens
if
a
Woman
keeps
constantly
to
an
European
;
and
several
complaints
I
have
known
made
of
this
kind
to
the
Ministers
.
Many
indeed
choose
rather
to
to
take
no
notice
of
it
,
than
to
expose
themselves
by
making
their
complaint
;
but
if
any
brought
it
to
an
Examination
,
and
it
was
either
found
out
or
confess'd
;
both
she
and
the
Adulterer
were
severely
Whipp'd
,
and
made
Slaves
of
,
together
with
the
Brats
.
There
liv'd
a
Shoe-maker
in
the
Old
City
of
Columbo
,
that
had
marry'd
a
Mastize
,
(
so
they
call
a
Woman
that
hath
had
a
white
Father
and
a
black
Mother
,
)
her
Father
and
Mother
were
very
honest
People
,
and
my
great
acquaintance
;
(
he
was
a
Brewer
of
Columbo
,
and
one
of
the
Burghers
)
:
The
young
Couple
had
not
been
marry'd
above
six
or
seven
Months
,
when
a
Malabarian
,
one
of
the
Washers
,
came
as
it
is
usual
at
Columbo
for
them
to
go
twice
a-week
to
fetch
People's
foul
Linnen
)
to
this
Man's
House
,
and
sinding
the
Woman
alone
at
Home
,
courted
her
to
comply
in
his
rustical
manner
,
promising
to
Wash
her
Linnen
for
nothing
.
The
Woman
pretended
to
like
the
bargain
well
enough
,
but
told
him
she
could
not
for
the
present
do
it
with
safety
,
but
the
next
opportunity
she
would
grant
him
his
desire
.
The
fellow
went
home
very
well
satisfy'd
with
the
hopes
of
his
future
Enjoyment
.
But
when
the
Shoe-maker
came
home
,
his
Wife
very
faithfully
tells
him
all
that
had
passed
between
them
:
The
Man
was
not
a
little
glad
to
find
his
Wife
so
virtuous
,
and
desir'd
her
to
admit
him
into
the
Room
,
where
he
design'd
to
lay
wait
for
him
.
At
the
time
appointed
the
Malabarian
came
,
and
the
Woman
,
according
to
promise
,
gave
the
signal
;
upon
which
the
Shoemaker
and
a
Neighbour
of
his
came
out
,
each
of
'em
having
a
good
Club
,
and
fell
upon
the
poor
Malabarian
,
and
disabl'd
him
from
any
such
attempts
for
the
future
.
A
short
time
after
this
the
young
Woman
dy'd
,
supposed
to
have
been
poison'd
by
some
Blacks
,
for
being
so
faithful
to
a
White
.
Their
marrying
with
the
Whites
is
(
I
am
apt
to
think
)
generally
more
out
of
Policy
,
and
to
have
the
advantage
of
living
more
secure
and
free
among
the
Europeans
,
who
have
all
the
power
in
their
hands
,
than
out
of
any
true
love
for
'
em
.
The
Women
live
very
lazy
Lives
;
they
chaw
Betel
and
smoak
Tobacco
,
all
day
long
;
they
are
very
neat
,
and
wash
themselves
all
over
every
day
.
The
Man
hath
all
the
Care
of
the
House
upon
him
;
and
they
have
generally
two
Slaves
,
the
one
to
go
to
Market
,
the
other
to
dress
the
Victuals
.
I
will
,
now
I
am
treating
of
Columbo
,
give
you
some
Description
of
that
City
.
I
have
already
told
you
how
it
was
built
by
the
Portuguese
;
but
when
the
Dutch
East-India
Company
took
possession
of
it
,
they
Demolish'd
many
parts
,
and
Re-built
others
after
the
Dutch
manner
;
and
to
this
day
they
are
building
at
the
Castle
and
City
.
The
Castle
hath
on
the
West-side
,
the
Sea
;
on
the
North-East
,
the
City
;
on
the
South-East
,
a
sweet
River
:
It
is
fortify'd
with
several
Bulwarks
,
each
of
which
hath
20
or
30
Guns
;
a
very
good
Counterscarp
;
and
there
are
so
many
Rocks
on
the
Sea-side
,
that
no
Ships
can
come
near
it
.
There
is
a
broad
Channel
runs
all
round
it
,
where
one
may
see
every
day
Crocodiles
in
abundance
:
It
hath
three
Gates
,
one
to
the
South-West
,
call'd
Port
de
Gala
;
about
a
Musquet-shot
off
,
on
the
side
that
goes
to
Galture
,
the
Land
about
it
is
richly
fill'd
with
Orchards
and
Gardens
,
full
of
fine
Fruit-trees
,
which
reach
a
mile
or
two
:
The
other
Gate
is
call'd
the
Delfsche
Port
,
from
the
Bastion
which
is
just
by
it
,
that
bears
that
Name
.
This
Gate
is
toward
the
City
,
and
the
way
to
it
hath
the
Sea
all
along
on
one
side
,
and
a
deep
Ditch
on
the
other
,
and
a
large
Field
call'd
the
Buffler's
Plain
,
which
they
can
lay
all
under
Water
when
they
please
,
by
opening
a
Sluce
.
The
third
Gate
,
which
is
Northward
,
hath
the
Name
of
Water-Port
;
on
the
left
side
of
that
is
the
Water-Pass
,
guarded
by
many
Cannon
,
that
command
all
the
Ships
that
lye
in
the
Road.
Within
the
Castle
are
many
pretty
Walks
of
Nut-trees
,
set
in
an
uniform
Order
,
but
they
bear
no
Fruit
,
only
red
and
white
Flowers
:
The
Streets
are
pleasant
walks
themselves
;
having
Trees
on
both
sides
,
and
before
the
Houses
.
The
Castle
contains
about
40
Acres
of
Land
.
The
Governor
,
all
the
Merchants
,
Officers
,
and
Soldiers
,
have
their
Dwelling
within
it
;
and
without
the
Walls
,
between
them
and
the
Sea
,
are
the
Huts
,
where
near
four
thousand
Slaves
,
belonging
to
the
Company
,
lye
at
night
.
They
are
of
different
Nations
,
and
are
constantly
kept
at
work
:
Their
Huts
are
very
little
,
made
up
with
nothing
but
Straw
and
Leaves
.
There
are
Dutch-men
to
look
over
'em
,
who
are
call'd
Mucadons
;
each
of
these
have
70
,
80
,
90
,
or
100
to
oversee
,
and
must
give
an
account
of
'
em
.
There
is
likewise
a
very
large
place
for
Ammunition
,
two
strong
Cellars
for
Gun-powder
,
and
Magazines
for
the
Merchants
,
and
a
Church
;
and
behind
that
,
a
very
fine
Stable
,
commonly
full
of
Persian
Horses
.
There
is
also
a
Powder
Wind-mill
by
Port
de
Gala
,
and
by
the
Water-Pass
,
a
Wind-mill
to
saw
Boards
,
&c.
The
City
of
Columbo
is
much
larger
than
the
Castle
,
by
reason
of
the
large
Trees
and
Gardens
that
are
in
it
;
and
it
is
very
well
fortify'd
with
five
Bulwarks
,
call'd
,
Victoria
,
Constantia
,
Concordia
,
Haerlem
,
and
Euckhuysen
.
It
hath
on
the
North
the
Road
where
the
Ships
lye
;
on
the
other
side
the
River
that
is
full
of
Crocodiles
.
It
hath
three
Gates
,
the
one
(
as
I
said
just
now
)
is
call'd
the
Delfsche-Port
,
the
second
is
not
far
from
that
,
and
goes
toward
the
Sea
;
the
third
is
the
Port-Victoria
,
or
Negumbo
.
The
Inhabitants
are
a
mixture
of
Officers
,
Soldiers
,
Burghers
,
and
Tradesmen
,
Blacks
and
Whites
,
and
others
:
For
which
reason
the
Hollanders
are
oblig'd
to
keep
a
careful
watch
every
night
.
The
Streets
are
always
very
clean
,
tho'
it
Rain
never
so
much
.
There
is
an
Hospital
for
the
Dutch
,
very
well
provided
with
able
Surgeons
,
and
they
with
very
good
Medicines
,
and
Slaves
allow'd
them
.
The
chief
Doctor
,
that
had
the
Care
of
it
in
my
time
,
was
in
very
ill
Repute
for
his
ill
Management
of
those
that
came
under
his
Hands
,
and
for
several
ill
Actions
he
was
accus'd
of
;
and
,
amongst
others
,
of
having
a
pretty
while
been
too
familiar
with
a
Slave
of
his
,
and
then
Killing
of
her
,
and
Burying
her
in
his
Garden
.
Not
far
from
that
is
an
Hospital
for
Dutch
Orphans
:
The
Boys
are
taught
to
Read
and
Write
;
after
that
they
are
made
either
Drummers
or
Soldiers
:
The
Girls
,
besides
Reading
and
Writing
,
are
taught
to
Sew
,
or
any
other
Employment
proper
to
their
Sex
;
and
there
they
are
kept
to
work
till
some-body
comes
to
marry
'em
,
which
commonly
happens
by
that
time
they
are
12
or
13
years
of
Age.
The
Dutch
Church-yard
is
in
the
middle
of
the
City
,
enclos'd
with
a
Wall
,
on
which
a
Malabarian
School
stands
:
On
the
out-side
of
the
Church-yard
,
there
is
Sold
,
all
the
Week
long
,
Silks
,
Stuffs
,
and
Linnen
,
by
the
Moors
and
Persians
;
and
all
sorts
of
Fruits
,
dry'd
Fish
,
Onions
,
Sugar
and
Rice
,
by
the
Malabarians
,
Maldivians
,
and
Cingulayans
,
and
other
Inhabitants
of
Columbo
.
CHAP.
IX
.
A
sad
Accident
happens
before
Columbo
by
Gun-powder
.
Two
Ships
come
to
Columbo
from
Persia
,
bound
from
thence
for
Holland
.
The
Author
is
discharg'd
at
his
request
(
tho'
with
some
difficulty
)
:
Is
to
go
to
Punt
de
Gala
by
Sea
,
to
Embark
there
.
The
Master
being
drunk
,
they
run
the
Vessel
against
a
Rock
,
and
all
sunk
.
The
Author
and
fourteen
others
save
their
Lives
by
swimming
to
shore
;
but
lost
all
their
Goods
.
They
come
Naked
to
Punt
de
Gala
,
whence
he
Embarks
aboard
the
Wester-Amstel
.
Their
departure
and
arrival
to
the
Cape
,
where
they
find
the
Ships
from
Batavia
that
had
waited
seven
Weeks
for
them
.
A
French
Pirate
comes
amongst
them
under
a
disguise
.
All
come
away
from
the
Cape
.
An
Account
of
their
Voyage
:
What
places
they
passed
:
What
extremity
they
were
come
to
.
At
last
,
by
God's
Assistance
,
they
came
safe
home
.
IN
the
Year
1680
,
We
had
three
unlucky
Accidents
:
The
one
was
,
That
a
Ship
being
come
from
Holland
by
Batavia
,
and
lying
at
Anchor
in
the
Road
near
Columbo
;
it
had
brought
a
great
quantity
of
Gun-Powder
for
the
use
of
this
City
;
the
Inhabitants
thereof
had
already
loaded
their
Boats
with
80
Barrels
of
it
,
and
were
so
near
Land
,
that
they
prepar'd
for
haling
of
it
to
shore
:
A
Boy
,
belonging
to
the
Master
of
the
Boat
,
stood
smoaking
with
a
Pipe
in
his
Mouth
;
which
the
Master
seeing
,
gave
him
such
a
box
on
the
Ear
,
that
he
dash'd
his
Pipe
into
the
next
Boat
,
where
some
Powder
being
scatter'd
,
took
Fire
,
and
blew
up
that
Boat
,
and
,
in
the
twinkling
of
an
Eye
,
the
two
next
;
and
not
only
so
,
but
also
,
all
the
People
that
stood
upon
the
shore
had
a
toss
in
the
Air.
Another
was
,
That
two
Ships
lying
at
Anchor
in
the
Road
,
and
the
Wind
growing
very
violent
,
broke
their
Cables
,
and
stranded
them
against
the
Fish-market
;
but
all
the
Men
saved
their
Lives
.
The
9th
of
December
,
Two
great
Ships
call'd
the
Africa
,
and
the
Cortegeene
,
came
from
Persia
.
Having
now
staid
seven
months
over
and
above
the
five
years
I
was
oblig'd
to
,
in
the
Service
of
the
East-India
Company
,
I
design'd
to
have
gone
off
with
those
Ships
,
but
the
Governor
refus'd
to
discharge
me
for
that
time
,
under
pretence
of
affection
to
me
.
They
sail'd
away
on
the
10th
from
Columbo
to
the
City
Punt
de
Gala
,
to
take
in
Pepper
and
Cinnamon
.
I
made
my
complaint
that
I
was
detain'd
wholly
against
my
will
,
to
the
chief
Merchant
of
the
Company
;
he
told
me
I
should
go
,
and
that
I
should
stay
but
some
days
;
that
a
Vessel
was
daily
expected
to
come
from
Bengal
,
and
was
to
take
up
several
other
Persons
here
,
and
then
to
go
for
our
Country
.
The
11th
,
News
came
from
Punt
de
Gala
,
by
Land
,
that
the
said
Vessel
was
come
in
there
from
Bengal
,
well
loaded
with
Salt-peter
,
but
had
no
Masts
left
.
On
the
12th
,
Some
Carpenters
and
three
Masts
were
sent
in
a
small
Vessel
to
refit
the
Ship
,
and
get
it
ready
to
go
with
the
two
others
for
Holland
.
The
14th
,
I
went
to
the
Aldee
or
Village
,
call'd
Batalamulo
,
two
miles
from
Columbo
,
where
I
took
my
leave
of
our
General
Dissave
Tennekool
(
that
was
come
over
to
us
from
the
King
of
Candi
.
)
He
entertain'd
me
very
civilly
at
Dinner
,
and
order'd
four
Cingulayans
to
carry
me
back
in
a
Palankin
,
to
Columbo
,
and
presented
me
with
200
preserv'd
Citrons
for
my
Voyage
.
The
15th
,
My
Captain
invited
me
at
night
to
a
very
handsom
Supper
.
On
the
16th
,
A
very
rich
Portuguese
,
call'd
Don
de
Pairo
,
living
at
Matual
,
a
league
from
Columbo
,
sent
an
Elephant
for
me
to
come
to
his
House
,
where
he
receiv'd
me
with
a
noble
Entertainment
of
Musick
,
and
a
splendid
Feast
:
I
spent
that
night
with
him
;
during
which
he
used
a
great
deal
of
Rhetoric
to
perswade
me
to
stay
,
and
ask'd
me
,
why
I
would
venture
so
hazardous
a
Voyage
,
seeing
I
liv'd
so
pleasantly
there
,
and
so
much
belov'd
in
that
Country
;
but
all
this
was
in
vain
:
My
Inclinations
for
my
own
Country
were
to
me
the
most
prevailing
Arguments
.
On
the
17th
,
I
took
my
leave
of
him
,
and
thank'd
him
very
heartily
;
and
he
lent
me
an
Elephant
to
carry
me
back
.
On
the
18th
,
I
took
my
leave
of
my
Friends
at
the
Office
at
Columbo
,
and
On
the
19th
,
My
Landlady
invited
me
,
with
some
others
of
her
Friends
and
Acquaintance
:
She
seem'd
very
much
discontented
with
my
leaving
of
her
thus
,
yet
would
shew
her self
kind
to
the
last
;
and
presented
me
with
abundance
of
Fruit
and
Spices
:
But
when
I
came
to
Sea
,
I
threw
all
over-board
,
for
fear
some
trick
or
philter
should
have
been
play'd
with
them
,
which
is
usual
here
.
The
20th
,
The
Governor
sent
us
word
,
that
we
should
get
us
all
ready
to
go
aboard
that
night
;
about
four
of
the
Clock
in
the
afternoon
,
we
went
on
board
,
and
took
all
our
Goods
with
us
.
Our
Ship
was
but
small
,
yet
it
had
four
Pieces
of
Cannon
,
twelve
Seamen
,
besides
the
Master
,
and
the
Steersman
.
Our
Maker
was
one
Cornelius
Erasmus
,
a
Jutlander
,
a
true
Pitcherman
,
who
staid
at
Columbo
to
take
his
leave
of
his
Wife
,
and
Friends
;
his
Wife
was
a
Papist
when
I
knew
her
first
,
but
he
was
a
Lutheran
.
While
I
was
at
Columbo
,
I
took
a
great
deal
of
pains
to
convert
her
,
and
at
last
effected
it
;
but
I
believe
she
only
embrac'd
Luther's
faith
because
it
was
her
Husband
's
:
I
thought
however
she
had
chang'd
somewhat
for
the
better
;
and
I
believe
if
I
had
staid
,
I
might
still
have
advis'd
her
better
.
She
had
a
Sister
,
one
of
the
prettiest
Women
I
almost
ever
saw
;
at
least
,
the
finest
that
ever
was
in
that
Country
.
She
was
a
white
Woman
,
and
her
Mother
was
a
Babylonian
.
The
dress
she
went
in
was
a
great
disadvantage
to
her
Beauty
,
being
the
same
dress
as
I
describ'd
before
,
when
I
spoke
of
the
Habit
my
long-ear'd
Widow
used
to
wear
.
Being
oblig'd
to
lye
still
here
till
the
21th
to
stay
for
Letters
,
I
went
in
a
Fisher-boat
to
Columbo
to
our
Master's
House
,
where
he
was
making
very
merry
,
having
staid
a
while
,
he
took
his
leave
of
his
Wife
and
Sister
,
who
were
very
much
griev'd
at
his
departure
;
but
they
little
thought
it
was
their
last
farewel
,
as
it
prov'd
the
next
day
;
for
,
being
got
into
the
Ship
,
and
having
weigh'd
Anchor
,
we
sett
sail
.
The
Wind
toward
night
grew
something
boysterous
;
and
as
we
came
within
a
mile
of
Punt
de
Gala
,
our
Ship
,
by
the
carelessness
of
the
Master
,
and
Steersman
,
who
were
carrousing
in
the
Cabbin
,
struck
upon
a
great
Rock
,
call'd
the
Whale
(
which
is
but
just
cover'd
over
with
Water
)
and
sprung
a
large
Leak
,
which
made
the
Ship
begin
immediately
to
sink
.
The
Master
hearing
the
knock
,
and
being
sensible
of
the
Danger
,
came
out
to
give
orders
,
and
cry'd
out
we
should
turn
the
Ship
about
;
but
it
was
too
late
to
give
Directions
;
so
we
prepar'd
our selves
for
swimming
;
and
I
stripp'd
my self
to
my
Drawers
,
and
with
several
others
I
leap'd
into
the
Sea
;
we
guess'd
by
the
scum
where-abouts
the
shore
was
;
we
made
that
way
,
and
in
less
than
half
an
hour
we
reach'd
the
Land
:
We
were
fifteen
of
us
that
sav'd
our selves
by
swimming
;
the
rest
,
being
the
Master
,
the
Steersman
,
and
ten
others
,
were
all
drown'd
.
We
went
to
the
first
House
we
saw
,
which
belong'd
to
a
Cingulaish
Nobleman
,
who
receiv'd
us
very
kindly
,
had
a
great
Fire
made
for
us
,
and
gave
us
all
the
refreshment
his
House
did
afford
.
The
23th
,
In
the
morning
we
came
before
the
Town
of
Punt
de
Gala.
The
Serjeants
,
Corporals
,
and
Soldiers
that
kept
the
Guard
,
were
mov'd
with
Compassion
;
and
,
before
we
went
any
further
,
gave
every
one
of
us
some
old
Garments
to
cover
our
Nakedness
;
After
this
we
were
brought
before
the
Governor
,
who
examin'd
us
all
,
to
know
who
was
to
blame
for
this
miscarriage
.
The
Master
was
in
all
the
fault
we
told
him
,
but
he
had
his
Punishment
already
.
The
Governor
order'd
every
one
of
us
to
have
12
Rixdollars
paid
us
to
equip
our selves
again
,
which
was
to
be
abated
in
our
Accompts
.
Six
of
the
Men
that
came
from
Columbo
with
me
would
not
venture
to
Sea
again
;
so
they
engag'd
themselves
a-new
for
three
years
,
in
the
service
of
the
Company
;
their
Pay
was
augmented
with
two
Guldens
a
month
,
and
they
were
now
to
have
twelve
Guldens
,
whereas
they
used
to
have
but
ten
.
Orders
were
given
to
a
Serjeant
to
take
twelve
men
with
him
to
go
that
very
morning
and
see
if
they
could
recover
any
thing
of
our
Shipwrack
.
I
went
thither
my self
in
the
afternoon
,
and
saw
a
great
many
pieces
of
the
Ship
,
and
pieces
of
Chests
a-shore
:
But
I
shrewdly
suspected
that
they
were
broke
by
the
Soldiers
,
and
that
they
had
bury'd
the
Goods
under
Ground
.
The
14th
,
Some
of
the
Men
that
were
drown'd
were
drove
upon
the
Land
;
the
rest
,
I
suppose
,
had
feasted
the
Sharks
,
that
are
there
in
abundance
.
The
25th
,
I
went
on
board
the
Wester-Amstel
,
and
gave
my
Pass
to
the
Master
of
it
.
The
form
of
it
was
thus
:
To
N.
N.
Master
of
the
Ship
,
call'd
the
Wester-Amstel
;
You
may
receive
on
board
the
Bearer
hereof
,
Christopher
Schewitzer
,
with
his
Goods
,
to
go
with
you
into
Holland
.
My
Ship
did
not
at
all
please
me
,
for
I
saw
it
was
very
Old
,
and
besides
that
,
very
small
,
and
mighty
slow
in
sailing
.
The
Carpenters
,
&c.
were
busie
in
mending
of
it
:
In
the
mean
while
I
went
to
shore
again
,
and
staid
at
Punto
de
Gala
,
till
the
Ships
were
all
ready
,
and
there
I
took
my
provisions
.
This
Fort
,
by
what
I
saw
of
it
,
is
stronger
than
that
of
Columbo
.
The
5th
of
January
,
1682
,
All
our
loading
was
compleat
;
it
consisted
of
Pepper
,
Cinnamon
,
Linnen
,
and
Silk-stuffs
,
from
China
and
Bengal
.
On
the
13th
,
An
Officer
came
to
take
a
view
of
all
the
Passengers
.
The
14th
,
We
hoisted
up
Sail
all
together
,
with
a
direct
Wind
for
us
at
S.
E.
The
Cortgeene
being
the
biggest
Ship
,
was
our
Commadore
,
or
Admiral
.
We
fir'd
all
our
Cannon
:
The
like
was
done
in
return
all
round
Punto
de
Gala.
The
15th
,
We
kept
a
Fast
in
our
Ship
,
to
beg
God's
assistance
in
our
Voyage
;
all
the
Dutch
Cities
in
Ceylon
did
the
same
.
The
16th
,
The
Masters
of
our
Ships
met
in
the
Cortgeene
to
advise
and
resolve
upon
their
signal
,
in
case
of
their
needing
one
another's
assistance
;
and
upon
the
Watch-word
,
and
ordering
of
their
Lanthorns
in
the
night-time
.
The
two
large
Ships
sail'd
away
briskly
,
but
ours
went
very
slowly
;
towards
night
they
took
in
some
of
their
Sails
,
that
we
might
come
up
to
them
.
We
had
in
our
Ship
,
the
Master
,
three
Surgeons
(
one
of
which
always
read
Prayers
)
some
Officers
,
12
Soldiers
,
24
Seamen
,
all
together
made
56
men
.
The
two
other
Ships
had
each
of
'em
150.
We
had
besides
a
great
many
Animals
on
Board
,
viz.
Two
Parrots
,
two
Apes
,
two
Cacadus
of
Amboina
,
(
they
are
white
Birds
as
big
as
Pigeons
,
with
a
tust
on
their
Heads
,
and
apter
to
learn
to
talk
than
the
Parrots
;
)
we
had
a
Crocodile
an
Ell
long
,
a
Stag
from
Bengal
:
All
these
dyed
in
two
months
time
,
except
the
two
Apes
.
We
had
likewise
fifty
Hogs
from
Bengal
,
and
two
or
three
dozen
of
Ducks
for
refreshment
now
and
then
.
Our
otherProvisions
were
60
Barrels
of
Water
,
6
Barrels
of
Salt
Pork
,
6
of
other
Flesh
,
6
Barrels
of
Indian
Brandy
,
and
Rice
enough
.
Our
Ship
was
loaded
at
bottom
with
old
broken
pieces
of
Cannon
instead
of
Ballast
,
then
with
Salt-Peter
,
then
with
200
Lasts
of
Cinnamon
and
Pepper
;
and
at
top
of
all
there
were
250
great
Bales
of
Silks
and
Linnen
.
We
kept
altogether
without
storms
,
or
bad
weather
till
the
28th
of
April
.
We
were
then
near
the
Coasts
of
Africa
;
but
a
thick
Fog
came
upon
us
,
and
the
Wind
changing
at
South
West
,
blew
us
in
one
day
and
two
nights
50
miles
from
Land
;
after
which
it
changed
to
the
East
by
which
means
we
came
,
On
the
30th
,
in
sight
of
Tasel-bergh
,
Lewen-bergh
,
and
Duyvels-bergh
.
The
1st
of
May
,
We
came
to
the
Cape
of
good
Hope
:
There
we
found
the
Ships
that
were
come
from
Batavia
,
that
had
lain
there
seven
Weeks
staying
for
us
:
There
were
five
of
them
,
four
large
Vessels
,
and
one
Fisher-boat
,
call'd
the
Postborn
.
On
board
the
Admiral
,
call'd
the
Landschowen
,
that
had
a
very
fine
gilt
Stern
,
was
the
Old
Heer
Rycloff
van
Goens
,
heretofore
the
General
over
the
East-India
Forces
.
They
told
us
that
they
had
suffer'd
much
in
the
Latitude
of
St.
Morrice
by
a
storm
,
which
had
wholly
disabled
the
Middleburgh
,
but
that
she
was
since
almost
resitted
.
We
lay
there
still
seven
days
longer
,
and
in
that
time
took
in
fresh
Water
,
Wood
,
Turnips
,
Herbs
,
Cabbage
,
Sheep
,
and
Goats
.
Min
Heer
Rycloff
van
Goens
,
with
all
his
Retinue
,
lodg'd
all
that
while
at
the
Governor
's
in
the
Fort.
His
Retinue
was
very
magnificent
;
having
several
Gentlemen
to
wait
on
him
,
a
Trumpeter
,
12
Men
for
his
Guard
,
all
dress'd
very
fine
in
yellow
,
with
silver
Buttons
,
and
red
Breeches
,
and
a
great
many
Slaves
from
Bengal
.
I
lay
at
a
Dutch
Countryman's
House
under
the
Devil's
Hill
;
he
was
forc'd
to
keep
several
Hottentots
,
and
great
Dogs
,
to
secure
his
Vinyards
and
other
Grounds
from
the
Wild
Beasts
.
The
2d
,
A
Ship
came
and
lay
amongst
ours
in
the
Road
;
she
put
out
white
Flags
and
Pendants
.
The
Men
on
board
of
her
gave
out
that
they
were
French
Merchants
.
But
at
night
a
Seaman
comes
swimming
to
our
Admiral
by
the
Moon-shine
,
and
discovers
what
they
were
.
He
told
'em
that
they
were
French
Pyrates
,
richly
loaded
with
the
booty
they
had
got
along
the
Arabian
Coasts
:
For
his
own
part
they
carry'd
him
away
by
force
out
of
Persia
,
and
used
him
as
a
Slave
every
since
;
and
he
begg'd
that
we
would
receive
him
,
and
carry
him
into
Holland
.
In
the
morning
early
the
Pyrates
missing
this
fellow
hasted
away
,
two
of
our
best
Ships
were
order'd
to
go
after
them
,
but
they
could
never
come
near
them
.
The
8th
,
The
Admiral
went
on
board
with
all
his
Retinue
,
only
he
left
his
Wife
behind
him
;
for
what
Reason
we
could
not
learn
.
The
9th
,
Early
in
the
morning
,
we
hoisted
up
sail
and
weigh'd
Anchors
.
The
Wind
was
very
good
for
us
at
South-East
;
and
we
went
by
the
Zee
Honden
or
Banditen
Island
.
One
the
10th
,
We
kept
a
day
of
Fasting
and
Humiliation
.
On
the
11th
,
There
was
a
meeting
of
all
the
Masters
,
&c.
to
agree
all
of
us
upon
certain
signals
to
be
given
amongst
us
either
by
shooting
,
lighting
Fires
,
or
hanging
out
of
Flags
,
&c.
From
the
12th
to
the
16th
,
We
had
very
uncertain
Winds
,
and
little
for
us
.
At
that
time
we
had
several
North-Capers
about
our
Ships
.
They
are
a
large
sort
of
Fish
almost
like
a
Whale
.
We
held
our
course
Westward
and
by
South
.
The
17th
,
We
came
into
the
Trade-winds
,
which
blow
constantly
at
North
and
West
.
We
made
directly
toward
the
Island
of
St.
Helens
,
to
be
inform'd
there
in
what
posture
Affairs
stood
in
Europe
.
The
20th
of
June
,
We
came
in
sight
of
that
Island
;
and
being
come
on
one
side
of
it
,
where
the
English
had
a
Fort
,
we
order'd
the
Posthorn
to
sail
close
by
that
Fort
,
to
give
them
notice
that
we
were
Dutch
,
and
came
thither
upon
no
other
design
than
to
ask
some
News
about
Europe
.
They
answer'd
us
that
it
was
a
general
Peace
every
where
at
Sea
.
Upon
which
we
very
joyfully
fired
all
our
Cannon
,
which
was
all
answer'd
from
the
English
Fort.
We
kept
on
in
our
course
West
aud
by
North
;
the
Winds
still
continuing
;
and
we
left
St.
Helens
on
the
left
hand
of
us
.
The
22th
of
July
,
We
came
under
the
Line
,
and
very
happily
pass'd
it
,
and
lost
but
two
Men
,
both
of
'em
Soldiers
.
The
24th
we
met
a
Spanish
Ship
that
had
a
great
many
Women
on
Board
,
who
were
sent
into
the
West-Indies
to
People
them
:
She
was
afraid
of
us
,
and
would
have
escaped
,
but
our
Admiral
soon
fetch'd
her
back
again
.
The
25th
we
met
an
English
Ship
that
had
but
one
Mast
,
she
was
Laden
with
Tobacco
from
Brasil
;
we
Barter'd
with
them
,
and
gave
a
good
quantity
of
Spices
,
Silks
,
Stuffs
,
and
Linnen
,
for
their
Tobacco
;
but
we
were
glad
we
could
have
it
on
any
account
.
I
for
my
part
gave
a
great
deal
of
Pepper
and
Cinnamon
for
half
a
pound
of
it
.
The
26th
,
27th
,
and
28th
the
Englishman
kept
by
us
,
but
on
the
22th
he
left
us
with
wonderful
swiftness
,
and
got
out
of
sight
immediately
.
The
30th
a
great
many
flying
Fishes
fell
down
in
our
Ship
,
some
of
which
we
Eat
,
and
the
rest
we
kept
for
a
Rarity
.
The
31st
abundance
of
Sea-hogs
came
through
our
Fleet
,
Swimming
against
the
Wind.
Our
Gunner
shot
one
of
them
with
an
Elligar
which
is
an
Instrument
that
sticks
in
the
Fish
it
hits
:
it
hath
a
Leaden
weight
at
the
But-end
,
which
makes
that
end
sink
,
and
with
the
other
it
turns
up
the
Fish
:
As
soon
as
that
one
was
made
to
bleed
,
all
the
others
made
away
.
That
which
we
catch'd
was
Seven
Foot
long
,
and
half
that
in
compass
;
It
was
perfect
Bacon
,
and
had
a
deal
of
warm
Blood
.
The
1st
of
August
we
went
directly
Northward
;
the
Wind
was
at
South-West
,
and
blew
very
cold
.
The
Days
were
long
,
so
that
we
rested
more
by
Day
than
by
Night
.
The
2d
,
3d
,
4th
,
5th
,
6th
,
and
7th
we
had
much
Rain
,
with
which
we
filled
our
Water-Barrels
;
the
Wind
too
being
something
boisterous
,
parted
us
:
Our
Vessel
was
just
going
to
Founder
,
and
began
to
gape
in
some
places
half
a.
Foot
Wide
.
The
Carpenters
fell
to
Work
,
and
were
forced
to
bind
up
the
Cracks
and
Chinks
with
Cords
,
Iron
Bands
,
and
Chains
;
and
by
our
continual
Pumping
,
we
made
shift
to
keep
the
Ship
up
.
On
the
8th
we
were
forced
to
take
in
all
our
Sails
,
and
let
our
Ship
Drive
;
two
Waves
struck
into
our
Ship
which
would
have
certainly
Sunk
us
,
had
not
God's
Mercy
,
together
with
our
extream
Diligence
,
happily
freed
us
from
the
Danger
.
We
were
at
that
time
by
our selves
,
without
either
Friend
or
Foe
near
us
.
Our
Cook
had
for
some
Days
not
been
able
to
Dress
us
any
Victuals
for
the
Tossing
and
Tumbling
in
our
Ship
,
so
that
we
were
forced
to
Eat
Bacon
that
came
from
Bengal
Raw
,
and
afterwards
help
the
Digestion
of
it
with
Indian
Brandy
,
of
which
we
had
good
store
.
The
9th
we
heard
several
great
Pieces
of
Cannon
Fired
,
but
could
not
tell
for
what
:
In
the
Afternoon
about
two
a
Clock
,
we
saw
at
our
Right
Hand
a
large
Ship
;
we
found
it
was
our
Vice
Admiral
,
and
perceived
by
the
Pendants
that
it
was
in
danger
of
Sinking
.
We
both
endeavoured
to
get
up
to
one
another
,
and
the
Admiral
being
come
within
reach
of
us
,
the
Men
on
Board
begg'd
that
we
would
send
our
Long-Boat
to
help
them
.
They
kept
still
Calling
,
Bawling
,
and
Firing
,
whilst
we
were
advising
whether
we
had
best
joyn
them
,
or
keep
off
▪
For
if
they
,
being
an
Hundred
and
Fifty
in
Number
,
had
all
come
over
to
us
,
we
must
have
starved
;
yet
we
designed
to
be
ready
to
take
up
as
many
as
we
could
if
their
Ship
had
sunk
:
At
last
we
resolved
that
our
Master
,
a
very
skilful
Seaman
should
go
to
them
,
to
see
what
condition
they
were
in
,
and
to
give
them
his
Advice
.
When
he
was
come
unto
them
,
he
advised
them
to
throw
Over-board
some
of
their
Goods
,
as
they
designed
to
do
before
:
So
they
unloaded
the
Vessel
of
near
Four
Hundred
Lasts
of
Spices
,
as
Cinnamon
;
Cloves
,
Nutmegs
,
Pepper
,
&c
,
by
which
means
they
could
come
to
stop
the
Leak
,
and
so
at
last
they
saved
themselves
.
The
Pepper
being
scattered
about
,
got
into
their
Pumps
,
so
that
they
could
not
use
them
;
the
same
thing
hath
often
happened
with
us
too
.
The
10th
,
and
11th
,
These
Stormy
Winds
abated
.
We
began
now
to
find
it
colder
and
colder
,
and
the
Fogs
to
rise
again
.
In
those
two
days
all
our
Fleet
,
except
the
Posthorn
,
met
again
.
The
12th
,
13th
,
and
14th
,
The
Fog
was
so
very
thick
,
that
we
could
not
see
one
another
,
but
were
forced
to
Fire
often
,
to
know
where
we
were
all
of
us
,
that
we
might
keep
together
.
The
15th
,
we
met
with
an
English
Fisherman
that
was
coming
from
Ysland
;
he
was
loaden
with
Salt-fish
:
We
truck'd
with
him
for
some
of
it
.
The
16th
,
we
passed
by
two
Dutch
Vessels
going
home
from
the
Whale-fishing
in
Greenland
.
Of
these
we
got
some
Cheese
,
Bisket
,
and
Tobacco
for
Spices
.
One
of
them
had
catch'd
ten
Whales
and
the
other
Eleven
,
which
is
reckoned
a
good
Voyage
.
The
Men
were
very
Lusty
and
Healthy
,
but
we
look'd
all
like
Death
,
being
almost
quite
spent
and
worn
out
with
the
labour
and
trouble
,
our
great
danger
had
put
us
to
.
Being
come
now
into
the
Latitude
of
Sixty
one
Degrees
,
7
Minutes
:
We
turned
to
the
North
North-East
.
The
17th
,
Some
Dutch
Men
of
War
came
to
meet
us
,
with
another
Ship
that
brought
Provisions
for
our
East-India
Fleet
,
and
accompanied
us
back
.
The
18th
in
the
Morning
we
came
in
sight
of
Hitland
,
and
kept
as
much
as
we
could
towards
the
English
Shoar
,
according
to
the
Orders
we
had
received
from
the
States
of
Holland
,
least
any
Winds
might
have
drove
us
into
some
ports
of
Norway
,
especially
because
the
States
were
at
that
time
at
Variance
with
the
King
of
Denmark
:
So
we
held
to
the
North-East
,
and
East-North-East
,
till
The
1st
of
September
,
when
we
came
in
sight
of
the
Dutch
Coasts
.
Two
of
our
Company
struck
off
the
day
before
to
go
to
Zeland
.
There
came
Pilots
for
each
of
our
Ships
,
who
brought
us
safe
through
the
Tonnen
in
the
Vlic
.
Here
were
two
of
the
chief
Men
of
the
East-India
Company
in
a
Yatch
,
expecting
of
us
,
they
welcomed
us
all
,
and
thanked
us
for
the
Faithful
Service
we
had
done
them
.
They
took
as
many
of
us
as
would
go
,
to
Amsterdam
;
but
our
Chests
and
Goods
we
were
to
leave
behind
us
in
the
Ships
.
On
the
2d
of
September
we
came
to
Amsterdam
.
We
were
from
the
14th
of
January
to
this
time
coming
from
Ceylon
;
which
is
Three
Thousand
one
Hundred
Miles
in
Two
Hundred
and
Thirty
Two
Days
.
The
same
Day
our
Chests
and
Beds
,
&c.
were
brought
into
the
East-India
House
,
and
there
searched
by
Men
for
that
purpose
.
If
nothing
Prohibited
,
or
worth
above
Two
Month's
Pay
was
found
in
them
,
it
was
Delivered
straight-way
to
the
Owner
,
otherwise
it
was
Seized
,
and
Confiscated
to
the
Searcher
,
and
the
Owner
either
Fined
,
or
sent
perhaps
to
the
Rasphuys
(
the
same
as
Bridewell
here
)
.
The
3d
I
gave
up
my
Accounts
to
the
East-India
Company
.
FINIS
.